Loading...
HomeMy Public PortalAboutORD12815 t ^ E �r A BILL NO.;.- 93-80-80 SPONSORED BY COUNCILMAN Nelson — ORDINANCE NO._� S I i; AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI, AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY CLERK TO EXECUTE AN AGREEMENT WITH WISCH AND Y3, VAUGHAN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY FOR COLLECTION SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE BUILDING. E Wisch and Vaughan han Construction Company WHEREAS, W g p y has become the apparent lowest and best bidder on the Collection Systems Maintenance Building project; 5: f '<< NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ENACTED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI, AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. The bid of Wisch and Vaughan Construction Company is declared to be the lowest and best bid and is hereby accepted. t. Section 2.The Mayor and City Clerk are hereby authorized to execute an agreement with Wisch and Vaughan Construction Company for Collection Systems Maintenance Building. t Section 3. The agreement shall be substantially the same in form and content as that agreement attached,hereto as Exhibit A. Section 4. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect from and after the date of .; its passage and approval. ! Passed:��_��� Approved: } Presiding Officer Mayor .ATTEST: APPROVED AS.T F RM: 3 , C seIor � tgr:Cle Cit y E r 0t , j4 ... i rs' r '�.R/9l IC!�i°�t3k4C2!�L'1�118l1 1Itlunllfl�eRf r_"oe�irri�w.v�ar§: �i•, .:Jt�..�....�r :f., .4 f t3 is ;y ,Y 1 , To: Rich Mays, City Administrator Bob Kenney, Director of Finance .t B. Jones PE; Wastewater Utilities Division Director From: Thomas , ' t Through: Marty Brose, PE; Director of Public Works � �) 1 Date: August 25, 1998 F Sar&aject; Collection Systems Maintenance Building -Bids Receive r' On Fn. August 21, 1998,bids were received and opened an the Collection Systems Maintenance . Building to be constructed at the Hyde Park site. The low bid,submitted.by Wisch&Vaughn,was k in the amount of$834,000. The bids rannged from the low to a high a£$1,095,308. A budget amount of$600,000 was 13rograrrimed for 1998 which I suppose represents what the City ' i expected the costs to be. From what I can determine, this estimate has been,canied.along for 2,3 `.: !ears based upon square foot estimates at that time. Roger Verslues felt the bids were higher than anticipated,however,when we added back in the site work and drive approaches,door on open bays, the value increased by $66,000. 4 a :4;• In discussing the bid amount with the bidders,they indicated that their costs were typical of that type of construction at this time and in this area. Further, they stated that the metal building M have increased the cost of the metal frame 12-15% over the past 2-3 years. If this ' escalation is distributed throughout,the low bid is certainly reflective of expected costs. �. (y ' n tither case,the project will not get any less costly and I recommend that the City accept he low bid and fund the additional amount of$300,000 in the 1999 Ca�piaal Improvement Plan. I will have i to'xe-compute and prioritise projects that previously were included in my five(5)year-projection.. Please let nie know if this is an acceptable means of funding the facility or whether there is another $' nnethod you wish to use. I need to make recommendations to Finance by Friday,August 28; 1998., Based upon the square footage dedicated to Planning and Code Enforcement that.divisian s cast , would be$78,400. Is this aim available from other sources? t MAB:TBcJ:a1s i 5�It ll tf •. n+11t4Fy4.i .[++- fr-iM. \• S'w a ,ti u. w• 1t+Yf'Ltx+'Jrs.'a4i H'I1`p`t"''Ftit '1 4.�G.'.jf.FkR.: .� , � F. ` C x"!Mayv`3c5,lgHA' ry r< t `rr� v .> r ° • `lf `� , '• �J ,4 tf('y °A r 't'7'FiRllfll�ku�meenrmr,..er�nm.rree.��.:.za.�.'r.,.,�.� - „ _..r.- �..`__ r ,.. �_'y__ '_'_ . . .: .... ;. :'. •. :.,'. ..:.t�. a ....x...,.3`9..',,._,.: r �'II�dAN � DEPAR'TMEN'T „ �UR�R �II� DIVISION A. SUBJECT: Bid 1775 -J C Utility Maintenance Building, Public works Opened August 21, 1998 BIDS DECEIVED: N40 854,000.00 Winch&� �/aughan (i'VAVCO), Jefferson City, 943,500.00 J C Industries, Jefferson City, MO 949,400.00 ; Kidwell Constniction, Kingdom City, MO 949,500.00 Ludwig Associates, Jefferson City, MO 983,625.00 j Don Schnieders Exc: Co., Inc.;Jefferson City, MO 1,001,462.00 ' Ee13H Builders, Jefferson City, MO 1,096,308.00 Randy Adams Construction, Coi eumbia, MO FISCAL NOTE: 6400-9900-7310-0021 Facility.for Collections ; >• 1997-98 Budget $ 600,000.00 . 1998-99 Budget 300,000.00 Expended 103.20 i Encumbered -0- { Bid No. 1775 854,00Q_Qq tt .� Balance 45TS96.80 PAST'FE 'OIiMANCE:: Wisch & Vaughan (WAVC0) has completed projects for the city in p ifiied. The Public Works staff believes that this bidder will complete the project as the past as specified. , k specified and bid. i ECQRrIl1iiEN�ATION: It is tine recommendation of staff to award to Winch &Vaughan ;.; nlrsjrll (WAVCO) in the amount of c85�4'000 as bid and allow for up to 10%as. a contingency, if lx required. - ,nt E-NTS SUPPORTiN - 01]�'JGtJIeAENTATION •ATTACIUM Tabul ti�an of Bids,nepartmsntai'Recommendation `. OL +l r ;7.49., , • ',' r ; Signature t Aepa me nt.DirecP sing Agent 1 , ref to ,;. ,,, / • . ..' . 4.� .;t { C1eri i5 ,i,nYaA.kcya.'•s1A)k t4 u+.Aij'd't }Y. .F:;r 3 t t , 4 i'+v.;±;...,*xY' +7:',,'iad•,1,,,^4SS-dIV""y.:wi�++t`2 H��rYJ'it. l"It •": .. �'��?'� ('�l� a+ .I. tr' t,F/:E.J _.,r:us c,r ..+,,,7 ,t' ?J,.=u' ..'.,s r �3�1?.tw 3rY,i•1.i' t , .I:>,.,Nr :'.{ ff y t `,Y ,'. . i ... .` ,,; ` „A5 ,. TWYq�lIRYUS111lYlrr ein�ra�i��anCrrn��m� l f�ii6f1u6uwyo�mev�irs�ti�wuiwnv«ree� 4 ... r t Z y gay 09-02-98 A 1 1 .33 R CVQ f MEMO r 1 i r t r .Irr. 1•;. ' F I C E l F. Tom: Jim Hartley s=ro M: Ton? Jones 'Iblect: Collection System !Maintenance Facility - Hyde Park o. September 2, 199 Bias reivd for the above referenced on Friday, August 21, 1990 enr as r Vtilsch Vaughan (V1Pi�0/CC?) $ 854,000 ,( Jul $ 943,500 Kidd! Construction . $ 9049,400 LudcgyAg Associates $ 949,500 { 1 Ddn.Schhieders Exc. Co..Inc. $ $53,625 �r GBH'Bul lders" $1,001,462 t1 s Rangy Ada' I to $1,096,308 I recommend accepting the lowest and best bid subm#tt l by Wisch and Vaughan Construction of Jefferson City in the.amount.,of$854,000. The 1997-98 Capital Budget { ri thin ttie►Wast ter Enterprise Fund allocated$600,000 tofUnd this building and related r , vt+cslc WM16 Acxourit 46400.9800-7310-0021. The 1999-99 FY Budget will include .1 0,0OO additionally to cover the cost of the building,utilities to site,construction service's ' S ,'lan sc� in ,and contingencies. 5 4%of contract amount The fund will actually P. 9, 0 .. y ha y^e a surplus et the end.of the fiscal year in the range,of$600,000 - $900,000 which , �F 'tir raacald tai"elloc ated to the project, however,the cost of the building won't be billed until�e Mo.the 9� las�get year anyway. di6cuised,.this with B©b Kenney and he concurs with the approach to carry u r T 1,( o rtt 98 ellot tior�and budget$300;000'in 1999�Capital lmpravem6nts-all of course approval by Gouncii. i "ti-wa n i ti's" r f it f. l s ..11it •, ; . ' ,,yp .; i 1 '- Y ! 1 H AeG r✓Cr , eb ,t ( ..( y' .t�,sr:.�u @i rr�k.{i'��f�kr ..ft ar :,•n 33-n•3 :tt,c ':t ..;,ai: r .{ ' -::: .. ,. ,, '. >i / .:: ra�, � ,�}, .:..•:i.it ,:'`e r '.Y 4Ytf .t? ,#.:.ky�k,r,s`�ik4' sw r �iOGI�N 1� �1/@�'t♦111MIW11�1�fl�Als1�1\LYly�i/OffII�LObMbfAJlm i._. Wa .r -_ \C . 1S �. . . - . 3F . . 11 t'�1 . .. "<' - � ,. +' 1 .., 1� ,. h i 3-. v } ,.,.. . .a`"I . .. I . ' ' _ . �11 ..:� I. p'.tt .. t I I " i 1.I i ;f u�ys ..fr } , , M g , N C$ a 11 . 1 4t .:V f`'f t g ;t 4 9 = 4 , y�,y '.; -.+ -� :l 11�y�{{ _ �rf ! , w i r + i ]+1 4{j wf O �" p. k N ; ,i L a �' 'A ''5 U, �� P. d"t .. ..5..fir.' .. I I :�}r ( .+ml rt r i 11�k ,. ,i f I , A ' ,O w -'' U cn ." 0 � & , i r = C ,. 11 I ,nor .�.. .. .� .. ,: X1`1 "f ! Q '. 1.iF 1 ' C p , , ''u Q f 41 W '.t;1. = V k� , �,' t �. A ; f� ril v } 2 9. . : p.. �. iMf .'; � .. . . 1. 1 d. ;c. � , 4 1 tk It - ! , v, ' , l 5 fy�4� }y f m c i(: Y f ..� } (( Y .✓`y s t 1 j'l:1. tp�b pi.--r f�� ,:•r? t m ^''S .,, , +t.�1 3 tC,..}:11 {11"�r){,lAA C VI i. C.. ;i 3 c � Yr 11 , $i l ,,! nl 1 �',.r' �' 1 1 t o t A 1. s y! �•� (�' "f. a , + °. :;.,,t is ,y ,1 .t 9: } -1`X t*� i,1 r .4 t { r ,, r 1t., t } I.r 4 �f {° ,, ,t ..rr 39s ! t "' w`r. iiw�"t�i�'C4111f Mr`kt�5+q.v. I.!°A�SN+!'YA rs:4w,.,i; 1 a+.+t�ru'ti+n..k%.i>r n .z�ir 1 "t� i ": .Y i C.0 f� ...1 ..R; ' 4 r,,,, .,r sr, ark,.:. f.t.?y,i t x s 1++^','.'-;" enrrvGttis✓S < r ,, t tlb{s tV{ s r 'i .t, r xR'r�fi�3vn �Yds¢}�'S'MV�.sI�Sd'�a$"fct�'>i'a'ky .,` M`Y y ,�Y i�pu"i 5 P h !'?f.}d 1 7 jf t, 1 t�' "".. w I ;. it +}.n°rr}t s t'' 'Ut a ( t, it .- mm t ' ...�I i,11 11 S if ' �, - y ` 4�k. 'r�e'�++�} r 1°��1 ...��....r.,.-'.:....,.�....�,.".. • l i y ' .'i ,... .r r h.-, e�;: � 1411—;�r v ;j�r 1 t i��cY --"'�-E �i1F aye, t �` r - �� �� k 10,I`�',.`yt;< +�, i 4y yC�!"d t a• d y M1 1 1 t 11 K:.:h'Vr',Y',:"z`}t t;�+ rd i rf �!� _'r z f , i 1 f C ��''kk ( IS t 1.,ai. f r ?' tA1 I X S:� �f ri �� qtr f �t '1 +t .atri 11 wom rj In k of st � ¢ {. 5 ,\. !. t M1 J t, :1 4. vi of ,t {. ,l: } f ,, +v F.:a''Y,{.noy RL�7.5Y1 }Y4t<i 7 I ImFAP-., J::., 4 1 t 1 . / , . Yf, .. . ' . 7 .. I .. .. t .. i ,. . ,. 11 I S .c R. .11 P.' y r ,. .. l.:i.' it ti `p. hl , r .: ... J 1 J '7 I J ..i S t�t J 4j( It ';11 t .e .1 h s:. . . `�11 t r. , �i f yr , ,. ,is ' " .. ., i ! w . tt . . fV N a . . a _• c a . , U t 0 i,11,ry r 7 N. \p !!^^ tl d W� Q W" -1 %—" B F— tp �� � �. � . N .�7 U S, O f. ,1-1 ;,k ,, 1, -". � �i.�� 111. I ,� CD t . .. ; � � I � I . . I I .� I I � � � ,��l �, - C I ,� ttrr'' 0)::: �e V .� ,,, . . tf 'i1 t l d F� t� a UJ ,� g 11, vi I t . . r. 11 Stt I" t tr y �: . 2 S ' , yt " _ t I 11 yt it dip' .. t.. .:.� i, I .1 91 ! '� M1 !1 v r, -,rf t s:, Vi ,'7r 4 SSc 11 I.. 1�)ti .1 t, t e ! t 1 % 11 tr cpp�,s 3 t i t. I�� _ .. s t t r i .tri t� ' Iti Yr' -'� �_r .:e , Yl, r ,.,. 11 1. i. r<� i N m .]�yA i( 1• �y_ f `;� ,+�'IIJaa /.+ p,. f�! Y t tt ..'t U . t .r 's t i r �.�; `�, i 1.3R'� ,` .Ir i !`r ` �;y�pr_}SAC V''< 1 : � i� 1 ' 3s,{;11 , :.:. f 61, � „" �.' lo v,L` ;''� Rl — ,^ ,+� Qy c0 (� . V. "- C}I�, t 1 � { k .,� 2iFe� tti ` itt �1 {t ..t ... t t .. �t7¢ +�✓ f +" ..rtt+w, "fi !\7"7*t"Y`h'Y'""1aw?efWtivM n•..+'+aw1.. „y ..i. �s 3.d7.. m+� Km:.+.,,wa�n<4' 'a'w�.M'nk44,01-4 ff�4. ¢ -- F1""" siM ` Y`,`: .'y Y ti-` I :f ,�- it f p .11 4� �F'�f�" ' I F t' �' "rt i 1.� 'rr .t>�^'Ax.1��3�t ' f ' ,3 ?{1Lp�7` �r�ff r`S � fi l} 1 i v,t J r k i t 11 Y<^ 7b t<3 t.y ! t�g!t� 4 a r1!. r ., a, 1.b^,' Yq ,.' >yy� �F,w ,`t u It ! Zr 1.cps+ s m ft r`rs. t� t'n r , tJ i ii , M wt. �R. i.x �1 a i. in ''`n i i< �I of 't, r' r It 1 � 7�'*7 'i b: `F�i"t5scn,'i rTK 'v�� ' ,Xyr' ,rte}4 r ' n r 'y I '!: t ! r ;11 t�.. X It oa�olwiry rmwnrrw��.�...�. ��w:.�:�7. _�..��__"_______.___.__�S_....__ _t__. — •,4 1,.. 1:?,h. t.'�,.,S.L'Y x,..a...1J;....i..'.� 1.>:hZhCt..,A7}.'tatl�iC-T I" v 't ,!i` r; ,; ,F, '''< I.,. •11 ,,, ;,.I,-iwry,1.0. ,.I..N' . I" ,/ ti .. t • '..f .2 A I" .,�,+/. .r .. ,: N II `.w+: . F/. ,r / / .� ..t•i:.J• - ,,6: •.i t'1 y ;,_. t; r 1, e ,, 1 , f- .�/ \ l 'Y ..( }rt f'I'y t v`$ A: ` N "r�:,'4-: V . •(FYI It -. I S,..L :?t!- v i"51 J: �' .! 1 ei ,.. 11: r \"i it rl 6 r J I :iS'1,' ,i,y,er.a.� t.\, �'i/I If) . ':>*, \, 9 V..,. V)tr ! 1 'fit,: I+ 1 /,, 9�:: \ ., I, r-,�-! f•'1'. t ,II .'.. ",1 , of 4•'-1 t. 0, ;:t r, r• ,.'.C< _), ., •S 1 r.A i 1./' ,!-, tr �i' ,. ' t 'i• ,� .2/.u.^ ' �j ,'� fit'jai It 1. :I 't' rr',:.: / 1 IM`• •'\ .!i', �h P`": f II t\. .1 '�' +' ar� / '•f•: ',, '7„'1 r`r., •`I'•:. •};,i "� .A', +I„ '✓ -f�'11' I.1.IS'%.,i:i'yS_�,.'' „"'\o' :: " "`a C{ -1 ,°I. \1'. ,i/,' a:�1`�- ..i,. �r•..:�'• L..t• , f •I,"11,f ,,r�.ar'!: .'' ',i?�' ,ir�v do- /,I .t• - ''...a' r>.'- -j I. ''r� (y' . I , ` .'I � 1 - J .� s.:al'.�,'"'`fir:^ <)Arl .''I ..", I,v. .,_ -,, ~;.r�•'n ,/i'a" I x.: Y"'• ,;r`'•`��J.,• �/.I u- .,' , _ . -4k 17:�.1• ,.fv,... ''I �'S; •.1. t;• .1 ~�lif /,iT,t >.',,,,, . 1 �1` .,., C "�/. U {``, i ;i,� i,' \' t rrr, ♦:G''" '1 `'a,ht," '��� 1'. , a I e-r�, ,,.., P.'. ./.% I �', .,'1,` ,- 1 '' / III t/., k'�''I `y\ "J Srr',}.. ,k'7„' ,iP.t..\;..r:r/° I. 7., 'l: ` ,` , 'l,q`- i 1 , - CF,'. \ /\'-r' 1 _',v�;7 Y, "...' \' S �, I�. 1.' \ ,t A% `I. I,,t` -'1 1P. /tAV-;-j7 .:\.:.f_1: • _Ii J rl'V, �'/{!• 'I., .'/� - 1I1 J 1'' //. If` ,+/.' '•.1��.1`' 'y 1 _ ,,1 1 'li . I 11 1; ;I-L Y I' /.�, .' 1 (. ',I. ;1., It 'ikr• - ••'r.: M1,' 1. -r.'; v., +, , ^, G L•I '. a+�t,:�,- :••' \11 '� ,`-r'1', y?i.� 1,., .t,r, :�'t• , '� .rl ;�, f~ .1i. - �. �'\• t.(' {.,spy/y :l;i'r..,/,ry h1. rlrf;: .vim )� :\' ii•' f _ ,1. ,,1 ` , ,1 11, _ _ I �Y \, ( �^ h. / r .ti ri•/E/;;. I\.;,r Y°. � . '/`\r , ...�. ' .tf ISYI ' ., ` .)i I ,' I J ;,T r e r .1' ,`. ,1. •�` ,N> ,x A. •f•.- 'I.`•' i�..q, t.,i I / `• ra ��/ I �,�Y t\, III ;1 .01 xe I,` I _ "i ra 1 J t•i ..IrV / aG, v ! e' _`,I'' .a C .,�;.(' �`' ,1. n `•�.,1. i et. ", r \ '`(' ) "d - .\.,1 i .4t' ..J�. i /' FI,, /��:'(al a'.l'` 1' \i il':. :1:'rI'Y`?'�}:9J'- /,% \'4' .V1.. i•, I\fx,\-`L.. .l,ttf<:: .a, e`I. }_c' r.i. '1:.;11 1. .Yt ti� .L 1�.,lt'+/`,~,�,. t �. .!y/�, ar.n'.�. .r' t.'• •jl ? r 1C,v• I,r�t,.�,. 'o'�'• ',r+, ". !y '.`l\: I• I I '' ,', 1 f.l { I I ,y.`Iwn '.11 J. x� v ) \ } la _ ! a i4.l+ 1 ,i III 1.1. ,.I/ `r r 1 \ ' t I rt, a Y. r� .0�.�tC !IJ. 1 M� ..A -. r 'k ♦ , t . ",��I` '� v + Y. e.. a \' I t 1 'J I d'^) }; }T <.ri Pq I w .Y •kit .t-i` fl I' `. , a` {x\ ' F .:1 � I } ,,. I .�lh,.�4 c� e I a Y r s )\r: 1 I `d o- . J.. 07 .0 <, 1,•+ / ���:,.I -r...! �' t- *- .. t ( , `r i � /' , ° .fir,.:- a ✓ ,f a i 1 >. .t I _ t! IS rt \ �(, Y T�I' 1,, I +.. .,4 ' � '1 f ? {I f ro + I I ..�:r:. .:Ci, \I, It l.. r' " t I, m :y A. f C 't (1 ; , .v .�' r:1 .J_ .tl:.;, r.• '',"1 /II .\d:,I.>i.- ^ y'f i' :al / •/�. pS v of 11 .•r•1, F by - ,'I r"' :.1'. '.:IY ,.I l 1 .5•• t { l�.n .l,. �1. �,,_ .}L. L} :r+ A- ,L' •j- ., •. q� g' " ^I;•` I r {' I 'i' . I", J.. �- „ ! G ... ,/.: ). ,• •.�e y ..r ,. ,r\ t.-.. ,.. .: +� .,1.,, .,.-:! �;\J-. ..11�_ .:rte - ,.t'. �� .,y:,.,1, r (I• \, r -h.' - ( if'.i , r%I ', % -,,.�, .. •L. ;.t. _ .-1-.: / :t �M' ..;,'rife''+ I` "'I. ''\.:' :c i1 5 f a ^.i r i rf.A.•; l "i 1'i k` .i '�•, •'l••an .!�,'•:c.r.�' ../. •,i Yom, t f +` .�- 1 i ', t ti r:'f �. _ ,• t I.A..�i', -.,,,v ✓.�i!, "Jy I. .F. ,.I N tl ''� y`I. \ .(. ..i'S '/ �`r' , •.Y'I .� c*: lr�l1_ •.r 11> T .I, ,1\•, -.6.. jr„r'.i J '`Ow a ;. 5s.' r' I: c - lr.' A 'It .' Fi.a, ,P' { If.;I�\.; ,;Ih'. /- 'rte."�:'�?,•' (.^� .. .la, `�4: °`, ti.°�I' /• ,t ,.' .1. I `:,� ^n' r l '�,, .i'r 'A't•f; .1 1._.., •�.: e. .,,., I. ,.f,•,,+� .,: `i`- i, ./:a �:•`! .r/•A` � \ „r- 1' f^\ Tr,ii±.t i�'. _ ,.I✓-�J.'. .1. I• °•./',. J 1. • /x_ \ i. `"` .11 ri 1) '�' I,1. .,' "1': :l �. 1:°r': 4 ^',I: 'i I'I ;.,�:.:'•rru I, .1,':hi' ,(' \~ /-' :I `- fi-`S .-�:" -, `<' _ ''iY .1 iV' 7 ,!° '.�. \: q:, .;•,T\\,, i •. f' ., 11•: ^< I.L� �" •. n '`. tl I. `IA, Op.r- '•I- ,It. � . , :.;.... ^;,'„rR''• I'l 1y L� ,�. .( I I`1 i'• ','(a/f- d;*�J'. / .r. _";,rl 1.\91 I ' >�1::'!.a ( ' Y'''',!- 'r .},,- -'A•. -,;' ;• � , I, .J. ,x ,F,' ,�'I 1.j'll.:.i r,. I. , .� `.r: �" '.i, ,l; n••,i '? ,:+, •\,Ili.`,1,•1' .f/„'I'' _f Y' ^I•..: _%. 't/' /i l - , ')" ,/ A, III' 1 //.+`� ',I'�, f: �. Y�l'r .YI `/ ,jt. 't'1'\' iAl f - ;1. "k• ,•/'.., ,),,'Yq. \ 1,•.:, I• F 1 V \` 1.1 I'I�I { :'. l- .I 4 i._ ✓ I. 41' 1.i 'f / 1 '`/ r, 1,11 tii, •,; � 1. It. '-I .J / � .1• \'11 .� J 'f'�r' p'1 '.\1'_. ,� /I I� ./ � ,..>r ,.,,.'. _ i...,l�. �\ f _� 1,11{ 7 .t V �� 1•i a t 11 i I ` . �'n 1\ 1 { , , I• y r.E 1r'�r .•r_ , . ,-," -:, t'' . , . 'k, `\ `'. w '\ ` . 1 I . I''t:. \ 4 :� .r �."\; .�I .1.... .d•rC- -i, , 't'• • .�•� { t• I;`� I ,'a.1. I ' ;;'tC 'al'1�..\.Lr r r1 ,r 1e,•• .`a..v 'i -•1: 'r n - yy .n, a \!, •�\> Y�.� '+f ,Y.t: . y.•. 6 ',_• ,'I ,\ C ,�• r• •r :'i,:\:'::!11 -s .ice `ir` r_ ,v. .-n r'.:. y ,/,- ;�, ;,' . ^i > ;. �. t<I' ,r :1,1,h I' ,.,,>. .I: ",..f' '.IL \ ?? \t �,fp, /1' ,-r% �v' / ,S .� `.'1. t MML_"'V•-V a li'r/,n.A ': j,1% + 'r'1` '& I\ r\, / �� ?`1•. a•. ,Pr, .T.^ ' •,y\•.., •.1 ,. ', `r 1. •i .l� ,.',A.T,, :Iy• `I.. �'J! •,tl• , ,It" ,7 -. Anv correspondence in relation to this ' bond should be directed to: BOND DEPT WAUSAU INSURANCE COMPANIES Er.,►? PO BOX 80.17 -- t t WAUSAU WI 54402-8017 NASIOWME°INSURANCE GROUP' .1.80"35-4401 ' s' Wausau ]Insurance Companies Bich or Proposal Bond ISINTOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: , i TIM WC. Wisch & Vaughan Construction Company. Inc. T ' i 1 _ PO Box 104388, Jefferson. City, MO 65110 1 {hereinafter called the principal), as principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a � corporation organized and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Wiscomsin, and duly licensed for the 1 P"se of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or undertakings required or authorized as by the laws of the # State of Missouri Sure I -- _ ty, are held and firmly bound rota City of Jefferson, 320 East I McCarty, Jefferson City, MO 65101 -- —._ (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the just and full sutra of Five Percenr. (5%) of amount bid ---- ------------------------ Dollars (S ------------- ) i la+srful money of the United States of A merica. for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves i and our heirs, executors, administrators and each of our successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. r , } ii HE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THA,r, WHEREAS, the above bounden principal as aforesaid, is about ' ....,o braid in and submit to the obligee a bid or,proposal for the Pro- ect No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance t •-�....•''�acility. � i { in accordance with the plans and specifications filed in the office of the obligee and under the notice inviting proposals therefor. i i NOW, THEREFORE, if the bid or proposal of said principal shall be accepted, and the contract for such work be awarded to the principal thereupon by the said obligee, and said principal shall enter into a contract and bond for the completion of said 4 work as required by law, then this obligation to be null and void, otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect. � IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 7th i day of August , 1998 �j 1 Wisch & Vaughan Construction Company, Inc, - 'y- 1�nnupal) tSc.d) 7"" E FL OYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company Surety kseq BV ;.:,.} (ettomey-m-pact Bonnie S. Caruthers i. ,I SC0014 11-93 r ' E"MOYERS INSURANCE OF WN W A Mutual Company i M 1POWER, OF ArrORNEY (FOR BIER BONUS ONLY) i" KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: s That the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, and having its principal office in the City of Wausau. County of Marathon. Slate of Wisconsin,has made,constituted and appointed,and does by these presents _ BO NNYF S make,constitute and appoint ------ its true and lawful attorney-in-fact,with full potter and authority hereby conferred in its name,Place—and stead,to execute, seal,acknowledge and deliver ANY AND ALL BID BONDS OR WRITTEN DOCUMENTS INVOLVING BID GUARAN- TEES OR IN THE NATURE THEREAFTER ---------------------------------- ---- 0 - - LU an tod bind the corporatiott thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President,sealed with �• the corporate seal of the corporation and duly attested by its secretary hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney-in-fact ma)-do in the premises. This power of attorney is granted Pursuant to the following resolution adopted by the Bnard of Directors of said Company ata meeting duly called and held on the 180.h day of May,1973,which resolution is still in effect- i "RESOLVED,that the President and any Vice President--elective or appointive—of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF •e{ WAUSAU A Mutual Company be,and that each of them hereby is,authorized to execute powers of attorney WA .. the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute on behalf of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF USAU A p Mutual Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of suretyship:and that any secretary or assistant secretary be, Z and that each or any of thorn hereby is,authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney,and to attach t.� thereto the seat of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company:* 0 "FUR`THER RESOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and the seal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU ra A Mutual Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and I-- any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and M bindirsg i z upon the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company when so affixed and in the future with respect Uj to any bond, undertaking or contract of surtyohip to which it is attached." { IN WITNESS WHEREOF,EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company has caused these presents W be � signed by the vice president and attested by its assistant sarntary, a.-A its corporate s:s1 to be hereto affixed thu h JAI�iIATCif , 19 day of I I =2 U) EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company SEAL f ii Y a✓��- "" .. � ha Rywr J.step .7 � Vice President r �---�. k a i I ( R.J.Besterrrarr Assistant Secretary ' STATE OF WISCONSIN ) F- t Q COUNTY OF MARATHON as. U_ On this_ 1ST day f J.Ste Y -° -- JANUARY i try i Ryan — _ 19 ��' before ate personally came j an i say that he is a via president of the EM1'LOYQLS INSURAN to me known,who being by me duly sworn.did depose 0 execrmocl the above instrument:that he knows the ssal of:mld � W WAUSAU A Mutual Company.the corporadon described in and which j a affixed by cyder of the IJoard of i3irtctors of said corporation that the seal affixed to Wd instrument is such corporate seal and that it was so C� -- rporation and Unit he signed his name thereto by like order. :3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,i have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official sea!the day and year herein first above written. i ; 1` U Patricia A.Kleman i Notary Public NOTARY PUBLIC I '_ 1 to _ :STATE OF WISCONSIN MY COMMISSION EXPIRES •" �n STATE OF WISCONSIN MAY a4 1498 CITY OF WAUSAU 1 CERTIFICATE COUN'rY OF MARATHON as. r I, the undersigned, assistant secretary of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, corporation,do hereby certify that the foregoing and attached P Y. a Wisconsin i VALIDAT- ING STATEMENT PRINTED IN THE MARGIN THEREOF IN RED attorney, remair s in full once and as not been revoked;and furthermore that the resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in the power of attorney is still in force, 1 ` Signed and sealed in the City of Wausau,Marathon County,State of Wisron in,this — 7 t� i of—Atagu:;t ,1994 day R.J. Bestetnan SEAL Assistant Secretary 1 NOTE. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE VALIDITY OR WORDING OF THIS POWER OF ' ATTORNEY,CALL TOLL FREE(800)826.1661.(IN WISCONSIN',CALL(800)472.0041) SIS-4222.1 06-94 ...,,".,.;1 /° LD : .•► .... •. - ; _ t:;: : . :: :" :: N•�,R fv•:)ox:::::::::::::: 0,47E(MM/DDM) >;......,..WI:3!�Hr.l 09/7 /98 Prioal,cER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Wi.ntei.:-I►ent & Company HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR Box 1046 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. arson City MO 65102-1046 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A Travelers ]Insurance Company Pt 573-634-2122 Fax No. 573-636-7500 INSURED COMPANY Wisch & Vaughan Construction B Builders Asoc. Self-Insurers Co, Inc, Vaughan Pools, Inc, Vaughan Construction Co, Inc, COMPANY Vaughan Pools of Sedalia, Inc C INSURAN E �P. O. Boys 104358 COMPANY Je9f'erson City NO 65110•-4388 D L .... . ... .. . . ... .. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE 145URED NAMED' SOR THE POLICY PER O INDICATED,NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TEEM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMF CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PFSRYAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIFS DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS L R DATE(MM/DD/YY) DATE(MIWDD/1'Y) rENEAA:.LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PE66010SX4374TIA97 12/31/97 12/31/981 PRODUCTS-COMPIOPAGG $ 2,000,000 CL 41MS MADE Oi.CUF>. PERSONAL&AD'J INJURY $1,000,000 OWNERS d CONTRACTORS PROT EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE(Any one fire) $ 50,000 6 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 FF-U-T�OMOBlELIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 A, X i A14YAUTO PL78a.0l05X4374TI7z97 22/31/97 12/31/919 ALL 074NED AUTOS BODILY INJURY II— S:HEDULED AUTOS (Per person) HLRED A'JTOS BODILY INJURY S NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per a ddenl) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ GARAGE LIABILITY -� AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S ANY AUTO OTIiER TH+bl AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT S AGGREGATE S EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 j A USIBRELLA FORM PSMJCUP10SX437RTIL97 3,2/31/97 12/31/96 AGGREGATE S2,000,000 �OTIiER THAN UMBRELLA FORM $I )( 7 RYTLiMIT OTRH- :.:.:.:.:..:.:.:.:.'.:.;.:.:. MPeERS COMPENSATION AND ............. .. ... EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 THE PROPRIETOR/Fr X INCL 97-0429 01/01/98 01/01/99 ELOISEASE-POLICY LIMIT f 1,000,000 i PARTNERSIEXECUTNE EL DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 OFFICERS ARE: EXCL _ OTIIER i A Installation Float PH66010SX4374TIA97 12/31/97 12/31/98 per loc. 600,000 A Builders Risk PH660105X4374TIA97 12/31/97 12/31/98 per loc. 700,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS Project 2To. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility CFtY►FtC ALA:WOI:[?ER::::;:::::::;:;:;:::;:::;:;:::;:::::::;:;:::;:::::::::::::::;:::::::::; ........... ......... .......... .. ... . ...................... . ........ CJEFF-2 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 100_DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, City of Jefferson BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 4 320 East McCarty Street D UPON THE COMPANY.ITS AGE SORREPRESENTATIVES. Jefferson City MO 65101 n THOgIZeD PRESE�IVe r. I OF2 E�P A.} bk t ��yy ! �P4: �� . �,. '�II174h�Qlfi1„IK?L�71fi71t �n,3•��s,�,..�t•�.en....�.�....,._,.__,�,.�.�._.._. i DATE(MMIDOM) N URANCE BINDER OP ID DV 09/24/98 IS Q ND ER I�p�TEMPO INSURANCE CONTRACT,SLIBJECT TO T{1t CONDITIONS SHf�WN ON THE REVERSE SIDE IOD THIS FORM- 327 COMPANY A.'C, _ Ell) . 5 7 3-6 3 4-212._2_______ 573-6 �--- Traveler Ine�lra ce Cc stpail DATE TIME TIME DATE _ ]( 1101 AM ter-Dent & Company � AM PM 10/03.99 NOON 11: Box 1036 10/01/98 0'1 �elE6>rrrco)1 City �O 65102-1046 THIS BINDER IS ISSUED TO EJC1E'ND COVERAGE IN THE ABOVE NAMED COMPANY PER EXPIRING POLICY R: �� —"— �Si1B CODE____- DESCRIPi10N Of OPERA:iONSNEHICLESIPKOPERTY(Mdudr+9 Location) STS �gCg-1 Pro jact No. 31012,..... :l C Utility Maintenance INSURED Facll i ty City of Jefferson Department of Public works 330 g, McCarty Street Jaggerson City No 65101 LIMITS —I---• AMOUNT COVERAGES —•— CO'aRAGfUTOWAS DE�DUCTtBLE CQINS'4 O INSURANCE PRO?ERTY CAUSES OF LOSS_ BASIC CD BROAD Fj SPEC GENERAL AGGREGATE $L2,0 0 0,0 0 0 _ G1=Jd5RA!LIABILITY PRODUCTS.CQMPIOP AGG S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PERSONAL S ADV INJURY S CLANS MADE ❑OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 OWHER r,&CONTRACTORS PROT FIRE DAMAGE(Any one firai 3__ MED EXP(Any one p--mcm) $ RETRO DATL-FOR CLAIMS MitDE- COMS!NED SINGLE LIMIT $ AUTYWGII—LE,—LI —ITY BODILY INJURY(Per Pln�On) s AN 9ffO BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ )LL 01NSdEA AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE $ -- MEDICAL PAYMENTS S HEDULED AUTOS _ iiiRED Alfi'OS PERSONAL INJURY PROT $ NON-OINKED AUTOS UNINSURED MOTORIST S S SCHEDULED VEHICLES ACTUAL CASt•I VALUE SCHE "—" hUT0 PHYSICAL DAMAGE pEpIICTIBLE ALL VEHICLES STATED AMOUNT S COLLISION: OTHER OYHEiB TtAAN L: -- AUTO ONLY•EA ACCIDENT $ GE LIABILITY OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: ANY AUTO EACH ACCIDENT S f AGGREGATE $ M EACH OCCURRENCE $ I l' S7CCcSS LIA81LrfY AGGREGATE $ U?+f3RELlA FORM SEtF-INSURED RETENTION $ I ... � OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM RETRO DATE FOR CLAIMS MADE: STATUTORY LIMITS EACH ACCIDENT S i ! WORKERS CO p EIiSATION DISEASE•EACH EMPLOYEE $ l 1 EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ t FEES S /c x Nieob b vauybaa Construction, A. 0. t 106756. Jaffaraon City, no 65110 TAXES ___..------ r�77�II IIf10i4Sj is raaponuible for premium and audit ESTIMATEDTOTALPREMIUM S i ' GOV�RAGES NAME&ADDRESS� MORTGAGEE ADDITIONAL INSURED i LOSS PAYEE i LOAN AU PRESENTATIVE. +ACORI3 75-S(1197) NOTE:IMPORTANT STATE INFORMATION ON REVERSE SIDE ORD CORPORATION 1993 t�� au'aaw» mrr�mrnurrr ewa�ec�ca� • a r t�; ,xa. CONDITIONS " This Company binds the kind(s)of insurance stipulated On the reverse side.The insurance Is subject to the 'terms,condilfons and tlmitatl0ns of the policyfies)in current use by the Company. This birder may be cancelled by the Insured by surrender of this binder or by written notice to the Company stating when cancellation will ba+effective.This binder may be cancelled by the Company by notice to the Insured in accordance with the policy conditicm.This binder is cancelled when replaced b a policy.if till y Po s binder is not replaced by a policy,the Company is entitled to charge a premium for the binder according to the Rules and Rates In use by the Company, l ,i f A7ppkabie in California When this fbnn is used to provide Insurance in the amount of one million dollars(31,000,000)or more,the title of the form Is chznM from"Insurance®rode:"to*Cover Note'. ---� Applicable In Delaware The mortgagee or Obligee of any mortgage or other instrument given for the purpose of creating a lien on real property shall accept as evidence of insurance a written tinder Issued by an authorized insurer or its agent if the binder includes or is accompanied by:the name and address of the borrower,the name and address of the +;. lender as loss payee:a description of the Insured real property:a provision that the binder may not be canceled t: within the term of the binder unless Die tender and the Insured borrower receive written notice of the cancel- lation at least ton day 10) ( days prior to the cancellation:except In tf a case of a renewal of a policy subsequent to the closing of the loan,a paid receipt of'the full amount of the applicable premium,and the amount of All insurance coverage. Chapter 21 Title 25 Paragraph 2119 (r ` Applicable in Nevada t any parson who refuses to accept a binder which provides coverage of less than$1,000,000.00 when proof ret)uired:(A)Shell be fined not more than$5M.00,and B Is liable to the a P f is O Party Presenting the binder as proof. of insurance for aohral damages sustained therefrom, r t tk ;foCpftla 75-S(1/97) 3 r s "zee'rrx..vWMaeart�rm�w,a�:cs,t.'.„.•a . t 2 '' §�.+t'+`^t .+lYs.<,ilkt3.te'i�'tt.4 Rr •S.. , jtt-N'•Y•�.,. •r+...- + •___t...et�........�-. .11 x^.E fL �S"4t, 1 t v"k f as F' r �t � I i SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO. 31012 1 d ., J C Utft Maintenance Facility i i 1 r _ t 1 i r 1� }ppfft � 7 W 1 Jefferson City Department of Public Works Jtely 198' S, iS r a �G A. c utility maintenance facility plans and spacitkatiana.wpd July 2,.1898 Ain7n +f'{JC".t +•lliii�3'Ski/S;tWT,�Wti54i>,t..� '3sii'tic8.�'{x^�.4TZ':rA�i `}i.'�...�.�.,7 w....10..:. � :.i,.M..�._..-+w...:,o-'...s�" ,..t s 7 a..t:ta .t 5�,a.,. n,:..:n.�'z.knY•s..._ti.1az, „r kF; -`v' .s "�lyltf i` Y d tp i 1 i TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Advertisement for Bids I Notice to Bidders Information for Bidders • Bid Form 11 Slid Bond Anti-Collusion Statement * ; f; Contractor's Affidavit ° 4 r Minority Business Enterprise Statement Statement of Minority Business Utilization Commitment * r Affidavit of Compliance with Prevailing Wage law f Prevailing Wage Determination • Affidavit of Compliance Public Works Contracts Law ti Excessive Unemployment Exception Certification F �z ' Construction Contract i r Performance, Payment, and Guarantee Bond + General Provisions 1 � Special Provisions Attachments., 3 Concrete-portland Cement Concrete 3:1-1 3:1-10 y k+ 5 Me, tais-Steel Deck 5.3-1 5 3-4 f .r 5:." Metals-Cold-Formed Medal Framing 5.4-1.- 5.44 4 }� AWASCHOD.FIRM July 1Q;1898 1 xi3k t-.E f '+ s �«— .+u r.+rrtKx+t+,wxer+ .rr+A c. wt's r•:1•.ry�f{n t.'-<< .. j r 4 z i 'il?c�4 Ya itte s Y`�ti. r f , i � " .. r,• . l :. l } .. 14 {: .. , ! ' ' . , 1 5t. { e . . .. � -% �,,-,. Ir' .. . ,1. . S . . .. .. x I ` r i! �' ,{ +'K. .. !, { P .." . °° ;' 16 EI®Ctrical - Paneiboards, 16.1-1 - 16.1-8 s;a '. (.I iiI,. 16 Electrical - Interior Lighting Fixtures 16.2-1 16.2-8 z ,r t. s J i` z;, 16 Electrical - Emergency Lighting 16.3-1 - 16.3-I 5 , ',_.: , ij �; .11 ,, ; '16 . ' Electrical - Basic Materials & Methods 16.5-1 - 16.5-26 . 4..� s - , i i Ui fit}t .. t,� f S , y } 5.. : .,. 1. �I I I '; � n` .,— � I I I , � I � , �,- , r' ;- , , — -: � . I I 1 . . 11 I � � :11 : �, - .. — .1 � �. - , �, � , �, — 11 � - , , J i - (' INDlCAT�a rTHIS ITEM 1,lNCLUDEQ lIV BID PACKET FOR SUBMISSION O�B!!J)'' 11 ,,,��,k,�i-�,,, ",", 13,1 1�.:��,�- ., I kl,:"�, � !;��,�..,� , -1 , � , , , . ,, , t� t�i,�ti. *:I �I��t',,, .1,".-,",,:;:,: 12. 1 � I . , , - , � . � it < { �., . , I I . I I --.,-.',J-�i-, , ;.4 111 I• .i 1 I, . � I 4 I f•11� I.�1. .1 I � . . � I ,t 7 .. ' . , . . .. I {. is` � - � 1 :4, ,� I �I ��,.',,--,,�`�,�".� 11,� I 11-11.�" �,:�,, I I I , :?,:: � �I I I 1�.4111-1`11 111-0�I�� i- - "� �I I 1: : , , �, 11 . ti f-1- . � ,z tJ+ I!� � � I . .. 11, I I . . I � �. I �` -."O" I I 1�%11 I I I I ;1,�', . ��;,".I I f i S f . . ,.� . I . I I I � . I — , ,t k}. 3� �- , � �,"r f }+I . I ,.�I � � . . I . I I � � � I .1 � I I 11 ,, I . � ,�;,,. ,- I. ",, z,� .I 1: ; � . ,?, I; I I I I I . � I I I I I � . � �, I . .. .� -, .I :1.. �V t t !�I I �,. �1 � I I I,, 11,, �, �;,�i.�z T�,,,�.,�.�: , I . , - , % ,� , , �, �.., . � o I 1,. � � . I I I � �I I .I I I . I. I. . . : �,� � �1 5 " .� . ,��, Al 1 I {7(! ht `7 t . .. ,' r 11 SYSh}. x} '5h�. 1 "` , . S!9 d`;.it 11{�Y R.g j Z i '?,j 5d r ,y II�l;i if i t { i ,� S}r a`E;Shc 11 i "V 1� . �q��y}P i ,""�, t4 .. t`" 4 1. Ye i }, I ', ii A WIASCHGD,FRM 'July 10,.1998 11 11 r.7t�� —­t'2,t ��i M ,It t:7 dp i"y fi'�qp,,. bta.w+nratw..w+*.ae ^�w.,.,cc-.r.iwF,yrA.}.,~ �1RIwW,`rrl ar^�c;,+;�aGc:s%a4 e y> r t "i. f �..t t. ,,,,--1,-,f,..1-s,,, j x,(i y'+r".y;r i:Yt i#:`7iT^..— jw .rt ,yn 7. -, F I" } t'r S in} a "a :i q t h ttL ry _ 4a (c.J. } W,C I: (Ja. r 1 4 ';..:7 dv fs h �� � 3 7 11 f �l ---,--�--- ----r_ —I.—X1 dy'"'•7N' t i ^k 1 �1{ i t j !1. 1;5 >Y p�7.i. i G`r .kf iFr 3. t, �� ;! �} a �c '-tb,Pt� ca.i f'i Y°Y 4 r r {} t'} ✓'' ..rs3�s`irptrt rri i' } _ f { r „1.� : �tc qt1 ktE�i ,` ! S { a i, i ;q.*�i`: °>.a miFs.k:fi F�a`trT �J hai } t �r f r{ rr- ta.91Dl.�nV�iO` .,�— � —__.1�L . — .. .,. .. . ,� •„....>•., _..•..f,? .ILYSI i 5 Metals-Structural Steel 5.5-1 - 5.5-5 ,.. 5 Metals-Lightgage Metal Frming 5.7-1 - 5.7-3 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection-Joint Sealer 7.9-1 - 7.9-9 8t Doors & Windows-Steel Doors & Frames 8.2-1 - 8.2-6 --�, 8 Doors & Windows-Finished Hardware 8.3-1 - 8.3-10 9 Finishses-Gypsum Drywall 9.1-1 - 9.1-13 9 Finishses-Resilient Flooring 9.6•-1 - 9.6-7 9 :Finishses-Painting 9.3-1 - 9.3-16 i 9 Finishses-Acoustical Ceilings 9.4-1 - 9.4-6 9 Finishses-Carpeting 9.5-1 - 9.5-6 X13 Pre-Engineered Building 13.1-1 - 13.1-9 15 Mechanical-Plumbing Fixtures 15.1-1 - 15.1-2 15 Mechanical-Valves 15.100-1 - 15.100-7 15 Mechanical-Air-Plumbing Piping 15.4-1 - 15.4-8 �. M 15 Mechanical-Air-Plumbing Specialties 15.5-1 - 15.5-7 15 Mechanical-Air-Handling Units 15.6-1 - 15.6-9 4 15. Mechanical-Package Heating & Cooling Units 15.7-1 -.15.7-4 9 9 9 i• 15 : Mechanical-Metal Ductwork 15.E-1 -,15.8-8 15 Mechanical-Air Outlets & Inlets 15.9-1 - 15.9-4 ` ` h 15. Mechanical-Gas Radiant Heaters 15.93-1 - 15.93-5 I 1 A:VWASCHGD.FRM July.10,ON }4 1 tYjt rer+ *'. ..,.... .. ..... + :,j .� ;.+1 '. '�'n '3l."" tt'..r,y '.y• �rf.yG �, L. i c�1� Of I vr I10, ' Je.j���^.IQQ��. l`°'►®B't �y a� g Duane Schreimanm Mayor Department of Public Works Martin A. Prose, P.E., Director � - 320 Fast McCarty Street `- Phone: ('573) 634-6440 !, Jefferson City, Missouri 65101 Fay.: (573) 634.6457 j S AL�1� I I4AEi�T FOB i I ' Sealed bids will be received at the office of the Purchasing Agent, 320 East McCarty # Street, Jefferson City, Missouri 65101, until 1:30 p.m., on Tuesday, August 4, 1998. I The bids will be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that { -i „ same day. i The proposed work for the project entitled "Project No. 3'6012, J C Utility i Maintenance Facility"'will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment � -. to construct on a site as designated by the City in Hyde Park a service building of ` approximately 15,000 square feet. `{. A re-bid conference will be held at 10:30 a.m., on Tuesday, July 21, 1998 in the lower level conference room of City Hall, 320 E, McCarty Street, Jefferson City, MC 65101. All prospective bidders are urged to attend. - Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from �.,. S & V Consultants '706 E. McCarty Stree t, Jefferson City, Missouri 65 101. Anon- refundable �c , deposit of$70.00 (seventy dollars) will be required for each set of plans and specifications. Individual full size sheets of the plans may be obtained for Three i Dollars ($3.00) per sheet. The contract will require compliance with the wage and labor requirements and the payment of mininnum wages in accordance with the Schedule of Wage mates established by the Missouri Division of Labor Standards. -}. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities'therein, } � to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. CITY OF JEFFERSON l l rz Yt 3. .., James.Hartley Purchasing Agent } Publication Dates July 12, 1998; July 15, 1998 « A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and specfflcatians.wpd July 2, 1998 LLi m V` s t > t NOTICE T"IDDERS { t . „•,. Sealed bids will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Agent, City Hall, 320 East McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri, until 1:30 p.m. on Tuesday, August 4, 1998. The bids will be opened and read aloud in the Council Chambers at 1:30 p.m. on that same day. The proposed work for the project entitled Project Igo. 31012, J C Utility J� Maintenance l=acilky"will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to construct on a site as designated by the City in Hyde Park a service building of ;a approximately 15,000 square feet. j A,pre-bid conference will be held at 10:30 a.m., on Tuesday, July 21, 1999 in the lower level confieradce room*, of City Hall, 320 E. McCarty Street, Jefferson City, INTO ' 65101. All prospective bidders are urged to attend. All equipment, material, and workmanship must be in accordance with the puns, specifications, and contract documents on file with the Director of Public Works, Jefferson City, Missouri. - Copies of the contract documents required for bidding purposes may be obtained from th6'Director of Public Works, 320 East McCarty Street, Jefferson City, Missouri. A non- refundable deposit of $70.00 (seventy dollars) will be required for each set of plans -; and specifications. Individual full size sheets of the plans may be obtained for Three Dollars ($3.00) per sheet. {' A certified check on a solvent bank or a bid bond by a satisfactory surety in an amount equal to five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid must accompany each p Y proposal. cif A one-year Performance and Guarantee Bond is required. {r ,The owner reserves the,right to reject any or all bids and to waive.informalities therein t to determine which is the lowest and best bid and to approve the bond. ' CITY,OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI ' Martin:A 'Brose, PE 4 , Director of Public Works A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and specttications,wpd July J_ 7". l }9ha�..�''r > ur � . ...._ ...._..... _.r....__.....� .. _— ^--'----+-- 2`"^^^us',*�'�'tR�'�"^•f� I {r��2'1 �T�^``� ^s 4„ i INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 118A Sr"_E_QFAV0_RK The work to be done under this contract includes the furnishing of all technical personnel, labor, materials, and equipment required to perform the work included in the project entitled "Project No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility in accordance with the plans and specifications on file with the Department of Public Works. t The proposed work for thfs project will include the furnishing of all material, labor, and equipment to,construct on a site as designated by the Cify In Hyde Park a service bullding of approximately 15,000 square feet. its IF3:2 The bidder is required to examine carefully he site of the proposed y p posed work, the bid, plans, speacifications, supplemenial specifications,special provisions, and contract documents before submitting a bid. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of the obligation to furnish ' all materials and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the contract, "$ 18.3 .INTERRIZETAT10 ®t= 3RAGT IO®GLE1Af`NTS If the bidder has any questions white arise concerning the true meaning or intent of the Plans, Specifications or any part thereof, which affect the cost, quality, quantity, or character of the project, he shall request in writing, at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the bid opening,that an interpretation be made and an addendum be issued by the City, which shall i + then be delivered to all bidders to whom Plans and SPecifications have been issued. All addenda issued shall become part of the contract documents. Failure to have requested an addendum covering any questions affecting the interpretation of the.Plans and Specifications shall not relieve the Contractor from delivering the completed project in accordance with the intent of the Plans and Specifications to provide a workable project ``..r I 113-4 DERS ; J The City of Jefferson may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of.the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to the City all such information and data for this purpose as the City may request. The City reserves the right to reject any,bid-i f the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of such bidder falls,to ��tisfy;the City that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract 5 S and to complete the work contemplated therein. f f 113-v F�UIU �EtT.�AAT"RiAL Wherever definite reference,is made in these Specifications to the use of,an articular y p, i fi materiel or equipment, it is to be understood that any equivalent material or equipment may Pe-used which will perform adequately the duties imposed.by the general design, subject to the approval of the City. A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and specificitianempd ar July 2, 1998 a1 l4i 3 , t. 7 77 I I x i8.6 BID SECtJITY Each bid must be accompanied by a certified check or bid bond made payable to the City of �.. Jefferson for five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. Bid securities will be returned after ` :4tt y award of the contract except to the successful bidder. R j Should the successful bidder fail or refuse to execute the bond and the contract required within seven (7)days after he has received notice of acceptance of his bid, he shall forfeit to the City as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. ' 113-7 P-REPARATION MI=ENS Bids must be made upon the prescribed forms attached in these Contract Documents. Only `t;1::"• sealed bids will be considered, all bids otherwise submitted will be rejected as Irregular. I All blank spaces in the bid must be flied in and no change shall be made in the phraseology of the bid, or addition to the items menfioned therein. Any conditions, limitations or provisions ' attached to bids will render them informal and may be considered cause for their rejection. +; }� Extensions of quantities and unit prices shall be carried out to the penny. 113.8 ..PRICE , The price submitted for each item of the work shall include all costs of whatever nature.. involved in its construction, complete in place, as described in the Plans and Specifications. l Section 144.062 RSMo provides that the City's sales tax exemption may be used for the purchase of goods and materials for this project. The contract for the project will authorize and direct the Contractor to utilize the City's sales tax exemption in the purchase of goods and i materials for the project. This provision shall apply to only those purchases totaling over$500 ` from an individual supplier. All salems taxes on those items which do not qualify for the use of the City's sales tax exemption arid,for.which sales tax might lawfully be assessed against the City are to be paid by the : Contractor from,the monies obtained in satisfaction of the Contract. It being understood by °t the bidder, that the bid prices,submitted for those items shall include'the cost of such taxes. 1134 APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES cases where any part or all of the bidding is to be' received on a unit price basis, the '-quantifies stated in the bid will not be-used in establishing final payment due the successful. Contractor. The,.quantitles stated on which unit prices are so invited are approximate only'and eachbidder shall make his own estimate from the plans of the quantifies required on each item and calculate,his unit price bid for each item accordingly. Bids will,be compared on the basis.: of number of units stated in the bid. Such estimated quantities, while.made-from theibest ,,. information available, are approximate only. Payment of the Contract will be based on actual number of units installed on the complete work. A y c utility nnsintenanco facility FAana and specitications.wpci July 2.199e , sr Ak3�4 ' ,, t �k+`rdWra.'Juy?tt+k!3'� Il*' ,�s4.i'N6..'s3..S,�tijax i.++,'xla �..__��.h iit:;t� r f .....:..•J:,t.»,...,�....'..:. .. 5., ,'t r.:, rr:aiKtai�,l�r tick}v�"LY ` 'rt�w�,a, ' r 7�/4`. ��' 1 t 4 1 i } y 1 1 1 IB-1d LLII�lI�UM ITS � , Payment for each lump sum item shall be at the lump sum bid for the item, complete in place, t ` and shall include the costs of all labor, materials, tools and equipment to construct the item as ` described herein and to the limits shown on the Plans. I13-11 SUBMSSt�IS2Li f -- The Bid and the Bid Security guaranteeing the same shall be placed in a sealed envelope and marked "Project No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility". f 1 IB-12 ALTERNATE BIDS t ` y In making the award, if alternate bids have been requested, the alternate bid which will be in the best interest of the City will be used. IS-13 WIIHDRAWAL_OF ROD S A If a bidder wishes to withdraw his bid, he may do so before the time fixed for the opening without prejudice to himself. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of ninety(90)days, { after the scheduled closing time for the'receipt t of bids. `-i g p No bids received after the time set for opening for bids will be considered. 1 B-14 I-c_T 10 REJECT RODS The City reserve the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any informality in the bids received, f or to accept the bid or bids that in its judgement will be in the best interests of the City of .' . ' Jefferson. I113-15 AWA�� ®_ Ci"!®TPArT j IT:} If,Whin seven(7)days after he has received notice of acceptance,of his bid, the.successful bidder or bidders shall refuse or neglect to come to the office.of the Director of Public Works and to execute the Contract and to famish the required Performance and.,Payrr►ent i3onds and Insurance, properiy signed by the Contractor and the Surety and Sureties satisfactary to the Y t, City of Jefferson as herein6 ter.provided,the bidder or bidders shall be deemed to be In default and shali'forfelt the deposit. ' AMC A�"erforimancee,and Payment Bond In an amount equivalent to one hundred percent:(100'%) .. of the Contract price, must be furnished and executed,by the successful bidder or bidders A farrn for the bidders use is contained in these Contract Documents: ne, The issuing Surety shall be a corporate Surety Company or companies of recognized`standing ' licensed to do business in the State of Missouri and acceptable to the City of Jefferson:. f t A:V c uuNty maintenance facility plans and spaciflcatlons.� R+ pd '{ AMY'"N.iwHfl6jY�+'hMl:='f•.b+K.WUr+U.rey{bt..r it N'°5=ye.'k•iv..P u:;Yk SG.�4}' :: y g "64 x . ��tt•"""'1Q 1 ° e^^-- t.�.�... ___ ^t----^--- dr^ i at .�. afF.hoY s¢ rgt�7aY�L`x{�`Y�,l���rar3�` ""�q {.+3►: >��itrl^ p't? r t;p f t L t 1113-117 tNDEtyN1F1MtON-AND INSalRAKCE ; is � t r ' •.1 - j The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City from all claims and suits for i loss of or damage to property, including loss of all judgments recovered therefore, and from all expense In defending said claims, or suits, including court costs, attorney fees and other expense caused by any act or omission of the Contractor and/or his subcontractors, their �i respective agents, servants or employees. The Contractor shall be required to provide the City of Jefferson with a Certificate of insurance J, outlining the coverage provided. 1113-18 BID wBC l'1M,OiTMRiF. _TO Upon the execution.of the Contiact and approval of Bond, the Bid Security will be returned to ' --; the bidder unless the same shall have been presented for collection prior,to such time, in which case the amount of the deposit will be refunded by the City. IB-19 NORDiS� # . BttlRthlAT'tr�f�_tYP�1C��A3T d .� •' � 1111. f '3: r Contracts for work under this bid.will obligate the Contractor and subcontractors not to di-scriminate in employment p i. p ymenr ractices. , 2 u + : 18.20 I'IRBVJ�iIi_��G �A�l�_IL�lt�i F � J The principal contractor and all subcontractors shall pay not less than the prevailing wage ' j hourty rate far each craft or type of workman required to execute this contract as determined ' by the Department of labor and Industrial Relations of Missouri, pursuant to Sections 290.21 i � . through 290.340 inclusive of the Revised Statutes of Missouri, 1959 and as la 0 r,°•°�:� :::� ,, .. � last amended in 1993. (See Determination included herewith.) b !!, : 11113-21 GUARANTEE The Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment, materials and workmanship furnished ander this contract will be as specified and will be free from defects for a period of one year t ±' from the date of final acceptance. In addition,the equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design. i VI/ithin the uarantee g period and upon notification of the Contractor by the City, the Contractor ( ,, fi shall promptly malice all needed adjustments, repairs or replacements arising Aut ef:defects f Which, in the•judgment of the City become necessary during such period. T.he:cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools, grid supplies Ott„ tequIred for replacement of parts, repair of parts or correction of abnormalities shall be paid y the Contractor or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. ifrrF �� i., •. t,. S C tlty maintene facil4A:y y plans and 8POcft&b ns.wpd July 2,199$ iii IT r c6N d °'^ia>�+stn+r,tr iwvka4kt,�c.f'a�twwiz`�`3W'¢+.v<,a •K'�,�.-}t- . p The Contractor also extends the terms of this guarantee to cover repaired parts and all ' replacement parts furnished under the guarantee provisions for a period of one year from the date of installation thereof. If within ten days after the City gives the Contractor notice of defect, failure, or abnormality of the } work, the Contractor neglects to make, or undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary � repairs or adjustments, the City is hereby'authorixed to make the repairs or adjustments itself or order the work to be done by a third party, the costs of the work to be paid by the Contractor. . . .� ,:J In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the City delays would cause serious lass l i or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made by the City or a third party chosen by the City i without giving notice to the Contractor, and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contractor s . -71 or by his surety under the terms of the Bond. IB-22 .NOTICE TO PROCEED l A written notice to begin construction work will be given to the Contractor by the City of Jefferson within ten (10)days after the Contract is approved by the City Council. The time for completion. r of the"project shall begin to rim on the date Established in this notice. ► I E -� IE-23 WORK SCHEDULE To insure that the work will proceed continuously through the succeeding operations to its j completion with the least possible interference to traffic and inconvenience to the public, the,i Contractor shall, at the request of the City, submit for approval a complete schedule of his proposed construction procedure, stating the sequence in which various operations of work are { to be performed. l IE-24 CO„ NTRAC_E , The contract time shall be 120 (one hundred twenty) working days. # I13-25 LIQUIDATED DAMA 1 Liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of$150 per day until the work is complete; ' f should the project not)be completed within the contract time. IQ-26 POWER OF ATTORNEY Attomeys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and, effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. apt ice^' it' IB-27 BID PACKET Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed forms and contain certain certifications and l documentation. s A:VCUTI,L=1.WPp ,r July 10,1998 f F yl;3°5�+�1�'K'Yxt`1tn.�aaa.'s7r,.rvMF�34Fr�..ak;,ukGy`,{7av+xgziM4t'?i.:'rA Nb. c..' ..;:rG3W..t . ti , Edclh bid must:be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the naMe of the l;l r 3 bldd%` the bidder's address, and the name of the project for which the bid Is being submitted. If,forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid rust be enclosed in an other ! ' �.� eriveiope addressed as follows: I t Purchasing Agent l`.. !.; City of Jefferson, NIO 320 E. McCarty Street �-� Jefferson City, MO 65101 . For the convenience of bidding this project, a "BID PACKET' has been Included with the ( ry project manual. This packet contains the necessary forms to be submitted with the bid. i is t proposal. The contents of this packet include the following: 1) SID FORM 3 i 2) BID BOND ° ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT --?e '4) CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT ,r 5) MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT , #; A.V.r,utility main nca ficility puns and spWfications.wpd July 2 .18St "` 7 1 r l.af tr. r 11 ; s ..� t F.✓.: -c. .;. {Prca %i=}i'+ 4........._...� 'g iF s kart ,. r 1.' i I BID_EQRM E Name of Bidder Address of Bidder f� i i�X rC��.3 '� 3ci�F�'=.���,�� CST' �/I r?� To: CITY OF JEFFERSON 320 East McCarty Street ' - Jefferson City, Missouri 65101 f THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, having examined the plans, specifications, regulations of the Contract, Special Conditions, other proposed contract documents and all j addenda thereto; and being acquainted with and fully understanding (a) the extend and character of the work covered by this Bid; (b) the location, arrangement, and specified requirements for the proposed work; (c) the location, character, and condition of existing streets, roads, highways, railroads, pavements, surfacing, walks, driveways, curbs, gutters, trees, sewers, utilities, drainage courses, structures, and other installations, both surface and underground which may affect or be affected by the I I proposed work; (d)the nature and extent of the excavations to be made and the type, � character, and general condition of materials to be excavated; (e) the necessary 1 handling and rehandling of excavated materials; (f) the location and extent of necessary or probable dewatering requirements; (g) the difficulties and hazards to the I µ worts which aright be caused by storm and flood water; (h) local conditions relative to labor, transportation, hauling, and rail delivery facilities; and (i) all other factors and f i conditions affecting or which may be affected by the work. I : HEREBY PROPOSED to furnish all required materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and � plant; to perform all necessary labor and supervision; and to construct, install, erect, !, and complete all work stipulated, required by, and in accordance with the proposed contract documents and the drawings, specifications, and other documents referred to ? therein (as altered, amended, or modified by addenda) in the manner and time ' prescbibed and that he will accept in full payment sums determined by applying to the i � quantities of the following items, the following unit prices and/or any lump sum { _s payments provided, plus or minus any special payments and adjustments provided in the specifications and he understands that the estimated quantities herein given are not guaranteed to be the exact or total quantities required for the completion of the work shown on the drawings and described in the specifications, and that increases or ,.. r decreases may be made over or under the Contract estimated quantities to provide for ! needs that are determined during progress of the work and that prices bid shall apply to such increased or decreased quantities as follows: A:V c utility maintenance facility Frans and specificationsmpd July 2, 19M t rl{ Base Bid: ( `yl a.**.. ,r...+ewe+..+a+.+.r-rt.-k«.+a-r....+... •k�,rA*#frfrR#-/r4..AA•4�IrMr„ i Project: J C Utility Maintenance Facility Provide all labor, material, and equipment to accomplish the work outlined on the Drawings and in Special Conditions of the Contract Documents. i E i -r Total Amount of Base Bid: r- iU �!�" /5'"u r✓z% �r" l' ,�' n c!�!�2.. (WORDS) (FIGURES) , - Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in the words will govern. The above prices will include all labor, materials, bailing, sharing, removal, overhead, t= profit, insurance, etc. to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. 'E3idder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and to waive informalities in the bidding.1 The bidder agrees that this bid shatl be good and may not be withdrawn for a period as specified, after the schedule closing time for receiving bids. x 1 ALTERNATE BID AND SUBCONTRACTORS � The Contract may provide for alternates for storm sewer pipe at the„ Contractor's ; discretion. The Bidder shall state in the spaces below whether he intends to use ' corrugated metal pipe or reinforced concrete pipe for Storm Sewers where an alternate is allowed. f { If the Bidder intends to use any subcontractors in the course of the construction, he . l . shall list them. 4 �1l, An 0 ' _ A � ` tda , d A-UCUT1l-1.YWPD Jesty10.1998 5 ' +. r tlls+iaW;Nb `w$W,+.•+w*% -fix�.,• ,,r., ,...,,.,-.s -.:;•:,.3x:-.r , .. d �3 1i `l •., .. .. ., ,,.,.,tee;y... , 7 f t t :TIME OF COMPLETION The undersigned hereby agrees to complete the project within 120 (one hundred ` twenty) working days, subject to the stipulations of the regulations of the Contract and the'Special Provisions., s :. It is understood and agreed that if this bid is accepted, the prices quoted above include all applicable state taxes and that said taxes shall be paid by the Contractor. j The undersigned, as Bidder, hereby declares that the only persons or firms interested in the bid as principal or principals is or are named herein and that no other persons or firms than herein mentioned have any interest in this bid or in the Contract to be entered into; and this bid is made without connection with any other person, company, or parties making a bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith, without collusion or fraud. The undersigned agrees that the accompanying bid deposit shatl become the property of the Owner, should he fail or refuse to execute the Contract or furnish Bond as called i 7: for in the specifications within the time provided. , If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed, or delivered to the i undersigned within sixty (60) days after the date of opening of bids, or any time �- thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after �. the date of such mailing, telegraphing, or delivering, of such notice, execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached. r t 1 s �1 . s , A.UCUTII 1,WPD July 10,19987 , 1 fi A �ky,pjfy;+B�4•MRa'8r ..r wrgx,a x.:.,F«r.,uw..,..x'F.. „.s+ .n.a..:la- i ,ti �f f1 r < .:4 Grt2 a•� ' if' 'Y11walf.lf'J� tr, , i The undersigned hereby designates as his office to which such notice of acceptance may be mailed, telegraphed, or delivered: id It is understood and agreed that this bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids or any authorized postponement thereof. Attached hereto is a Bid Bond for the sum of Dollars (oasWelid s-eheek), make payable to the City of Jefferson. I Signature of Bidder: If an individual, , doing business I � -1 as If a partnership, , member of firm. 1 1 by Y �� If corporation, LU r S`cf71 VA u '' 5 u e Tr c�.✓ ecs. '�.`� t3. t=CJ i S C �M Titl c r .✓T- _. j SEAL I ;;. Business Address of Bidder P. G> �.>//O If Bidder is a corporation, supply the following information: i State in which incorporated as'1''1 SSA Gc At I Name and Address of its: President I ' c e T„/' / t o i Secretary �, 'r �4E-� �.Sd•� E 7 ; Date'A u emu s �+ M c uglily rnalntenance faaty plans and spacHicat3ons.wpd July 2,1999 ,l. 1 '4Y+°�!!�.MT�yLJJ M1.M a:ro^4.Y,h rw{ t vfe». x i'+.".• .. .. ... �; x k � r { t. j 3 '1r z 1 i KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the ' undersigned as Principal, ; ' and as Surety, are hereby held and firmly -- bound unto the CITY OF -JEFFERSON, MISSOURI , as .owner, in the penal sum of for the payment of which,well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally Bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, this —day of _______,1997. The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted f to the CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a t part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the project entitled: 4, "Project No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility" IOW, THEREFORE, (ai) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, ' (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in ,3 accordance with said Bid)and shall furnish a band for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or fumishing materials in connection therewith, shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, A then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being 1 04 expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety,for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by the extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands f and, seals, and,such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and yea"r first ' set forth above. Principal SEAL iAxi ` Si 35 By. AV c utilfiy imairtienance facility plans and specificallons.wpd July 2;,'1998 Y { A Any correspondence in relation to this frond should be directed to: µ WBOND DEPT INSURANCE COMPANIES ......,WAtSAU WAUSAU WI 54402-8017 NATi0N5VmE"iNSt1R�NC1r GROLT 1-800=435-x401 ( i Wausau Insurance Companies l a Bid or Proposal Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: MThat We, Wisch & Vaughan Construction Company, Inc. �PO Box 104388, Jefferson City, MO 65110 (hereiarer called the principal), as principal, and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a corporation organized and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Wisconsin, and duly licensed for the P urpose of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or undertakings required or authorized by the laws of the - } State ofr missouri as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Citv ox Jef Person, 320 East ` — McCarty, Jefferson City, MO 65101 ---•-- � o ------------(hereinafter called the Obligee) in the just and full sum of Five e� rcent (5%) of amount bid --- Dollar (S_ —1 lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves €; and our heirs, executers, administrators and each of our successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ? THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, WHEREAS, the above bounden principal as aforesaid, is about to hand in and submit to the obligee a bid or proposal for the Project No 31012, J C Utility Maintenance acility. in accordance with the plans and specifications filed in the office of the obligee and under the notice inviting proposals therefor. NOW, THEREFORE, if the bid or proposal of said principal shall be accepted, and the contract for such work be awarded to # the principal thereupon by the said obligee, and said principal shall enter into a contract and bond for the completion of said } be null and void, otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect. work as required by law, rhea this obligation to IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 7th day of August , 1998 rf �' Wisch & Vaughan Construction Cbml�art-y, Inc. �..: (Principal) �Sari'r j E FLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Comoany Sal! 1A10r"cy In"'c" Bonnie S. Caruthers 1 SC0014 I1-93 rr �2lYlA�l�l'✓1�dM1/�17�4L7�IAVIDNOR6FAQcr�r.ar�r�_--'__-,i r.—' w�..—..—Y.,..-�....a��.Yl.�n.�r.� _—___ _ E(1 M 'ERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company POWER OF ATTORNEY (FOR BID BONDS ONLY) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under i the laws of the State of Wisconsin.and having its principal office in the City of Wausau.County of Marathon.State of 1 Wisconsin,has made.constituted and appointed,and does by these presents make,constitute and appoint B ONNI S. CARII'l°I its true and lawful attorneyin•fact,with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name,place and stead,to execute. SCSI.acknowledge and deliver ANY AND ALL BID BONDS OR WRITTEN DOCUMENTS INVOLVING BID GUARAN• Y. 'TEES OR IN THE NATURE THEREAFTER _----. _ Z a sniJ to bind the corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President,sealed with Z the corporate seal of the corporation and duly attested by its secretary hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney-in-fact may do in the premises. Q This power of attorney is grantsd pursuant to the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company at a i Lu meeting duly called and held on the 18th day of May, 1973,which resolution is still in effect: i a- "RESOLVED.that the President and any Vice President-elective or appointive-of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF M' < < WAUSAU A Mutual Company b-r,and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute powers of attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute on behalf of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A 4 Mutual Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of suretyship.and that any secretary or assistant secretary be. Z and that each or any of them hereby is,authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney,and to attach - thereto the teal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company:' ( ! LU "FURTHER RE SOLVED,that the signatures of such officers and theseal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU 0 A Mutua)Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and h any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding -+ Z upon the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company when so affixed and in the future with respect i W to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached:' IN WITNESS WHEREOF,EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company has caused these presents to be 1 ul t- signed by the vice president and attested by its assistant secretary, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this IST day of .., < JANUARY �.t9__!,5 . f t /.• EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company By ^t i- � � ).Stephen P.yarr Vitt President Attest: ccR.J. Besteman Assistant Secretary j O SPATE OF WISCONSIN ) --+ C )as. i COUNTY OF MARATHON ) U_ { { ""( c On this IST day of - _ JANUARY , 19 95 .before:me personally carne cc J.Stephen Ryan ,to me known,who being by me duly swum,did depose i and say that he is a vice president of the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MutualCompany,the corporation described in and which 0 executed the above instrument:that he knows the seat of said corporation:that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal and that it was so i a affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,1 have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year herein first above written. - �%�:�.(/l.t..Gt-rt. r✓l V�..C.fL.�NYtaM i Patricia A.Kleman Notary Public -+ NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF WISCONSIN MY COMMISSION EXPIRES MAY 24, 19 98 STATE OF WISCONSIN ) CERTIFICATE 7. .:CITY OF.WAUSAU )ss. r COUNTY OF MARATHON ) �k I, the undersigned,assistant secretary of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a Wisconsin j corporation,do hereby certify that the foregoing and attached power of attorney.WHICH iI UST CONTAIN A VALIDAT- ING STATEMENT PRIN'T'ED IN THE MARGIN THEREOF IN RED INK,remains in full force and has not been revoked.and furthermore that the resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in the power of attomey is still in force. 4 t Signed and sealed in the City of Wausau,Marathon County,State of Wisconsin,this 7 th day €! of August ,1g98 -.— 1 jo�$E_L R.J. Besteman Assistant Secretary NOTE: IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE VALIDITY OR WORDING OF THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY.CALLTOLL FREE(800)826.1661.(IN WISCONSIN,CALL(800)472-W4 1) 815-4=-1 0694 ' !� 1 ti, AP�iTI.('C)LL 1SL�iOt�! STA,'�E�NI i STATE +OF a Wit-4.1 .) r COUNTY OF being first ` duly sworn, deposes and says that he is_ Q.4-5 c �a 7 of TITLE OF PERSON SIGNING 0 4J-5 F u c 7` nJ C NC NACRE OF BIDDER that all statements made and facts set out in the bid for the above project are true and correct; and that the bidder(the person, firm, association, or corporation making said -n bid).has trot, either diredtly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in k conhection with such bid of any contract which result from its acceptance. A�iant further certifies that bidder is not financially interested in, or financially affiliated with, any other bidder for the above project. (B (BY) Sworn to before me this_off d,c�': day of i9 a 6-a s 7 .19 t x, I ; NOTARY PUBLIC `r. I A 1': David C.Curdlff Notary PWOC,Sti ci4� f Co N, my em"Isslon Expires 1WHO Iwy commission expires: tk> A y c utility maintenance facility plans and specifications.wpd 1 . l} a t E a 1 `p"T°` y...�.��' -I t •'i ;t t . ..,. ?.'S:; ..at 5 '<r?.t..,, ' rF giX i { 1 'f>1 .fir r ;yr - i i t 1 �... _ --------- f j DAM GONTRAGMHaAM L--.� ! .. This affidavit is hereby made a part of the aid, and an executed copy thereof shall accompany each Bid submitted. STATE OF , .� t A t ) ' COUNTY OF GoL ) 1 � The undersigned, } � f of.lawful age, being first duly sworn states upon oath that he is � PAe .5t,C16: UT Of -� the contractor submitting the attached bid, that he knows of his own knowledge and states it to be a fact that neither said bid nor the computation upon which it is based t include any amount of monies, estimate or allowance representing wades, moneys or expenses, however designated, proposed to be paid to persons who are not required to furnish material or actually perform services upon or as a part of the proposed ' project. f AFFIANT Subscribed and sworn to before me, a Notary Public, in and for the County and State z.: aforesaid, this day of'off rc bus T— t, ;c4 NOTARY PUBLIC e David C.CundNl Notary Putft,S'910 of IA=uti County of Cole ql My.Commission Expires:_ My Cotreztasseorr Expires Iu9 M A*.V c utillty maintenanca facility plans and specifications.wpd July 2,19M (v: f t t..: . 1 ' ii i } 5 i 1 x il�ll ®�thTY ST�TT r . t. Contractors bidding on City contracts shall take the following affirmative steps to assure } that small, women owned, and minority business are utilized when possible as sources µ of suppliers, senvices, and construction items. . _ l 1 . , 1. Contractor's will submit the names and other information if any, about their MBE sub-contractors along with their bid submissions. _ 2. Sufficient and reasonable efforts will be made to use qualified MBE sub- i ; contractors when possible on City contracts. 3. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business will be included on I ' z solicitation lists as sub-contractors for City supplies, services, and construction. 4. Qualified small, women owned, and minority business wfl1JbLe-inftited whenever they are potential sources. 5. When economically feasible, Contractors will divide total requirements into I smaller tasks or quantities so as to permit maximum small, women owned, and �. minority business participation. 7-j 6. Where the requirement permits, Contractor will establish delivery schedules which will encourage participation by small, women owned and minority businesses. T Contractor will use the services and assistance of the Small Business ' Administration, the Office of Minority Business Enterprise, and the Community i 4 Services Administration. s ' �I a. c=orms for determining Minority Business Enterprise eligibility may be obtained I from the Department of Public Works. ' A:y c utility maintenance facility P lans and specifications.wpd July 2,1998 � 4 3 YY r t+t M ti^I s)rn Ydns.t FY,rtrlfew)..' `°[4fM7+lT r ,.,,• 5 xr:..,- 'y ., .. � 4 } { - 1 ,r! S ~' A. The bidder agrees to expend at least two (2) % of the contract, if awarded, for Minority Business Enterprise (MBE). For purposes of this commitment, the term , j ! "Minority Business Enterprise" shall mean a business: 1. Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more minorities or women, ' i or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the. stock of which is owned by one or more minorities or women; and I 2. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one I or more such individuals. "Minority Group Member" or"Minority' means a person who is a citizen or lawful i { permanent resident of the United States, and who is. 1 . Black (a person having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa,, i . . 2. Hispanic (a person of Spanish or Portuguese culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America, or the Caribbean Island, regardless of race); 3. Asian American (a person having origins in any of the original peoples of } the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian sub-continent, or the Pacific .J Islands); l i 4. American Indians and Alaskan Native (a person having origins in any,of the original peoples of North America); 5. Member of other groups, or other individuals, found to be economically and socially disadvantaged by the Small Business /administration under, � -, Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act, as amended [15 U.S.C. 637(a)]. 6. A female person who requests to be considered as an MBE, and who "owns" and "controls" a business as defined herein. . J Minority Business Enterprises may be employed as contractors,subcontractors, Y or suppliers. I F R:y c utility maintenance facility plane and specs ications.wpd July 2,1998 i — ald�nananusds�wo�ryas�n� ��sa --�--r:d4. # tt B. The bidder must indicate the Minority Business Enterprise(s) proposed for utilization as part of this contract as follows: Dollar Value of Name and Addresses Nature of ' i rtic a� tion rm ��f 01�inority Fis P�tticip�ailnn i �.f s i i oco �- Total: �O ' Total Bid Amount: �� — � t Peroantage of Minority Enterprise Participation: C. The bidder agrees to certify that the minority firm(s) engaged to provide , materials or services in the completion of this project: (a) is a bona fide Minority 3 z: Business Enterprise; and (b) has executed a binding contract to provide specific ;.; materials or services for a specific dollar amount. iness Enterprise firms will be furnished by the "-� A roster of bona fide Minority Bus p City of Jefferson. The bidder will provide written notice to the Liaison Officer of the City of Jefferson indicating the Minority Business Enterprise(s) it intends to s use in conjunction with this contract. This written notice is due five days after notification to the lowest bidder. . s Certification that the Minority Business Enterprise(s) has executed a binding -� contract with the bidder for materials or services should be provided to the BE Coordinator at the time the bidder's contract is submitted to the MBE ; Coordinator. Breach of this commitment constitutes a breach of the bidder's r a -~ contract, if awarded. D. The undersigned hereby certified that he or she has read the terms of this , R . commitment and is authorized to bind the bidder to'the commitment herein set ...1 'Forth. ttiJ .. NAME OF AUTFOOROZED OFFICER E ` DATE SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER r 1 A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and sped5cations.wpd July 2,1998 f D .(.11Eviwhi+r.x.(F.!F,V!::i+s:m i4rkfv:.Y 14[wthi 3' .t.a..'AF }LPi.t i iA!'e .tf a' �Ar.�px.,j'k,f�9. .. ti r{ 'i ti' i ®FEIDUM 4. SAILING .s t 1 t _ Before me, the undersigned Notary Public, in and for the County of t � State of , personally came and appeared '.1 { POSITION NAME of the -i i NAME OF COMPANY { (A corporation) a partnership) (a Proprietorship) and after being duly sworn did t -� depose and say that all provisions and requirements set out in Chapter 290, Section : p pertaining to the ' sl �. 290.21.0 through and including 290.340, Missouri Revised statutes, p 9 pjayment of wages to workmen employed on public works projects have been fully f 4 satisfied lrrd there has been no exception to the full and complete compliance with said previsions and requirements and with annual Wage Order' No. , Section Cole County in carrying out the contract and work in connection with Project No. at Jefferson 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility locat ed City in Cole County, .� 19 t. Miesouri, and completed on the day of 4 -_ SIGNATURE Subscribed and sworn to me this day of 19__ NOTARY PUBLIC i44 My.cornmiss!on expires: i STATE OF MISSOURI ) ,t �. COUNTY OF_.�. A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and spsciflcatlons.wpd July 2,1 98 1r1 y+[,ynsyydu &/..,,t S,4fi.,.a,r++avY x:.as4 inzi.c.ir. 1 ,..',,.,. F•..... I c a ' i f�_ Y ._"rL { ..;':k r'i a '"..8rhi�' tk.?'dY ,gx12•d;} ql f 2 s111u"e., L i. r Each,bl&must be,submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the na me,of the bidder,the biddeft address;and the name of the project for which the bid is being submitted tj . If b ' y Mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed In. another -, enVelope'addressed as follows: (` 1 Purchasing Agent � 4, City of Jefferson, MO i 330 E. McCarty Street Jefferson City, MO 66101 I For the convenience of bidding this project, a "BIB! PACKET" has been included Nilth the 1 project manual. This packet contains the necessary forms to be submitted with the bid proposal. The caontersts of this packet include the following: I . Bin FORM 2) BID BOND 3) ANTI-COLLUSION STATEMENT 4) CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT 6) MINORITY BUSINESS UTILIZATION COMMITMENT 7 t ' END F INFORM TI iDDERS �s + ft t Y5 1 t t' } A:d c'utNity %nance facility plans and specNicatlons wpd July 2;99i�8 l I yt`a$� i5'"a kwl1R '+h.+wwe.V*�r+M,r•,.sc.+wurffi.c,:zntaxws ,,..e...auxi. rr�tw tiFif evv.:,Jr;:✓,s .. r _ ., ) .. tt tz�. ham}{'p Y'H Aw �ka r � t` a r i 5 is o un �. Division of LaborStandards WAGE AND HOUR SECTION THE 0 � �u sysys�� �9DccLX i`1EL CARt`iAHAN, Governor r der No. 5 Section 026 COLE cowry In accordance with Section 290.262 RSMo 1994, within thirty (30) days after a certified copy of this Annual Wage Order has been flied with the Secretary of State as indicated below, any - person who may be affected by this Annual Wage Order may object by feting an objection in triplicate with the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission, P.O. Box 599,Jefferson City, MO 65102.0599. Such objections must set forth in writing the specific grounds of objection. Each objection shall certify that a copy has been furnished to the Dlviston of Labor Standards, P.O. Box 449, Jefferson City, MO 6S 102-0449, and to the party which requested this Annual Wage ; - Order pursuant to 8 CSR 20-5'.0100). A certified copy of the Annual Wage Order has been filed with the Secretary of State of Missouri. j olieen A. Baker, Director V ision of Labor Standards i Filed With Secretary of State: MAR � lQ j APR G 1998 w Last Date Objections May Be Flie0 SCCn -TA Y OF STATE = x: Department of Labor and Industrial Relations Prepared by Missouri D t' 4 'fit ,Y+�-., .ii "� -. ___._.__. ----___._.__r.__..____ _. ___.._.._.._.___.�.r._......_._...._..,_._,__.'.._._.. ..__...._..... .�s •"��i,...'„�'y'i r f i ! 4 t r Building Construction Rates for Section 026 COLE County 1 eo we --Basic ver- i OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Tota!Fringe Benefits Increase Rates Rates Rates Asbestos Workers $11.00 FED $0.45 Boilermakers $21.075 57 7 $9.715 i Brickllaers-Stone Mason - $16.60 59 7 $4.50 Carpenters $16.53 60 7 $4.67 Cement Masons $18.04 9 �3 $3.02 _ Electricians Inside Wireman) $20.34 _28 7 $5.70+ 13% Communication Technicians USE ELECTRICIANS INSIDE WIREMAN)RATE Elevator Consirwtors a $25.08 26 54 $6.92 E neerz-PodatAe&Hoistir:_ Group I $18.52 86 3 $8.86 Group It _ $19.52 86 3 $8.86 w Group lilt $18.27 66 3 $8.86 Group Ili-A $19.52 86 3 $8.86 Group IV $20.22 86 3 $8.86 Groin $21.52 86 3 $8.85 Pipe Fitters b $24.50 91 3 $10.53 Glaziers $22.22 87 31 $11.36+ 13.2% ^. Laborers(Building): .'- __i General w $14.00 110 7 $4.70 t=irSt Semi-Skilled $14.35 110 7 $4.70 fi Second Serra-Skilled $14.35 110 7 $4.70 Lathers-Metal,Wood 1 y USE CARPENTERS RATE Linstem La ens&Cutters Y USE CARPENTERS RATE Marble Masons $16.60 59 7 $4.50 _ MiS I _�►? ht5� $17.53 60 7 $4.67 Iron Workers $16.62 11 8 $9.67 Painters $16.25 18 7 $1.00 Masterers $17.11 94 5 $2.96 Plumbers $20.00 FED �j Pile Drivers 1 $17.53 60 7 $4.67 Roofers $19.10 12 4 1 $4.89 Sheet Metal Workers $18.58 40 23 $7.17 r' Sprinkler Fitters _ $12.50 FED i Terrazzo Workers $16.60 59 7� $4.50 - Tile Setters 1 $16.60 59 7 $4.50 Truck Drivers-Teamsters Group I $15.90 101 5 $3.50 Group 11 $16.60 101 5 $3.50 ! Group 111 $16.30 101 5 $3.50 j Group IV $16.60 101 5 $3.50 Traffic Control Service Driver $12.90 48 49 $2.04 Fl Well Drillers USE BLDG CONST.ENGINEER GROUP II RATE VVelders-Acet lene&Electric • ! Fringe Benefit Percentage is of the Basic Hourly Rate f `SEE FOOTNOTE PAGE ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO,5 3198 IIi•. � r t .. i Building Constructions Rates for Section.026 '} -`- .County,footnotes ._ @ ve asic er- rt OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of dourly Time' Holiday Total Fringe Benefits }' Increase Rates Rates Rates 5, f, Y t t,r j, 4, *'Welders receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which gelding is incidental. a e Building Construction Rates on Building(s)and All Immediate Attachments.'lJse Leavy,Construction remainder of project. For crafts not listed in Heavy Construction Sheets, use Rates shown J aiding,construction Rate Sheet. i Vacation: Employees over 5 years - 8%; Employees under 5 years-696 s All work over$3.5 million total Mechanical Contract-$24.50, Fringes$10.53 All work under$3.5 million total Mechanical Contract-$23.41, Fringes$9.53 l ; �4 ,l , J 5 ' q( ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 3198 y. 4 1 � `�♦' '.X+.Tti isMa�ryS.x4NwnM MlhN+rtw sFISS+.e h57,.aafbwlFV.A,s' n•t.w '. a„ vy ..,i:a> x ., '. .. _ t , n S.t ;,+b%rt i .^e • '.e >:, s' ;.°r r}:;,, f}M x,,, lz "2F `'a" X�r:e 7 1 '�}y' h;;{�, t rX t J t 5{ :""y^-^^^-.-•^ --..,--`sue {•_ } 1 COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION aMERTIME RATES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID FOR WORK PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE NORMAL K DAY ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE. A PED: Minimum requirement per Fair Labor Standards Act means time and one-half(1""/.) shall be.paid for all Work in excess of forty(40)hours per work week. 40. 9: Eight (8) hours shall constitute a regular work day that may being as early as 6:00 a.m. and end no later than 5:30 p.m. All work performed in excess of the regular work day and on Saturday shall be compensated at one --end one-half(1'/z)times the regular pay. In the event time is lost during the work week due to weather conditions, he Employer may schedule work on the following Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday and holidays Shalt he compensated for at double the regular rate of wages. The work week for the cement masons —is Monday thmu,gh Friday,except for midweek holidays. NO I i: Means eight(8)hours shall constitute a day's work, from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday. fime and one-half(1'/.)shall be paid for fast two(2) hours Monday through Friday and the first eight(8) hours on --�aturday. All other overtime hours Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double (2) time rate. Double (2) _Rime shall be paid for all time on Sunday and recognized holidays or the days observed in lieu of these holidays. { fk —NO. 12: Means the work week shall commence on Monday at 12:01 am. and shall continue through the i —•iirllowing Friday, inclusive of each week. All work performed by employees anywhere in excess of forty (40) ours in one (1) work aveek, shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half(I'/2) times the regular hourly wage se lc. When,a holiday falls during the regular work week, all work performed by employees anywhere in excess � x two'(32) hours during one (1) work week shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half(I%.) times the t1lar ltiourly wage scale:. All work performed within the regular working hours which shall consist of a ten (10) hour work day except in emergency situations. Overtime work and Saturday work shall be paid at one and one- jw�Izall*(I V2) times the regular hourly rate. Work on recognized holidays and Sundays shall be paid at two (2) times —the regular hourly rate. i �-.0. 18: Means a work week shall consist of forty (40) hours beginning Monday and ending on Friday. Any hours worked over forty(40) in this payroll period shall be paid at the rate of time&one-half(1'/.). Saturday work twill,be paid at time & one-half(1'/'2). Sunday and recognized holidays shall be paid at double(2) time even if the falls on Satur-da Saturda can be a make-up day, if needed, at straight time a (provided it is not a _]holiday Y• Y.. p Y gh pay (P holiday). i IVaD. 2b: 11/le.ans a regular working day shall consist of eight(8) hours, between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., five (5), ' days 'per week, Monday to Friday, inclusive. Work perfomied on Saturdays, Sundays and before and after the lreguNr working day,on Monday to Friday, inclusive, shall be classed as overtime, and paid for at double (2) the rate of single,time. Holidays shall be paid at the double(2)time rate of pay. R AW5026.0'1' ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO.5 PAM i O S PAC;i�s r c k s. zv. COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES -13UILDING CONSTRUCTION 'I OVERTIME RATES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID FOR WORK PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE NORMAL -~ ! WORK DAY,ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN TI-1E APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE. NO. 28: ' Means eight (8) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. shall constitute a day's work five (5) days a"" week, Monday through Friday inclusive, shall constitute a work week. The Employer has the option for a K j ' workday/workweek of four(4)ten(10)hour days(4-1 Vs)provided.: } -The project must be for a minimum of four(4)consecutive days. -Starting time may be within one(1)hour either side of 8:00 a.m. -Work week must begin on either a Monday or Tuesday: If a holiday falls within that week it shall be a ". consecutive work day. (Alternate: If a holiday falls in the middle of a week,then the regular eight(8) hour schedule may be.implemented). -Any`time worked in excess of an ten 10 hour work da Y ( ) y (ire a 4-10 hour work week) shall be at the i aWr+opr fate overtime rate. -° f All work outside of the regular working hours as provided, Monday,through Saturday, shall be paid at one& one- „,. a half(1'/x)tunes the employees ' Y regular rate of pay. All work performed from 12:00 a.m. Sunday through 8:00 a.m. l f�lcinday and recognized holidays shall be paid at double(2)the straight time hourly rate of pay. N®•.40. Means the regular working week shall consist of five (5) consecutive (8) hour days' labor ()n the job„ j beginning with Monday and ending with Friday of each week. Four (4) 10-hour days may constitute the regular work week. The regular working day shall consist of eight (8) hours labor on the job beginning as eafly as 7:ftt) l Z a.m.arW.e rding as,late a's,5:30 p.m. All full or art time labor p performed daring such hours shall be recognized a�--�, ' r regular wwmng hours and paid for at the regular hourly rate. All hours worked on Saturday and all hours works ` in excess.of eight(8)hours.but not more than twelve(12)hours during the regular working week shall be paid for`�"' at time and one-hafftl%) the regular howly rate. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked in excess of twelve (12) hour; during the regular working day shall be paid at two (2) times the regular hourly rata. ' In the event of rain, snow, cold or excessively windy weather on a regular working day, Saturday may be designated as a,."make-up" day. Saturday, may also be designated as a Y, an em t "make-up" day, for o ee P p y s , who has missed.a day of work for personal or other reasons. Pay for "make-up" days shall be at regular rates. 1, NOAS: Means the regularly scheduled workweek shall be five (5)consecutive days, Monday through Friday or ;. Tuesday through Saturday. Eight (8)hours shall constitute a day's work. Starting time for the first shift shall not " L be earlier than 7:00 a.m. nor later than 10:00 am. Forty(40)hours shall constitute a week's work. Overtime at the ; n rate of time and one-half(1%)will be paid for-all work in excess of forty(40)hours in any work week. On the ,moraday-through:Friday.schedule, all work performed on!Saturday will be time and one-half(I Y2) unless time has been:lost during the week,:in which case.Saturday ill be.a make u day the extent of the lost time. On the f Y P Y , Triesday. through:,Saturda schedule all work ' Y , performed on Monday will be time arrd one-half(l/2) unless time has been losit d the wee wring' � k, in which case Monday will be a make-up day to the extent of the lost.time. Any,', fa wartc;Performed on Sunday will be double (2) time. If employees work on any of the recognized holidays they shall be paid. time and one-half(I%) their regular xate of pay for all hours worked, in addition to their.regular !. Wliday pay. nw502n.cYr . ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. S PAG 2 01'5 11MICS . r z + , i,• i r' .0 Y LL At j+ I� j COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OVERTIME RATES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID FOR WORK PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE NORMAL E RK DAY ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE. NO. 57: Means eight (8) hours per day shall constitute a day's work and forty (40) hours per week, Monday to Friday inclusive, shall constitute a week's work. The regular starting time shall be 8:00 a.m. When circumstances warrant,the contractor may change the regular workweek to four(4) ten-hour shifts at the regular straight time rate of pay. The first two (2) hours of overtime worked Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half(l%z). All time worked in excess of ten (10) hours, Monday .., through Friday and eight(8)hours on Saturday and all time worked on Sunday and holidays shall be paid for at the double(2)time rate of pay. -; NO. 59: Means that except as herein provided,eight(8)hours a day (which may begin as early as 6:00 a.m.) shall ,. constitute a standard work day, and forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work. All time worked outside of'the standard eight(8)hour work day and on Saturday shall be classified as overtime and paid the rate of time anal one-half(I!a). All time worked on Sunday and holidays shall be classified as overtime and paid at the rate of double(2)time. The Employer has the option of working either five(5) eight hour days or four(4) ten hour _ nays. to constitute a .normal forty (40) hour work week. When the four (4) ten-hour work week is in effect, the standard work day shall be consecutive ten (10) hour periods between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. Forty i (40) hours per week shall constitute a weeks work, Monday through Thursday, inclusive. In the event the job is _., down. for any reason beyond the Employer's control, then Friday and/or Saturday may, at the option of the Employer, be worked as a make-tip day; straight time not to exceed ten (10) hours or forty (40) hours per week. I When the five day (8) Dour work week is in effect, forty (40) hours per week shall constitute a week's work, through Friday, inclusive. In the event the job is down for any reason beyond the Employer's control, �pday Saturday ma at the option of the Employer, be worked as a make-up day; straight time not to exceed eight -.. Y Y, P P Y g g � (9)hours or forty(40)hours per week. •� NO. 60: Means the Employer shall have the option of working five 8-hour days or four 10-hour days Monday through Friday. If an Employer elects to work five 8-hour days during any workweek, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or forty (40) per week shall be paid at time and one-half(1'/2) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. SATURDAY MAKE-UP DAY: If an Employer is prevented from working forty (40) hours, Monday s �I through Friday, or any part thereof by reason of inclement weather(rain or mud), Saturday or any part thereof may # be worked as a make-up day at the straight time rate. It is agreed by the parties that the make-up day is not to be ' used to make up time lost due to recognized holidays. If an Employer is working 10-hour days and loses a day due to inclement weather, he may work ten (10) hours on Friday at straight time. Friday must be scheduled for no more than ten (10) hours at the straight time rate, but all hours worked over the forty (40) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at time and one-half(1%z) the overtime rate. All Millwright work performed in excess of the x. regular work day and on Saturday shall be compensated for at time and one-half (1'/z) the regular Millwright rate. The regular workday,starting of 8:00 a.m. (and resulting quitting time of 4:30 p.m.) may be moved forward to 6:00 a.m. or delayed one (1) hour to 9:00 a.m. All work accomplished on Saturdays and holidays, or days observed holidays, shall be compensated for at double(2)the regular rate of wages for carpenters. NO. 86: Means the regular,work week shall consist of five (5) days, Monday through Friday, beginning at 80) � a,m. and ending at 4:30 p.m. All overtime work performed on Monday through Saturday shall be paid at time and { a1f(1'h) the hourly rate. All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double (2) the hourly Aws026.01' ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 PAGE 3 OF 3 PAGES COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION r VER-riME RATES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID FOR WORK PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE NORMAL WORK DAY ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE AFpLICABLE OVERTIME RATE, NO.87: Means eight (8) hours starting between 7:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. shall Constitute a days work. Five (S) days form Monday through Friday inclusive, shall constitute a regular work week. All hours before and after these regular hours shall be considered overtime and shall be paid for at the rate of double (2) time. All work on Saturday and Sunday shall be paid at double(2)time. Holidays shall be paid at the double(2) time rate of pay. N®.,91: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a day's work in a time frame beginning as early as 7:00 a.m. and ending as late as 5:30 p.m. The work week shall be forty(40)hours beginning Monday as early as 7:00 a.m. and ending Friday at 5:30 p.m. Employees shall receive double (2) time for over eight (8) houus in a work day or t'or over forty(40) hours in a work week from Monday through Friday. Saturdays, Sundays and recognized holidays _ shall be paid at the double(2)time rate of pay. 1 i 149.94: Eight(8)hours shall constitute a regular work day that may being as early as 6:00 am. and end no later #han.5:30 p.m.. All work performed in excess of the regular workday and on Saturday shall be compensated atone. anct cape-half(I%) times the regular pay. In the event time is lost during the wort:week due to weather conditions, :the Em lover may schedule work on the following Saturday at straight time. All work accomplished on Sunday -- ? ' 4 holidays shall be compensated at double the regular rate of wages. , ,NO., 01: Means eight (8) hours a day shall constitute a standard work day, and forty (40) hours per week shall ?' constitute a wee:k's work, which shall begin on Monday and end on Friday. All time worked ou tside of the �- stwid�ird work clay and on Saturday shall be classified as overtime and paid the rate of time and one;-tali' (I Yom; (except as herein provided). All time worked on Sunday and recognized holidays shall be: paid at the: rate`���� double (2) time. Starting time may be as early as 6:00 a.m. and end as late as 5:30 p.m. The Employer has the option of working either five (5) eight-hour days or four(4) ten-hour days to constitute a normal forty (40) hour work week. When a four (4) ten-hour day work week is in effect, the standard work day shall be consecutive ten (10)hour periods between the hours of 6:30 am.and 6:30 p.m. Forty(40)hours per week shall Constitute a week's „i work Monday. Thursday, inclusive. In the event the job is down for, any reason beyond the Employer's �- ' control} then Friday and/or Saturday may, at the option of the Employer, be worked as a make-up day; straight .{. t time not to exceed ten (10) hours or forty (40) hours per week. All work over ten (10) hours in one day or forty i (40)hours in a 4-10's workweek shall be paid at the overtime rate of time and one-half(IM). When using a five (5)day.eight(8).hour work week,and the job:is,down for any reason beyond the Employee's Control,then Saturday �.. a may, at the option of the Employer, be'worked as a make-up day; straight time not to exceed eight (8) hours or t foity'(40)hours per week.: x, , y; a ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. S rnc�r: a cn 5 i�nc�rs . , t qql i COLE COUNTY OVERTIME RATES - BUILDING CONSTRUCTION {' t; OVERTIME RAVES ARE REQUIRED TO BE PAID FOR WORK PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE NORMAI. RK DAY ONLY,WHEN SPECIFICALLY MICATED IN THE APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE. 110i Means.eight (8) hours between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. shall constitute a work day. The i " work week shall commence at 8:00 am. on Monday and shall end at 4:30 p.m. on Friday. All work performed on Saturday,except as herein provided,shall be compensated at one and one-half(1%:)times the regular hourly rate of pay for the week performed. All work performed on Sunday and on recognized holidays shall be compensated at double (2) the regular hourly rate of pay for the work performed. If an Employer is prevented from woticing forty (40) hours', Monday through Friday, or any part thereof by reason of inclement weather(rain and mud), Saturday or any part thereof may be worked as a make-up day at the straight time rate. The Employer shall have the option of working five eight (8) hour days or four ten (10) hour days Monday through Friday. If an Employer elects to work,five (5) eight (8) hour clays during any work week, hours worked more than eight (8) per day or forty (40) hot;r per"week shall be paid at time and one-half(t%) the hourly rate Monday through Friday. If an Employer elects to work four(4) ten.(10) hour days to any.week,'work performed more than ten (10) hours per day or forty " (40) ho`iurs per week shall be paid at time and one-half (I%). the hourly rate Monday through Friday. If an '-'Erriployer is working',ten (10) hour days and loses a day due to inclement weather, they may work ten (10) hours ' FTI'day at straight time. Friday must be scheduled for at least eight(8)hours and no more than tent(10)hours at the, �• } 71 straight tirnc"rate, but all hours worked over the forty (40) hours Monday through Friday will be paid at time and -°'urze-Ialf(i',•':)i�vertime rate. tt .. .. %W5026A)1 ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO.'S PAGF. 5 01 I'Mi FS r + } e. t COLE COUNTY •. 1 HOLIDAY RATE SCHEDULE - HUILDING CONSTRUCTION t N(�.3: All work done ou New�Yeaes Day,Decoration Day,July 4th,labor Day,Veteran's'Day,Thanksgiving Day and Christmas 1). .fall tx aid at the double time rate of pay. Whenever any such holidays fail on a Sunday,the following Monday shall be observed as a p oy•., N, `holiday. E " N0.4:All,work done on New Year's Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving and Christman Day shall be " paid at the double time rate of pay. If any of the above holidays fall on Sunday,Monday will be observed as the recognized holiday. If any of the above holidays fall on Saturday,Friday will be observed as the recognized holiday. ` NO.5: All work petfenned on New YrAes Day,Decoration Day(Memorial Day),Independence Day(Fourth of July), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,or days observed as such,shall be paid at the rate of double(2)time. When a holiday falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be observed When a holiday falls on a Sunday,the following Monday shall be observed. No ` work shall be performed on Labor except to save life or property. Where one of the holidays specified falls or is observed during the wnrk week,then all work performed over and above thirty-two(32)hours in that week shall be paid at the rate of time and r?ne- half 11'/:).. .:.: No.7:All work done on New Year's Day,Meoriai Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day.and m Christmas Day shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. If a holiday falls on a Sunday,it shall be observed on the Monday. 11'a holiday fails on a Saturday, it shall be observed on the preceding Friday. �Y :'NO.8:All work de,nc:can New Years Day,Memorial Day,Independence Day:Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day,and . Christmas,or days observed ati such,shall be paid at the double time rate of pay., f No.23:All work done on New Yew's Day,Mernoris!Day,Independence Daly,Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day. C lrrisinra%bay and Sundays shall be recognized holidays and shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. When a holiday falls on I Sunday,the fallowing Monday shadl be considered a holiday. 140.31:All work done on New Years Day,Washington's Birthday,Memorial Day,Fourth of July,Labor Day,Columbus Day, " Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day,Friday after Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day,and Employee's Birthday shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. If a holiday falls on Sunday,the following Monday will be observed as the recognized holiday. If a holiday falls on Saturday,the preceding Friday will be observed as the recognized holiday. NO,49:The following days shall be observed as legal holidays and employees will receive eight(8)hours'pay at regular straight time hourly rate for each of these holidays: New Year's Day,Decoration Day,July 4th,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day,Christmas Day, i f mployee s birthday and two(2)personal days. The observance of one(1)of the personal days to be limited to the time between December I and March I of the following year. If any of these holidays fall on Sunday,the following Monday will be observed as the E lw)liday and if any of drse holidays fall on Saturday,the preceding Friday will be observed as the holiday. If employees work on Deny of the-W holiday%they shall be paid time do one-half(I'A)their regular rate of pay for all hours worked. «):54:All wot•k done on New Years,Memorial Day,Independence Day,Labor Day,Thanksgiving Day.the Friday after ' 1 hanksgiving Day,and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double(2)time rate of pay. When a holiday falls on Saturday,it shall lie a ohs'i ved on Saturday. When a holiday falls on Sunday,it shall be observed on Monday. s •'a. )l AW5020.11DY ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO, S 1 j f .J'5. t - K r I I I � °i^1 i = Heavy Construction Rates for Section 026 �'7',OLE County -Effective Basic ver- v OCCUPATIONAL TITLE Date of Hourly Time Holiday Total Fringe Benefits ` Increase Rates Rates Rates QkRPENTERS ? .�oumeyrnen $20.48 7 5 $4.80_ t- llwdghts $20.48 7 5 $4.80 lM.:ie DO ver Worker $20.48 7 5 $4.80 OPERATING ENGINEERS .� t 1 f . F- oUPI $18.70 5 5 $8.83 1..;koup I, $18,35 5 5 $8.83 Group iil $18.15 5 5 $8.83 p li! $15.00 5 5 $8.83 oiler-Driver $15.00 5 5 $8.83 t L ORERS l feral Laborers. $17.50 12� 4 $5.05 fkilw lL ad Laborers $18.40 2 4 $5.05 RUCK DRIVERS-TEAMSTERS -6roup i: $18.57 2 4 $4.40 �. Group ii $18.73 2 4 $4.40 roue lli $18.72 2 4 $4.40 i Groaap IV $18.84 2 4 $4.40 j i ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3/98 F s. OVERTIME RATE SCHEDULE - HEAVY CONSTRUCTION NO. l: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a normal day's %work Monday through Friday. Projects may be worked on the basis of a ten (10) hour per day, four (4) days a week schedule (Monday through Thursday). All,.--- hours worked over ten (10) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at time &. one-half(I V2).' There are no provisions for make-up days on Friday or Saturday, work on these days will be paid at time and one- half (1%). On projects working five (5) day, eight (8) hour schedules (Monday through Friday), there is a provision called "50 hour window for forty(40) hours worked." If inclement weather causes a curtailment of work for projects operating under this 5-8's schedule, the employer may invoke the "50 hour window for forty (40) ` hours" provision. The Employer can work the carpenter employees up to ten (10) hours per day at straight tinge, until the employee reaches forty (40) hours in that week. Any time worked over the daily, make-up schedule (9 or 10 hours per day) and forty (40) hours per week, would be paid at time & one-half (1'/z). The ability of the Employer to alter their work schedule from the regular eight (8) hours per day to nine (9)or ten (I0) hours per day at straight time, is only applicable after the Employer on that job site has lost work hours which are to be made up by the expanded daily work hours. Time & one-half(1'/2) shall be paid for work performed on Saturdays. Double (2) time shall be paid for work performed on Sundays and recognized holidays. In such instances where a recognized holiday is observed during the work week, it shall be counted as eight (8) hours toward a forty (40) _. hour work week, then all work performed over and above 32 hours in that week would be paid at the rate of time &. one-half(I/z). NO. 2: Means a regular work week of forty (40) hours will start on Monday and end on Friday. The regular work day shall be either eight (8) or ten (10) hours. If a crew is prevented from working forty (40) hours Monday through Friday, or any part thereof, by reason of inclement weather, Saturday or any part thereof may be worked as a make-up day at the straight time rate to complete forty (40) hours of work in a week. Employees who are part of a regular crew on a make-up day, notwithstanding the fact that they may not have been employed the entire -- VVeek, shall work Saturday at the straight time rate. Time & one-half(1'/z) shall be paid for all hours in excess o eight (8) hours per day (if working 5-8's) or ten (10) hours per day (if working 4-10's), or forty (40) hours per week, Monday through Friday. For all time worked on Saturday (unless Saturday or any portion of said day is worked as make-up to complete forty hours),time and one-half(1'/2) shall be paid. For all time worked on Sunday and recognized holidays,double (2)time shall be paid. NO. 3: Means a regular work week shall consist of not more than forty (40) hours of work and all work perfbnneti over and above ten (10) hours per day and forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at the rate of time & one-half (l'/:). Workers shall receive time and one-half(1'/=) for all work performed on Sundays and recognized holidays. Where one of the holidays falls or is observed during the work week, then all work performed over and above ' thirty-two(32) hours shall be paid at time and one-half(I V2). 4 4 NO. 4: Means a regular work week shall consist of not more than forty (40) hours of work, Monday through _. Saturday, and all work performed over and above ten (10) hours per day and forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at the rate of time & one-half(1'/2). Workmen shall receive time and one-half(I%Y) for all work performed on i Sundays. regular NO. 5: Means a re� gu work week may be Monday through Thursday (if working 4-10's) or Monday through Friday (if working 5-8's). Time & one-half(1'/]) is paid when working in excess of ten (10) hours per day (if working 4-10's) and on Friday & Saturday unless Friday and/or Saturday is used as a make-up day. Time & one- half(I V2) is paid when working in excess of eight (8) hours per day (if working 5-8's), and on Saturday unless. Saturday is used as a make-up day. All Sunday work shall receive double (2)time pay. k1 i hvyot 3%'s ANNUAL NVAGE ORDER NO. 5 3+98 w� �M! oAir�wn�rrieaaa�rra�r�► ����.r.._.�.___. ----_—��._ OVERTIME RATE SCHEDULE. =HEAVY CONSTRIICTION `413. 6: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute the regular„pork day and forty (40) hours a work week, Monday tarting time between 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. Time and one- Ngh Friday. The Employer shall establish the s ; 11'/x)shall be paid for work performed on a regular work day before the regular starting time and after the - guiar quitting,time. Double(2) time shall be paid for work performed on Sunday and holidays. At the x- discretion of the Employer, Saturday can be used for a make-up day. The Employer when working on highway I and road work may have the option to schedule the work week for his paving crew only from Monday through _Thursday at ten (l 0)hours per day at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess of ten (10)hours in I my one day to be at the applicable overtime rate. If the Employer elects to work from Monday through thursday and is stopped due to inclement weather(rain, snow, sleet falling) he shall have the option to work Friday at the straight time rate of pay to complete his or her forty (40) hours. iIkO. 7: Means the regular work week shall start on Monday and end on Friday, except where the Employer elects to work Monday through Thursday, ten (10) hours per day. All work over ten (10) hours in a day or forty (40)hours in a week shall be at the overtime rate of one and one-half(1'/2) times the regular hourly rate. The f regular work day shall be either eight (8) or ten (10)hours. If a job can't work forty(40) hours Monday through Friday because of inclement weather or other conditions beyond the control of the Employer, Friday or Saturday 1 _lnay be worked as a make-up day at straight time (if working 4-10's). Saturday may be worked as a make-up clay at straight time (if working 5-8's). Make-up days shall not be utilized for days lost from holidays. Except 1 �s worked as a make-up day, time on Saturday shall be worked at one and one-half(1%2)times the regular rate. Work performed on Sunday shall be paid at two (2)times the regular rate. Work performed on recognized "bolidays or days observed as such, shall also be paid at the double (2) time rate of pay. 1 NO. 8: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a regular workday, Monday through Friday. Time and one-half f(1%2) shall be paid for work performed in excess of eight (8) hours on any regular workday. An Employer may ­have the option to schedule his workweek from Monday through Thursday at ten (10) hours per day at the straight j r � rate of pay vvitlt all hours in excess of ten (10) hours in any one day to be at the applicable overtime rate of and one-half(1'/2). If an Employer elects to work from Monday through Thursday and is stopped due to 1 inclement weather(rain, snow, sleet falling) he shall have the option to work Friday at the straight time rate of pay to complete•his forty(40) hours. However, should a holiday occur, Monday through Thursday, the Employer shall have the option to work Friday at the straight time rate of pay to complete his forty (40) hours. Time and one-half (1'/2) shall be paid for work performed on Saturdays. Double (2) time shall be paid for work performed on i Sundays and recognized holidays. j hours shall constitute a normal day's work Monday through Friday. Any time worked NO. 4: Means eight (8) Y over eight(8)hours per day or forty(40) hours per week will be paid at time and one-half(11/2)rate. Work maybe --� scheduled on. a four (4) days a week (Monday through Thursday) at ten (10) hours a day schedule. If such schedule is employed, then Friday may be used as a make-up day when time is lost due to inclement weather. All work over ten (10) hours a day or over forty (40) hours a week must be paid at time and one-half(1'h). If an IJ Employer has started the work week on a five-day, eight-hours a day schedule, and due to inclement weather misses any time, then he may switch to a nine or ten hours a day schedule, at straight time, for the remainder of that work week in order to make up the lost time(10-hour make-up day). All work performed on Saturday shall be paid at time and one-half(1'/z). Double (2) time shall be paid for all time worked on Sundays and recognized holidays. In such instances where a recognized holiday is observed during the work week, it shall be counted as eight(8)hours towards a forty (40)hour work week,then all work performed over and above thirty-two (32) hours in that week would be paid at the rate of time &c one-half(1'/2). � I h%yot.aWi ANNI UAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3'48 , OVERTIME RATE SCHEDULE - HEAVY CONSTRUCTION NO. 10: Means the regular work week shall consist of five 8-hour days, Monday through Friday. The Employer may have the option to schedule his work week from Monday through Thursday at ten (10)hours pe`" day at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess of ten (10) hours in any one day to be paid at the applicable overtime rate. If the Employer elects to work Monday through Thursday and is stopped due to - inclement weather(rain, snow, sleet falling), the Employer shall have the option to work Friday at the straight j i time rate of pay to complete his forty(40) hours. All necessary overtime and work performed on Saturday,shall be paid at time and one-half(I%2) the hourly rate. Work performed on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at double(2)the hourly rate. NO. 11: Means the regular workday shall consist of eight (8)hours that shall begin between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 a.m., Monday through Friday. The Employer may schedule his work week from Monday through Thursday at ten(10) hours per day at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess of ten(10) hours in any one day to be at the applicable overtime rate. If the Employer elects to work from Monday through Thursday and is stopped due to inclement weather, (rain, snow, sleet falling) he shall have the option to work �- Friday at the straight time rate of pay to complete his forty(40)hours. Time and one-half(I%2) shall be paid for c all overtime hours worked during the week,Monday through Friday, and for all work performed on Saturday. Double time shall be paid for all time worked on Sunday and recognized holidays. 4 NO. 12: Means a regular work week shall consist of not more than forty(40)hours of work and all work performed over and above ten (10)hours per day and forty(40) hours per week shall be paid at the rate of time _ &one-half(1%2). Workers shall receive time and one-half(1'/2) for all work performed on recognized holidays. Where one of the holidays falls or is observed during the work week, when all work performed over and above thirty-two(32) hours shall be paid at time and one-half(i Y2). NO. 13: Means that time and one-half(1%2) shall be paid for the first two (2)hours overtime Monday through Friday and the first eight(8) hours on Saturday. All other overtime hours Monday through Friday and on Saturday shall be paid at the double(2)time rate. Double(2)time is also paid for Sundays and holidays. NO. 14: Mm 1(8)hours shall constitute the regular workday with starting time as early as 6:30 a.m. Employees shall be paid one and one-half(I%2)time the regular rate of wages for all hours worked in excess of eight(8)hours per day of a work week which is to begin on Monday. Time and one-half(1.%2) shall be paid for Saturday work. Double(2) time shall be paid for all Sundays and recognized holidays. = NO. 15: Means the regular work week shall consist of five (5) days, Monday through Friday,beginning at 8:00 a.m. and ending at 4:30 p.m. All overtime work performed on Monday through Saturday shall be paid at time and one-half(I%2)the hourly rate. All work performed on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double(2)the hourly rate. NO. 16: Means eight(8)hours shall constitute the regular work day,between the hours of 6:30 am. and 5:30 p.m. in a five(5)day work week of Monday through Friday except when the employer elects to work four 10- s . hour days. The Employer may have the option to schedule his work week from Monday through Thursday at tern(1,0)hours per day at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess of ten(10)hours in any one day to be paid at the applicable overtime rate. If the Employer elects to work from Monday through Thursday and is. stopped due to inclement weather(rain,snow, sleet falling)the employer may have the option to.work Friday at the straight time rate of pay to complete the(40)hour work week. However should a holiday occur,Monday ''through Thursday, the employer shall have the option to work Friday at the straight time rate of pay�o complete the(40)hours.� Time and one-half(1'/2)shall be paid for work performed in excess of eight(8)hours in an 8- hour work week day, or in excess of ten 10-hours in a 10-hour work day,or outside the hours limiting a regular L work day, Monday through Friday. Time and one-half(1%2) shall be paid for work performed on Saturdays. 5. Double(2)time shall be paid for work performed on Sundays and holidays. f bvyoc.aws ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3/98 i i f.. OVERTIME RATE SCHEDULE. - HEAVY CONSTRUCTION � 1 -. NOD. 17: Means eight (8)hours shall constitute the regular work day and forty (40) hours a work week, Monday ough Friday. The Employer shall establish the starting time between 6:30 a,m. and 9:00 a.m. Time and one- Ilf(I%2) shall be paid after eight ($)consecutive a hours worked after the established starting time and for hours worked before the established starting tune. Time and one-half(1'/2) shall be paid for work performed on S Saturdays. Work performed on Sundays and Holidays shall be paid at the double (2)time rate of pay. The Employer when working on Highway and Road Work may have the option to schedule the work week for his paving crew only from Monday through Thursday at ten (10)hours per day at the straight time rate of pay with all hours in excess of ten(10) hours in any one day to be at the applicable overtime rate of time and one-half (1'h). If the Employer elects to work from Monday through ThursdRy and is stopped due to inclement weather (rain, snow,sleet failing),the Employer shall have the option to work Friday at the straight time rate of pay to ' complete the forty(40) hours. 1 N®• 1$: Means a regular work week shall consist of not more than forty (40) hours of work and all work performed over and above eight(8)hours per day and forty(40) hours per week shall be paid at the rate of time -- and one-half (1%2). Workmen shall receive time and one-half(I%2) for all work performed on Sundays and i holidays. A work day is to begin between 6:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. at the option of the Employer except when inclement weather or other conditions beyond the reasonable control of the Employer prevent work, in which event, the starting time rraay be delayed, but not later than 12:00 noon. J NO. 19: Means the standard work da y consist shall s�st of eight (8) hours of work scheduled between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 P.M. from Monday to Friday, inclusive. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day, forty(40) hours per week, Monday through Saturday shall be paid at the time and one-half(1'/2) rate of regular hourly r. ate, except as provided elsewhere. All work performed on Sundays and recognized holidays shall be paid at R Je rate of two (2) times the.regular hourly rate. The employer has the option of working _.., p king four(4) ten (10)hour days, with Friday and Saturday as a make-up day due to weather related loss of time. On the four-ten schedule, g the rate of time and one-half(1%2)the regular hourly rate will be paid on all hours over ten (l 0)per day and over j forty(40)per week, all work performed on Sundays and recognized holidays shall be paid at two (2)times the regular hourly rate. MAKE-UP DAY: In the event the contractor is unable to work forty(40)hours in a work + week due to inclement weather, Saturday may be used as a make-up day. All make-up hours worked on Saturday(up to 40 hours) shall be paid at the straight time rate of pay. The make-up day may not be used to make-up holidays. f NO.20: Means eight (8) hours shall constitute a day's work between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday, inclusive. The work week shall be forty(40)hours, Monday through Friday. Any work in I excess of forty (40)hours in one week shall be paid at the applicable overtime rate. At the Employer's option the work can consist of five(5) eight(8)hour days or four(4)ten hour days. In case of bad weather, or equipment breakdown,Friday may be used as a make-up day if four tens are behig worked. If five eights are being worked, Saturday may be used as a snake-up day. If the Employer works five eight hour days, all time over eight hours in one day will be paid at the overtime rate. Time and one-half (1%2) shall be paid for the first .-I two(2)hours'of overtime work on any regular work day and any work performed before regular starting time ,_f and after regular quitting time and for the fast ten(10) hours on Saturday. All work in excess of ten(10) hours regular work day and ten (10) hours on Saturday and all work performed on Sunday and recognized holidays shall be double (2)time. .a hvyoc xWs ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3/98 H. S HOLIDAY RATE SCHEDULE -HEAVY CONSTRUCTION No. 1: All work performed on New Year's Day, Decoration Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Ler;J Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. /'_` ' ,lr,it When any of these holidays fall on Sunday, the Monday following shall be observed as such holiday. No. 2: All work performed on New Year's Day, Decoration Day (Memorial Day), Independence Day (Fourth of July), Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half(1'/z), When a holiday falls on Saturday, Friday shall be observed. When a holiday falls on Sunday, Monday shall be observed. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except to save life or property. Where one of the holidays specified falls ' or is observed during the work week, then all work performed over and above thirty-two (32) hours in that week shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half(I V2). No. 3: The following days are recognized as holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, .w Independence Day, Labor Day, "Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. If a holiday falls. on a P� { Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day w..; except in case of jeopardy to work under construction. This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. ' When a holiday falls during the normal work week, Monday through Friday, it shall be counted as i eight(8)hours toward the forty(40)hour week; however,no reimbursement for this eight(8)hours �~ i is to be paid to the workmen unless worked. If workmen are rewired to work the above : enumerated holidays, or days observed as such, they shall receive time& one-half (1'/2) the regular rate of pay for such work. No. 4: All work performed on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, { 1Xit&sgiving Day, Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the double tirne rate of pay. When a holiday falls on a Sunday,Monday shall be observed. No. 5: All work performed on New Year's Day,Decoration Day(Memorial Day), independence Day(Fourth of July),Labor Day,'Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day,or days observed as such, shall be paid at the rate of double(2) time. When a holiday falls on a Saturday,Friday shall be observed. When a holiday falls on a Sunday,Monday shall be observed. No work shall be on Labor except to save life or roe Where one of the holidays performed. eP property.rtY• y' specifies falls or is observed during he work week then all work performed over and above -- g p thirty-two(32j hours in that week shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half(1%Z). NO. 6: All work done on New Year's Day, Decoration Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving and Christmas shall be compensated at the double(2)time rate of pay. When a , holiday occurs on Saturday,it shall not be observed on either the previous Friday or the following Monday. Such days shall be a regular workday. If such a holiday occurs can Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday. No work shall be performed on Labor Day. r Ho1idhvy.aa3 ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3/98 e1` a: nnw�smrs��'�T9J II��zsi��RBi���Fi1YY�S� fl��RanlftlAlWera�Ri�,[aar�.r�rrsn�uacw� Ns.rm.ac.rw—.w.•..= .�___--.—_- —.._ HOLIDAY RATE SCHEVULE-kIEAVl''(=ONSTRIJCTION No. 7: All work done on New Years Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day and Veteran's Day shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. No work shall be done on Christmas. Day, Fourth of of the above holidays fall on Sunday, the following Monday shall be July or Labor Day. When any Y ,I ' �"��✓ observed as such holiday. If a holiday fal ls on Saturday, it shall not be considered to be observed on the previous Friday or following Monday. Such days shall be regular workdays. NO S: All work performed on New Year's Day, Decoration Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, `° r Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, or days observed as such„ shall be paid at double(2)the hourly rate. When any of these holidays fall on Sunday,the Monday following shall be observed as such holiday. -; NO. 9: All work done on New Year's Day, Decoration Day, July 0, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double timme rate of pay. Whenever any such holidays fall on a Sunday,the following Monday shall be observed as a holiday. i " NO. 10. All work done on New Year's Day,Memorial Day,Fourth of July, Labor Day, Veteran's Y Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day shall be paid at the double time rate of pay. When a { holiday occurs on Saturday it shall not be observed on either the previous Friday or the following Monday. Such days shall be regular work days. If such a holiday occurs on Sunday, it shall be _ observed on the following Monday. ; INTO. 11: Means all work performed on New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day,Veteran's Day,Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and any additional holidays which may be mutually agreed upon shall be paid at the double (2) time rate of pay. Whenever any such holiday ` falls on a Sunday,the following Monday shall be recognized and observed as the holiday. i NO. 12: All work performed on New Year's Day,Decoration Day, Independence Day,Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, or days observed as such, shall be paid at the rate of time and one-half(1'f�). .No work shall be performed on Labor Day, except in case of jeopardy to life or i --1 property: This rule is applied to protect Labor Day. When one of the above holidays falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday shall be observed;when the holiday falls on a Sunday,the following c Monday.shall be observed. Where one of the specified holidays falls or is observed during the work week,then all work performed over and above thirty-two(32)hours in that week shall be paid, t at the rate of time and one-half (I'/:). ' NU. 13: All work performed on recognized holidays shall be paid,at the double (2) time rate of y pay. No work shall be performed on Labor Day except to save life or property. The following . ey holidays shall,be observed: New Year's Day,Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day,Veteran's h Day, to be observed November 11 (or a mutually agreed date of the Friday after Thanksgiving if 1:} agreed by;other crafts working on project), Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. "Ar�y holiday p which occurs on a Sunday shall be observed the following Monday.,: { :. ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. S HoWhvy.&Ws 3/98 .. %s?u'�'a'i'Nnur.+aay`.r.�+, ta„s ei.,.,xkr aTw'S•,f.;'+7 a,.:.r.. �':. v u.._ ...i.: .. .... .. PI, �r x ' i xfF g { Q TSIA.SECT Cam_.&NS , =g These rates are.to be used in the following counties: x Adair;Audrain, Boone,Callaway,Camden,Carter, Chariton, Clark,Cale, Cooper, Crawford, Dent, Franklin, Gasconade,Howard, Howell, Iron,Jefferson, Knox, Lewis,Lincoln, Linn, '' } ,; F Macon, Maries, Marion,Miller, Moniteau,Monroe,Montgomery,Morgan, Oregon,Osage, Perry;Phelps,Pike, Pulaski,Putnam, Ralls,Randolph, Reynolds, Ripley, St. Charles, St. Francois,,St. Louis city, St. Louis County, Ste. Genevieve, Y �Schu let Scotland, Shannon, :.. Shelby,Sullivan,Texas,Waen,and Washiniton rr ; COMMIE1RCIAL WORK Occupational Title Basic Total + + < Hourly Fringe r Rate Benefits Joune.Y` m an Lineman S23.71 5200+40/ ^ ' Lineman Operator $21.23 $2.0t)+40% Ground $16.$1 man , j 5 UTILITY WORD . f ' Occupational Title . Basic Total f r Fringe � µ .. t Rate Benefits ' I Joumeyman Lineman $23.29 ° } $2.00 34/o+ f Linerrsan'Operator $20.10 $2.00+34% i Groun man $15.55 $2.00+34 6/6' OVERTIME RATE: Eight(a)hours shall constitute a work day between the hours of 7:00 a.m. ' Forty and 4:30 P�m. hours within five 5 d , Monday thau h Irida inclusive,shall i3. constitute the work week. Work performed in the 9th and I Oth hour,Monday through Friday,;:,- ,'_- ' .lhall he paid at time and one-half(1'/2)the regular straight time rate of pay., Contractor'has`the 3 4 { ti. t `Y option to pay two (2) hours per,day at the time and one-half(1'/2)the regular straight time rate of pay between the.hours of 6:00 a.m:.and 5:30 p.m:,Monday through Friday Work performed f ' z h oulstde the regularly scheduled worko' g hours and on Saturdays;Sundays and recognized legal:: � holida s,or^da s celebrated ":such shall be, aid fJr,at the rate of double' s; HOLIDAY RATE, "All work performed on New Year's Day, Memonal�Day, Fourtk,of July, > r Labor Day,.Veteran's Day,` `hanksgiving Day, Christmas Day;or days`:celebrated as such, shall Lam' be paid at the double time rate of pay. When one of the foregoing holidays"falls on Sund ,ay-At f� shall be celebrated on the following Monday. t t ouTSrLAws` ANNUAL WAGE ORDER NO. 5 3i58 t Y r 4f s MA G• PREVAILING WAGE LAW Check Off List .:� ,,�At is the statutory policy of the State of Missouri "that a wage of no less than the prevailing hourly rate of wades for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed, shall be paid to all workers employed by-or on behalf of any public body engaged in public works exclusive of maintenance work." Section' 290.220 RSMo, Because of the strict penalties prescribed for the failure to comply with the procedure required by law in order to effectuate this policy, the foilavring is suggested as a primary "Check Off'List" to' be used by ' every person charged with any responsibility under the law. t --} Before Contract Is Let ` A. Request the Division of Labor Standards to dete3mine the prevailing hourly rates of 0y,' as contained in the Annual Wage Order, for workers to be employed in the type of work called for in the contemplated public works before calling for bids. Section 290.250, 290.325. (Division of j Labor Standards, P.Q. Box 449, Jefferson City, Missouri 65102. Area Code 573-751-3403): (Request Form PW-3). R. Provide Project Notification Notice PW-2 prior to beginning any work. It is suggested that { it be submitted at the time a project is bid to assure that it is received in a timely manner. r When a public body has solicited bids upon a public works project within the scope of the prevailing wage law without having first secured a wage determination, the project must be rebid -. with the wage determination incorporated in the bid specifications. D. Specify in the resolution or ordinance and in the call for for the contract, what is the prevailing hourly rate of wages in the locality for each type of worker needed to execute the contract and also the general prevailing rate for legal holiday and overtime work,all as determined t. by the Division of Labor Standards. Section 290.250. El Insert in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than g r the evailin hourl rate of { p . Y 'wages specified shall be paid to all workers performing work.under. the contract. Section E 290.250; { ' F: Insert in the contract a stipulation that the contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the state, county, P ty city and county, city,town, district, or other political sub-division on whose behalf the contract is '' made or awarded,ten dollars f'or'each worker employed, for each calendar day, or portion thereof , FJ sncb worker is paid less than the said stipulated rates for any work done under said contract,'by the contractor or by any subcontractor under them. Section 290.250. s G Require'in all contractors bonds 1hat the contractor include such provisions as will guarantee the faithful performance of the prevailing hourly wage clause as provided by contract. Section . {' g E _: 290.250. Forward PW 1000 to the Division of Labor Standards upon contract award, Revised 6/9'6 + Aye t i F '4� 't Ule Contract is Being Perforated A. Take cognizance of all complaints of all violations of provisions of the Prevailing Wage Law. ' Section 290.250.' Ile Division of Labor Standards will investigate complaints. B. Make sure'a clearly legible statement of all prevailing hourly wage rates to be paid to all workers { . employed in order to execute the contract and employed on the construction of the public works t S kept potted in a prominent and easily accessible-Ace at the site tbemof by each contractor and subcontractor engaged in the public works project under the provisions of this lava► and rewire ~ that sucb notice shall remain posted during the full time that any worker shall be employed can the J a public works. Section 290.265. O. Accurate records pertaining to wages paid all workers employed on the contract shall be kept F within the state by the contractor and each subcontractor, for a period of one year following completion of the public work, Section 290.290. Notify the Division of Labor Standards when a violation of the law is discovered so that ro et �~ z notice of the violation can be made and the Attorney General alerted. Section 290.335. P p } Before Contract is Fully Paid,, A. Before final a 1 . p yment is made an affidavit must be filed by the contractor stating that he bas fully complied with the Prevailing Wage Law. No payment can be made unless and until this affidavit is riled in proper form and order. Sections 290.290,290025. B: Withhold and retain therefrom all sums and amounts due and owing as a result of any violation of the,Prevailing Wage Law. Section 290.250. 1, ' Orf course, before proceeding with any public works project all statutes Pertaining to the payment of wa es on ' public works projects contained in Sections 290.210 thru 290:340, RSMo 1994 sbould be carefislly"consulted. F. Y.w. if we can be of further assistance, please write or call the Prevailing Wage Section of the Division of Labot: � Standards. DMSION OF L.AB " OR STANDARDS . tt Peailig Wag .Setilon J)t 5r, (573) ?S 1,3403 or R00 ?x•2130 t. s _2. Revised 8/96 w . 3" M i 'ZY A+ Jet. ht . PeMYIO�11�! i �.. ,� KNONFAMMUMMM e� S CSR 30-3.040 Classifications of Construction Work � i PURPOSE. The De artnient o Labor 'i - .�;�,• A f L or and Industrial Relalion.� 1rar the rc►,��,oncihili�• � 4 ..F under .section 290.260, RSMo to determine the prevailing hourFv rate of wages to hc, C grid to wurh -T .engaged in work of a similar character. This rule e t ahlislrec r10miPc6donc (?j construction K,ork for the department to arse in determining the r; prevailing lrourly rate crjwage . or work of a similar character. (I) All public works construction, for which the prevailing hourly rate of wagers of workers are to be determined, shall be classified as either-- (A) Building construction;or 1. (B) Highway and heavy construction. a (2) Building construction shall mean the following: (A) Building structures, including modification, additions or repairs, or F both, to be used for shelter, protection, comfort, convcniencc, entertainment or x gat ri recreation,or for protection of people or equipment. i (B). Buildings at an airport project, such as terminal.buildings, freight r buildings and any other construction necessary for the operation of the airport facilities; Y ' (C) Stadium, athletic fields, dressing rooms, bleachers and.all other a buildings needed in connection with an athletic or entertainment facility; (D) Entire buildings that are built aboveground in connection with highway, subway or tunnel projects, such as tool stations or housing for mechanical equipment; fr r (E). Excavation for the building itself, including backfilling inside and outside the building; 3: ..� (F)' Storm and sanitary sewers inside the building and to the curb line: t, h (G) Work in connection with tele hone 'electrical water P , oil, gas or } fuel lines, or other utility or�omtrtunication lines insidc,a building and to the euitr . � ' line; t' (H) Sidewalks othehlian those that arc poured in connection with a ` street or road pr t� (1) Driveways that a re built to serve a building; t r ' t tE ' r o ti #t (J) Parking lots. connected to a bui parking facilities; lding and all structures built as ;r ' � (K) Retaining walls built in conjunction with a building project; (L) Demolition of a building(s)as part of the site preparation for new building construction; (M) Landscaping of building sites or the planting of all shrubbery that is ' incidental to building construction as defined in section(2);imd { (N) Work on water and wastewater treatment plants within the fake � 1 , line. i (3) Highway and heavy construction shall mean the following: (A) Work in .conjunction with roads, streets, parkways, alloys and J t highs Ays including, but not limited to, grading, paving, curbin , av g P g !;...signs, fences, yi{ '.....guard rails,bridges, lighting,retaining walls and landscaping; (B) Work on viaducts, overpasses, underpasses, drainage projects, aqueducts, irrigation projects, flood control projects, reclamation project.:, }t rescrt�oir f ltration and supply project,, eater power, duct lines, distribution limes, PiPc,iines, locks, dikes, levees, revotnnents projects, excluding work Specifically defined as building construction; (C) Work in connection with underground construction on tunnels and L l shafts, . . 5� f, (D) Railroad work in its entirety, including elevated railroads; (E) Main and side sowers; 4, (F) 'Work in connection with airports, such as runways,. roads. and ` strccts,but excluding that which is listed as building construction; (G) Work in connection with telephone, electrical,,.,water,.oil, gas or ` fuel lines, or any other utility or communication lines from the curb line; c ' b Y ( 1) -Sidewalks,whcn poured incidental to a street or road project _. (S) Parking lots not incidental to a building construction project;and . {y '! 3Y (J) Demolition of all buildings as part of sitoY;prcparatton'`for any. 4 highway and heavy construction as.is otherwise defined in section(3): r" x r�r�r 1 }, 5,-i 1 7 M .. r DIVISION- ISSON OF LABOR STANDARDS P.O. Sox 449 Jefferson City, Missouri 65102 instructions to Public Body: This form is to be used whenever you have a public works project that is covered by the Missouri Prevailing Wage Law. You should have already requested an Annual Wage Order from the Division of Labor Standards, and incorporated the entire Annual Wage Order into your bid specifications. (See RSMo 290.250) . You should have also notified the Division of your prevailing wage project on Form PW-2. When you award the contract, complete the following form in its entirety, and submit to the Division at the address above. 1 Date Project No. Annual Wage Order No. _i Name of Public Body Awarding Contract Street Address City County State Zip I i Project Name/Description (as indicated on Project Notification form PW-2 ' previously submitted) }} t � I a • Project Location Street City ,,. County State Zip Code General Contractor Name E Street City State Zip Code ! + Sid Price • I All Subcontractors (Write N/A, if none) Name Address Y� Bid Price ( See lair pertaining to the payment of all wages on all public works projects (Sections 290.210 - 340 RSMo) These statutes must be strictly complied with under penalty of law. MO 625-0143 (1-97) ) Form PW 1000 (Revised 1-97) r� 1 1J� Tkil��Mlf l�Y�i✓�1Y�11 19aO®�J�Irs�1ME���st��.e.�s AFFIDAVIT r i COMPLIANCE WrH THE PREVAUXVC WAGE LAW Before rne,the undersigned Notary Public, in and for the County of , State of personally carne and appeared(name and title) of the F (naane of company) wr3. (a corporation) (a partnership) (a proprietor-ship) and after being,duly sworn did depose and say that all provisions and requirements set out in Chapter 290, Sections 290.210 through and including 290.340; Mssouri Revised Statutes, pertaining to the payment of wages to workn n employed on public works.projects have been fully satisfied and there has been no exception to the full and complete compliance,with said provisions and requirements with annual Wage Order No. Section t issued by the Division of Labor Standards(Name of project) located at(name of institution)_ in Coup Iisso County, uri,and completed on the day of 19 Signature Subscribed and sworn to me this day of . 19 + {I Ir I +yw IUIy conumssion expires titif ' 19 Natr I'ubtic ;. f Yf . , ..; > _. . . ,. ,. _• X41 1 l jt (1ZGt13C(1 1/97) pip I- iI • . f tai t I5. ! r S CSR 30.3.060 OccupAtional Titles aP Vl'ork Descriptions ,tat: PURPOSE:The Department of Labor and.industrial Relations is required to determine the prevailing hourly rate of wages to be paid to each worker engaged in construction on a public i works project,'relative to the t)re of work performed by each worker. This rule describes by oY .` occupational title the type Of Work performed in the construction of a public works project in Missouri and mts forth the procedures to be followed in identifying each occupational title utilized oil a public works project. ... (1)Each occupational title defines by name the type of work.perfonmed in the construction of a public works project. The description of work designated for a particular occupational title is not intended to be jurisdictional in scope or nature,and is not to be construed as limiting or prohibiting workers from engaging in construction work falling within several occupational titles. (2)Each occupational title of work description shall be based upon the particular nature of the work performed,with consideration given to those trades, occupations or work generally i considered within the construction industry as constituting a distinct classification of tvork. In ; determining occupational titles and scope of work definitions',the department shall consider the j following: (A)Collective bargaining g ng agreements; `{ (B)Dictionary of Occupational Titles,as P ublished by the United States Department of Labor; and j (C)Opinions of experts from organized labor an 1,. ,. •w�.� jz d the opinions' of contractors 4 actors and contractor , .. associations a5 they relate to the custom and usage applicable to the construction industry in Missouri. (3)Any person wishing to add, delete or modify an occupational title of work description shall submit to the director of the Division of Labor Standards a written request containing the `r proposed changes. Proposals shall contain the followin information: •.' . . 8 otmatton: (A)Occupational title: 1 `J (B),A description of the physical duties to be,performed by workers under'the title. „(C)A copy,of any current collective bargaining agreements that are relevant to the proposal, if 1 any. r �3 wages perfoming work k under the title, including(D)Evidence of hours worked and at ti fringe benefits paid,.ifany; (E)Identification of the county(ies)where the work was performed; r`? Y'! 1 S It N`5, ,-•'i�,,a�?,'„° I'? . wm, i r Elsa. . 5 it LYRILIItIYiiratn , !f I�ws�twwwe�wwraoa�stiww�lereecm ;r�.��.,._,....-, a �''.�_'�s? (F)Evidence that the proposed occupational title of work description is for a type or class of W ork that is commonly utilized by the construction industry on building or heavy and highway construction projects in Missouri;and } (G)Other information concerning the proposed addition,deletion 'or modification as the director of the Divisicr: of Labor Standards may deem advisable under the circumstances. (4) Interested parties who wish to submit wage infdrtnation to be used in establishing the I prevailing hourly rate of wages for a particular class or tyke of work are required to identify the work according to the applicable occupational title of work description set forth in this rule. A a { Hours of work reported to the department shall not be used to establish the prevailing hourly rate ofa•a es if party g submitting the hours of work fails to identify the work under one(1)of the occupational titles recognized by this rule. Any question as to the proper classification of work should be resolved before the work in question is commenced. Interested parties are encouraged to contact the Prevailing Wage Section of the Division of Labor Standards for an interpretation of these rules and fora determination of the appropriate occupational title of work description,relativie to the class rs; t)•pe of work to be performed. 4w j.. (6) The occupational titles of work descriptions for each P type or class of work contained here are presumptively valid throughout the entire state of Missouri. Within a given locality, through an objection to a wage determination,an interested a p ny may assert that an occupational titlr(s)of work description does not apply to a given locality and that a different occupational title } work description should apply to that locality. The interested part,shall have the burden of f proving by a preponderance of the evidence the inapplicability of the occupational title(s) of ^� " work description within that locality,but shall be afforded the opportunity to do so in a hearing t on an objection to the wage determination before the Labor and Industrial Relations �~ Commission. �. (7)Occupational titles of work descriptions may be obtained From the department by written request to the director of the Division of Labor Standards, P.O. Box 449,Jefferson City, MO i 65102. (8)The occupational titles of work descriptions set fonh here arc as follows: (A)Asbestos Worker/Heat and Frost Insulator--Applies to workers who apply insulation materials to mechanical systems to reduce loss or absorption of heat, prevent moisture condensation and to deaden sound and prevent vibration. The workers remove all insulation f, materials from mechanical systems unless the mechanical system is being scrapped.The work `` t falling within this occupational title of work description includes:, f yt 1.The preparation, including the building of enclosures and hanging Polyurethane,and physical distribution on the job site of asbestos,cork,plastic,magnesia or similar materials,or other materials used as a substitute,and used as thermal insulation. The manufacture, fabrication W assembling;molding,handling, erection,spraying,Y 8,Pouring, making, hanging, application, A t 9 i x 1 aj F , ' adjusting;alteration, repairing,dismantling,reconditioning,corrosion control and testing of heat 4, or,frost insulation, such as'asbestos,cork,mineral wall,infusorial earth,mercerized silk, flax, fiber,fire felt,asbestos p a pe r,asbestos curtain asbestos millboard, fibrous glass,foam glass, Styrofoam,polyurethane, polystyrene,metals,plastics,fibrous matter, roving and resiiSs,and the -'. erection of scaffolding up to fourteen feet(141),Working,platform; 2.The covering, including encapsulation,of boilers,tanks,refrigeration units, evaporators, turbines, fittings,valves, ducts,flues,vats,equipment, hot and cold pipes or any other hat or cold surfaces with the insulation materials listed in this rule, used for the purpose of thermal insulation, fire stoppage, fireproofing. radiator protection, sound deadeners and the lagging (covering)on piping; and 3.The removal of all insulation materials front mechanical systems,unless the mechanical system is being scrapped,whether they contain asbestos or not(pipes,boilers,ducts, flues, breechings). All cleanup required in connection with this work,shall include the scaling.labeling and dropping of scrap matcrial into the appropriate containers. (After drop,final disposal is :.: considered to be the class or type of work falling within the occupational title of work description for second semi-skilled laborer.); ' (8)lane¢maker—Applies to workers who assemble, erect and repair boilers, tanks,vats and i pressure vessels according to blueprint specifications,using handtools,portable power tools and equipment. The work falling within this occupational title of work description includes: :r l:Locating and marking of reference points for columns on plates or foundations, using master straightedge,squares, transit and measuring,tape; 2.Lasing rigging or cranes to lift parts to specified positions; ' F 1 7 3.Aligning structures or plate sections, wang plumb bobs, levels,wedges,dogs or tutnbttckles; , d. Driiling,reaming. chipping.caulking and grinding of structures and sections and bolting or t welding together; g them s S. Setting'of drums and headers and installation.of tubes; 6.Cleaningup as necessary in connection with this work;and 9.,Rjveting,acetylene.burning,rigging, fitting-up,impact machine operating, unloading and ` } handling of material and equipment where power equipment and rigging are required; 4, (C Brlcklag-ers snd Stone Mason-Applies to Workers who prepare, lay,set,bed,pint,patch, grout;caulk,cut,fit,plumb,align,level,anchor,bolt or weld brick,stone masonry,precast , ' ra re to neis'and all types of artificial or imitation masonry. Also,the workers install. : gti Pa s expansion joint materials in brick, stonemasonry precast aggregate panels and all types off. t artif cial br imitation masonry: The work falling within this occupational title of Work*scription includes: .w 10 j t i 9lishu`'°A.fbcitky xi+ ,iy{'{.+w„JSS21+..@`t+j''ra"4 . 'i t , k ` i.The loading of brick,stonemasonry,precast aggrcpte panels and all types of artificial or "" ,. . . Imitation masonry.where power equipment and rigging are required; 2.The.masonry paving and rip-rapping of all types,with or without mortar, 3.The reinforcing of masonry,'including placing, tying and setting of rods; 4.The application of imulation nuterials in or to masonry walls; S.The cauiking of abutting masonry openings in masonry wails,expansion joints and false joints ` in all types of masonry; k 6.The watc room of all s of masonry; d - i rP g types rY�� ^�. I The cleaning,tuc ��� g, lcpaittting,sandblasting, steam cleaning and Gunite.work on all types of . :masonry; ,.- ;tr` (D)Carpenter---Applies to workers who construct,erect install and repair structures,.structural members and fixtures made of wood,plywood,wallboard and materials that take the place of wood,such as plastic,metals,composites,fiberglass,and Transite sheeting and L"emesto Board, using carpenter hand tools and power tools. The work falling within this'occupational title of v+�ork�iescri ption:includts: .:. :. i.The layout of buildings or structures on the site or plot.:The installation of aluminum { expansion joints for buildings and bridge structure as well as concrete strike-off machines; 2.-The making and setting of all concrete forms(except curb forms on heavy construction), } including establishment of building lines or flow lines(box culverts,bridges)including:footing forms. :Thc making of all forms used in tilt-up construction. The layout,installation and ; construction for wail forms and footing forms,all block-outs, wood or steel,layout and installation of all embedded items; 3. The building and handling of scaffolds used by carpenters to work from.All maiffolding, "K ' constructed or assembled,fourteen feet six inches(14'6")and higher for normal or speciairy use-regardless of purpose; ` .4- The building of rough wooden structures, such as concrete fours, scaffolds,wooden bridges, ;<< trestles,coffer darns,tunnel and sewer support;welding end burning; r,f [ A S'The selecti6wof specified typtb of lurrrbe:r or other materials. Prepare layout,using rule, �x 3lF xt'`5 fremtng square and calipers,; Mark cutting and assembling lines on materials,using f� g ericil,chmlk t,nd tnariKing page..:shape materials to prescribed measurements, haws,cltiscls end lanes i�ssemble cut:andl shape iritaterials and fasten thetas together with nails,dower pins orp i Erect framework for structures W'ed y trueness of structure with plumb bob and carpenter's 3 lee!cl Apply deeorattve paneling to walls;: j Z ,f si �rA' ' {4aX J r "? b.The installation of ladders, handrails, walkways,platforms and ganp•ays made of wood as 7 ) well as shoring and lagging. Install doors and wood and metal windows and bucks,including hardware{bucks are rough frames in which finished frames are in and brace them with boards nailed to framework. Install pallet rackrind metal sliciiving,l Install r subflooring in buildings, Install insulation such as batt, board, sating,thermal,s rofoam t3' ,sound. attenuation, fiberglass w hen the installation of the insulation material is not being applied as an integral part of the roofing system. Mail piaster grounds(wood of merit strips)to studding. Fit and nail sheathing on outer wails and roofs on buildings. Install bca►Ms and trusses of wood laminate; 7.The making, handling and setting of all frames,sash, blinds, trim and other fixtures fo r example, cabinets, bookcases and benches),when arcade of wood or any wood substitute. The 1 handling and assembly of chairs,scats, bleachers and benches and other furniture in theaters, halls,schools and other places of assemblage on floors of any kind. Install protection screens " chalk boards, toilet partitions (plastic laminate, solid plastic). Caulkins of fixtures and �- countertops including Corian tub and shower enclosures; S.The installation of wood and metal studs and exterior panels; 9.The handling, cutting, sawin g. fitting of drywall (shectrock)and lead-lined dryu;alI whether for walls, ceilings, floors, soffits or any use, no matter how installed-Mailed,screwed,glued or -? otherwist;(interior, exterior). Lead-lined drywall is used in X rays to avoid radiation exposure. Install corner guards, wooden and plastic colurian covers.., 10.The handling and installation of acoustical and egg crate ceiling g systems in its entirety(hanger . ,.grid,molding. tile)whether vertically or horizontally installed; 11.The installation of all builders hardware. including door tracks of every description. The ^) installation of.all weather strips. The making. fitting and hanging o € g g f fly screens for doors, windows and other openings; Installation of wood and hollow metal doors. rollup gara e d i. fire doors,automatic; doors, channel iron door bucks, glass siding and bi-fold doors;androlitng. �y 13. The installation of access flooring. computer floors and raised or elevated floors. Install i modular headwall units and laboratory casework and fume hoods; (E)Cement Mason Applies to workers who perform work on concrete where finishing tools F' `S are.used.' The work falling within this occupational title„of work description includes: g #: A` 1:Thti setting of screeds, the rodding(buildings), shaping,sm of the surfaces of freshly poured concrete floors,walls,sidewalks, curbs,tsteps and staff ays the s finishiing ofextruded bamer rails or any other concrete surface requiring finishing, usin ' , handtoals orptywer cools, including floats, trowels, screeds and straightedge; .g i, i: 12 r �a i i� C x i I i 2. The removing of rOugh or defective spots from concrete surfaces, using' g grinder.or chisel and u hammer and patching holes with pre concrete or epoxy Compound preparatory to sacking. g 3.The molding of expansion joints and edges,using edging tools,Jointers and st s t 1 ratghtedge; i 4.The application of penetrating sealer and primer protective coatings to concrete floors a steps when part of the finishing process; and 5.The installation afseamis~ss composition floors and the installation and finishing of epoxy- based y coatings or polyester-based linings to all surfaces,when the coatings or linings a a lie .. by spraying or troweling; pp d .. 6:The,sandblasting or water blasting for architectural finish or r ry► p eparato to patching; }: 7.The cutting ofjoints with concrete save for the control of cracks in buildings and sidewal ks, ?� i driveways, and curbs and butters contiguous to buildings;and S. The setting of concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk f01-ms one(1)board high up to twelve inch (12" }; es -� i' (F)tCoitrtmunication (Electronic/3'e lecommunleafion)B'echeilclan--ltppli to workers who install, inspect,repair and service electronic and teleconununication systems. The'work fallin { f within the occupational title of Communication(Electronic/Telccommuniastian)Technician 8 a { includes: an 1:Installing, repairing and servicing of radio,television and recording g systems and devices; ' sy=tams for paging, intercommunication,public address,wired music,clocks,security and surveillance systems and mobile radio systems; fire alarm and burglar alatrn systems 2. Wiring of low surface wiring and wiring in nonmetallic conduits and incidental f shielded metallic conduit runs ofno longer than tcn feet 00')nor larger than one inch required in conjunction with the work listed in this rule; when t: x 3. installing, repairing,servicing, or a combination of these, of the ivxain Distribution }s (MDF)where the permanent outside,lines entering a building terminate and where the rime subscriber's line multiple cabling and trunk multiple cabling originate, It is ustaell located an t ground floor of building; y he Et a 1' ' F Installing,repairing,servicing;or a combination of these, of the Intetrntedtate Diattibut' ton ;r ' Frames{ILTFj,4��hich provides flexibility,in allocating the subscribet's> tambcT,tiathe lint unit or 4 p e ut intent in the ofl5ct.thacis to be associated with the particular line. These frames are located � { an eath`floo�r ofe building; Instalhn` ,r 4,(i s, f ,z epatrtrigL servicing,or a combination of these, of the subpanels(blocks)..The subpanels are connecting devisees where large feed cables terminate at the distribution frames s , . ; «H j 1 t. I , y s 6. Installing, repairing common equipment or key service unit, or a combination of these. This . a xiF Cquipment consists of a backboard assembly and an equipment mounting frame,which are utilized for connecting external telephones; }f •.� Lew—w." ' 7 7.installing,repairing,servicing of the instruments,terminals and sets,or a combination of these. ' This ui ment is a eq p t either end of a circuit, or at a subscriber's or user's tettrtinal, S.Installing,repairing,servicing,or a combination of these, of the ancillary or add-on equipment , such as bells,buzzers,speakcrphones, headsets,automatic dialers, recorders;and ' Q.Installing,repairing,servicing of the telephone cable, or a combination of these. Tel cable includes:network channel service cable; riser cables between floors of a building; �on� distribution cables installed on each floor of a building in the floor or the ceiling,and inside wires between the telephone and the connection to the distribution cable; (G)Electrician Encompasses Two(2)Subclassifications as follows,Inside Wiroman and Outside Lane ConstructionILincrnan: L Inside wireman--•Applics to workers who are responsible for installation,assembly, construction, inspection, operation and repair of all electrical work within the t't3' �ra c lines of ' P p ` any given property(manufacturing plants,commercial buildings,school hospitals, i' gs s, power � Plants,parking lots). This scope of work shall begin at the secondary site of the transformer T '"? when the transformer is furnished by the local utility and the service conductors are installed underground. When service conductors arc installed overhead in open air from wooden poles, t this scope of work, shall start immediately after the first point of attachment to the buildings or a' structures. The work falling within this occupationaal iitic'of work description includes: 3j A. Planning and layout of electrical systems that provide power and lighting in all structures. This includes cathodic protection systems utilized to protect structural steel in buildings and. r; parking structures; B. Handling and moving of any electrical materials, equipment and a apparatus on the job site where power equipment and rigging are required; pp � LY1 C. Welding,burning,brazing, bending, drilling and shaping of all copper,silver,aluminum Angle # iron and brackets to be used in connection with the in and ertction ` .of electrical wiring Rod equipment; jVl D.firasurin ,cuttin , bending, reading,forming;assembling and installing of all electrical' ` .. g 8b gth racev►•atys(conduit,dvireways,cable trays), using tools,such.as hicksa�,v,pipe threader.pov►ier t saw and conduit bender; E. z `{ ,s InstAling w+tre rn raceways(cond�ui¢,wireways,trr�ughsy cable trsys�.,,This..wire ma 'be service ; conrQuctors,feeder wiring,subfeedcr wiring,branch circuit dyit�ng; y ff 14 p 4� fh� Mrk'x+s v1N' 1f G i�Z ,...�.,,�.�*ss 4...te.a 2i:: a >..d.�f .:,..o- G .. '.: s«---.-...-.-•r rL!'r--• Si ,F i r F Chasing and channeling necessary to complete any electrical work,including the fabrication k ` and installation of duct banks and manholes incidental to electrical,electronic, data, fib' r tic ap ,. and telecommunication installation; 101a ' G. Splicing wires by stripping insulation from terminal leads with knife or pliers,twisting or ` soldering wires together and applying tape or terminal caps; H.Installing and modifying of lighting fixtures. This includes athletic meld lighting when installed on stadium structures or supports other than wooden poles,or Efoth, L Installing and modifying of all electrical/fiber optic equipment(AC-DC motors,variable , frequency drives, transformers, reactors, capacitors,motor generators, emergency generators, UPS equipment, data processing systems,and annunciator systems where sound is.not a part thereof); J. Installing ofracMay systems utilizing conduit,conduit bodies,junction boxes,,device boxas for switches and receptacles.This also may include wirin stems utilizing other I . 13 sY g methods and materials approved by the National Electrical Code(MC cable.AC cable, BX or flexible.metal z tubing or electrical nonmetallic tubing); 1. K. Installing of main service equipment, distribution panels,su bpancls.branch circuit patyets, # motor starters.disconnect switches and all other related items- L Instailirig and wiring of instrumentation and control devices as they pertain to h i e°y'p eating, L entilating,air-conditioning(HVAC)temperature control, energy management systems, building ' f automation systems;and electrically or fiber optic operated fire/smoke' detection t other building functions or systems are controlled; sys ems w here- M.Installing conduit or other raceway greater than ten feet 0 0)when used for the following:fire F,; alarm systemms,security systems,sound Systems, closed circuit television systems or cable television stems, or an ' systems, y system requiring mechanical protection or metallic shielding(te{ephon j Sy Stetitts); e' it E N.Testing continuity of circuit to insure electrical compatibility and safety of components, t} t con onemts. This insaliation,inspecting and testing of all gr oundin g systems including those systems de igedlfor Holing protection;;and 0.Removing electrical systems,fixtures,conduit,wiring, equipment, equipment support s or, materials involved.in thei transmission and distribution of elractricicy within C parameters of the ' ` 'building property Qine if reuse of an of the existing electrical '" y g system is rcquirc�: This tt�y f= include the demolition and removal and disposal'of the electrical system; t �.Cttitsid+e---lir,e constroictioNlineman—Applies KO workers who erect and"repatr transmision pales(whether built oi`"wood,metal,or other Briatrrial),fabricated metal transmission towers, outdoorsubxtatigns,switch racks,or similar,electrical structures,.eleceric cables end related y° >tiuritiary.equipmen.,for high-voltage transmission and distribution powerlines used to conduct _ 1 t �y j•. M.'"'±++Mws9.z4✓,.tww':. xrtRw..n...a'.c.r<.,..c ,.,.'.: 9 1 energy between generating stations, substations and consumers. The work (overhead and underground)falling within this occupational title of work description includes: A.Construction, repair or dismantling of all overhead and underground electrical installations. eP g � The handling and operation of all equipment used to transport men,tools and materials to and r from the job site. The framing,trenching, digging and backfilling of vauits,holes and poles and" ` anchors(by Rand or mechanical equipment), guying, fastening to the stub-in on concrete footings or,pads,assembling of the grillage,grounding of all structures, stringing overhead wire, installing ; r 'r underground wire,splicing and installation of transformers;and B. Construction and repair,of highway and street lighting and traffic signal systems,cathodic a protection systems and ball field lighting systems;and C.Lineman operator- operates equipment used on the outside line portion of a project. The lineman operator assists linemen in the performance of their work but does not climb or work otrt of any type of aerial lift equipment. The lineman operator does not perform any work that requires the use of hand tools; D. Croundrnan-work performed on the ground to assist the journeymen outside-line i construction'lineman on work not energized. Groundmen use jack hamamers,air drills, shovels, picks, tamps, trenching equipment and other such tools for excavating and/or compacting dirt or y} rock on the outside line ponion of a project but do not use hand tools; s s. 3.The occupational title of electrician may include in a particular wage determination the subclassifications of lineman operator, groundman powder man, groundman, or any combination of these. pursuant to section(6). The description,of work and corresponding wage rates shall be established pursuant to the proceedings set forth in section (6); i (H) Elevator Constructor.—Applies to workers who assemble and install electric and hydraulic freight and passenger elevators,escalators,dumbwaiters and moving walks. The work falling within this occupational title of work description includes: .. f .'4 } } 1.The handling, unloading and hoisting of all equipment to,be assembled or installed by workers performing work within this occupational title of work description, from the time that equiprnettt arrives at,or near the building site; ,f ` 4 ' 2.The wrecking or dismantling of elevator plants,to include elevators,escalators,dumbwaiters, moving walks and all other equipment to be reused and assembled or installed by workers performing work within this occupational title of work description; { 3.The sinkinj drilling,boring,digging cylinder wells or backfilling for hydraulic lifts,hydrarrlio elevators or screw,lifts; 4:The layout,erecting and assembling of all elevator equipment (for example, electric, hydraulic; steam,belt;compressed air and handpowered elevators; dumbwaiters,residence elevators, ?: parking garage elevators);and the assembly of all escalators, moving walks and link belt'cacriers, �; ' 3 <rr ..;�r. ,,. 16 E , P { t, S.The erecting and assembly of all theater stage and curtain equipment and guides and rigging to them, organ consoles and orchestra elevators; + ` 6. The installing of all wiring,conduit and raceways from the first point of attachment of main feeder terminals on the controller to other apparatus and operating circuits; ?.The operating of temporary cars;and B.The installing of all elevator enclosures, fronts, facias,sills,frames and bucks; (H)Glazier—Applies to workers who select, cut,prepare,handle, install or remove ail window -glass,plate and all other types of glass, including structural glass,mirror glass, tempered and laminated glass,safety or protection gins-S,all i g types of insulating glass units,all plastics or other'. - similar materials when used in place of glass and when set or glazed with putty,moulding rubber,.. CCtnent, lead and All types of mastic, or other.materials used in place of same. The workers Performing work within this occupational title of work description install these materials in ' windows, louvers, doors,partitions. skylights and on building fronts,walls,ceilings and tables, ' whether the materials are set in wood, stone, cement or metal of all '° types. The work falling within,the occupational title of Work description includes: 1. The installing of mirrors of all types; !- 4 ' 2.The marking of an outline or pattern on glass and cut glass with a glassc utter ' {f I The breaking afi'of excess glass by hand or with a notched tool; { 4.The fattening of glass panes into wood sash with glazier's points,and the spreading smooth of putty around the edge of panes with a knife to seal joints; S.The installing of metal window and door frames into which lass g panels are to be fitted or w sliding windows. The bolting of metal hinges, handles, locks and other hardware to prefabricated lass.doors- ss g ' 6.7`he?installing of mirror or structural glass on building fronts,walls,.ceilings or tables,usin ' � mastic,screws or decorative moulding; " Oyu 7 The installing ofinetal-firain glass enclosures for showers,bathtubs and skylights;,acrd y� 8 The installing,cutting and removal of all windoW�glass,'plate and ail other types of glass, *, A E inc lttidrng: ctural glass.inirror glass, tempered.and laminated gl ass,safety.or.protcctioq glass, ,F y; 411,11y*pes of insutatierg'g�siss units,:aU plastics or other similaf materials why`tised in place of lass'+, 1 , and when set.ar glazed witty putty,molding rubber,crmeriti,lead and ell g..,.: j) t } t materials used rn place of same; � �S A rrlaStrC, Or:Other:: •� .i 17 �Y"—*'**•*«'t."„^*w.+w M. '+MLeWUtI zW4v+..w+r• q .. � j../. , 1i4^ t 4 }4 { iY • t { i i i (J)1ronworker Applies to workers who perforni work in connection with field fabrication, erection, or both,installation,removal,wrecking and dismantling of structural,architectural attyd reinforcing iron and steel,ornamental lead,bronze, brass,copper and aluminum,and plastics or ~ other malerials when used in place of them. The work falling within the occupational title of.. work description includes 1, Structural.The unloading,erecting,bolting-up,plumbing-up,welding And installing of i ,structural steel, including any field fabrication; 2.Reinforcing.The unloading,carrying, placing and tying of all concrete reinforcing,such as re<• bar,wire mesh, expanded metal or post tensioning cable (including the tension process)or prestress cables when installed on the job site; , -' 3.Rigging.The unloading,moving, handling,placing and setting of electrical machinery and I equipment when rigging or power equipment, or both, is used(with the exception of setting of electric motors). The assembly and erection of radio and television and other structural steel. towers(with the exception of electrical transmission towers). The unloading, handling,moving and placing of machinery to be assembled or dismantled, erected or installed to its approximate position (over the anchor bolts); 4.Windows. The installation of metal windows(with the exception of store fronts display.° windows), Curtain walls and metal panels. The caulking of metal-to-metal joints and metal to- .r brick; S.Doors. The erection of curtain type doors(overhead rolling-type doors),heavy industrial doors when made of metal, fire doors and exterior metal hinged doors that carry a fire underwriters label are erected by iron workers; 6.Sheeting and decking. The installation of sheeting which is attached to metal framework including metal floor decking; } 7, Metal buildings. The erection and installation of structural steel and sheet metal packaged buildings when they come in a package unit,such as Butler,Delta,V.arco Pruden or other name brand packaged buildings. The installation of all doors,windows and insulation(when installed: in conjunction with sheeting)in the packaged buildings. The installation of metal siding and r' } d, traetal roof decking, regardless of the fastening method or the of joct to which it is fastened; y g.Elevators. The installation of elevator doors for gates nunatally'operated and all elevator, t :enclosures,fronts;fi 'ias,sills,frames and bucks; 9.3 Precast..,7'he unloading a»d,irtstallstion/er®ction of precass bridge girders,single Ts,doetble 'S,top panels:and tilt=erp,slabs;and 1(1 Other. The installation of all catwalks,stairw ays and hand rails made of aiuminurn,bron�or Any type ofmctal,glass or plastic. The'installation of ornamental iron,such as revol ing.doots ;r r gates,handrails, window grills,jail and cell work and chain link fences. The installation,of dry ; , � S .u,,C, 3 M}e.w..-.,-• ...._,.._. _ .,.. .._.. .._ ._-.�.�.__._,_�._.... ..... �.. ;.,. ksz, k,,a i}� yp��3�z�'i 'M?,��'�T' �i��.n�� I . I i 4,Y .::._.., .j,. ,. storage bins, hoppers,chutes and conveyors where sand ore,coal or any dry component is stored �- or transferred. 'The erection, installation,removal,wrecking and dismantling of bridges, ,.- viaducts,cableways,tramways,monorail transportation systems. The erection,installation, removal,wrecking and dismantling of locks, gates,metal forms,milin s(including pipe). The ' erection, installation,removal,wrecking and dismantling of frames in,suppori of boilers. The installation of metal siding and metal roof decking,regardless of the fastening method,or the object to which it is fastened. The handling,burning,welding and tying of all materials used to :.. reinforce concrete structures. The installation and erection of TV and microwave towers,self i supporting towers or guy towers. The installation of metal guardrails with metal posts and highway signage; (K)Laborer--Consists of providing routine manual labor. This work encompasses several subclassifications,with the title and work description considered in light of whether the public . works project pertains to building construction or heavy/highway construction. I. Building construction. The subtitles.falling within the occupational title of work description' .. for laborer,as applicable to building construction,are as follows: 9f A.General,laborer. The work falling within this subtitle of work description includes: (I)Bewing included in one of the following categories: flagmen,heaters,material plant man, carpenter tender, landscaper, signalman,wrecker(old/nm. -structures),form handler or posthole digger; • rye• (II)Cleaning and clearing of all debris for all crafts, loading and unloading, conveying, distributing,construction material by hand and collecting and hoisting debris,backfriling, grading r and landscaping by hand; f'. (II1)Covering of tanks,structures and material piles with tarpaulins or other materials. ,Cleaning ' of masonry and other type walls and windows. Signaling and hoisting concrete buckets and for �- ` all other material handled by workers falling within the occupational title of work description for laborer; ; is (IV)'Providing drinking water. .Handling and cleaning of concrete chutes. Cleaning of concrete spills and`chipping where hand tools are required. Performance of work necessary in remedying defects in concrete caused by leakage,bulging,sagging of shifting of forms when finishing tools •..- ,; are not used. Jackhammer and paving breaker,air compressors,motor buggies,pumps(removal of water), except set-up men and nozzle men,chipping tool operator,concrete mixer operator (up to acid including two(2)'=bag capacyty)�and ' ('4")L.aying nonpressurized pips for do�w•nsoui drair> lines,header lines or laying of r rionpressurized conduit;or m combination"of these,`for the'Carrying ofstorrar water,waste, ,; 3 sew4e; gravity now limes,catch basins and manholes,effluent lines;.originating outside the �^ ` building and all those lines originating inside the building at the first Y,.T or,connection outside �» s the building, l9f , e:t B. First semiskill laborer. The work falling within this subtitle of work description includes: hod. comers,plasterers and cement mason tenders(who assist bricklayers,plasterers and cement, ; masons). The mixing,packing, wheeling and tempering ofmortai and fire clay. The mixing; 1 handling and conveying of all other materials used by bricklayers,plasterers and cement masons, (for example,brick, tile, Stone and cast stone wh t � ), c her done by hand or using a forklift(walk behind or similar types). Building of scaffolds, trestles, boxes and swinging staging for " bricklayers,plasterers and cement masons;and i G. Second semiskill laborer. The work falling within this subtitle of work description includes: i concrete pump set-up men and nozzle men, the layers and bottom men, on sewers and drain$, cutting torch and burning bar(demolition), trench or pier holes twelve feet (12') or over,wager drill,air track or an}, mechanical drill, powder man, tamper, one hundred pounds(100 lbs.)or _:1 over, laborers working for mechanical and electric contractors(including but not limited to digging of all trenches, ditches, holes,paving of concrete and cleaning of all trash),paving 4 breaker,jackhammer and vibrator, laser beam man for sewer, grade checker for roads and -, railroads, asbestos removal (except mechanical systems that are not being scrapped and any type r of roofing where the roof is to be relayed), hazardous waste removal, disposal work,or any 1 combination of these; s 2. Heavy/highway construction. The subtitle falling within the occupational title of work 1 `. description for laborer, as applicable to heavy/highway construction, are as follows: A. General laborer. The work falling within this subtitle of work description includes: ca ertte,s tenders,salamander tenders, dump man, ticket takers, flagman, loading trucks under bins hoppers and conveyors, track men,cement handler,dump man on earth fill, Georgia buggie man,. c„ material batch hopper man, spreader on asphalt machine material mix _.... P mixer man(except on.man holes),coffer dams, riprap pavers--'rock,block or brick,signal than for materials handled by ' -� laborers, scaffolds over ten feet (10') not self-supported from ground up, skipman on concrete } paying,• •ire mesh setters on concrete paving,work in connection with norpressurized pipelines, such as nonpressured sewer,water, gas, gasoline, oil drainage pipe,conduit pipe,title and duct, lines and other nonpressurizcd pipelines;power tool operator;work performed by hand in C01mection with hydraulic or general dredging operations,form setters(curb and gutter), { , ,. puddlers(paving only), straw blower nozzletnan,asphalt plant platform man,chuck tender, crusher feeder, men handling creosote tics or creosote materials, men working with and handling .t epoxy material(s), topper of standing trees, feeder man on wood pulverizers, board and willow ! mat weavers and cable tiers on river work, deck hands, guardrail and temporary signs,rile dike And revetment work, all laborers working on underground tunnels less than twenty-five feet(25') where compressed air is not used,abutment and pier hole men,working six feet(b')or more below ground,men working in coffer dates for bridge piers and footings to the river;Darca r, i, . tamper;Jackson or any other similar tamp,cutting-torch man, liners,curb,gutters, ditchhhe' t hot mistic:e. ttlernan hot tar applicator,hand'blade operators and.monar men on brick or blpck 2 manholes,nubbin concrete,air tool operator under sixty-five g, P ty. pounds(b51bs.),f:aulker attd lead ? " man,chain;or concrete saw under fifteen horsepower(1 S HP). .The unloading;handling and, ` carrying of concrete reinforcing bars; by hand, to the areas to which they are used,wrecking, , stripping, dismantling, cleaning,moving and oiling of all concrete forms; digging m and la sewer tile;,and " Y g 20 y I y 1 4 k �:gA!rNUaC :JF13./34N�iti"iu'Sd`.R.{i,:yyk,:at pw2n{:.xSi'G fe bNFR'.la. :.;.:k isx. :. .. ,4< I - $ t 10m 3 I7 s 1. �aLL\•�I111 1'lS����®Y�14d9!•'bl�`�I�[I+!• 1•l�tY�twOwrrs.�.�.'.� �__. __- ._ _.._ ' t• f t B Skilled laborer. The work falling within this subtitle of work description includes: vibrator ,,;, r.- `. man, asphalt raker, head pipe layer on.sewer work, batterboard man on pipe and ditch work, cliff scalers working from Bosun's chairs,scaffolds or platforms on dams or power plants over ten feet(10')high,air tool operator over sixty-five pounds(63 lbs.),stringline man on concrete paving and the like, sandblast man, laser beam man,wagon drill,chum drill, air track drill and all other similar type drills,jackhammers and other pneumatic hammers and tampers,Gunite nozxDe . inan,pressure grout man, screed man on asphalt,concrete saw fifteen(1 S)HP and over,grade checker, stringline man on electronic grade control,manhole builder,dynamite man,powder man,welder, tunnel man waterblaster one thousand pounds per square inch(1000 psi)over, asbestos(except mechanical systems that are not being scrapped), hazardous waste removal; ,, disposal, or any combination of these: (L)Lather—Applies to workers who erect horizontal metal framework to which laths are fastened,using nails, bolts,studgun,or a combination of these,drills holes in floor and ceiling and drives ends of wooden or metal studs into holes to provide anchor for furring or rockboard laths. The occupational title of lather applies to workers who nail,clip or fasten,all types of wood,wire and metal laths,plasterboard, wallboard,rockboard, gypsum,sheetrock and acoustical materials which take the place of same to walls,ceilings and partitions of buildings to f1 provide supporting base for plaster, fireproofing or acoustical material. The occupational title of 4 . ' work description for lather applies to workers who erect all metal plastering accessories which ± . arc covered or serve as ground,.or.both, guard,stock or screed for plaster materials, including ' wire mesh. The work falling within the occupational title of work description includes: t t 1.The installing of carrying bars and purlins(pieces of horizontal timber), light iron and metal furring(thin strips of wood or metal to create air space)of all descriptions, such as rods, channels;flat iron,T-bar,H-bar and other ceiling bars or systems for the receipt of lath and board; 1; 2.The wiring of plasterer channels to overhead structural framework to provide support for plaster or acoustical ceiling tile;and 3:The nailing of plaster grounds(wood or metal strips)to studding to provide a guide for those . workers perfornsing work falling a ithin the occupational title of work description for plasterer;r; ..� L,. P P (M)Linoleum,Layer and Clatter,,Applies to workers who measure,cart,sew,make-up'and scam,tape,fit,lay and install and seal and wax materials to be cemented, tacked or otherwise : applied to its.base,wherever it may be. These materials may be used as shaek-absorbing,sotcnd-` r absorbing,,or decorative coverings. With the exception of terrazzo,magnesite and latex bttilt=trp "floors the materials include oil cloth,matting,linen,:carpet,synthetic turf,linoleum,vinyl. . r: plsttc,><ulgber,cork,tnagtiC,asphalt,iriastipave,tile wood tile;interlocking and rrtagnatie tile, x f YSr chalk bulletin'board,nonslip or abrasive materials,rewient,decorative tumless surfacx .. . coatings;monolithic coverings(monolithic shall mean all resilient seamless material such as ` �t` ep ne,p➢aeries and their derivatives-components and systems)and all other. rz 1 r6Hiestt'coverings on•floors,wails,counters,table tops and ceilings. The work falling within the': �' Y occupy;ional,titic ofwork description includes: 11, t 'n; i r s .. .. fir.• " ,. ;. . . .. .. .. 11 `t ,jet ' f.,Y,., Y r n 'I II 1 1 f, I,The handling of materials at the point of installation; The perfornting of all necessary preparation and finish work, such as sweeping, scraptri , f sanding,or chipping din and irregularities from base surfaces and filling cracks w' h putty, " plaster,or cement grout to form smooth,clean foundations;drilling holes for sockets and pins, 3.The installing of underlayment,sanding and filling,fitting of metal edgings,metal comers,and, caps and fitting devices for attachment of these materials; 'V 4.The spreading of adhesive cement over floor to cement foundation material to the floor S.The laying of covering on cement;and r 6.The rolling of finished floor to smooth it out and press cement into base and covering, -, (h)Mill%Tight--Applies to workers who design,build, or repair mills or mull machinery;hoist, dismantle, erect,assembles, line and adjust all machines used in the transmission of power in buildings, factories or elsewhere: unload machines used in the transmission of power in buildings, factories or elsewhere,where power equipment and rigging are required. The work r. " falling within this occupational title of work description includes: the setting of all classes of a • engines,,direct drive motors,dynamos,turbines, generators and air compressors and pumps.,he t assembling,setting and packing of all compressors and pumps. The placing of all pulleys, sheaves and fly wheals on the listed equipment. The making and setting of all templates ant! bolts for all machine requiring same. b g p j° machinery q g rypackin for sole Isles. Installation of truck and i railroad scales. Installation of trash compactors. Installation of all types of conveyors. The €" cutting and threading of all bolts. The handling and operating of all acetylene and devises'fort/ { heating,welding and cutting when used in connection with millwright work; : (0)Operating Engineer—The workers who perform work falling within the occupational title of work description for operating engineer/portable and hoisting operate,monitor and control, repair,modify,assemble, erect,oil,service each or all electrically or electronically,hydraulicallyr �. or any power-operated equipment. This occupational title.encompasses several ? .. r' subclassifications,with the title and work description considered in light of whether the public works project pertains to building construction or heavy/highway construction. . I.Building construction. The subtitles falling within the occupational title of work description,for'.'. „ij operating engineer,as applicable to building construction,are as follows: ' A Group.l--'This subtitle applies to workers who;operace,monitor and control,repair,modify, assemble,erect, oil,service each or all electrically or electronically,hydraulically or any puwa;r t`t operated r uipment set forth as follows:.crane(for example,crawler.or truck);dragline .la €t r: shell gi&dalI;.D' ck(all types);skimmer scoop;power shovel or backhoe�over one(I)ciati�c " #` z `yard;pile driver(for example, IarYd or floating);�'hirley;,mechanic and.welder;hydraulic,self propelled cirane; stinger or cherry picker crane;switch boat;concrete portable plant/concrete'-,. i ' ; s mixer paver cable, h a Y . r S r { gV �iG1 v M w •1�7R7.161�I1rf21Nllfl�il1'M " " _ E " Y ,q B.Group II--This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control, repair,modify, assemble, erect, oil,service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any pow►�er- �.-- �) operated equipment set fi nh as follows: asphalt paver and spreader/concrete spreader; asphalt.. plant mixer operators; asphalt plant operator; backfillers back hoe(under one(i)cubic yard) .._ I` Barber-Green loader(similar type);blade-power,all types; boat"ower; boilers; boring machine(all types, including tunnel boring); brooms—power operated (all types); concrcte saw i; (self-propelled);chip spreader(front man);clef plane operators;combination concrete hoist and - # mixer such as mixormobile; crab--power operated; crusher rock; ditching machine; dozer/dredges; finishing machine; firemen on rigs; flex plane;floating machine; form grader; { greaser; hoist operator(all types); hopper—power operated; hydra hammer(all types); Lad-A- Vator—similar e; loaders—all � type; types, including skid-steer(far example,bobcat); locomotives . j ^ (all types);curb finishing machine;mucking machine;orange peels;pumps(all types);push cats; rollers(all types);scoops(all types except skimmer scoop);self-propelled rotary drill;air compressors(all p types);side boom; siphons,jets and jennies;welding machine;subgrader; testhole machine; throttle man tractors over fifty(50)HP; air tugger with air compressor;anchor ` lacin barge;Athoy force feeder loader(self-propelled); bull float;pipe cleaning/wrapping . machine;conveyor, heaters,fuel fired with forced air;quadtrack; tie tamper;vibrating machine; i well drilling machine; forklift (except masonry forklift); :: C. Group 111—This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control, repair,mod64 assemble, erect;oil, service each or all electrically or electronically, h draulicall ^or any - power- operated equipment set forth as follows: tractors(under fifty(50)HP); distributor(bituminous); scissor lift; small machine(operator);mud jack;winch truck operator; pug mill operator; elevator-push button;A-frame truck;mixers; oilers; D. Group 111-A This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control,repair, s modifti,assemble,erect, oil, service each or all electrically or electronically,hydraulically or any power-operated equipment set forth as a masonry forklift; ' E. Group IV This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control, repair,modify, assemble,erect,oil,service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any power- operated•equipment set forth as a self-propelled floor sweeper;and F.Group 'This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control,repair,modify; ` assemble,erect, oil,service epich orall electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any powerr- tom„ operated equipment set forth as follows:elevator—auto;air pressure oiler;air pressure engineer., j 2. Heavy/highway construction.The subtitles falling within the occupational title of work s description for operating engineer,as applicable to heavy/highway construction,are as follows s. A Gretsp'I--This subtitle applies wworkers who operate,monitor and control,repair;modify, a {� �tssennble erect,ail,service each or all electrically or electronical4ly, hydraulically or.any power-, 3 operate equipment set fonh as follows:asphalt finishing machine and trench;widening g F spreader;asphalt'plant.console operator;autograder;,automatic'slipfgrm paver;backhae; bads; •:: r...w .e i ; �� operator(atl'types); at operator(all.types);boilers--two(2) central mix concrete plant ;} { " • ' t { ' ', { operator; clamshell operator;concrete mixer paver,crane operator; Derrick or Der-rick trucks, 23 ` L t t IA19P0• �I�tr — _ _ _ __ i _ ��_.�____-- ' ,. ... ... :.n,. .1 ! ...,...i.t."{..r,'k7 r .: .' :. .. .. .--� _ .. _ _ —._ _ _. _-_ — _ ._—...�_._--�_ ..____ .. _ --ten.-+.•.��r.� v.y I •r} f r v.� neman; ditching machine; dozer operator; dragline operator; dredge booster pump; dredge engi dredge operator; drill cat with compressor mounted on cat; drilling•or boring machine.rotary self- propelled;Vi=a. propelled; highloadcr including skid steer(for example, bobcat); hoisting engine wo(2)active 's drums; launehhammcr wheel; locomotive operator—standard gauge;mechanics and welders; mucking machine; ilcdriver operator; Pitman crane operator;push cat operator, yuadtraskt p P P P p scoop operator--all types; shovel operator; sideboom cats; skimmer scoop operator; trenching machine operator; truck crane; t B. Group I1—This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control,repair,modify, assemble, erect,oil,service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any power- operated equipment set forth as follows:A-frame truck; asphalt hot mix silo; asphalt plant fireman, drum or boiler;asphalt plant mixer operator;asphalt plant man;asphalt roller operator; ' y? backfiller operator; Barber-Greene loader;chip spreader; concrete mixer operator, skid loader; concrete plant operator;concrete pump operator;crusher operator; dredge oiler; elevating grader f l operator; forklift, greaser fleet; hoisting engine--one (1); locomotive operator--narrow gauge; multiple compactor; pavement breaker;powcrbroom—self-propelled;power shield;rooter; side - discharge concrete spreader; slip form finishing machine;stumpcutter machine;throttle mart; tractor operator—over fifty(50) HP;winch truck; C. Group III This subtitle applies to workers who operate. monitor and control, repair,modify. assemble, erect, oil, service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any power operated equipment set fonh as follows: boilers--one (1); chip spreader(front man); churn drill i v operator; clef plane operator; concrete saw operator self-propelled;curb finishing machine; ' distributor operat.or; finishing machine operator; flex plane operator; float operator; form grader operator;pugmill operator; roller operator,other than high-type asphalt; screening and washing ---� plant operator; siphons and jets: subgrading machine operator;spreader box operator,self- propelled (not asphalt); tank car heater operator—combination boiler and booster;tractor f operator fifty(50)HAP or less: Ulmac, Ulric or similar spreader;vibrating machine operator,not ! hand; . i D. Group IV This subtitle applies to workers who operate, monitor and control, repair,modify, r. a assemble, erect, oil, service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any power- opera ted equipment set forth as an oiler;and I- f i i E. Oiler-driver—This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor and control, repair, modify,assemble, erect, oil, service each or all electrically or electronically, hydraulically or any I . 771 power-operated equipment set"fonh as follows: fireman---rig; maintenance operator; M Painten--The work falling within the occupational title of work description for painter ; includes: 1.Preparation of surfaces. The washing,cleaning, pointing and taping of drywall,regardless of f material used,and smoothing of surfaces, using sandpaper,brushes or steel wool. The removal of old paint or other coatings from surfaces, using paint remover,scraper,quire brushing,. +{` sandblasting,water blasting, liquid steam or by any other similar process. The filling ofn$il holes,cracks and joints with putty,plaster or other fillers; } s . 24 oil z � 3 }nix..K�§+��f1�Ti'FZ�'+)'+'✓5V�t17 Y i rr�� }i}'1 Y_„ a.,1 r t .. .• ( ' z ....yr.�-� `�...�..�.�..�. � ,........... .. ...- ...-..__.._. .._.....,--•-•---.. .._........ �...._...._.—.�11 r( �¢ s ? l z1(<x r��dtr'�,�y.�i.�t.��Nr+'��r.,.,1� .�t..,•s;. t ` 7t ataa 1 %,•-';4t'fit. ' }, 2. Color matching and mixing. The,application of paint, varnish,stain, enamel, lacquer,veiny{, ,i wall paper'and other materials of whatever kind of quality applied to walls or ceilings with paste ` or adhesive,using brushes,spray gun,(spray painter)or paint rollers. The application of polsmrethgne elastomtrs,vinyl plastics,neoprene, resin,polyester and epoxy as waterproofing or protective coatings to any kind of surface (except roofs)when applied with brushes, spray guns ' or rollers; 3. Texturing and decorating. The erecting of scaffolding or setting up of ladders to perform the ` work above ground level. The paperhanging of walls and ceilings with decorative wall coverings made of fabric,vinyl or „ y paper. The preparing of the surface to be covered by applying sizattg, " -- which seals the surface and makes the covering stick better. The removal of the old covering by soaking, steaming or applying solvents. The patching of holes and other imperfections bef®+re applying the new wail covering. The measuring of the area to be covered;the cutting of the covering'into strips of the proper size, the checking of the covering for flaws and the examination' Of they pattern so it can be matched when the strips are hung. The preparation of paste or ether " adhesives according to manufacturers'directions,and the brushing or rolling it on the covering: The placing of the strips on the wail or ceiling, to match adjacent ` g patterns. The smoothing of the I strips to remove bubbles and wrinkles; the trimming of the top and bottom with a razor blade; and the painting or taping of highway striping, or both;and t 4. Cleanup.The cleanup of Coals and equipment required in connection with work falling with this occupational title; J (Q) plasterer—Applies to workers who apply gypsum, Portland cement, sttacco;.imitation stone r and kindred materials and products to interior walls, ceilings and partitions and to exterior walls t ` of buildings,and finish those materials and products. The work falling within the occupational r ))• ` _ title of work description includes: ` I 1. The spreading of plaster over laths,masonry or any other base, using trowel;and smoothing the plaster with darby and float for uniform thickness; ` 2:The application of the various manufacturers'brand names of thin coat or plaster veneer. 3.The application of all bonding agents and mastical; A.The roughing scraper p provide undercoat with wire or metal scra to bond for Succeeding coat of plaster 5 S.The application of all malleable plastic materials and epoxy materials; 6.The setting,in lace of plasterboard, insulation board,s tyrofoa m dand bead-boar , i grounds CSC 5 t ., locks,patent dots,cork plates,brownstone and acoustical tilt;fiberglass reinforcement and fMIShed pructs; 7 The plastering ofj oints;nail holes and btuises on wallboard; 25, i ..r. ,.a,.,,,.. ..r.- ......... ' .t r t a is t 9,,The grouting and filling of door.bucks,runners and similar installations,in conjunction with 4 plastering operations; 9.The application of scntchcoat, browncoat and finish coat of plaster to wood,metal or board. , laths successively to all ceilings and walls when finished with terrazzo or tile,and the appiiOAtion of any plastic material to same; IK 16.The fimeprooYing of all building assemblies with plaster materials,sprayed fiberglass or similar materials,whether applied to,gypsum,metal lath or directly; , ; t ~� 11.The application of crushed stone,marble or ceramic chips and broken glass where embedded in power,or similar materials; } 12.The placing of acoustic blocks with any plastic material,regardless of thickness; s 13.The placing.by any method, of plaster or composition caps and ornaments; s '-� 14:The creating of decorative textures in finish coat by marking surface of coat with brush and trowel or by spattering it with small stones(stucco)where plastering equipment or materials,or both,are used;and >' r ..� 13.The operation and control of all types of plastering machines,including power trowels and floats, (1R)Plumber—Applies to workers who install and repair domestic potable water lines, gravity. f. , f waste disposal systems inside the curb or fence lines,plumbing fixtures such as:Bathtubs,sinks and toilets--end appliances such as,dishwashers and water heaters. The work falling within the' }' (; r occupational title of work description for plumber includes: ? ---� 1..Assembling and installing,piping systems, fixtures and equipment for the transportation of t domestic water and sewage. Piping systems installed in structures(for example,buildings, , f industrial plants)to the first Y,T or connection located outside the building; 2.Cutting threading and bendin pipe. loinin BPi M s by use of screws,bolts,fit tin s,solder,g f' t welding,brazing and caulking or any other method of making joints in the plumbing industry, i 3.Assembling,'installing and repairing valves,pipe fittings and pumps. Testing the pipin 14 t system. Ins ailing and repairing plumbing f xtures,such as sinks,bathtubs,water heaters surd j watier:softeners;and ' n <" 4..Cuttitag holes in'floors and wails for•pipes.withpoint and ttamrrsee9 care drill,or both; ' y (5)Pile Driver:The work falling v►ithin the occupational title of work description_for pile driver includes: ,.� yt i !S ,.•""•Ay a 1 .,S 4 r1 t s,`,'±.•vSta.'WA i..'. ly+>i. Oyu',. C ..1 's r -t i. ,to ;�'t': l,y i Y•-''t r;i.!,•i` 11 r .7777 4 �rriorml�r�x��� wllf�lsfaswl.�y,r.r�.rxn1Y11Y f ! D.The handling, layout, driving, nutting and splicing of wood,metal or concrete piling regardless of purpose(far example, sheets, D-beams, pile caps and welding to piling); # 2.The assembly;disassembly and rigging of the pile driving equipment;and 3.The conduct of underwater diving that is incidental to piledriving wads; Pipe Fitter---Applies to workers who fabricate, install and repair piping systems tinclude., water and waste processing systems;heating and air-conditioning M and pneumatic delive g systems,pneumatic contr6is ry systemts;po��e;house and all pressurized piping ` ` p p l9. 8 aystcm�; gas, Oxygen systems;gasoline systems not for public sale. The work falling within this occupational title of work description includes: 1. Piping systems installed in structures(for example, buildings, industrial plants and the like); 2. Cutting, threading and bending' g pipe.Joining y welding and caulking, or any other method of rnalrittgjointsein the e� +f offs,fittings,solder, pip ttting industry; 3.Assembling.installing,and repairing valves, fittings and urn s• q• { system. Cutting holes indoors and walls for pipes with paint and haisamrrr,core-drill,drilltrnoth- , t . .Installing of distribution lines,(for example. water mains,sewer mains,oil and gas lutes f )+ S. !Welding of steel pipe joints and joining pipes with screws, bolts fittings, an rings, solder,caulking or � rf y other method for making joints in the industry; and : .,)Dining ductile iron and plastic pipes by using any.method for makiatg joints in the induct When the pipe will be under pressure; Yy (U) Roofer/Waterpraofer--Applies to workers who apply and install any and all es of roofing materials,Other than sheet metal. The work falling within this occupational types ofr' , description includes: ork �' 1.The installation of slate and file and all substitute materials Lakin the f place f tile wae r used for ioofng including fat or promenade slate, with necessary metal flashing to mak e tight; ' 2•:The cementing in,on or around slate and tile roofs. The laying of felt or a per ben ~J slate and file. The, dressing,punching and cutting of roof' or rile either b hand h:the } � Mety; y ar ; 3 The installation of all forms of plastic,slate, slap, g gravel,asphalt rock.asphait mastic when used for damp and waterproofing;prepared p percotm reseed � and chemicallyp�z ed p F per R�r► .d.burlap with coating. The installation ofa91`dam fn Te tng preparations regardless of the method'of application in or.outside of buildin . Tp1C` �''1 , h j r t 27 4. i t iO ! I ' .W 17; installation of damp courses,sheeting or coating on foundation work and tmrred roofs. The { laying of the We or brick,when laid in asphalt or pitch tar; The installation and application of new materials used in roofing, water-proofing, encapsulation and containment process including all forms of elastomeric or plastic (eiastoplastic),or both,roofing systems,both sheet and liquid applied,whether single-ply or'. multi-ply. The installation of aggregates or stone,used as a ballast for inverted roofing membrane assembly,or roof of similar'construction where insulation is laid over the roofing membrane. The sealing and caulking of seams and joints on these elastopiastic systems to ijs�ire z water-tightness. The applying of liquid-type elastoplastic preparation for roofing}damp or waterproofing when applied with a squeegee, trowel, roller or spray equipment whether applied inside or outside of a building. The priming of surfaces to be roofed,damp or waterproofed, whether done by roller,mop,swab,three(3)-knot brush or spray systems. The waterproofing of ; all types of preformed panels; S.The application of all types of spray-in-place such as urethane or polyurethane,and the coatings that are applied over them; 6.The application of-roof insulation,when the insulation material is applied as an integral an of the roofing g sy5tcm,whether the insulation material is applied as the first, last or any other layer in between; 7.The.operation and servicing of all kettles,bulk tankers, stationary heating tankers rind other ; types of equipment and tools used to accomplish this work (including heating systems for the operation of the equipment);and compressors for applying roofing material components, roof ' and mop cans, hydraulics, tools and equipment. be it hand or power, needed to apply waterproofing, insulated said roofing materials; � y: S.The handling, hoisting and storing of all roofing, damp and waterproofing materials;and 9.The tear-off, removal, or both,of any type of roofing,all spudding,sweeping,vacuuming, cleanup,or a combination of these,of any.areas of any type where a roof is to be relayed; (V) Sheet Metal Worker—The work falling within the occupational title of sheet metal.w iikker " includes: 1.The handling,conditioning,assembling, installing, servicing, repairing,altering and # dismantling of the duct work for the heating,ventilation and air-conditioning systems regardless _J of the materials used and the setting of all equipment and all supports and reinforcements connection with the system; 2"The,installation of expansion and discharge valves,aif filters,and water filters in heating; t ; F ventilation and air-conditioning systems; r ; c. + f' 3 "The testis and balancing of air-handiin a ui meat and duct work; . ' 6 B B q .p . t i . . ,. .. -•^,t^ ''"""_'.' 2t •K,IIS.�,{14}tl x1 'e°f°3..s,�lt•rr�l r; i.. M ; l'. 4; The farming, roilipg, dravring,statnping or pressing of sheet metal shingles,sheet'rrsi,ial tila: Sheet rrieial brick, sheet metal stone and sheet metal lumber,when for us siding,w•aterproafing,w+cather proofing. fire proofing or for ornamenta or any other purpose; p� oS� : +~ 'S.The performing Of Sheet metal work specified for use in connection with or incidental to , a Steeples, domes,minarets,l00k outs, dormers, louvers, ridges.copings, valleys,gutters,outlets,roof ranges, ilasltin s g p gs, roofing, dacking,'hips;. flashing s, gravel stops, leader heads,down spouts, mansards,balustrades, skylights,cornice moulding,columns,capitals,panels,pilaster mullions, spandrils and any and all other shapes;farms and design of sheet metal work specified.for arse for waterproofing,weatherproofing, fire proofing, ornamental, decorative or display purposes,or-as trim on exterior'of the buildings; 6. The installing of sheet metal ceilings with cornices and mouldings of plain,amarnettlal enameled, glazed or acoustic type; 7.The installing of side walls,wainscoting of plain, ornamental,enaled.or glazed es; including she metal tile; me e;tYIP ,., fi. The application of all necessary wood or metal furring,plastic or other materials,to which,they, } ' a,re.,directly applied;, a} j 9. The performing Ofsheetmetai work specified for use in connection with indirect or other or in to direct. - .t!°pes of heating.v entilating, air-conditioning and cooling systems(including risers, stacks, ducts, S strips, fittings, dampers,casings, recess boxes,outlets,radiator iclsssiirest 1 exhausts,ventilators, frames,grisses, louvers, registers,cabinets, fans and motors); g 10. The air washers, filters, air brushes, housing.;air-conditioning chambers; 11.The setting and hanging of air-conditioning units,unit;seaters or air-veyop systcrrts and.sir t handling systems regardless of nsateriai used; ' j i 12. The assembling and setting up of all cast iron parts,wartit air furnace,all stoker s tan burner equipment used in connection with warm air beating. sheet m d.otD„ g metal hoods,casings,,w'all stacks,smoke pipes;:trunk lines,cold air intake.air chambers,vent pipes frames, re liters. dampers and regulation devices; g 13.The installing of equipment utilized in the operation,of kitchens including ranges,pan i steam tables,work,tables,dishwashers, coffee urns, soda fountains,waming closets,�s�of qt drainbaards 'rba r . ga , ti chutes, incinerators and refrigerators; a F, a 14.The instalhng of tubing,pipes and fittings, used in connection with or incidenttil to r ? §} `, ` cappersmtthing work;The installation of fume hoods,metal toilet partitions,metal Iockc 5. meia!shelving;and ,pJmn ?, 1ti 15.The handling; moving,hoisting and.storing of all sheet metal materials on,the ob power equipment and rigging are required; acne. ,.. 1 i - r`.. ` t.,�►+3}i1c++»d±R4eilr.'b.*}um^,`u'.K+rr. .. ' 5 + , ,. 1�7B17�ifd�l 111f�f!$Rr�ll�b.�A�'1�AM71a ra®�lura�>oa�rl4�ag9r�sar�. � m � - ,r.,. --- _. J 1 4 - -- MI Sprinkler Fitter—Fire Protection—Applies to workers who perform the installation; adjustments and corrections,repair and dismantling of all fire protection and fire control syatetns and the installation of all fire piping for tubing,appurtenances and equipment.;The work falling Within the occupational title includes,The handling and installation of all piping and , appurtenances pertaining to sprinkler equipment,including both overhead and underground 'water trains, fire hydrants and hydrant mains,standpipes and hose connections to the sprinkler .- systems, sprinkler tank heaters,air lines and thermal systems used in connection with sprinkler and alarm systems, tank and pump connections,and fire protection systems using mulsifyre, } spray,water, fog,carbon dioxide(CO;), gas and foam and dry chemical systems; �? (X) Terrazzo Worker-Marble Nfason—Thc workers performing work falling within the occupational title of work description for terrazzo worker-marble mason includes: 1.The installating of marble,mosaic,venetian enamel and terrazzo;the cutting and me' Ming of mosaics and an ceramics; the casting of all terrazzo on the job site;all rolling of ger .a Fork; 2.The preparing,cutting,layering or setting of metal, composition or wooden strips and grounds on all bedding above concrete floors or walls;and the laying and cutting of metal,'strips,lath or' { other reinforcement, where used in terrazzo work; r } 1 l :3.The installing of cement terrazzo,magneshe terrazzo,dex-o-tex terrazzo, epoxy matrix . �4 3 terrazzo, exposed aggregate. Rustic or rough wash of exterior or interior of buildings. The 'x mixturing or applying of any other kind of mixtures of plastics composed of chips or granules of marble, granite, blue stone, enamel,mother of pearl, quartz,ceramic colored quartz and alY other: { kinds of chips or gram ules.when mixed with cement, rubber,neoprene, vinyl,magnesium chl on or any other resinous or chemical substances used for seamless flooring systems. a he applying s, of binding materials when used on walls, floors,ceilings,stairs,saddles or any other part of the interior or exterior of the building, or other work not.considered a part of the building such i'ss _- fountains, sw in nting pools; I 4.The finishing of cement floors where additional� g aggregate of stone is added by spreading.or,' l sprinkling on top of the finished base and troweled or rolled into the finish and then the sudke �{ I ground by grinding machines(When no additional stone aggregate is added to the finished mixture,even though the surface nay be ground, the work falls within the occupational title of ., work description for cement masons.);and { S.The carving,cutting and setting of all marble,slate, including slate backboards, stone, , t albereen,cara, Sanionyx,vitrolite and similar'opaque glass,scaglioa,t�rtarbleithic rla and all. 4 , artif cial,imitation or case marble of whatever thickness or dimension. This shall apply,to all interior work,such as sanitary, docotive and other purposes inside of buildings of edery { J description wherever required, including all polish, honed'or:nand finish; t' (Y)Tile Setter A lies to workers who 1 tile to floors,walls,ceilings,Pp apply stair tr6d�s, j promenade roof decks;garden walks; swimming pools and all places where tiles rnay:he used to i3 form a finished surfttce for practical use,sanitary finish or decorative purpose. (Tile includes rill S J �Z . 30 J burned clay products,as used in the tile industry;either glazed or unglazed,all composition that vials;all Substitute materials in single units up to and including,fifteen inches by-twomy intfin by two inches(15"x 20"x 2'')(except quany tiles larger than nine inches by eleven inches . 0, x I V)and all mixtures in the form of cement,plastics and metals that are used as a finished f surface:) The work falling within this occupational title of work description includes: l:The.cutting and shaping of the with saws,tilt cutters and biters;and 2.The positioning of tile and tapping it with a trowel handle to affix tilt to plaster or adhesive r base;and (Z)Truck Driver-Teatnster/Traffic Control Service Driver-The workers who perform work, falling within the occupational title of work description for truck driver-teamster includes the operation, repair and servicing of mechanical equipment. This occupational title encompasses several sub-classifications,with the title and work description considered in light of whether the public works project pertains to building construction or heavy/highway construction: 1. Building Construction. The subtitles falling within the occupational title of work desc6pt�iorr for truck driver-teamster,as applicable to building construction,are as follows: A. Group 1 •This subtitle applies to workers who operate, monitor,control, repair,modify, assumable,erect,oil and service.the following equipment: Fiat Bed Trucks Single Axlc, Ststxon 1 'agons,Fick-up Trucks,,Material Trucks Single Axle,Tank Wagon Single Axle; M1 B.Group 11-nis subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor,control, repair,wodify, assemble, erect, oil and service the following equipment: Agitator and Transit Mix-Tricks; C.Group III-This subtitle applies to workers who:operate,monitor,control,repair-modify, assemble, erect,oil and service the.following equipment: Flat Bed Trucks Tandem Axle, Articulated Dump Trucks,Material Trucks Tandem Axlc,Tank Wagon Tandem Axle;and ,$ D. Group N-This subtle applies to workers who operate,monitor,control, repair,modify, assemble,erect,oil and service the fallowing equipment: Semi and/or Pole Trailers,'W�inch, Fork �. and Stetsl Trucks,Distributor Drivers and Operators,,Tank Wagon Scmi•Traifer,lnslcy:Wgon ; Dumpsters,Halt-Tracks, Speedace,.Euciids and other similar equipment,A-Frame and Demck Trucks Float or Low Boy and Boon Truck: , : t . 2:-Heavy/FIighway Construction. The subtitles falling within the occupational title work . descnptioi�for truck driver•teamster, is applicable to hcavy/highway_construction,are as follows: is A Group,I This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor,control,repair;modify; ' 4 essenable,erect,oii and service the following equipment: Flat Bed Trucks Single Axle;Station Wagons,Pickup Traacks; tvlateria!Trucks Single Axfe,Tank Vt agott Single Axle; B Group Il This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor,control, repatr;modify,, assembie,`erect,,orl and service the fd1lovi►ing equipment:�►gitator and Transit lvliz-Trucks; 31 t k r r1111 .. ' ..R 1 (` ., ; . .i.Y, . -r.....r...­_ . .........111.1... ... ...-..,_. - .... -.,s.-"...-..... .- 11 11».,-». r...-....w...�. �.......«_11_11 1111.........._._ .. .. J - .y�, ♦ . ' ':ktliwl. .. ' t-. t}.: .. D ue 3r � ( ,, . TA V I . C,Cet�iup 1II -$his su�,iitlG applies io wbrkcrs vitliA operata,monitor, control, repair, m6 dify4 2 r ; assemble, erect, oil and service the following equipment:Plat Bed Tracks Tandem Axle,:' i �- " Articulated Dump Trucks,Material Trucks Tandem Axle,Tank Wagon Tandem Axle;and . j',, ,_ r i s ;t D. Csroup N -This subtitle applies to workers who operate,monitor,control,repair.modify, !' #.: —1' assemble,erect, oil and service the following equipment: Semi and/or Pole Trailers,Winch,)Fork l r _�' I and Steel Trucks,Distributor Drivers and Operators,Tank Wagon Semi-Trailer,Insley wagon, . "J Dumpsters, Malt-Tracks, Speedace, iduciids and other similar equipment, A-Frame and Derrick ` ; Trucks, Float or Low Boy and Boom Truck. �, :�'1 Ih' ', { ! `''j . . ,. . ,;1 I i _ ; 7 f t 11 . y `. ;;. }11, t= ;r t x �! ` .. .� " , 1 .. �'- 'S ? � j '� r -. �,,,­ ,. ,j,,.,1. I, ":, , : : , �_ r , , pl..:, , � �� �, . : ­ , � , �:, , ,�,,�,,, . - �:­ ,:. �. . "' ' 4,i / -'i- t t 11 I I I fi;. y .. .., - I. 1 S .. .. ,. .. 1111 I �.. E ,`11 rr��ll11 . t � .. !! I. 4 't I i "t . Z ' c ,- , st `.,1 I 11 ,} . , s ✓°�- A 17r .' i t}I ;y.. } ,ri „ I .1. �. t ,k �1, l 1,i.1.afz } It .1 } i C: i rL. tit t i .. ..r }} t .{it � � c 9r + {; {: 1�,"Ill /� ',; t r ;t dE� ✓v i s r t f IrlC L4r, ac ..- jr 1t'z } .. t rx. S vt tt IIt IF 5 t } , t tI I r,11.ryt t 'Ii r 11 11 i .it a 4 7 1}} e �3t f {' I Ott tY )�� i 11 x° ,1 . rr^ t ,.. t t ,:t t o er, i'11 F, 32 i.4 . +..� ,. s. 1. - r t. y : a ",r c 11 11 Jt X t. +,.11 I (yr, t 7 r t.t;.: ,.'' f^ F* �; f r" .'a' iM?:F"� ry .'k*E , �?, .rl� r ..:E'b'� .n '{S a ,� Z ^'d, a's t Gr;r '.}��. t +'xiw ..,;} „- --�.....,•._.... s, '".5 '`sti`.X,� 1411 '__d tf .},tC.'�".jlle:>r'2 t�'i 1 4xy,{t 11 .Y�k S,S�' r t !It i '{ a t 4 }`S, 4 et i.J s T .. � i s .r`S+ s si .J+S{v}4�^ n s t � 1 o� t Y.' <' ts1° t�d ' � ��?, 1t ..'b , e � .>� t �!r of 1 f :)} �,� , s r t zj t. pt 3{ .,1.r (., f3 „ r t ftv"kY 35rr �4�r ) i c ' .t: y..r"t..b t klyt bit .�7 yeP .sf.: y i I I ',,Y ; r t�; t. r I- r A( (IaM71 �7f 11i�IL'41fl 1�lE!/at �MAfY�tibin[Iwiew,uamiww�.w: _ .:} 't dt CS...=�.. -late of M)ssourt y Department of Labor and Industrial Re nUon Katie M Dvdsiao of Naar Standards P-0.box 449 y Md tit�lMi}lIIT/ JefTem*n Gty.Mlawurt 63102.0440 r 00Y„ $TS/YSi,S10S 300/475-2130 ra�number 373/7913721 r r MAY MIS,WLnU 11tY1610N tldRkCtlaR 1-000.735-29"CMD) Id100.7:45-24M SY01CL) t W June 25;1597 To Whont it May Concem Please be advised that,the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission has issued trdtvi�s rrs ng all objections filed to Annual Wage Order No. 4. Therefore, AnnuaD �' s is now in effect. age Order N6. 4 As previously notified by the Labor and Industrial Relations Commission and/or the Division f j. Labor Standards all replacement pages previously provided should be included in all ctartract � I r r i.r i Specifications for all public works projects from this day forward. ` �t As a result of the Order of Commission you received regarding objection to Ar mual wage,�� 3 a ` + hTa.4, Statev�►ide, the Ocrcupational Title for Communication(Electronic/Teleconlmunication ) t Technician i&acnended as outlined on the attached page. These amendments should be referred { to rather than the work description in 8 CSR 30-3.060 8 Finally, also enclosed please f%d a survey packet. Feel free to duplicate this information. Please t provide it to contractors in your area for thmn to submit wa a information. r better reflecting rates paid in your locality when we determine prevailing wage pwill rates'for Aassist Wage Order No. S. If you would like for the Division to give a presentation on the ;�.�taal V4'age Law please contact us to arrange a suitable time. Prevailing t Aj. t y , Should you have any comments or questions regarding this matter,please feel free tu'cgretpa t us b tSpn 1 try yY Ole olleen A:Baker �Dnroctor Division o Labor Standards r n , ti AW4ruwd.hr F F. x { t � Ityi 'h' J '"?'t 'T"":^"""'S* w.5atw• r• ,.,..........,,.,.. ( Y r � '�1�7 e y�•;3 ��`4X ? .. 1, 1 a. v .e 'ti ea�®:��lewa�asio�:�. I!' •.._..._,e�.t-------'�----�'�tip' t�t 1 ( (F) . Communication (Electronic/Telecommunication) Technician--Applies to workers who install inspect, repair and service electronic, and telecommunications, or information technology systems. The weak felling � 4hin the occupational title of Communication (Electronic/Telecommunication)Technician includes: Installing, repairing and servicing of t le ephone systems, stations, trunks, call accountin and dirt*r tinq 3 voice mall, auto attendant, IVR. CTI and ISDN eQUipment/sv.stems; data systems visual d1sglay units video conferencina. premise a iq ng. c4zm up tars, printers, moderns, fiber o tic systems, cathgdic ,y stems, QC di,tritution. batteries, chgrginggauipment: radio, television and recording systems and drevic*s; system' for paging, intercommunication, public address, wired music, clocks, security and surveillance systems and mobile radio systems; fire alarm and burglar alarm systems; wiring in metallic/nonmetallic conduits ar tdeAt {� ie eO (2) Wiring of low-voltage surface wiring and g id r tallic�-. f -n -la ma-es -iflsh-(11") when required in conjunction with the work listed in this rule: installation of metallic/nonmetallic raceway and cable_ tray desi .r�. cLjbr I telex ommunicg§ons gctivities; .i Installing, s licin , repairing, servicing, or a combination of these, of the Main Distribution Fame (MDF) � y a where the permanent outside lines entering a building terminate and where the subscriber's line multiple cabling and trunk multiple cabling originate. It is usually located on the ground floor of a building; (4) Installing, repairing, servicing, or a combination of these, of the Intermediate Distribution Frames (IDF), -` which provides flexibility in allocating the subscriber's number to the line unit or equipment in the office that is to be associated with the particular line. These frames afe may be located on each floor of a building; (b) Installing, repairing, servicing, or a combination of these, of the subpanels (blocks, distribLitidn frames. h panels). The subpanels are connecting devices where large feed cables terminate at the distribution , 22 nt' (6) installing, :se-unit servicing or repairing EPBX's or keysys,.t_emq, or a combination of these. This equipment consists of a backboard assembly and an equipment mounting t frame, which are utilized for connecting external telephones; (7) Installing, repairing, Servicing of the instruments, terminals and sets, or a combination of these. This equipment is at either end of a circuit, or at a subscriber's or user's terminal; F. 1 ,a i s (8) . Installing, repairing, servicing, or a combination of these, of the ancillary add-on equipment such.as J voice-mail, IVR. CT- 1, auto attendant systems, bells, buzzers, speakerphones, headsets, automatic dialers, f records; and .4 �a (J) Installing, repairing, servicing of the t$ -- IFi technology media lcabl®Z, or a combination of these. leple-cable 'Technbloav, media includes: network channel service cable; riser cables between „ floors off`,a'building; fiber oatic cable: coax cable: distribution cables ' -ia�ria=#ks►installed, on Y #leer -ll i`seil4w� and inside wires between the tale information device and',the connection to the ' distribution a" point. , 'THIS, WORK IS LIMITED TO LAW VOLTAGE AND DOES NOT INCLUDE THE INTERFACE WiTH HIGH,, ~'LAGE. 1 0100rder.doc 6147' �f 1�-ia1\I�B�FYi��l(iilR��wtr,n>wtsr�m ^arr..�..��,�fr�: ChaPter 3—Prevailing Wage Law Rules ---'--•------ R Goa�Q-3 contractor/subcontractor may post the ing hourly rates of wages at peril- ahe titles and shaleconsider of rthe definitions,llawn ; the live Po the class art ; contactor/subcontractor's local office he g formed. type of work to ice pet. batch plant. so long as the contractor/subcon• (A) Collective bargaining Agreements,, - tractor provides a copy of the ( ) Dictionary vj Occupational Tales, as (6)The occ hourly wage rates .to any worker t oiling publishM by the United StAtes Department of lions for cacti type of titles and work f request. Prevailing hourly wage aces must be Labor; and type or class of tvprk+t ontaimyj herein are valid thsxughout the entire stare of Posted and maintained in a clear) legible (C) Opinions of experts from organized Missouri. Through an abjection to a u2 se g labor and the opinions of contractors and order, sd'e condition for the duration of the public works contractor associations as they � interested y y project as provided by law, (>r►'t ma assert that srry ey relate to the given descriptior, of wc,�Jc. as stated avithir2 custom and usage applicable to the construe- this rule. does not apply to a specific aY tips.. lion industry in Missouri. tional title(s) and that a different specific avarljc AU77s'r7R17Y section 290.240. RSAaro (�) An description sho.,ld apply to that occupaiiorut! (1986).a Original rule filed Aug. 24! 1990, y person wishing to add, delete or tide(s). Th E iritar trtd c J'rct/vrr,lpri129, 1991. modify to occupatonal title of work descrip burden of Proving by d Iarty Shall We tkte lion shall submit to the director of the Divi- evidence the irpplir,tbiRty�y � r lriian �OraY/na/wuhoriryt93�ame+r:iCtAGfl. Sian of Labor Standards a wrinen request of work within that particular containing the proposed changes. Proposals title, but shall be dfr(%rided the opportunity tuniiortrrl S CSR 30-3,060 Occu shall contain the following infomtation: PPotturtity tm -� )ratiornab IIitpcs of (A)Occupational title; so in a hearing ore an objectiym tO lire wad ` 'ark Descriptions (B) A description of the physical duties to order before Lion),Abor and IWusuia!PURPOSE.- be Performed by workers under the title. The Dart tnrent of Labor and' (C) A copy of any current collective bar- (?) Occupational"titles of work deT ' Industrial&^larions is required to determine gaining agreements that are relevant to the may be obtained from the the prev riling hourly rate of huges to be paid Proposal, if any: rrptions •o each worker engaged in construction an a (D) Evidence of hours worked and sages of Labor Standards P department by written request tO the director of the Divisim public works project, relati►tt• to the type of Paid while performing cork under the title, City, MO 65102• ' 'O' lox 449, JeTTerstrit work performed by each worker. ?Iris rule including fringe benefits paid, if any; describes by Occupational title the qpe of (E) Identification of the coon work Performed in the construction of a puff- the work was performed; ry(ies) where (g) The occupational titles r,,f work dzscrip,• //c works project in Missouri and seu forth (F)Evidence that the proposed occupation- tr (A)��besto '�krrker/Ii at and•" the procedures to ti followed in identifying at title of work description is for a type or lator—Applies to workers Frost L11sa- each occupational title utilized on a public class of wo;k that is commonly utilized by she lion materials to mechanical apply insula. works project. construction industry on building or heavy reduce loss or absc ntems to and highway construction projects in Mis• moisture condensation nd oft p Editor's Note: T7te secretary of stare has souri; and o deaden sowW determined that the publication of this mile in (0) Other information concerning the pro- all insulation materials fron, me and prevent vibration. The unrkers republication entirety would be unduly currrbersame or Posed addition, deletion or modification as tems unless the mec,tanica! ate expensive. The errs/rt text of the marr►/a/r.+f- the director of the Division of labor Stan- scrapped. mechanical being erenced has been filer,/ with the secretary of dards may deem advisable under the circum- pational title of work description irrc its bcttrg 1 pPe The work failing within this�str- , stare. Th/s material may br found at the stances. includes: Oboe of the Secretary of State or at the head. I- The preparation, including the build- +.j quarters of the agency and is a�nilablr ra airy (4) interested ing of enclosurr.S and hanging interested person at a cost established any wage Interested parties be used in establishing submit asbestos, cars ri Ie jobrcite,of Law. physical distribution an the. jail site ear the prevailing hourly rzte of wages for a par- materials,or other Stic' iafs used as a 'M' r Is I(I) Each occupational title defines ticular class or „• type of work are required to tute, and used as thermal insulation. ITte "j the t Performed name identify the work according wa to the applicable manufacture, fabrication, assernbli J type of work in the construe- .occupational title of work description set ing, handling, erection lion of a public works project. The deurip- forth in this rule. Hours of work reported to rrrakin hanging, • lion of work designated for a particular occu- the department shall not be used to establish alteration, rc ire sation,rg, p�stit 8 applicatio:i, adjustit � pational title is not intended to be jurisdic- the prevailing hourly ate of wages if the r- tionin tional in scope or stature,and is not to he con- ty submitting the hours of work fails to iden- or fro �� dtsrdtaittir►g, rresndr- strued as limiting or prohibiting workers from tify the work under one of the Occupational W g. insulstort control and testing of but engaging in construction work falling within titles recognized by this rule. st tnsulation, such as asbestos. coMx, mineral will, infusoria! earth, mercerinrd,. reveal occupational titles. silk, flax, fiber, fire felt, asbestos (5) An asbestos curtain, asbestos millboard, fibrous s do Each occupational title of work descrire lion of work should be resolved before the Any question as to the proper classifica• glass, foam glass, styrofosm, lion shall be based upon the P4lyurctluttc, particular nature work in question is commenced. Interested roving and resins,mlsanplastics.rr brous0matter. of the work performed, with consideration parries are encouraged to contact the Pre ' ;,. given to tlrosr [rades, occupations or work in veil- folding u generally considered within the construction Standards for an interpretation of these rules g p to fourteen feet {14'), wvtkinl, r g Nhge Section of the Division of Lobar platform; industry as constituting a distinct classirica. and for a determination of the appropriate lion lion of work. In determining 2• The covering, including encapsula- -I g occupational Occupational title of work description. rcla• ' or boilers, links, refrigeration traits, P eYalaoatorS. turbines, fittings, valves, ducts. *� I Rebecca McDowell Cook (8131/97) Secretary or state CODE OF STATE REGULATIONS i 1 t 1: I i 1. t AEE DAVMDF—CO-MP�WF�P-UaLIO-WO,RKS-C-QNTRACT I ' 1, the undersigned, i , of 1a fu! are;,first being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: i1 '1. That I am employed as by 2. That was awarded ,a public works contract for Project No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance FaciiS�. ;j � S 3. That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.290 RS&10 ( 1993 C` Supp.) an act relating to public works contracts, which impose certain i I requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a puWl works construction project in the State of Missouri. ii 4. That has fully complied with the provisions and r II p requirements of Section 290.29p RSMo (19Q3 Sup p,) 1 FURTHER.AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT. ` '? ,i. . ,i AFFIANT -- 1 �. Subscribed and sworn to before me this y day of 19� t NOTARY Y PUBLIC � . t � 1 I I' IVI,y jC, mmission Expires: .I tr I-ATE OF MISSOURI )SS l `° COUNTY OF A:y c utility rrsgintrnance facility plans and speciScatlonsmpd July[, Iii! `3V t fitrY s . I s ti I' 4 --. EXMWE-UNEMPLO.1CI ENT1EXCE�'TIOM I, the undersigned. of lawful age, first being duly sworn, state to the best of my information and belief as follows: I 1. That I am employed as by 2. That _ was awarded a public works contract for Project No. 31012 J C � � Utility Maintenance Facility. �M�a ( . 3• That I have read and am familiar with Section 290.299 RS 1 + 993 Supp.) an act relating to public works contracts, which 'Impose cellain requirements upon contractors and subcontractors engaged in a public works construction project in the State of Missouri. t 3 4. Although there is a period of excessive unemployment in the State-of: Missouri, which requires the employment of only Missouri laborers:and � . } laborers from non-restrictive states on public works projects or improvements, an exception applies as to the hiring of } { "iA �! since no Missouri Iaboresrs or laborers from non-restrictive states are available or capable ` of performing FURTHER AFFIANT SAYETH NAUGHT. 'r AFFIANT Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of �-r NOTARY PUBLIC ,, My Commission Expires: } �vµ , APPROVED BY: ` DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, CITY OF JEFFERSON,,'MO: `. A:y c utility mains mane facility plans and speciflcations.wpd July G` a 2,1 ti t-tE sS. .... ' , . �LiLlL�4lC�1i7if1 i CONSTRUCTIQN CO MAP_! TRACT made and entered into this [�daY THIS CON i by and between Wisch & Vaughan Construction Company hereinafter called I "Contractor", and the City of Jefferson, Missouri, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called "City". WITNESSETH: That Whereas, the Contractor has became the lowest responsible E bidder for furnishing the supervision, iabor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies and for constructing the following City improvements: Project No. 31012, J C Utility Maintenance Facility. I NOW THEREFORE, the parties to this contract agree to the following: E 9. Manner and time for Comaletion. The Contractor agrees with the City to furnish all supervision, labor, tools, equipment, materials and supplies necessary to perform, and to perform, said work at Contractor's own expense in accwyrdanc:e with the applicable City ordinances and state and federal laws, contract documents and any app ' Y within 180 (one hundred eighty) working days from the date Contractor is ordered to proceed, which order shall be issued by the Director of Public Works within ten (11 0) days after the date of this contract. 2 Prevailing Wages. All labor utilized in the construction of the aforementioned ! improvements shall be paid a wage of no less than the"prevailing hourly rate of wages" I J for work of a similar character in this locality, as established by Department of Labor and Industrial Relations of the State of Missouri, and as established by the Federal Employment Standards of the Department of Labor. Contractor acknowledges that i Contractor knows the prevailing hourly rate of wages for this project because j Contractor has obtained the prevailing hourly rate of wages from the contents of the current Annual Wage Order No. 5, Section 026, Cole County in which the rate of wages is set forth. The Contractor further agrees that Contractor wi"l! keep an accurate �? record showing the names and occupations of all workmen employed in connection with the work to be performed under the terms of this contract. The record shall show the actual wages paid to the workmen in connection with the work to be performed under the terms of this contract. A copy of the record shall be delivered to the Director of Public Works each week. In accordance with Section 290.250 RSMo, Contractor shall forfeit to Zhe City Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each workman employed, for each _a} calendar day or portion thereof that the workman is paid less than the stipulated rues for any work done under this contract, by the Contractor or any subcontra #or under the r� Contractor. - Septamber 23,1998• A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and specifications.wpd (. ,. te"'.i_' .tyi}. r. .3:• a.. �. ..... ....... .... .'....._...... .__.._ r........... .. __ .. ._—_-.._,..�....__..�..._._.�._......._. ., t {t` ` t♦t ! t 8, Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain at its own expense during the i ' life of this contract: ! (a) Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of its employees to be j engaged in work under this contract. t i� (b) Contractor's Public Li&lity insurance in an amount not less than ! $1,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single occurrence and $100,000 for any one person in a single accident or occurrence, except for those claims governed by the { provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, Chapter :87, RSNio., and Contractor's Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than ; 1,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $100,000 for any one person in a single accident or occurrence. (c) Autonic�bile LisbilitX insurance rn an amount not less than $1,000,000 far j all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $100,000 for any one { person in a single accident or occurrence. �. s (d) Owner's Protective Liability nsurance -The Contractor shall also obtain €: at its own expense and deliver to the City an Owner's Protective Liability Insurance : ' Policy naming the City of Jefferson as the insured, in an amount not less than -tom. $1,000,000 for all claims arising out of a single accident or occurrence and $100,000 . for anyone person in a single accident or occurrence,except for those claims governed _ Chapter 287 R`' by the provisions of the Missouri Workmen's Compensation Law, P ,aMo. No policy will be accepted which excludes liability for damage to underground ~' structures or by reason of blasting, explosion or collapse. j -, (e) Subcontracts-In case any or all of this work is sublet,the Contractor shall 1 require the Subcontractor to procure and maintain all insurance required in E Subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) hereof and in like amounts. 1 , (f) Scope of Insurance and S eeial Hazard. The insurance required under E Sub-paragraphs(b)and (c)hereof shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract,whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by it, and also against any special hazards which may , be encountered in the performance of this contract. 1. NOTE: Paragraph(f)is construed to require the procurement of Contractor's protective insurance (or contingent public liability and contingent property damage policies) by,a general contractor whose subcontractor has employees working on the project, unless ` the general public liability and property damage policy(or rider attached thereto)of the i general contractor provides adequate protection against claims arising from operations Yr. by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. se tember 23, 199.8 A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and specifcaticns.wpd p ���M �l S�1�I!!l1lLY�!®!�\tl!I'!'IMV�M�IIRO�Y ..•.._�...�_....._�_..___-__ -__-.___.__._ �_ �__.. i ""1 s 7 I 4. Contractor's ReV_gnsibility for Subcontractors. It is further agreed that I Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of its "i subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as I Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons it directly employs. Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relating to this work, to bind all subcontractors to Contractor by all the terms herein set forth, insofar as � applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give Contractor the same power regarding termination of any subcontract as the City may exercise over Contractor' .� under any provisions of this contract. clothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relations between any subcontractor and the City or between any subcontractors. j 5. Miqu The Director of Public Works may deduct$150 per day from any amount otherwise due under this contract for every calendar day the I Contractor fails or refuses to prosecute the work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will insure the completion by the time above specified, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete the work by such time, as long as the City does _ not terminate the right of Contractor to proceed. It is further provided that Contractor 5 ^� shall not be charged with liquidated damages because of delays in the completion of I the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor's control and without fault or A - 7 negligence on Contractor's part or the part of its agents. 6. Termination. The City reserves the right to terminate this contract by giving at least five (5) days prior written notice to the Contractor, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the City should the Contractor be adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed for Contractor or for any of its property, or if Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled t workmen or proper material, or if Contractor should refuse or fail to make prompt payment to any person supplying labor or materials for the work under the contract, or persistently disregard instructions of the City or fail to observe or perform any provisions of the contract. 7. Ci�'s Ri ht to Procesad. In the event this contra ¢ ° t contract is terminated pursuant to -� Paragraph 6, then the City may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, and Contractor and its sureties shall be liable to i 1 the City for any costs over the amount of this contract thereby occasioned by the City. In any such case the City may take possession of, and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances and structures as may� PP y be on the work site and are necessary for completion of the work. The foregoing provisions are in addition to, and not in limitation of, the rights of the City under any other provisions of the contract, city , ordinances, and state and federal laws. i { f A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and specificabons.wpd September 2:1, 1898 J is Ip 3 ' . } i 4 3 y 8. Indemnilty. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and save the City , harmless from and against all claims, suits and actions of every description, brought } against the City and from al! damage and costs by reason or on account of any injuries t i or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, or their property, by 1 Contractor, its servants, agents or subcontractors in the construction of said work, or f by any negligence or carelessness in the performance of the same, or on account of any act or omission of Contractor, its servants, agents, or subcontractors, or arising out of the award of this contract to Contractor. J 9. Payment for Labor and Materials. The Contractor agrees and binds itself to pay for all labor done, and for all the materials used in the construction} of the work to be completed pursuant to this contract. Contractor shall furnish to the City a bond to } i insure the payment of all materials and labor used in the performance of this contract. 10. Supplies. The Contractor is hereby authorized and directed to latiiize the City's sales tax exemption in the purchase of goods and materials for the project as set out "? in Section 144.062 RSMo 1986 as amended. Contractor shall keep and maintain records and invoices of all such purchases which shall be submitted to the City. { 11. Pant: The City hereby agrees to pay the Contractor for the work done pursuant to this contract according to the payment schedule set forth in the Contract Documents upon acceptance of said work by the Director of Public Works and in accordance with .the rates and/or amounts stated in the bid of Contractor dated Tuesday, August 21, 1998 which are by reference made a part hereof. No partiai .:� payment to the Contractor shall operate as approval or acceptance of work done or materials furnished hereunder. The total amount of this contract shall not exceed Bight I hundred fifty-four thousand and no/100 ($854,000.00). i 12. Contract Documents. 'The contract documents shall consist of the following; a. This Contract f. General Provisions b. Addenda g. Special Provisions w c. Information for Bidders h. Technical Specifications d. Notice to Bidders L Drawings and/or sketches 1 --= e. Signed Copy of Bid i This contract and the other documents enumerated in this paragraph, form the } Contract between the parties. These documents are as fully a part of the contract as if attached hereto or repeated herein, i; �l A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speciflcabons.wpd September 23, 1fM: ` VI , n 7 rte--•--� r�n!.H tslSy. sir �f �rs'ativwwnrm�wc�eeruerw�..ra�s.�,�...,. �_. i 1 1 1 I 13. Nondiscrimination. The Contractor agrees in the performance of this cohtract ..� not to discriminate on the ground or because of race, creed, color, national origin or ancestry, sex, religion, handicap, age, or political opinion or affiliation, against any - employee of Contractor or applicant for employment and shall include a similar provision in all subcontracts let or awarded hereunder, 14. Notices. All notices required to be in writing may be given by first class mail addressed to the Director of Public Works, City of Jefferson, 320 East McCarty, � Jefferson City, Missouri 55101, and Contractor at P.O. Box 104388, Jefferson City, MO 65110.4388. The date of delivery of any notice shall be the second full day after � ..3 the day of its mailing, j 15. Jurisdiction. This agreement and every question arising hereunder shall be � interpreted according to the laws and statutes of the State of Missouri. 15. 6N T TI ►101Y WH RE ,the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of 19 CITY OF JEFFERSON, MISSOURI l APPROVED OF M: ATTEST: -- t ounse or C y Clerk . CONTRACTOR i e: 4,-"CS 13 . uJ'rS�•h' iC'��'/ �' .1 ;''AT TEST: i < i . Title: A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speclficat1ons.wpd September 23,1998 BMW �ffiiWL9cM1w�Im��ina�rrarce� co. aw � n7w�rc�wwa�.r_.��._.�_._�__. __ I� Any correspondence in relation to this bond Should bo duetted to: [ Band Cepartment 41stirance Comprniss P: 0. Sox E017 Warsau, Wisconsin 54402.8017 � s•t3oo azs-as ff 8iANZ , M)flMNT.ALN"LJjkM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned dia . r . •� hereinafter, referred to as"Contractor" and EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Compa-,V a Corporation organized under the _ laws of the State of I-ID n S i n and authorized to transact business in the i State of 5So a r d _as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the E�- �G.�SL/n� �SSDU -t hereinafter referred to as"Owner" �T•� i , in the penal sum of.�� e.h t:�LA 4-V--Para q DOLLARS 1 ), lawful money of the United States of America for the- p ay ment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves ana our heirs, ' executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally by these; r' presents. ' THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH "HAT; _ WHEREAS, the above bounded Contractor has on the�day ` 19 entered into a written contract with the aforesaid Owner for furnishing all W materials, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, and other facilities and -, accessories,for the construction of certain improvements as designated, defined and described in the said Contract and the Conditions thereof, and in accordance with the } specifications and plans therefore; a copy of said Contract being attached hereto and " { made a part hereof: s NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall.and will, in all particulars, wall, duty ahu ' faithfully observe, perform and abide by each and every covenant,.cbnd'Itiorti, and part of,the said Contract, and the Conditions, Specifications, Plans, �'revailing Wage Law" and other Contract Documents thereto attached or, by reference, made a part thereof, according to the true intent and meaning in each case, and if.said tbntractcir shall:, --� replace all defective parts, material and workmanship for a period of one year after acceptance by the Owner, then this obligation shall be and become null and �c�Id; ; ; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. J { , A V a�atiGty malntdnance fadl{ty plans and spectCications.wpd Juty 2;7 r r i PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the said Contractor fails to.duly poly for any:labor; materials, sustenances, provisions, provender, gasoline, lubricating oils, fuel oils, i greases,coal repairs, equipment and tools consumed or used in said work, groceries ! and foodstuffs, and all insurance premiums, compensation liability, an+d.otherwi-se, or ' any other supplies or materials used or consumed by such Contractor or his, their, or its subcontractors in performance of the work contracted to be done, the Surety will pay y the same in any amount not exceeding the amount of this Obligation, together with interest as provided by law: PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the , `I contract, or the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications accompanying •., the same, shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive . notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work, or to the specifications: = i i PROVIDED FURTHER, that if the said Contractor falls to pay the prevailing hourly rape i of wages, as shown in the attached schedule, to any workman engaged in the construction of the improvements as designated, defined and described in the said. p 9 j contract, specifications and conditions thereof, the Surety will pay the deficiency and ,... any penalty provided for by law which the contractor incurs by reason of (hilts) act or omission, .in any amount not exceeding the amount of this obligation together.with interest as provided by law: 4 °4 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunto set his hand, and the s said Surety has caused these presents to be executed in its name, and its corporate W- p seal to be hereunto affixed, by it attorney-in-fact duly authorized thereunto so to'do, at rn /1 .� Q� rf _-_._r.on this the ! day of ' 19 ` V'a ac VVj UPLOYERS INSURANCE_OF WAUSAU A.Mutual Carr: 3 " _ SURETY COMPANY CONTRACTOR n . 'e.... BY (SEAL) BY (�L} gY Ad(SEAL) BY �$EAL -L. r c E 'f Attorney=in-fa (State Representati�t n i S. L�rccthel5 (Accompany this bond with Attorney-in-fact's authority from 'the Surety Company,.. { certified to include the date of the bond.) {' z A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and speciflcations.wpci July 2,'19% Fs ,. ai+amc n.Rrw�sa+cee���e�a� >lear 0-1.248 j No. 207-027- EMM'ER.S INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MUtUal Coynpany POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW AI.i.MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, and having its principal office in the City of Wausau, County of Marathon,State of Wisconsin,has made,constituted and appointed.and does by these presents make,constitute and appoint BONNIE S. CARUTHERS __-•-- — — f its true and lawful attorney-in-fart.with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name,place and stead,to execrate, ` seal, acknowledge and deliver ANY OR ALL BONDS. UNDERTAKINGS, RECOGNi?.ANCES OR OTHER WRIT'fFN Y OIt1.it�ATlC)NS IN THE. NATi1RF:THEREOF 'NOT TO EXCEED THE IP12TAL SUM OF . MILLION ME I3iNDRED THOUSAND DOLLAR ($2,500,000) W :tad to hind the corporation thereby its fully and to the same extent as if such hands were signed by the President,settled with cc� the corporate seal of the corporation and duly attested by its secretary hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said "— attorney-in-fact may do in the premises. Q This power of attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of said Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 18th day of May. 197:{,which resolution is still in effect: L0 ••RFSOLVF.II,that the President and any Vice President—elective or appointive—of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF f Q WAUSAU A Mutual Company be,and that each of them hereby is,authorized to execute powers:of attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute on behalf of EMPLOYERS INNS URANCE OF WAUSAU A pMutual Company bonds.undertakings and ail contracts of suretyship.and that any secretary ar assistant aecsetary be, Z and that each or any of them hereby is.authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney,and to attach cA thereto the seal of EMPLOYERS INSLIKAN('E OF' WAUSAU A Mutual Company:' ! W „F'UKTHE:l 1RESOLVED,thatthesignaturesofsuchofficersandtheseal of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OFWAUSAU i d Company may he affiued to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by fdcsimile,and i A Mutual p any such power of attorney or certificate hearing such facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall he valid and binding t§ ! ~ upon the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company when so affired and in the['afore will[respect � { W to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to, which it is •attached:' 2 IN WITNESS WHF:RF.OF.EMPLOYERS INIWRANC E OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company has caused these presents to be 4 signed by the vice president and attested by its assistant secretary. and its corporate seal to be kreto affixed this --�i1 —day of :- fi NOVEMER , 19 2T/. �! ,.•� tJ2 �!-::; EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company SEAL!!+ By Li ✓✓✓ J.Steplxn Ryan Vice President LU /' P A• - Z Attest: R.J. BZiema;7 Assistant Secretary j Q STATE OF WISCONSIN 1 f LL O COUNTY OF MARATHON ) W On this 1ST day of NO9P.MHIEB . 1994--,before rte perscrully came O J.Stephen Ryan to me known,who being by me duly swont,did depose M and say that he is a via president of the EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A MutualCompany,tine corporation described in and which , 0 executed the above instrument:that he knows the seat of said corporation;that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal and that it was w, J affixed by order of die Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. + Q IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1 have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year hereiia lira above written. O - - Patricia A.Kletnrra Notary Public ( NO'T'ARY PUBLIC STATE OF WISCONSIN l— STATE OF WISCONSIN ) MY COMMISSION EXPIRES MAY 24, 1998 S. �� CITY OF WAUSAU ►as. CERTIFICATE. ��� COUNTY OF MARATHON ) 1, the undersigned, assistant secretary of EMPLOYERS INSURANCE OF WAUSAU A Mutual Company, a Wisconsin corporation, do hereby certify that the foregoing and attached power of attorney, WHICH MIDST CONTAIN A VALIDATING STATEMENT PRINTED IN THE MARGIN THEREOF iN RED INK.remains in full force and has not been revoked:and furthermore that the resolution of the Board of i)irec•tors set forth in the power ofattorney is still in force.. Signed and sealed in the City of Wausau,Marathon County,State of Wisconsin.this slay of . 19— ((S EA R.J. Besteman Assistant Smretary ,F NOTE: IF YOU HAVE: ANY (JUPSTiONS REGARDING THE VALIDITY OR WORDING OF THIS POWER OF A'170HNEY.CALL TOLI.FREE 18M))826.1661.TIN WISCONSIN.CALL 1800)472-004 1). `\4 Fo.I�,vvwlz© , , ZIN z. The following Articles GP-1 through GP-49 are "General Provisions,of the Contract`°, modified as set forth in the Special Provisions. GP-1 CQI�II� T D©CILIMl=NT$ i It is expressly understood and agreed that the Contract Documents comprise the Natice to Bidders, Instruction to Bidders, General Provisions, Special Provisions, Bid, Contract, z Performance and One Year Guarantee Bond, Specifications; other documents listed in the : Table of contents and bound in this Volume. Plans, all Addenda thereto issued prior to th+e. I time of opening bids for the work, all of which are hereto attached, and other drawings, specifications,and engineering data which may be furnished by the Contractor and approved by the Owner,together with such additional drawings which may be fumishad by the Briglneer from time to time as are necessary to makd clear and to define ire greater detta.;l the intent ef,: � the spec ififications and drawings, are each and all component parts to the agreement goveming the work to be done and the materials equipment to be fumished. All of these documents are hereby defined as the Contract Documents. a The several parts of the Contract Documents are complementary, and what is calfsd far,b any � y y one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention of the Documents is to Include the furnishing of all materials, labor, tools, equipment and supplies necessary,for constructing }� complete and ready to use the work specified. Materials or worst described in words waits so r ;t applied have a well known technical or trade meaning shall be held to..refer to such rewjnLzed . standards. The Contract shall be executed in the State and County Where the Owner is located. Uree i ,. (3)coibles"of the contract documents shall be prepared by the Contractor, each containing an r ti enact copy of the Contractor's bid as submitted, the.Performance Bo properly executed, a i Statutory Bond where required, and the contract agreement signed by both paMes tlreretb. , These executed contract documents shall be filed as follows: r[ ` M One (1)with the City Clerk of the City of Jefferson One (1)with the Jefferson City Director of Public Works One (1)with the Contractor , y Wherever any work or expression defined in this article, or prpnoun,.Used:in lts stead, occurs Wherever ln'these contract documents, it shall have and is mutually understood.to have,the meaning herein given: ' I� AV c utFiity mainbnance facility plans and speeftationampd I 'July 2"18�t3 777— 77 I , S, C , z.. r , 1. "Contract"or"Contract Documents"shall include all of the documents enumerated in the previous article. t, 2. "Owner", "City", or words "Party of the First Part", shall mean the party entering into contract to secure performance of the work covered by this Contract and hls.or Its duly authorized officers or agents. • � 3. "Contractor"or the words"Party of the Second Part"shall mean the party entering into j contract for the performance of the work covered by this contract and his duly ° j authorized agents or legal representatives. t 4. "Subcontractors" shall mean and refer to a corporation, partnership, or individual � having a direct contract with the Contractor; for performing work at the job site. 5. "Engineer"shall mean the authorized representative of the Director of Public Works, _ (i.e., the Engineering Supervisor). i 6. "Construction Representative"shall mean the engineering or technical assistant duly � authorized by the Engineer limited to the particular duties entrusted to him or them as 1' subsequently set forth herein. ?. "Date of Award of Contract" or words equivalent thereto, shall mean,the date,upon which the successful bidder's proposal is accepted by the City. 1 8. "Day"or"days", unless herein otherwise expressly defined, shall mean a calendar da or days of twenty-four hours each. y ,s 9. "The work"shall mean the work to be done and the equipment, supplies and materials to be furnished under this contract, unless some other meaning Is indicated by the context. aw' i 10. "Plans" or "dravAngs" shall mean and include all drawings which may have been prepared by the Engineer as a basis for proposals, all draw ngs submitted 6' the successful binder with his proposal and by the Contractor to the Pity' if and when approved by the Engineer, and all drawings submitted by the City to the Contractor during the progress of the work, as provided for herein. 11. Whenever in,these contract documents the words "as directed", "as required", "as permitted", "as allowed", or words or phrases of like Import ark used, It shall be understood that the direction,.requirement, permission, or allowance of the Gity end i Engineer Is intended. 12. Similarly the words "approved", "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable'% "prop ri}r�, ! ; "satisfactory", or words of like effect and.import, unless otherwise particularly spr:citieo herein;shall mean approved, reasonable, suitable- acceptable, proper or satitfabtoryr its the judgment of the City and Engineer. _ ti f A:V c Olity malnonance facility plans and speciflcatlons.wpd July 2,''19M ' .,13. Whenever any statement is made In these Contract Docurnents containing the expression "it is understood and agreed" or any expression of the like Import, such expression means the mutual understanding and agreement of tt>�i Contractor arid-the City, 14. "Missouri Highway Specifications" shall mean the latest edition of the "M:SsOuri ' Standard Spec Ications for Highway Construction"prepared by the k issouri Highway . and Transportation Commission. i 1 15. "Consultant" shall mean the firm, company, individual, or its/histher duly autJwdzed representative(s) under separate agreement oAth the City of Jefferson that prepared the plans, specifications, and other such documents for the work covered by this contract. GP-3 -CONIRACTAM It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, has by careful examination satisfied himself `. as to the nature and location of the worts,the conformation of the g€mund,the character, quality, { and quantity of the materials to be encountered,the character of the equipment and facilitles Sf 1 needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general local conditions;and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. No .verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the City, either before or after the execution of this contract,shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein r contained. , x The relation of the Contractor to the City shall be that of an independent contraetar. GP-4 THE ENGINEER i The Engineer shall be the City's representative during the construction period and he.shall ! observe the work in process on behalf of the City bya series of periodic visits to the fob situ. . He shall have, authority to act on behalf of the City. The Engineer assumes no direction of employees of the Contractor or subcontractors and no 4 supervision of the construction activities or responsibility for their safety. The Engineer's sole ,,, ; responsibility during construction is to the City to endeavor to protect defects and deficienc:srs ing the work: S ' Any plan or method of work suggested by the Engineer, or other representative of the City, to the Contractor, but,not spedfied or required, If adopted or followed.by the Contractor in 4hole orih part,shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the Contractor,,and the Engineer and th"e' i will assume.no responsibility therefore. , 1 tY P ty 3' (f t 1 . , A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speciflcatlona.wpd ..t'• � '"7�A�,3t��1{`f��'rNk kyT s'�.T,a'"n•t:.i`s•M .� xn_ , ... . .,: ,. .rt r r ' ... .t ! r.. r: i f f 'ti l t r y`' ts4�y3a rJa,p1r� 0SY�Ti �,t }} i 1 'S LL .,+! �i'r!.°�F ars�Aaaiaa .ilQiglWMl/ •I�BlI r _ Gh�S CHID," . Coincident with the execution of the Contract,the Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient t r' surety bond in the full amount of the contract sum. This surety frond, executed by the � Contractor to the City, shall be a guarantee: (a) for the faithful performance and completion of the work in strict accordance with the terms and intent of the contract documents; (b) the payment of all bills and obligations arising from this contract which knight in any manner become a claim against the City; © for the payment to the City of all sums due or which may s become due by the temps of the contract, as well as by reason of any violation thereof by the Contractor,, and fora period of one year from and immediately following the acceptance of the completed project by the City, the payment to the City of all damage loss and expense which may occur to the City by reason of defective materials used, or.by reason of defective or t improper workmanship done, in the furnishing of materials, labor; and equipment.in the << performance of the said contract. t?. . All provisions of the bond shall be complete and in full accordance with statutory requirements.. . The bond shall be executed with the property sureties throurgh a company licensed and _. I qualified to operate in the state and approved by the City. Bond shall be signed by,an;.agent `•� resident in the state and date of bond shall be the date of execution of the contract t.� 4€ If'`at any time during the continuance of the contract the sure on the Contractor's bond becomes irresponsible,the City shall have the right to,require additional and sufficient sureties k which the Contractor shall furnish to the satisfaction of the-City within ten (10)day, after notice to de so: In default thereof, the contract maybe suspended, all payrnents.or money due the j Contractor withheld, and the contract completed as hereinafter provided. K GP-6.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall secure, pay for and maintain during the life of the Contract,:insurance of such types and amounts as necessary to protect himself, and the City, against ail haaeirds enumerated herein. All'policies shall be in the amounts, form and companies satisfactory to t the City. f The insuring company.shall deliver to,the City certificates of all insurance'required, signed by. .� an authorized representative and .stating that all provisions of, ihe' following speclfled r requirements are complied with. #� t All certificates of insurance required herein shall state.that ten (10),dayp written notic6mill be {, ;=given to'the City before the policy is canceled or changed. All certiflcatioras,af;insurance shall ' { be delivered to the City prior to the time that any operations,under this contract are.started F< �t All of said Contractor's certificates of insurance shall be written in an insurance compalny authorized to do business in the State of Missouri. A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speciricabons.wpd ,July 2,.1998. ;5 h 1 t '1 t "CaPfi:2 �1:1ILY l�IJURY--JJARII.ITY-_—&_.k,'RC1EE .DAMAZc--:_IL4W3-Y ..� INSURANCE (1) Bodily Injury Liability insurance coverage providing limits:for bodily injuries, including death, of not less than $1,000,000 per person and $100,000 pa:occurrence. i (2) Property Damage Liability insurance coverage for limits of not less than $1,000,000 par. ! one occurrence nor less than $1,000,000 aggregate to limit for the policy year. GP-6.3 'S PROTECTIVE if Y IN.IU .X_uAejm PROPERTY(DAMAGEJ_IARIIJMN!9tl�ewC'.� (MMERP11,G-ORE ECly1IS OF SUSCONTRACTORS) (1) Contractors contingent policy providing limits of at teast $100,000 per person and $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury or death. .(2) Property Damage Liability providing limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and$1,000,000 aggregate. ' GP4.4 CONTRACTUAL_LI,1 RILE Property Damage coverage with $1,000,000 aggregate limit. --i GP-6.5 OWNER'S, PROTECTIVE LIABILI AND PROPEMDMAfiE J INSURANCE The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Ownees, Protective Liability and Property damage insurance issued in the name of the Owner and the Engineer as M11 protect both against any and all claims that might arise as a result of the operations of the Contractor. or his subcontractors in fulfilling this contract. The minimum amount of such insurance shall be the same as required for Bodily Injury Liability And Property Damage Liability Insurance. This policy shall be filed vAth'the.Owner.and.a copy filed with the Engineer. , t GR-6.6 ,lExcLi The;above requirements GP-1,.2, 1.3, 1.5 for"property `dampg&lliabilit� shall contain.ho' exclusion relative to: ,�. (1) Blasting or explosion. (Consult Technical Specifications Part I for possible deletion of this requirement on subject project.) 5 y 1 t. "A:U c utility maintenance facility plena and specificationa.wpd J y,2,IWO r} .. ;;L f,,.+rS•7 {: :'PirJ �V..r). f 3?it°.. .�. t����. t (2) Injury or destruction of pmperty below the surface of the ground, such as wires,"conduits, pipes, mains, sewers, etc., caused by the Contractor's operations: The collapse of, or structural in u to, an building or structure on or adjacent to the fait.'s p j N Y g .J Y� premises, or injury to or destruction of property resulting therefrom, caused by the removal of other buildings, structures, or supports,orts, orb excavations below the ,surface of-1110 ground. , �` FP Y .9 kGP-6.7 AUTDMOBILE BODILY INJURY LIARILO & AU PCBMBIL PROPEL[ DAMAGF.LIABILITY Contractor shall carry in his name, additional assured clauses protecting City, Liability Insurance with Bodily Injury or Death Limits of not less than $100,000 r Y J N per person and $1,000,000 per occurrence, and property damage limits of not less than $100,000 with hired car and non-owned vehicle coverage or separate policy carrying similar limits. The above is to cover the use of automobiles and trucks on and off, the site of the. project. GP-6.8 E�9P YJ R'_S LIABILITY A,i111 E 6lLt�E SATY�Qy( Employer's and Workmen's Compensation Insurance as will protect him against any and all claims resulting from injuries to and death of workmen engaged in work under this contract, and in addition the Contractor shall carry occupational disease coverage with statutory limits, �s :.; and Employer's Liability with a limit of$100,000 per person. The "Ali State"endorsement shall t be included. In case any class of employees is not protected under the Workmen's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and cause such contractor to provide adequate «employer's liability coverage as will protect him against any claims resulting from injuries to and death of workmen . engaged In work under this contract. -, a ' GP-6.$ INSTALL, ATFRJNSURa NCt^ This insurance shall insure and protect the Contractor and the City from.all Insurable risks of ` physical loss or damage to materials and equipment, not otherwise.covered sender Builder's !" Risk Insurance,when in warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing and until,,the work is accepted. It shall be of the;"All Risks"type, with coverage designed for the,k circumstances which may occur in the particular work included,In"this contract., The coverage y shall be"fior an amount not less than the value of the"work at completion; less the valise of the 3' material and'equipment insured sunder Builder's Risk Insurance."The value shali,include the i aggreOate.value of the.City-fumished equipment and materials to be wected err.installed by k the Contractor not otherwise insured under Builder's Risk lnsuranre. Installation Floater Insurance shall also provide for losses, If any, to be adjusted,wlth, and' made payable to the Contractor and the City as their interests may appear, z A:1j c utility maintenance facAity plans and sp&ctficadons.wpd ulY cti i ' Y ..ylw-. f t 1 If the aggregate value of the City-fumished and Contractor fumish'tad equipment is.less:than , '$1O,OOa such equipment may be covered under Builder's Risk Insurance', and If sm COvered, 1` this Installation Floater Insurance may be omitted. # GP-6.10 GO EMSi3ESPONSIBILITY For the considerations in this agreement heretofore stated, In addition to Corrtrectar`s other " obligations, the Contractor assumes full responsibility for all loss or damage fr"arn any cause I :! whatsoever to any tools owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor. vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor's, his agents, sub-contractors, material men or his T or their employees; to sheds or other temporary structures, scaffolding and staging, protective fences, bridges and sidewalk hooks. The Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all tl loss or damage caused by,arising out of or incident to larceny, theft, or any cause whatsoever. (except as hereinbefore provided)to the structure on which the work of this contract and any i modifications, alterations, enlargements thereto, is to be done, and to materials and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials, and supplies necessary to the i work. :i{ t CAP-6.11 IG�NTRA=QW S RI` �ON,' ON _6? - �'� U J, INDEMNIFYING CITY f} ,f 1'he Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City and Engineer acid their officers and agents, of and from all losses, damages, costs, expenses,judgments, or decrees whatever arising out of action or suit that may be brought against the City or Engineer or any officer rr agent of either of them,for or on account of the failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor ( , J. to do and perform any of the covenants, acL9, matters, or things by this Contract undertaken � to be.done or performed, or for the injury, death or damage caused by the negligence or } alleged negligence,of the Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their agents,, or in t :: connection with any claim or claims based on the lawful demands of subcontractors,,woflcrtoen, material men, or suppliers of machinery and.parts thereof, ecluiprneht, power tools and supplies Incurred in the fulfillment of this contract. GP.6.12 N INVENT OF LlABiLITY C3F! f� RA t, ` Upon the.occurrence of any event, the liability for which is herein assum6d the Contractor �- agrees to forthwith notify the City, in writing such happening, which notice shall forthwith nee the details as to the happening;the cause as far as can be,ascer4ained, the estimate of lass i. or:damage done, the names of witnesses, if any, and stating the arrsaunt�f er�y cldirri 4 GP,7 A:iSlGNMENT OF CONTR AC 1 The Contractor shall not assign or transfer this contract nor sublet it as a whole,wsthaut the written consent of the City and of the Surety on the Contractor's`bond. ;uch �ns�nt:af' .' A.4 c ut ilty rnahbnama itcidty plans and speciticadons.wpd July 3,1M ; .J i ,. �?yt `Etf'a4Ctt.R+'a d�0Nii'iiitg own f i.. I ts' k4 = .. Surety,together with copy of assignment, shall be filed with the City. No assignMent,ltrensfer' s i or subletting, even though consented to, shall relieve the Contractor of his liabilities ul�ld +'r this contract. Should any assignee fall to perform the work undertaken by.him in a satlsfaa,tory manner, the City may at his option annul and terminate Assignee's oontrart, GP-8 SU13C�I]NTiRl�CTg, PRINCIPAL IUTATERIALS &-E MUM y Prior to the award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the City a list of w- subcontractors and the sources of the principal items of materials and equipment which he proposes to use In the construction of the project. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of ' his subcontractors and of person either dire ; p directly or indirectly enlpioyet� by them as he is for the ` acts and omissions or persons directly employed by him. Any notices to the Contractor shall be considered as notice to any affected subcontractors, Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between" ' any subcontractor and the City. No officer, agent or employee of the City, including the ,Engineer; shall"lave any power or.. I authority whatsoever to bind the City or incur any obligation in Its behalf to any subcontractor, ; { material supplier or other person in any manner whatsoever. GP-9 OTHER CONTRACTS , The City reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Work. 'The Contractor " f shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of.their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work w `,. with theirs. + it if any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results on the work of<any` " other contractor,the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer'any defect in such work that renders it"unsuitable far:such proper execution and results. His failure so to inspect and report all constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work `r : ": as fh artid,properfor the reception of his work,except as to defects which may develop in the otfier contractor's work after the execution.of his work. s Wherever voiork being dole by the City's forces or by other contractors is cnrttiguous tp;work { dowered 'by this Contract, the:respective rights of the various interests Involvedd,sihali be established by:the''Engineer, In orderto secure the completion of the:yarious;portions of the +� ..work in general,harmony. , A*V c of ity maintenance facility plans and apeciflcatlAns.wpd July 2,UM '+ ' i � ,f i' I GP40 LEGAL-RE STRICTION '11ilS A The Contractor shall procure at his own expense all necessary licenses and pearmits,of a 1 temporary nature and shall give due and adequate notice to those in control of all properties { which may be affected by his operations. Rights-of-way and easement:; for permanent' structures or permanent changes In existing facilities shall be provided by'the'City unless J otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances; rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn or specified. R GP-11 ROYALTIESAMELPATENM It is agreed that all royalties for patents or patent claims, Infringement whether such patents are for processes or devices, that might be involved in the constructioln or,use of,the work, -, shall be included in the contract amount and the Contractor shall satisfy all demands that may . be made at any time for such and shall be liable for any. damages or claims laims for patent infringements, and the Contractor shall at his own expense, defend any,and all,suits or . proceedings that may be instituted at any time against the City for infringement or alleged i s infringement of any patent or patents involved in the work, and in case of an award ,of r: damages;the,said Contractor shall pay such award;firial payment to the Contractor by the City,; ,will not be.made while any such suits or claims remain unsettled: GP-12 SCD PE AND INTEN LL iv E ATIOUS-AN11.E1AMS GP42.1 GENERAL I. 4. These.:Specifications and Project Plans are intended to supplement,'but'trot ne:cessy -� duplicate each other, and together constitute one complete set of Specifications and Plans so : J that any work exhibited in the one and not in the other, shall be executed just.as if it has been set forth in both, in order that the work shall be completed according to the complete design: of the Engineer. Should anything be omitted from the Specifications and Plans which is necessary to a clear understanding of the work or should it appear various instructions are.in conflict, then the i Contractor,shall secure written instructions from the Enginrrer before proceeding with.the construction affected by such omissions or discrepancies. Wis understood,an,d agreed,.that work shall be performed and completed according,to the true' ,tirit, meaning and intent of ' the contrast, specifcations and plans. r t l A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and spechiications.wpd J�i ly 3, lt3rle j. 1j {6t?tia+.}M.WLNA4+Y4i f..t>.rlVi v.N.uW t 14p=. � '. . { --'- �II�SF�/i�'ial�[�lair��ilef��rirs�..� a��.� .____L�__�— �" _ - .. •y;., o ,.._.r.:i 1 ,F 0112-1112.2 : Ell URFn Dll!lIE�• t©A!S 7b G�VERN Dimensions,and elevations shown on the plans shall be accurately followed even though sh ay. t differfrom scaled measurements. No work shown on the plans, the dimensions of which"ara �{ not indicated shall be executed until the required dimensions have been obtained from the . Engineer f , GP-12.3 OR TO CHE X PL ANS A NUSCMIEDULES 'rhe Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations and quantities shown on the plans, and 1 schedules given to him by the Engineer, and shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancy 9 between the plans and the conditions on the ground, or any error or orission Ili plans,,or in ! the layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions,which he may discover in the :+curse of the work. The Contractor will not be allowed to take.advantage of any error or omission in the �� p plans or contract documents, as full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer should such . error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out such instructions'as if 4 l originaily specified. The a 4 � pparent silence of the Plans and Specifications as to any detail.or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any point, shall be regarded as meariing that only the best general practices, as accepted by the particular trades or industries involved, i shall be used. GP-12.4 STANDARD ' PFr_1FlC 1TlC)N is' .,;..•. Reference to standard specifications of any technical society, organization or assoclation, or f to codes of iocal or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, aide, sIpeciicavon, or tentative specification adopted and published at the date of taking bids, unless,,specifcally a stated otherwise. ' GP-13 CONSTRUCMN REPRESENTATRVF.a'�r ' 1 The'City may appointor employ such "Construction Repms:entative" as'the City.may deem ; , J,. proper, to observe the work.performed under:this Contract,'to:the end that'sate!MO is `performed, In substantial,accordance with the plans and specifications therefor: : : The project Representative assumes no direction of',emploYees of the Contractor or;; ~.Subcontractors and no supervision of the construction activities or res onsibilky for,their;,° 5 safety.` The sold.duty of the'Project Representative during the construction is to the'City to � l entlPavor to protect against defects and deficiencies in the worts. Yes ;rlr A:V c utility maintonance facility plans and specificabo+nampd July 2, 11 tFt r i •. , ,. .. i The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and.Instructions of the Construction Representative so appointed, when the same are consistent with the obligations of this ,^.._ contract and the specifications therefor, provided, however, that should the Contractor object to any order given by the Construction Representative, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision. The Construction Representative and other properly authorized representatives of the City shall be free at all times to perform their duties, an intimidation or attempted intimidation of any ' one of them by the Contractor or by any of his employees shall be sufficient reason, If the City so decides, to annul the contract. Such construction representation shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform said work strictly in accordance%ith the plans and specifications or any modifications thereof as herein provided, and work not so constructed shall be remained and made goon by "i the Contactor at his own expense, and free of all expense to the City, whenever so ordered , , r by the Engineer, without reference to any previous oversight in observation of work. Any defective material or workmanship may be rejected by the Engineer at any time before the final acceptance of the work, even though the same may have been previously overlooked and estimated for payment. The Construction Representative shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the plans E and specifications except on written order from the Engineer, and the Contractor wilt "• g be liable for any deviation except on such written order. All condemned work shall be promptly. p ptly taken out and replaced by satisfactory work, and all condemned materials shall be promptly removed from the vicinity of the work. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to comply with instructions in this respect the City Bray, upon certification by the Engineer, withhold payment or proceed to tenninate contracts as herein provided. t Reexamination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and if so ordered the work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be done in accordance with the --� Contract Documents, the City shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If su'ch work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such cost, unless he shall show that defect in the work was caused by another contractor of the City and in that event the City shall pay such cost. The Contractor shall furnish samples of testin g 'purposes of any Material required by ` tno Engineer, and shall furnish any information required concerning the nature,or source of any,: material which he proposes to use. { „ ` 1 ' l LINES-AND GRAM E The Department of Public Works will set construction stakes establishing lines, scopes and r continuous profile grade In road work, and center'--line and bench marks for' 'culvert work, and appurtenances as may be deemed necessary, and will furnish the Contractor, with 'all A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speci8cations.wpd July 2, 199$ :. env{-+•nWt*i4:f.xies.+:ik i.4,a+z1.1tG.., ...... .. ., r ' t , necessary Information relating to lines, slopes, and grades, to.layout the work correctly. The Contractor shail maintain these lines, grades, and bench marks and use them to lay out the 4 work:he is to perform under this contract. The Contractor shall notify the Department of Public Works not'le,s than 48 hours before stakes are required. No claims shall be made because of delays if the contractors fail to 'iv �- ` such notice. The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes and bench marls. If such stakes and bench -� ' mark become damaged, lost, displaced, or removed by the Contractor, they shall by reset at + n his expense and deducted from the payment for the work. Any work done without being properly located and established by base.lines, offs stakes, [bench marks, or other basic rei`erence points checked by the Construction Re' present may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. :GP45 ONTRACTQR'S RESPONSIRI ITY FO A'rE€#6A The Contractor shall be responsible for the condition of all materials fOrnished by him,and he 4 } shali.replace at his own cost and expense any and all such material found to be defective irt,; design or manufacture, or which has been damaged after deliver, . . This includes the furnishing of all materials and labor required for replacement of any installed materials which ''is found to be defective at any time prior to"the expiration of one year from the date of final payment. 'The manufacturer of pipe for use on this project shall certify in writin to the.City that all materials fumished for use in this project do conform to these specifications, Whenever # standard tests are conducted, he shall forward a copy of the test results to the City. .r GP46 WATER All water required for and in connection with the work to be performed shall be provided by the . Contractor at his Sole cost and expense. 10P47 POMER All power for lighting, opera�on of the Cantractor's plant or eq�ipirnent or for any otner'use by ►" the Contractor, shall be,provided by the Contractor at his sole:cost and expense. t ,f{ GP-18s�PERIwPN�=E�1 wORK141�►P1 !P The Contractor shall keep on his.work, during its progress, a competent superintendent any.necessary assistants. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his abserheP" and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.". �. r The Contractor'shall provide proper tools and equipment and the services of`all iWrkmen, Y`+ ' mechanics tradesmen, and other employees necessary in the construction and'exerutipn of ' A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and speci9icatfaons.wpd July 2, 19 8 s , w. 4: r dFJ t the work contemplated and outlined herein. The employees oaf,the Contractor shall be competent'and willing to perform satisfactorily the work required of them., Any eirployee who — is disorderly, intemperate or incompetent or who neglects or refuses to perform his work in a .rt Y satisNctodly manner, shall be promptly discharged. It is called particularly to the Contractor's attention that only first class workmanship will be f acceptable. GP-19 iM9A1NT ANCE OF TRAFFIC i x � Whenever any street is closed, the Police Department, Fire Department, and Ambulance -'? Services shall be notified prior to the closing. When a portion of the project is rJosed to through traffic, the Contractor shall provide proper bardrades and shall mark a detour route around the section of the project if applicable. The mute of all detours shall be approved by the Director of Public Works. All detour signing shall conform to the"Manual on Uniform. Traffic Control Devices". Throughout the project,wherever homes are served directly from a street or portion ref a street ~I which Is to be reconstructed under- this project, the Contractor shall make every effort to provide access to each home every night. This work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment will be made for it. GP-20 RARRICAD ' All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by means of effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades,shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each -� side of the blocked section. i. `-� All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the extent that adequate protection is provided to the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights at night.' All r lights used for this purpose shall be kept burning from sunset to sunrise. Materials stored, upon or alongside public streets and highways shall be so placed, and the work at all times shall be so conducted, as to cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the _. traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements, and in conformance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. All necessary barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices will be furnish installed This furnished, sta ed and maintained by the Contractor. , �his work shall be subsidiary to the construction and no direct payment will be made for It. r , GP-21 EMSTING UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS ANr.ST t.MRES , Y Pipe lines and other existing underground installations and stru6tures In the vicinity of the work A:V c utility maintenance facility plane and apeciflcations.wpd July 2,1 •Y to be done hereunder are indicated an the plans according to the best Information available to the City. The City does not guarantee the accuracy of such lnformstion.� The Co,rltractar shall make every effort to locate all underground pipe lines, conduits and stnuctures by contacting owners of underground utilities and by prospecting in advance of the•excavation. Any delays to the Contractor caused by pipe lines or other underground structures or �°- obstructions not shown by the plans, or found in locations different than those indicated, shall ; r: not constitute a claim for extra work, additional payment or,damages. No payment will be made to the Contractor for locating and protecting utilities and cooperating With their owners, and any damages caused to the utilities by the Conhactor's negligence shall be repaired entirely at the Contractor's expense. y� E utilities, other than sanitary sewers and water mains, which, In the opinion of the Engineer,. must be moved will be moved by the utility company at no cost to the Contractor. Sanitary sewers which must be moved shall be re-laid by the Contractor and paid for at the prices bid. Only sewers which must be moved because of direct conflict with the storm sewer conduit will . ` be paid for in this manner. Sewers damaged by excavation but not in direct conflict with the. i storm sewer will be repaired at the Contractor's expense. GP 22 PROTECTi AND PROPER`CY Y # ` The Contractor shall be accountable for any damages resulting from his operations. He shall be fully responsible for the protection of ell persons inclt�di9g members.of the public, employees of the City and employees of other contractors or subcontractors and all public and private property including structures, sewers and utilities above and Wow grouna, along, ..�. I beneath, above,across or near the site or sites of the work,or other persons or property which are in any manner affected by the prosecution of the work. na The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all necessary safety equipment such as barriers, signs,warning lights and guards as required to provide adequate protection or persons and property. { The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owner or owners of public or private property and utilities,when such property is liable to injury or damage through the penormance k� of the work, and shall make all necessary arrangements with such.owner or owners relative � to the removal and replacement or protection of such properly aq•utilities affecting the safely of life or of the Work ar o� adjoining property, the In an. emergency - , Contractor,'without special instruction or authorization, is Hereby permitted to,act et his discretion to prevent such.threatened loss or injury, and he shali so act. any cprnperisc on, .. z y ; claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work, shall be determined by agrpemen or arbitration. The'Contractor agrees to hold the City harmless from any and all lass or damages arisirig out ; of jurisdictional labor disputes or other labor troubles of any kind that may oc cur riuring t.ie r: A:V a utility maintenance facility plans and specificaBans.wpci July 2. 1998 construction or performance of this contract. t GP-23 GUARAMIEF—2F MAT RIALS-ANQLWQ MSMP ;.-, The Contractor hereby guarantees the work in connection with this contractt, against faulty materials or poor workmanship during the period of one (1) year after the date of completion of the contract. GP 24 M03MALVERME-RiGHTS { Neither observation of work by the City or any of their officials, employees, or agents, nor any order by the City for payment of money, or any payment for, or acceptance of, the whole or -1 any part.of the work by the City, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the City or its employees, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this contract, or of any power herein reserved to the City, or any right to damages herein provided,'nor;hail any i waiver of any breach in this contract be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. -25 USE OF CST FD Pts3 ' If desired by the City, portions of the worts, may be placed in service when completed or t ' partially completed and the Contractor shall give proper acc ass to the work for this purpose; birt such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction until the entire work under this Contras: is finally accepted and for the guarantee period thereafter. r fsP 2� ADDITIONAL, 0MLTTPM.-0RjCtANGEQ-kMK <' The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order additional work to be done in connection with the Contract or may alter or deduct from the wort:, the Contract sum to be s adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed to the same standards of worlcrxtanship E and performance as though therein included. The Engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not.inwulroing cost, ryd not inconsistent with the purposes of the work. r, : Exc6pt for adjustments of estimated quantities for unit privet work o materiala to co�nforrn to I 'r actual pay quantities therefor as maybe provided for in tha`Special 106nditichs,.all changes , and:alterations in the terms or scope of the Contract shall be made under the authoritye of duly i `executed change orders issued and signed by the Owner and accepted arils signed y.ifie Contractor. All work increasing the cost shall be done as�authoriv. by the.Owner and ordered in writing by the Engineers which order shall state the location, character,smount,,,and method of compensation. No additional or changed work shall be made unless in pur., once er and no claim for an addition to the Contract sum,shallf; of such written order by the Engine , Vi ` A:y c utility mainwmince faciiity owns and spochIcationampd July z IM tw:if 4,t Hiti#ssr NwF+.d•r^ddfF ;°.t'L:u -i n.i v-ti > :. . . F .'7' . �t 5 If the modification or alteration increases the amount of word to be done, and the added wflrk or any,part thereof is of a type and character which can be properly and fairly classified under -j one or more unit price items of the Proposal, then such added work or part thereof shall be j paid for according to the amount actually done and at the applicable unit price or prices therefor. Otherwise, such work shall be paid for as"Extra Work"as hereinafter provided in this 1 Article GP-26. if the modification or alteration decreases the amount of work to be done, such decrease shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by such decrease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by applicable unit prices, the ' Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the amount of: 1. Credit due the Owner for Contract work not done as a result of an authorized change. 2. . Allowance to the Contractor for any actual loss incurred in corn,Dan with the _! purchase,delivery and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work planned and which could not be used in any pas<of the work as actually { . built. ' 3. Any other adjustment of the Contract amount where the method to be used in making such adjustments is not clearly defined in the contract documents. Statements for extra work shall be rendered by the Contractor not later than fifteen (16)days after tie completion of each assignment of extra work and if fouind correct will be approved by the Engineer and submitted for payment with the next regular monthly estimate. The Owner reserves the right to contract with any person or firm other than the Contractor for t', any or all extra work. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact that he shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of the work that may be omitted. i, .. Extra 1IWorik- , (a), The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be ' ' required to accomplish any change or alteration in or addition, to the work shown by the Plan: i or reasonably implied by the Specifications and not covered by the Contract proppsal items . and which is not otherwise provided under this Article GP-21. ` (b) The Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Engineer when authorized by the Owner. The compensation to be aid the Contractor for erfo i " }, P p rm ng er, ra work shall be determined by one or more of the following method'. 1. Method A: By agreed unit price 2. Method B: By agreed lump sum t' A:y c utility maintenance facility plans and speciricabons.wpd July,2,.19 `1 a"l�vxi. .,7,•a. ice%=5^xry: ;r;,;, z r tp ', ,: i t Method C: If neither Method A or B can be agreed upon bef6re the work is started by force account. (Per Section 109, Measurement and Payment, Missouri,State.Highwey and' Transportation Commission. Missouri Standard Specification for Highwa:y` , Construction 1996. 27T- GP . SUS RENSI®N al:WORK The Owner may at anytime suspend the work, or any part thereof by giving ten (10) days notice to the Contractor in writing. The work shall be resumed by the Contractor within ten (10) days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so. 4 But 9 the work, or any part thereof, shall be stopped by the notice in writing aforesaid, and if � .r the Owner does not give notice in writing to the Contractor to resurne within a reasonable j period of time, then the Contractor may abandon that portion of the work so suspended and. he will be entitled to the estimates and payments for all work done on the.portions abandoned, if any. GP-2ffi' ©PER'S RICFIT YD Dt) �svt°� q If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the work properly or fall to 'e' an rovision p yp of this contract, the Owner, after ten (10)day:written notice to the Contractor, may;:.without w I ( prejudice to any other remedy he may have,make good such deficiencies and nosy deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. GP49 Q9IVAfER'S RMHT Tip TERMiIPI RAr;� If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general,assignment . ., for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be ,appointed on account of his L insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except.in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly,skilled workman or proper` materials, or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the :Engineer,,or otherwise be guilty of a:substantial violation of any provision of the.Contract; then.the Owner t;may;without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after q'iving thi Contractor seven (17) ' r deys.written notice, tenrtinate the employment of the ContractorAnd take•' Ossession bf,thi: premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatowe t metftod he'may, .deem expedient ; 4. In such case, no further' a y , p yment will be made the Contractor dntil:tht, wont is finished: If the ar-rr1� { , unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed`the expense_.of finishing the work including :;campensaion for additional managerial and`administrative sarrdces; such expanses pefd"to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the C ntractor j :'shali'pay the difference to the Owner. �fc# y A y e,utillty maintenance facility plans and spociRcations.wpd July zt of ,'V i -x ti r4..,�s'Y ..J•l .t.'i. ., ..rl+ r'e :fr:". :. '' i.'� Q�eIEU.OIN.O► — _ _ .__L..._.a_..�.r..__.�_ _ tti f'.. ...v _ 5 �rr h/:.t'� i i 1 GP-36 CDNTl2A�tDR'S iRlGHT TO STOia'611i'O' k4t ? m ACT ' If the work should be stopped under an order of any court, dr other public authority, for a i f .:_ _.- period of three months, through no act or fault of the Contractor or-of anyone employed by him, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7) days written notice to the Owner and the Engineer,stop worts or terminate his contract and recover from the. Owner payment for ail work executed and any loss sustained upon any plant or materials and reasonable profit and � damages: t rti 1) x t , GP41 Ll;����5 ���I N�►Tit��1r GAt1��5 All loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work to be done, of from the action of the. j >° elements,or from floods or overflows, or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruction l of difficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstances either known or unforeseen, which may be encountered in the prosecution of the said work, shall be sustained and bonne by the } l ; Contractor at his own cost and expense. r GP-32 SLINDA�Yo E-0J.�p Y AN6lD NIGHIJNQRK No wort{shall be done between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and.7:00 a.m., nor on Sundays or legal holidays, without the written approval of h s y , pp the City. However, work necessary to case of �r emergencies or for the protection of equipment or finished Work ma y be done without the City's t approval. Night work may be established by the Contractor as a regular procedure with the written permission of the City;such ermission.however, may be revoked at an time b the City if the i ...�r � p Y; . P Y Y Y tY � f <; Contractor fails to maintain adequate equipment and supervision for the proper prosecution i And control of the work at night. l GP-33 LNN=A`,VORABLE COjiST+l, RUCTI�i�.1COLA9�!lTl��� r ©wring:,unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other suitable construction,,conditions, the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be affected advorselythereby. No portion of the work shall be constructed under conditions which would effect adversely the . J Y f qualky±or efliclency thereof, unless special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor; t t t o perform the Wmrk In a proper and satisfactory manner. GPI DMITTED I i. i A,y c 1ty maintenance facility plans and speciflcationsmpd Uuly 2, i98H . e " 6C } GP-35 MAT F2lA��Ai�lLy�lliP�6�' Unless specifically provided otherwise in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent installation in the work shall be new, unused,and undamaged when installed or otherwise incorporation in the work. No such material or equipment shall be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intsnded or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Engineer in each case. GP-36 DEE ITS In case any action at law or suit in equity is brought against the City or any officer or agent Of them for or on account of time failure, omission, or neglect of the Contractor to do and perforil any of the covenants, acts, matters, or things by this contract undertaken to be done or performed, or for the injury or damage caused by the negligence or alleged negligence of the ,- Contractor or his subcontractors or his or their agents, or in connection with anu claim or e .. claims based on the lawful demands of subcontractors, workmen, material mean, or su ppi lers °. of machinery and parts thereof,equipment, power tools, and supplies Incurred in the fulfillment ' of this contract, the Contractor shall indemnify and save hariamless the City and their officers and agents, of and from all losses, s. g damages, costs, expenses., judgrr�i�rts, or dsc���s whatever arising out of such action or suit that may be brought as aforesaid. , GP-33 R . Any changes or additions to the scope of work shall be through a written order from time Engineer to the Contractor directing such changes In the work as made necessary or desirable . by unforeseen conditions or events discovered or occurring during the progress of the work. GP-38 CQN1RACT TIME The time for the completion of the work Is specified and it is an e'sserbtial part of the contract. �• The Contractor will not be entitled to any extension of contract time because of unsuitable weather condifion unless,suspension of the work for such conditions was"authorized in Wrlting } by the Engineer. � ? ;, if tha time for the completion ofthe work is based upon working days,this time will be'sparcified k in the contract. A working day is derffined as any day when, in the judgment of,the'Engineer, A 'S soil and weather conditions are such as would permit any then major operation of the proct: for six-(6) hours or over unless other unavoidable conditions prevent foie• Contradtdr's operation. If conditions are such as to stop work in less than six (6) hours, the day will not die counted as.a working da No working days will be counted from December 15 to March 15, both crates Inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and City holidays will not be counted as working days any time during the year. • , A c utility maintenance facility plans and spectilcations.wpd July 2,1J°6 7 =7777-777:7 N _."" •»..at=r.^mtV'u':Mf,A.�''�,}w..;b.,Gavd.r:.f bx.......:n y . MifM�nanAlSpti v.esamr>wn...��... - —._.a_...._..�__ ��_!_y._ —___�.__ .,.. _. , „!f .•,.,, ,. , I i II i GP-39 CGISIT ACTA1ME-E)C IBION s• The Engineer may make allowance for time lost due to cAuses which `vie deems jiAti ication ' for extension of contract time. If the Contractor claims an extension of contract time on the grounds that he is unable to work due to causer beyond his control, he shall'state`his reasons in writin famish roof to establish his claim and state the approximate number of days he . g, p estimates he will be delayed. Notice of intention to claim an extension of contract tirne on the above grounds shall be flied with the Engineer at the time the cause or causes occur and the f` claim shall be filed in writing within 30 days after the claimed cause for the delay has ceased ► a to exist. , i GP-40 L QUILIATEn nAJ AGES —� Time is an essential element of the contract and it is therefore. important that,the work be j pressed vigorously to completion. Should the Contractor'or in case of default the surety,fail to complete the work within the time specified. in the contract, or within such extra tome as may be allowed in the manner set out in the preceding sections,,a deduction of an amount'as set i out.in the contract will be made for each day and every calendar day that such contract remains uncompleted after the time allowed for the completion. The said arnot�nt set out €n —, the proposal is hereby agreed upon,not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for loss to the City and the,public, after the expiration of the time stipulated in the contract, and will be ,. deducted from any money due the Contractor under,the contract, and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for any and all liquidated damages. Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the expiration of the specified time, or after any extension of the time, shall in no way operate as a waiver or, the part of the City or any or its. -- rights under the contract. GP-41 MEAS .Ii T AND Ic�AYEIAEI► ' ; (a) �Q AYMENT Contractor will be paid for quantities actually constructed or performed,as determined by field measurement(except as may be hereinafter provided')at the unit pries" laid for the items listed in this.schedule of the Bid or for such extra work as may be authori.ed and,approved by:time Engineer. The cost of incidental work not listed in the schi- ule of the BidT but necessary:for Pi the completion of the project shall be included in bid items. r i s' };h ' (b) 11:?DiJC'1rfGU R ur ►dgg'�;TED tAiO�bC �: If the Engineerdeems it expedient not to correct work that has been damaged;or.that was not Aorta, irnaicxordancs with the Contract, an equitable`deduction frort5;the'Contract price,a.h31l,be w made therefore. t•" .'. C { A:y a utility maintenance facility plans and apecifications.wpd L t t r{ ' i I (c) LUMESUMITENI.S. Payment for each lump sum Item shall be at the lump sum bid for the Iteyn, co�npi:;tra In lace and shall include the costs of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment to"construct the#teni 4 as described herein and to the limits shown on the plans. (d) PAFLTLA_ I'Ay EKT }" Partial payment will be made an a monthly basis. The payment shall be based on the work that has been found generally acceptable under the contract by the City Engineer or Inspector: A retainer equal to 1 0% of the amount of work completed to date shall be withheld. i (e) ACcEP1'."CEAN1aj1 Al PAyAMNT Upon receipt of written notice that the,work is ready for iYrral in, t, Engineer will,promptly make such inspaci;on, and when he Sends the work abcebte acceptance, the Contract and the Contract fully p under tilt'performedi he will promptly issue artalartlt<cat4, over his. . own signature, stating that the work required by this contract has been d;ompleted and is t acceptable by him under the teens and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found 10 be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Co City by the ., City of Jeffersonwithin thirty rty(3t))days,after the date of said neat' certificate: _ < r ! " .'(f) AFFIDA! WT®F #'%MpjjA= Monies due to the Contractor will not be delivered to the Contractor without' t rte ' Department of Public Works a Affidavit of Compliance Mth Prevaiiling Wage Law prescribed form attached to the back of these contract documents. x GP-42 RELEASE DF L11ABlLl]Y The acceptance'by the Contractor of the last payment shall operate as..and shall be a release to the Owner and every officer and agent thereof, from all claims and Ilabliity to,the Contractor for.,iin*Aing.,done or,furnished for, or relating to the work,"or"roc an�r"°act or neglect:tsf this : 17 _ owner or of any .. . y person relating to or affecting the work.'. :::GP-43 CERTIFICATIONS , � - 9 All suppllRrs of materials such as drainage pipe or handr�ail.artd aIR suppliers of asphaltic concrete:or portland cement concrete mixtures shail"rert' ' in wrrtrn i k i'� r i r i that the product as supplied conforms fully with these specifications.... Such certification shall be delivered in triplicate to the Department of Public Works of ` least 24 hours:before the product is to be used o ' ,,. n the project,. 'A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and s Pecttcalians.wpd ,.J my 2,1598 3 ' { ti r. GP-43.2 The City, at its option, may perform or have performed such tests.gs.rnay be deemed necessary to further assure that only specified matErials, are ' -� incorporated into the work. l GP-44 LO.DAL PREFE-RF-NCE i . z In making purchases or in letting contracts for the perfornance of any job or service, the purchasing agent shall give preference to all firms, corporations or individuals which maintain offices or places of business within the corporate limits of the City of Jefferson, when the qualify of the commodity or performance promised is equal or better and the price quoted Is the same or less. i _j GP-45 PR EE ENS -EDRALS MANUEACT -GOODS Yi On purchases in excess of$5,000, the City shall select produer smmarufacSur, d, assembl l -, or produced in the united States, if quantity, quality, and price are equal. Every contract for public works construction or maintenance in excess of $5,000 shall contain a provision r requesting the contractor to use American products in the performance of the contract. '. G19 E Ai2D OS�!Q�D REJEC NE HfftS � All bidders are required to submit with bid Minority Business Enterprise Eligibility Forms for all subcontractors and suppliers who the contractor intends to use on the project. Cocimplialmce with this requirement and the Minority Business Enterprise Pro gram shall be a consideration for award of this contract. i --� The contract rwiii be awarded to the lowest and best responsible bidder on the base bid proposal, complying with the conditions of the Advertisement for bids and Specifications, providing the bid is reasonabie and it Is in the interest of the City of.Jefferson, Missouri to � accept same. "f he bidder to whom an award is made will be notified at time earliest possible date. The City of Jefferson, however, reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to `1 waive all informalities in bids received whenever such rejection or waiver is in their interest. GP-47 iAEIFlDAVIT_0E [`AMR .' i, Upon completion of project and prior to final payrnen , each rntractar and subcontractor i hereunder shall file with the City of Jefferson, Missouri, Public W rks Departm ent, arc affidavit _- stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully compiled with thy: provisions and i requirements of Section 290.290, IRS Mo (1993 Supp.), an act relating,4a Public Works � contracts. 'The City of Jefferson shall not issue a final payment until such affidavit'is filed A:y c ut uy maintenance facility plena and specftatkms.wpd; July 2, 1 S`W.9 I 1 ' I i GP-48 M119S(]U'R1 Lh►�ORER REOl11R1=M�h1T Whenever there is a period of excessive unemployment In Mlssoud,.which is defined as any month Immediately following two consecutive calendar months during which the lt~vi~I of unemployment in the State has exceeded five percent (5%)as measured by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics In its monthly publication of employment and unemployment figures, only Missouri laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states may be hired by the contractor or subcontractors to worts on this Public Works' contract. An exception shall exist when Missouri laborers or laborers from non-restrictive states are not available or are incapable or performing ^' the particular type of work involved, if so certified by the contractor or subcontractor hereunder- and approved by the Public Works Director.of the City of Jefferson, Missouri. Nor does this provision apply to regularly employed non-resident executive, supervisory or technical ... personnel or projects where federal aid funds are being utilized in the act and this provision would conflict with any federal statute, rule or regulation. Laborers from non-restrictive states means persons who are residents of a state which has not enacted state laws restricting Missouri laborers from working on pub'Ic works projects in that C state, as determined by the Missouri Labor and industrial Relations Commission. A Missouri �--, i. laborer means any person who has resided in Missouri for at least thirty(30)days and Intends ' t' to become or remain a Missouri resident. l , GP-49 L ia�1l_1TY FdR L1i'!A!i'`� ���N i�fi' '�S.COATR�►CT& J9Ai 1 d�1JL.�►�Q. F�ES�oIR__ENIM -' � . In the event a contractor or subcontractor hereunder files with the City.f Jefferson an affidavit stating that the contractor or subcontractor has fully complied with the provisions and requirements of Section 290.290, RSMo (1993 Supp.), when in fact the contractor or i subeoritractor has not complied, to the extent that any liability is assessed against the City of Jefferson, Missouri, or any additional expenses are incurred by the City of Jefferson, Missouri, a any contractor making the false statement, or whose subcontractor makes a false statement' shall hold harmless and indemnify the City for any liability assessed against it or any additional expenses incurred. An contractor who f Any o ails to comply with the requirements of hiring only Missouri laborers or, ., laborers from non-restrictive states, absent statutory exceptions, wl�enever there'is a railed of excessive unemployment in Missouri, agrees to hold harmless and'indemnify the City of w Jefferson, Missouri,for any liability that may be assessed against It or any additional expenses ,. incurred,by the City of Jefferson, Missouri, because of the contractor or subcontractor's failure to com p y EM aF ,F:NERAL A:V c utility maintenance facility plans and specificatlonsmpd ,fury 2;1l�93 1 78Y{illy®1tMli��iO�Y}If�iY�1�a71r�.aVrw�w•a - �Lwa....��re.��,�.r-.. �..�w-..-� —_ .• .. , • r I i I SPA.S:IE+rL..E'E.�C1Yl;9i1.�1�15 ` Ar f' FORWARD: The provisions of this section take precedence over any other provisions „v in these specifications. SP-1 TFSN1dICAL ' 1 11 l�TIC�15 A 19�X �S The Technical Specifications for this project shall consist of the 1990 version t of the.Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction except as modified or contradicted by the City's Contract, Technical Specifications, - ; General Provisions,Special Provisions, and Detail Plans., All construction details included with the plans and attached herein ;Tali be - used in constructing this project. SP-2 PARTIAL 6�CCC�YAhLC� 4 The City reserves the right to accept any part or all of the bid for the project., p-=3 P F-C_C)INIRTRUCTi NEFRPNC �.k Prior to starting work,a pre-construction conference will be held to discus,the project, its scheduling and its coordination vrith the work of othars it is expected that this conference v►rill bP attended by representatives of b`re Owndar, p F the Contractor and his SEulbcontractbr and the Utilities, as M1eI1 The Engineer, , representatives of an other affected agencies which the Owner may Irish -� as repress fiat y � to invite. The work schedule specified in Section IB-23 of the Information for Bidders vtnil be submitted at the conference. S.4 PREVAILING WAGE L�►W f y t li Bidders are hereby advised that compliance-with the Prevailing 'gage Law, Sections 290.210 through 290.340 inclusive of the. Revised Statutes of Missouri, is a requirement of this contract. (Reference Secton 18-20). 4; Section 290.205 requires that a.clearly legible statement of all prevailing hourly wage rates shall be kept pasted In a prominent and,easily accessible.place at the site by each contractor and subcontractor engaged in public works projects, i _ 'and that such notice shall remain postadAuiring the full time. AN c utility maintenance facility plans and specttications.wpd July 2,1898 t7p . rs 'r ' fir3,xhdaa.<Mavh3v.&t+,fukfi : ,;nrsv rlt..i•t+r9R,r s. ,x.s . ?: S:. ' 3' 0r . t ! rit4} : f.. t- { All certificates of insurance provided for this project shall be issued directly from. the company affording coverage. Certification from a local agent is not acceptable without the necessary paperwork empowering and authorizing the agent to sign the surety's name. In addition,when an aggregate amount its included, a statement of 1he amount of that aggregate available to date shall also be attached. EPA P UL TIP.(iaRROJEC IL Only one project in this phase shall be under constsruMion at a time unless prior approval is obtained from the Director of Public Works. Comstruction an that project shall be essentially complete before the next project is started. If O.S. Postal Service access to any mailboxes,ail! be interrupted.during ; construction, the Contractor shall-contact the U.S. Postal Service to determine where the mailboxes should be set during construction. Mailboxes shall be reset at appropriate locations by the Contractor once wottc i is complete. Any materials damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced with material of i better or equal type and quality at the Contractor's expense. P-� TAAFFIC CO RQI DURING i All work shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control f i; Devices. Signs, cones, and barricades shall be placed both to protect workers " and equipment and to protect the public by maricing_.open trenches and.other potential dangers, On projects open to traffic "ROAD CONSTRUCTION "M a - AHEAD"signs shall be placed appropriately. On projects closed to traffic Typs� ti III barricades signed "ROAD CLOSED" .shall be placed at both ends of construction. , Two-way.vehicular traftyc shall be,maintained during construction except r ! i ;r AS 11°O,�D lA .Ela1T PIROPER'i1a a Prior to the removal of the driveways to any dwellings'or .buildings, the, '- Contractor shaill'notify the inhabitants of such structures that the use of the driveways or access will be temporarily affec#ed. Rlotice shall be of sufficient length to allow the persons affected to remove vehicips and other items that ' A:I)c utility maintenance facility plans and specHication3mpd July 2� 199 , �(M1."may ....._....... +.......___.... .......... ........`.............�..�..�........- . nt , may be inaccessible during constriction, activities. Pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times. Suitable access shall be I provided across trenches,ditches or other barriers and obstacles for pedestrian traffic. Appropriate devices shall be used to:•gram the public of the dangers that may be present. -1G1 P-Rf2TECTION OF ADJAC T P-ROPJE.R Surface water shall be diverted and otherwise prevented from entering or damaging adjacent property as a result of precipitation during construction. SP_11 UTILITIES - The Contractor shall expose all utility crossings to a rtablish location and depths prior to construction. i . SPA ROCK I2EfislOVAL ? ` No explosives shall be used on this project within fifty{bf})feet of a structure: Rock in these areas shall be removed by mechanical chipping,jack-harnmer ring or other methods approved by the Engineer. 1�NDERt; RIG III R�JCK CI�I Section TS-2.2.5 specifies that rock cut areas are to be undercut and backfiiled --1 with a drainable material with top surface choked with fines for proper subgrade preparation. No direct payment shall be made for backfill materials. The only payment made shall be for cubic yards of rock excavation. ER�3t�I+ DRA.i / r - All roof and/or foundation drains that discharge into an existing ditch section, storm sewer or curb shall be connected to the proposed storm sewer or curb. . See Technicei Specifications Section TS-29, Downspout Drains. DE S_T BA 111—MA—TION Payment for crushed stone for subgrade stabilization shall be per tori }of material provided, based on,tickets submitted to the City at.the time the work r is done.. Payment shall be at the unit price bid which shall include all labor, i materials, tools and equipment necessary to stabilize the area including t it removal of unsuitable material, di8posal of the material off^s ite and subgrade preparation. A;V c,utiiity maintenance facility plans and specfficaUons.wpd July 2;18 e } ` 3"ROLLED STONE-BASE Payment for 3" Rolled Stone Ease shall be made by square yard measured, , 3 from back of curb to back of curb, plus one (1)foot. Any additional thickness necessary under the curb and gutter section, that might be needed if the:curb and gutter section is placed separately, shall be subsidiary to this item. No additional payment will be made. .a SP-f p REPAID OF—DRIVI 9lG S[JRFACF F-;` i Ary All sections, of pavement damaged or removed during construction shall be replaced in accordance with the following requirements.: Existing E.uement Base sudam PCC Street -- 6" PCC Bituminous Street 5" PCC 1-Y2!AC Cold mix shall be used on a temporary basis when asphaltic concrete hot mix St: ' Is not available. The cold mix shall be removed and the permanent hot mix M� shall be installed when it becomes available. Chat drives, alleys, and parking areas shall be resurfaced with brushed sfone ^~'` in the area: disturbed. ` z In all areas disturbed by construction activities, replacement and repair of the '3 { driving surface shall be subsidiary to construction. AD, USTME.,NT.OE UTILITY S pmM } The necessary adjustment of utility services such as water, gas, telephone, and electric, including meters, valves and other appurtenances shall be subsidiary to the work. =i� SIN � APu�id� �Ehtl PIP��fi All pipe's to be abandoned shall be plugged and sealed with Portland cement concrete at the locations as shown.on the plans, All pipes to be abandoned shall be completely filled: cls;an sand. The sand i shall be blown into the pipe by,,using,compressed air or other such means. x All plugging and filling of pipes shall be subsidiary,to the work. �-- r A:y a utility maintenance facility plans and specMications.wpd July 2,1994. Him : i ' �1 �0o7t.'Ifr Sri „r ;�P-2Q EX�®YAILQN Ftal�SA,1�9UARY-SE�R Ail excavations required to install the, sewer pipe, manholes, �nr� bther necessary appurtenances shall be unclassified (for ex4mpl o no dh; ct'payrnent will be made for rock excavation, the cost of which shall be+included ih,the unit --i price of the installation of any required item).` DF—SF AtER @IRE The unit price for the installation of sever pipe steal! Include all necessary excavations, ditching, backfilling, bedding, shoring or any other item requiresd to make the installation of the pipe. P--22 ITEMSIBEL.-lETIN-Pt-A 4 I . i items marked "LIP"on the plans shall be "left In place". Any damage to these i items, or other items that were not to bie disturbed:bynstl�act'seafz steal! be ite , repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. tZ+. EiM@QFSpE� ie►L-LIWSRIO ' i ts 1 r, , 0` �r i• t A-.1 c utility,maintenanca facility ple�s and spxitications.wpd ,duly 2, 1998 ; 1,. .'455+'!!?»+ ..u»5i¢,+{T..3ustiYa.wrr4°- i.'2Sz.rvFers,zfr-i..y."n.c l+.. L"::.pk, f. ;r fr't.:r'i ?` sS' 3�r;.F,xa .4;�•. t ';f((d ,, L,,` .,t. ......,e�ylFa.;..rx llw•3 q z.:•ay�;e1.R, j ,t 77 77777., r i 7 771 t { t Y .. t' I 1. i. .F ' . .. , .t ,�.j I�j I I�I j I I I.-��, I.I I,--I�"�-, , ,��: I I j I � .� � . .I I .. I I .I�I I :. .I I I I j I . � I �, . I V. I� � ,, j,,�: . .� , .. .1 . �� r 5. '`t l Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope. bearing an;the outside the narhe'of the. -r bidder,the bidder's address, and the name of the,prgjpd,for which the'bill i a being submitted ' , If forwarded bar mail, the sealed,envelope containing the bid must be,enclosed in anotf�ar :"' 1 ' , envelope addressed as follows: ' . . S. ,.,. 1.... t f , p Purchasing Ag®nt ' ;' City of J®fferson, lGid .r.+ ; 1, ,.� 320 E. McCarty Street �. j t I I q Jefferson City, MO 651 X01 . ;. Fo'r.the convenience of bidding this projef t, a "BID PACKrT°' has beers Included With the '`j r . ' .''. project' manual,. This packet contains the necessary forms to be subm' Itted with the bld ..,.. ` proposal, The contents of this packet include the follovring: . ' . . 1) BID FC'r13M fl-� 2) BID BOND: . . 3) AFJTI-COLLUSION STATEMEi�S� 4) CONiTi�ACT©r'�°S.�A1FFIiiA�iIT : - S) f1AIN0lIT"1! BUS!l�ESS tlTIL{ZA�"IIV C(�MMITIUl1=�{T:. :: I. .. ...... ,:� . , 'f 1 . ` ;�, rya '#C: I . . I { . . fir+ f: � t 1 ;i } 1 III c, - .l j „ f .. ,tl_ ,� + .. t ., IfS .' ., �,, 1 jy; t "'i '± - , i l r�`('k. f� . . . 7� v k ♦ .�xF 11.? I%5 i C �f 1t. !.r '{ N<s xril j r j.�$ t9 +li E 11 r'}l.,' t .!F t S 7' ,,� 1 µ�.1. 9 'tr}_ rG j + '.i - l ,a :r $Y t i r 7( I r E }s f t 1,.� t + yyH" F.j,j (, IS f 1 .; k A c utllity malntenanca facility plans and�oeci�tations.wvpd "' .�uiy�,.tom " 'j.s . . +s �4'. E�� � 7 4 : j 11� ii. j .r t5. , r I 'N,X { 3 j; t s I. r `rf o t 1 i r' 1 ` S t , 1 t ^ +4,t.;'f: r 1. ; .. i 's' L Eid :,Ey t , , �31i4 t p jt i31'''1 ;S I t A s _ ..r. , .. ti 2 {. y * j. l< , r P2 4 i t., .t rr' ' t c r PJ ?a xi xi may` i .! ,t q 1 r . I P y l i N 11 2f Yfi} 5 f E f ,kr --�..141�k4f �, p' .� i$ [ t t r �� S 1 _ t �� 1' ' :i+r,,e,u �';t s! �� .t. .'s, i _'.'t" t .:t ' (4'.1lal,e+: .>�na��i�-- r - - -_..t --_.--r_�_� __. t:. ... +i. .... ,71a ,r.,.i 'r r.. r. ?a i;i+ I i DIVISION - CONCRETE SECTION 3.1 PORT_LAND CEMEN_T CONCRET7 1.00 SCOPE: A. This section of the specifications covers the materials, methods of constn�ctian, anal requirements necessary to complete the Portland Cement Concrete work as indic=ated on ' the drawings or as specified herein. I 2.00 MATERIALS 2.01 PORTLAND CEN1ENT: a I, or ' A. The Portland Cement shall conform to A.S.T.M. Specifications C-1.50, Type i A.S.T.M. Specification C-175, Type to air entrained cement, if approved by the Engineer. B. The Portland cement used under this contract shall be a standard bend of portland f cement which has been in practical use in public works and which l.ias heretofore given _.1 satisfactory results. The cement when delivered to the site or at the location where the concrete is to be mixed, shall be stored so as to protect it from darnage; and no damaged, 'c{ partially set, or lumpy cement shall be used in the work sand shall immediately be 1 removed from the premises. The cement shalt be manufactured by only one.mill and used throughout the entire project. Brands of cement shall not be mixed. `-' 2.02 FINE AGGREGATE: A. The fine aggregate shall consist of clean, natural sand of hard, strong, durable,material, `! free from all foreign organic material or other injurious impurities conforming.tca AS.T.M. C-33. The sand shall be graded to meet the following sieve analysis using the U.S. Standard sieve series, with all percentages determined by weight. r SIEVE SIZE RCENT—PAS�I�1_G 3/8 Inch 100 { No. 4 55-100 No. 16 60-75' No. 50 10-30 No. 100 0-5 p The fineness modules of the fine aggregate shall not be less than 2.50 not more than 3.00. 1 ) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRE'I' Ari. . L. ..i . .�•-w.>i'.c�r;t w.cif £ :s .. .ef- c i Y i. ���}! + �tfr�Sr�'LS .. _.._...... _ __.._-_..._. _...-. ^. +..-..... .....,. 341 e ar i .1 2.03 COARSE AGGREGATE: A. The coarse aggregate shall be cleaned, washed and screened of gravel or ccvshed limestone, having a specific gravity of not less than 2.56. The gF•avel shall be free from dust, loam, clay, alkali, or organic impurities, and free from thin porous, elongated, or laminated particles. A sample of the gravel when subjected to the sodium sulphate a c el r ated soundness test st for freezing and thawing shall have a wei gh ted average loss of not more than 15%. Crushed limestone aggregate shall consist of uncoated particles of sound, durable rock of uniform quality without an excess of flat, elongated, or laminate pieces. B. The gravel or crushed limestone shall be graded to meet the following sieve analysis _r using the U.S. Standard Sieve Series, with all percentages determined by weight. STEVE SIZE PERCENTAGE LASaRj 1 °/a inch 100 ti 1 inch 95-100 �. '> ! 3/4 inch 70-8 r 3/8 inch 2040 ,,- No. 4 a--5 The use of frozen aggregates will not be permitted. Vr ben the temperature of the air 4... j permits concreting to be carried on, the aggregates must be thawed out, thoroughly removing all frost before inclusion in the concrete mixture. , . f ; huru' � 2.a4 `HATER: A. the water in mixing concrete shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acids, ..alkalis,salts, or organic matter. The water used shall be ofpomble quality. j. 2.05 ADMIXTURES: A. Should the Contractor desire to incorporate in the concrete mix an admixture to improve the work ability of.the concrete, the approval must be obtdined from the Engineer. However, no additional payment will be made for the use of the admixture; the use of ' such admixture will be made at the Contractor's expense. 1. For plasticizing, consider using "Pozzotith" by Master Builders Cnr►npany, 1R-77 by Chem Masters Corp., or equal. s 2. For air entraining, consider using "Darex" Dewey and,Almy Chemical Crnn✓a Y, T ; "Adz-Air", Chem Masters Corp., or equal. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 3 .1-2 i I i�asrr - Ii1fA�.a��" T�117�Y/�ilI IRMBt�it�t(i¢icv�ners�'rmvst.a�wawniriui��:. . �—••�-�••,-� a vm[.5ta+��.3s�sausmmmrraa� +r�r� ; 1 2.06 GROUT: _ . . A, Not Required. _ 2.07 PREIVMOULDED EXPANSION JOINT: 1 I - A. The prernoulded expansion joint material shall be Oct, drawing details. 2.08 WATERSTOPS: _r A. The waterstops shall be polyvinyichloride plastic, serrated type of the width as sho wn on i the drawings. Similar to "Sealtight Duo-PVC", Type No. 4332D, W.R. Meadows, Inc., Style 700 Greenstreek Plastics Products, or equal. 2.09 REINFORCING STEEL: -, rcin steel shall be rolled from new Billet-Steal Bars for concrete � A_ The reinforcing reinforcement A.S.T.M.-615 with deformations conforming to A.S.T.M.-305 and 60,000 psi minimum yield strength, A.S.T.M. A-432. .a B. The reinforcing, when delivered, shall be protected from the weather. The reinforcing shall not be oiled or painted. Reinforcing with slight rlis�t which can easily be rerr�uvedi with a wire brush may be used after removal of rust. All reinforcing steel unacceptable ' tei removed from the job site --w to the Engineer will be immediately J ' C. Welded wire fabric shall conform to A.S.T.M. A.-185 and shall be the size and gauge shown on the drawings. D. All bent bars shall be accurately cold bent to conform to the approved shop drawings. �-, E.. All bars shall be tagged and bundled. Metal marking tags are to be used. F. Metal accessories, including spacers, chairs, ties and other devices necessary far properly assembling, placing and spacing and supporting all reinforcing in place, shall be provided. G. Reinforcing steel shall be carefully handled so that it will not become bent or otherwise � " damaged, shall be stored on racks, skids or other supports which will keep,the steel from contact�with the ground. 2.10 CONCRE TE ADHESIVE: A. Where indicated on the drawings or requested by the Engineer, Tiger-grip brand,.Aeryl- 601 or equal adhesive shall be used. 3 . 1-3 PORTLAND CEMENT C ONCRETE _ dl�! t�rrRaw '� .. �.�-^ •�'�"��•'�'Y�`^•R" •r+w•r.rr�Rwar wuavrr��wr.n•vrn wows.+n.9/.�w.rwrw•wn�w.gpgY.paJP-NOi.1I1VfiRA�L41�Y I• ' 3.00 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: 3.01 CONCRETE: t A. Class A Concrete shall be used for all structural concrete such as floor slabs sidewalks concrete walls, etc. Class A Concrete shall consist of the following requirements: Cement: 6 sack minimum per cubic yard. Water: 23 gallons per cubic yard maximum(including water in r- aggregates). ' Strength: 4000 psi in 28 days and 2700 psi in 7 days. Slump: 3 to 5 inches. L 3.02 MIXING: A. Ready Mix (Central Plant) Concrete shall be used for all work on this project, Provided ! the concrete conforms to the proportions and strengths as specified herein. Two speed mixer trucks shall be utilized for transit to the job site. B. The concrete must be in place within 45 minutes after water is added to the mix. A.S.T.IVi. Specifications for Ready Miix Concrete G-94 shall appiy. The Central Mixin j Plant shall be designated in writing to the Engineer tior his approval one week prior to the usage of concrete on the,fob site. 3.03. COLD ,'`�--n,�,: AND HOT WEATBFR REQC MU. v.YENTS. t 4, �. A. Cold weather concreting shall not be continued when the air-temperature 's below 45 , degrees F, unless the following conditions are maintained: I: Mixing water shall be heated to a maximum of I50 degrees F. 2. Aggregates shall be heated until free of all ice and frost. ` i r 3. The concrete temperature after mixing shall be betaveen 50,de ees F and,70 degrees F if the air temperature is 25 degrees F to 45 degrees F. w ! After the concrete is placed, it shall be cove red, n so as to c . maintain a minimum of 70 degrees Fair,temperature for the first 24 hours and 50 degrees F for the next six days. 5 . Moist conditions shall be maintained during,the heath ig period. i +... ; 6. All covering, heating equipment, etc, be can hand aPFro�� by e iE i . PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE " � 3 . 1w4 j�. 4 fa $ !t .. J �� frpbl��pf�Yllm�ffOUtrt ilr� .___. —_._ 1• <, .. . .. Engineer before any concrete is placed, B. Admixtures, such as calcium chloride, shall be used only with the approval of the t Engineer. i C. No concrete shall be placed on iced or frozen subgrade or when the.air temperature is } below 25 degrees F. D. Hot weather concrete work will not be permitted on exposed surfaces while air temperature exceeds 100 degrees F. Cover and protect and c041 as necessary to maintain the internal temperature of the concrete below 1.00 degrees.F. Concrete delivered to the job site while in the Ready Mix truck shall maintain a temperawfe less 4µ than 85 degrees F. 3.04 CURING: = A. Curing shall be accomplished by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change, r ..! and,mechanical injury or injury from rain or flowing water for a period of not less than 5" days where normal Portland Cement has been used. Curing Mall be started as soon as free water has disappeared from the surface of,the concrete after placing and finishing. Curing shall be accomplished by using any of the following methods or combination t=: thereof, as approved by the Engineer. F3. Unformed surfaces shall be covered with approved fabric, mats, burlap, or with sand, � ' and shall be kept continually wet, or be covered with waterproof paper or polyethylene sheeting, or be coated with liquid membrane. Where formed surfaces are cured in forms, the forms shall be kept continually wet or the top fonns may be loosened, as directed or approved by the Engineer and water allowed to run down between the dorms and ' concrete. If forms are removed before the end of the curing period, curing shall he � i ce . � continued as unformed surfaces. Burlap shall be usec, only,on susfa..,.,s Which vill be 7 exposed in the finish work and shall be in two lagers. Water shall.be applied in a manner which will not damage the concrete, and shrill be free from impurities which may damage i or discolor the concrete. C. Liquid membrane-forming curing compounds, when approved by the Engineer, shall be 1 applied by P ower spraying equipment using a spray nozzle equipped with a wind � ard. The compound shall be applied in a two-coat, continuous operation of a coverage of riot; ' more than 200 square feet per gallon for each coat as recommended by the manufactures ' The compound shall farm a uniform continuous adherent film that will not cheek crack u' or peel and shall be free from pinholes or other:imperfections. Surfaces s klect to heavy' rainfall within 3 hours after application of compound shall be re-sprayed at the rate specified above. Surfaces coated with curing compound shall be kept free oiFfoot.and vehicle traffic or other,abrasions during the curing penod.. Membrane curing compound ' PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE y , ' 'xis ' /". : 'rt,,;v �"£•`� 4 +,. t .1 shall not be used on surfaces that are to receive concrete, bituminous membrane , waterproofing; resilient floor covering, nor surfaces that are to be painted. r the Waterproof paper or polyethylene sheeting shall be laced to completely cove T": concrete with enough overlap for secure anchorage around the edges. Adjoining sheets shall be lapped 6 inches and appropriately weighted, or sealed-with tape or other approved means. Edge and lap anchorage shall be sufficient to prevent billo Mng or displacement by the wind. The sheeting material shall be no less than 4 rruls thick and black in color for cold weather use and white or clear fbr hot weather. E*„ E. To facilitate rubbing of concrete, or for other reasons, forms may be removed from ' vertical surfaces of thick sections 48 hours after concreting, vrith the approval of the r _l Engineer. Extreme caution should be exercised to prevent injury of concrete surfaces and edges during form removal. Surfaces revealed by fomi removal before the 5 day ° " curing period shall have one of the other curing m athods applied as soon as possible after : form stripping. 3.05 FORMS: ,: A. The forms utilized for concrete shall be watertight, true to line and elvratiun, and rigidly braced so as not to"be disturbed during the placement,of concrete. If the forins develop any defects such as bulging, sagging, or showing signs of lateral displacement after the concrete has been placed, the concrete slWl be removed and replaced correctly at the Contractor's ea►-pense. The inside of all forms shall be coated with a li&t, clear, paraffin based oil, which will not discolor or otherwise mar the concrete surface. Thl e.oil will be applied prior to erection of the forms; any reinforcing steel contaminated with for ni oil will be removed and replaced. °} E. Forins for concrete surfaces which will be visible in the finished structure shall be lined F with wooded sheets such as masonite or smooth plywood. The joints of this lining shall � be neat and close. Lining damaged with hammer imprints shall riot be uses. C. Removal of forms shall be restricted to the foliowirg minimum time requirements: 1. Floor slab(structural): 120.hours ; 2, " Floor slab on grade: 48 hours I— Walls: 48 hours � w D. The minimum times, shown above, shall be utilized unless specific inst�uctic�n to increase this time period has been requested by the Engineer..j E. Form ties`shall be of the"removable end, permanently embedded body type'and shall hays sufficient strength, stif Ness, and rigidity to support and maintainithe form in p"ipper. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 3.1-6 w�mwvw s�v�r.rtv position and alignment without the use of auxiliary spreaders. Ties shall slso;have v,►ater stop collars. :A - F, Chamfer strips shall be placed in forms to bevel all salient.edges and co►-ners except the 1 top edges of walls and the edges which are to be tooled. Unless otherwise noted, bevels ` shall be 3/4 inch wide and shall be cast in place. 3.06 PLACING REINFORCEMENT: " A. Reinforcement shall be accurately formed and positioned, and shall be maintained in _..; proper position while the concrete is being placed and compacted. Unless otherwise i shown on the drawings, the details of fabrication shall conform to ACI 315 and 318. In case of conflict, ACI 31.8 shall govern. 1 B. Approval by the Engineer is required at the completion of placing reinforcing steel prior to the placing of any concrete. 3.07 PLACING OF CONCRETE: .a Z . A. The placing of concrete shall be accomplished by placing in one continuous operation _J between the limits of the work or between.properly constructed and permissible construction joints. B. The Contractor shall place no concrete until after inspection, by the Engineer, of forams, in and embedded items. Place no concrete over water covered, muddy, frozen reinforcing, soil, dry soil or sub-base. Dry sub-base shall by sprini<1ed with water prior to the placement of concrete. C. In preparation for the placing of concrete;, all chips, and other construction debris and extraneous matter, shall be removed from the interior of the forms. Stnats, stays and - braces, serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape and alignment pending the placing of concrete in their Iodations, shall be removed when the concrete placing has r reached an elevstion rendering their services unnecessary. These temporary members shall be entirely removed from the forms and not buried in the concrete. Concrete shall r be placed so as to.avoid segregation of the materials and displacement of the reinforcement. The use of long troughs, elutes, and pipes for conveying concrete from ' {{ the mixer to the forms shall be permitter) only on written autharization f�orn the E Engineer. In case an inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such � conveyors, the Engineer may order discontinuance of their use and the substitution of a _ satisfactory method of placing. D. Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal or metal lines;,where steep slopes are required, the chutes shall be equipped with baf?tiles or be in.short lengths that reverse the 1 PORTLAND CEMEI✓lT CONCRETE ..,�,ay,.`�'.g3lw,4<ti+4Yt{yaWi4^+.wJ„;t;(•d'f tF t.eF.'a4`. .k:; 7t f-. . ..'"'."""{^.� r . ._ _ ,. ��_._. -�-.-� -�...�«.ww•�.r...,+����...�,d..�� .�✓,..ao,.cn��,asvnvnwansuw. `Aftj direction of movement. E. Ali chutes, troughs, and pipes shall be kept clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete by thoroughly flushing with water after each run; water used for flushing shall be discharged clear of the structure. k F. When placing operations would involve dro in the concrete more than 5 feet, it shall PP g be deposited through sheet metal or other approved pipes. As far as practicable, the pipe 1 shall be kept full of concrete during placing and their lower ends shall be ke t buried in newly-placed concreted. After initial set of the concret P e, th„ forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall be placed can the ends of reinforcement bars which project. G: During the placing of the concrete, it shall be compacted by mechanical vibration F` obtained by mechanical power operating within the mass of the concrete, supplemented by spading tools. Vibrators shall be of a tg.Te and design approved by the Engineer. H. The intensity of vibration shall by such as to visibly afrect a mass of concrete of I inch slump over a radius of at least 18 inches. The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of vibrators to properly compact such batch immediately after it is to placed in r the forms. Vibration shall be manipulated so as to thoroughly the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and in the corners and angles- fthef for `round Vibration shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the areas of the fresh y deposited .��. concrete. I. The vibrators shall be inserted and withdrawn out of the concrete scowl y. The vibration shall be of sufficient duration and intensity to thoroughly compact the concrete, but shall not be continued so as to cause segregation of aggregate. Vibration shall not be continued at any one point to the extent that localized areas of grout are formed. J. Vibrations shall not be applied directly or through the reinforcement to sections or layers � of concrete which have hardened to the degree that the concrete ceases to be plastic Nxr under vibration. It shall not be used to make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great as to cause segregation, and vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete in the forms. „ K. Vibration shall be supplemented by such spading as is necessary to ensure smooth s ifaces and dense concrete along fbrm surfaces and in cornersland locatiolis impossiblH to reach with the Nbrators. 3:08 ' FINISI UNG: ; A. Immediately after removing the forms, all fins or.irregular projections shall be removed from all surfaces exposed above ground. On all surfaces the areas of cavities prtyduced: PORTLAND 'CEMENT CONCRETE 3 . 1-8 —_ _ - by form ties, holes, honeycombing, broken edges or corners, and other surface defects, shall be cleaned and carefully filled, pointed, and trowelled to a true uniform smooth • surface with sand-cement mortar mixed in the proportions used in the grade of concrete 1 being furnished. Defective concrete as determined by the Engineer shall be repaired by cutting out the unsatisfactory material and placing new concrete whccl:t shall be secured with keys, dovetails or anchors. Concrete for-patching shall be drier than the usual mixture and shall be thoroughly tamped into place. B. All exposed concrete surfaces, that is, those surfaces which will be visible outer the plant is in operation (except floor slabs and sidewalks) shall be finished in the following .I - manner: 1~orrns shall be removed from such surfaces as soon, as structurally possible, as approved by the Engineer and all depressions or imperfections immediately patched as described above. The surface shall then be machine or hand-rubbed until the entire -t surface has a smooth, homogeneous pleasant-appearing fiiiish of uniform texture and color. Any delay in patching or rubbing such surfaces shall be cause for rejection of the ! entire structure or for requiring the sur s ces to be ground smooth and painted. �.( C. All surfaces to receive a paint or protective coating shall be ground, rubbed and filled as necessary to provide a surface smooth enough to insure a good paint coverage. D. No mortar wet cement shall be used in finishing except the mortar necessanj to fill imperfections. Edging tools shall be used on all exposed top edges. E. The top surface of walls where exposed, shall receive a smooth trowelled finish. Where the top surface joins the sides, a 314 inch chamfer shall be provided. All floor slabs shall receive a steel trowel finish. I . 3.09 SAMPLES AND TESTS: A. Samples and tests shall be provided by the Contractor for test purposes, one set of three .� cylinders taken from each day's concrete mix. The test cylinders shall be made, cured, and stored in conformity with A.S.T,M. Specifications C, and tested in conformity Vvith A.S.T.M. Specifications C. One cylinders shall be broken at 7 days and one cylinders at 28 days, at the Contractor`s expense by a testing laboratory selected by the Engineer. B. Three sets of test data shall be submitted to the Engineer for each test made. i• 4.00 SHOP DRAWINGS: i Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General Conditions and General Requirements. The Contractor shall furnish certified mill tests far.all bars,and shall submit duplicate copies of the bar drawings and schedules for preliminary checking ( - and copies for final approval as specified in the General Conditions and General PORTLAND CEnIE-14T CONCRETE 3 . 1-9 r F � A Fix f- . .` . . . ""-A,- _______________� ......,:_r.�___.._.___.._ .1_..11. 1.,..... _ .. �,. .a. __ __..__, _. .,..._�..x..— ,'t t •'t .,. 4 t .I(' ,.i,. I � i Ott Requirements. Bending details shall canfsa Sri to the stui�#ards ot'the Reidbrcing St I ` t 11 Institute.. . Al , . h „ tw !:', END OF SECTION ,:l >_• i+ 11 i : I I - � .. . .. , ,` r: F. �. 1.. f '1 , �S }` .7 .. 4 j t.' ?r, .._, 14i .�i .. '? 'x ., IY�. , k tt , +. , .. . i is , ... p { t r Sf t ij t Y { t .. r{ i S. ---% t tF If ,i ., $. ,,;;�� t i V. p 111 a ., , —. :, t a t 11 tt ,(i. ,� „ f. t . 1i, 7 'F r.. :1 if _r> {i. �, f. ! . .. 11? F 3 1 1. I tt a„y { , , .; �,�,,i— II W/ .;v x1 , i'- l�.b ..{f .[ t yr s,i+ 1 .! t r I _ ar V V t'f, rp �7 ' 1 [ .!f f f ' ' f ' .t ..i lk f+ , Ix [; . :. 'Sf 1r "t .�., r , r� i� t r• i _' ;=f t { Fr.. § .! k +r ! ri% P ,r V 1 r t a. ii,, 1 i,c i 4 t 4,� r, i 1 i V " t ..f: 4 1 ` c. r ( t t }., 5 ?. , ,S j iP ' n 1 ti V Vt;. , t+ rc t .fS� }x.: 'F V E&t *[' l ' rl L., { }t + I.V I 1' _ 1 .F ! ) I + 1 ! } . V rl I T:1j tt r c. F �'r �e1 a{ �� ? t.' F 5 k.1.i�i /5 a :; 11 ' , tF .: E`t s t ,'i ':. 4!£e j !' ) 4 W+, , 'I 1.t,x fit' e'+(t x t,t §" ' , 1r { g v S t Cy°.,Al, xi t.171 A F q Q r V.i't V i! it t t 6t .t; .,f) il r tS1i`!W 4. )F . = rt c tirr '. t.10 t ,�.,,t ,^ v I r 4 _ .:r� �t yti S .[ }'J�+ i f�f'�{ [t ) •i KS !t �sp t 1.Q f :,.i ,.; , i a PORTLAND CEI�IIiN'I' CCl►NCl<tETE, �] yy{{° ' ` 'F F"'. f / �I 11 I e ! •1, i L'.' .1 44.t it r .. i L.11 tYF( 7^ � d f. R 2 :. i 'rte„ J, I }5 eiY° SV Tr�^"r!`rrk°�a 45bkt*maser w w a s1fiY4ffi ��th x} 1 �' tlr ,}ni t�( t 4 , 1 •G .„.«..[F ......_.,y.r.,,,., ..T,,..._. i 1111.,,. , 9 {" .""'^f..11 3 i , t , , - r ,t r 5 �. 5}��i>"k' .e..v ,�' a i i .�t (1 1;.._ it,,1 �.n i s4 s iS , , i�' 5 a �tj 1 f ( ' = rt P� 1Y ' d 5 e [ 4 I� ' .rya �} i 1 n} c ..1 i ,1 , 1 :°: IaFr��FS��,a��. r:N ti-,..;tr �, rt ,$. 1�'lfllllll�f 11f �Ilnr '�n�vrf+ir_ �ei,�ei - _ '�� �J Sri____!,, z rw+,s'w� s't�.4f_-�'_ • �...���.�.�:���t raw.+wvo.a�awreauofr�rx�jgnrp��c�r�r�,s�varr�a. •{b�llRplilCR�/�irt�Y�) all j DIVISION 5- METALS. SEC"Q'If. N 5.3 STEEL DECD 1.00 GENERAL: 1.01 RELATED DQCUNIENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. _ 1.02 SUP&AARY: r t A. This Section includes steel deck units for floor and roof applications. 1.03 SUBMIT'T'ALS: _ 1 ' A. General: Submit the follov�ing in accordance u✓itlt Conditions of Contract ar�cl Division 1 f Specification Sections. I B. Product data including manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of decking and accessories. �. 1. Provide test data for mechanical fasteners used in lieu of welding for fastening deck to �} supporting structures. C. Shop drawings showing layout and types of deck units, anchorage details; and conditions requiring closure strips, supplementary frarnin� sum an cant stri l g A , PA �, p A ps, cut openings, special jointing, and other accessories. 1.04 ,QUALITY ASSURANCE: ? A. Code and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codas and sgtindands, ' except as otherwise indicated: 1: American Iron and Steel Institute(A.ISI), "Specification for the Design of'Ad 4oinned . Steel Structural Members." 2. American Welding Society (AWS), D13 "Structural Welding Code- Sh&-fSti-.-_l." • J 1r 3. Steel Deck Institute(SDI), "Design Manual fox•Composite Decks,Form-De cks'end Roof Decks. STEEL DECK a; 3-1 �. : , R ^.-. * 71sta. {r� B. Qualification of Field Welding: Use qualified welding p'roces.qes and welding operators, in accordance with "Welder Qualifications" procedures of AWS. 1. Welded decking in place is subject to inspection and testing. Owner will bear expense of ; removing and replacing portions of decking;for testing purposes if welds are found to be satisfactory. Remove work found to be defective and replace with nets*acceptable work: , C. FM listing: Provide steel roof deck units that have been evaluated b Factory Mutual System and are listed in "Factory Mutual Approval Guide" for "Class t" fire-rated °Ia.. construction. 113j 2.00 PRODUCTS: i 2;01 MANUFACTURERS: r- A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirenents, mmi0ffacturers offering products bat may be incorporated in the work include but are not Un it� ( : .. � ed to the, follo�vurg: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance iv 7ith requirements, provide products of one of the following: s 1. Bowman Metal Deck Div., Cyclops Corp. 4. ? r r 2. Consolidated Systems, Inc. - ` 3: Epic Metals Corp: +r 4. Marlyn Steel Products, Inca 3. H. H. Robertson Co. 6. Roll Form Products, Inc. -- 7. Roof Deck, Inc. t S. United Steel Deck, Inc: t 9. VulcraR Div.;Nucor Corp. r r I . 10. Wheeling Corrugating Co. I 2.02 MATERIALS: i A. Steel for,.Painted Metal Deck Units: ASTr�!A.S]1 ade as re iris erj gr q to;comply with �ti r SDI specifications: ' B. Steel far Galvanized Metal Deck T.lnits: ASTM A44'' 44siy grade as required to corr�ply with t� SDI specifications. '. y.. L „P C. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: A STM A 36. ; ' r STEED., DECD i � r y i D. Shear Connectors: Headed stud type, ASTM A 108, Grade 101,5 or 1020, cold-finished carbon steel, with dimensions complying with RISC specifications. . 2.03 FABRILICATION: A. General: Form deck units in lengths to span three or more suppofts, with flush, telescoped, or nested 2-inch laps at ends and interlocking or nested side laps, of metal thickness, depth, and width as indicated. B. Roof Deck Units: Provide deck configurations that comply with SDI "Specifications and --" Commentary for Steel Roof Deck." " C. Non-Composite Steel Form Deck: .Provide fluted sections of metal deck as permanent -} forms for reinforced concrete slabs. w 3.00 EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: ? A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, shop drawings, and as specified herein. Place deck units on supporting steel Fran v�-ork and adjust to final position with ends. -`-' accurately aligned and bearing on supporting members before being, permanently F �.f fastened:. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. = Align deck units for entire length of run of cells and with close alignment between cells at ends of abutting units. Place deck units flat and square, secured to adjacent frarning without warp or deflection. t: Coordinate and cooperate with structural steel erector in locating decking bundles to Prevent overloading of structural members. ' Do not use floor deck units for storage or working platforms.until permanently secured. B4 ., Fastening Deck Units: 1. Fasten floor deck units to steel supporting members by nonunal 518 inch puddle A►elds or elongated welds of equal strength,spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. with a rriinimurn r of two welds per unit at each support. I 2. Fasten roof deck units to steel supporting members by not less than 1/2 inch diameter r puddle welds or elongated welds of equal strength, spaced not more than 12 inches at •,.,, STEEL DECK —3 1l t � Ri`��l �%m!✓r+rse�rt _ twF�a rr.aivJ>..irs>t,faww,a—�• - ._._�_____ _. __ _ _ ` _ 1 every support, and at closer spacing where indicated. In addition, secure deck to each supporting member in ribs where side:laps occur. C. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and duality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Use welding washers where recommended by deck fnanufat,turer. D. Uplift Loading: Install and anchor roof deck iunits to resist gross uplift 10&(ling of 45165. � psf at eave overhang and 30 lbs. psf for other roof areas. 1 J E. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and neatly fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking, as shown. F. Reinforcement at Openings: ProAde additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work shown. 1. Danger clips designed to clip over male side lap joints of floor deck units may be used �- instead of hanger slots. .- 2. Locate slots or clips at not more than 14 inches o.c. in bath directions, not over 9 inches from walls at ends, and not more than 12 inches from walls at sides, unless othertwise indicated. 3. Provide manufacturer's standard hanger attachment devices. G. Joint Covers: Provide metal joint covers at abutting ends and changes in direction of f. floor deck units, except where taped joints are required. f H. hoof Sump Pans: Place over openings provided in roof decking and weld to top decking .� surface. Space welds not more than 12 inches o.c. with at least one weld at each comer. 'In areas where shop-painted surfaces are to be exposed, apply touch-up paint to blend into " adjacent surfaces. I. Touch-Up Fainting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, abraded areas, and rust spots, as required after erection and before proceeding with field painting, is ; . ,r ificluded in Division 9'under "Painting." i,. E141D OF SECTION iA r i a STEEL BECK 5..3--4 i7! r, IDIri . SION s-METALS E ,, • SECT11ON 5.4 �dl�ii META, li, 1 tI,3� IING d ' 1.00 SUMMARY': A. Types of cold-formed metal framing units.include the ibilowing: 1. Load-bearing punched channel studs. 2. C-shaped load-bearing steel studs. - . 1.01 SUBNLTTTALS: w A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division.1 Specification Sections. B. Product data and installation instructions for each item of cold-formed metal frauming and accessories. T .ad C. Shop drawings for special components and instaliations not:fully dimensioned or detailed in nmanufacturer'.s product data 1. Include placing drawings for framing members showing ;Size and gage designations, number, type, location, and spacing. Indicate supplemental strapping, bracing, splices, ` bridging, accessories, and details required for proper installation. Coordinate with cast : . stone./GFRC'drawings, with curtain walVstore front drawings;with exterior insulation and finish system drawings, and with dimension stone drawings. r 2.00 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Ta; . A. Component Design: Calculate structural properties of studs and joists in accordance with American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI) "5peci ication fox Desiflra of.Col��l-Formed'. "..i Steel Structural Members." Provide calculations sealed b a state lcensed en 'rePr. B:. Veldin g: Use q ualifed welders and comply with Arnericsan Welding Society (AWS) D1.3, "Structural `Melding Code - Sheet Steel.*' 'C. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Where finning units.are components of assemblies hidicated for a fire-resistance rating, including those reR uired for compliance with o• verraix g : v t regulations, provide units that have been approved by govNrrang authorities that have ! , jurisdiction:;.,. t COLD-FO AED�.NNE TA]L FRAPI S o 4-1 fi I, '.:r^I`aJ�S.6t'R.f+l'.aK'd+brK.m.sp$Kroaga:...t`.,c+ x ..,.:.,.:.,..•.x.,..,,».... ..........: ..: . (t .r. . a.. ..<•.. . ,..;..'..ud=' ., a. ' i 1 �r....!�— •r....._......._..._.. .._,.__» , S 'v a S !w d 1i-. r.f d 4 � d f ,+ i •D: Pre-Installation Conference: Prior to start of installation of metal framing systems, .meet. i at project site with installers of other wort: including door and window frames and t mechanical and electrical 'Work. Review arefiS of lsotential interference and conflicts,,and coordinate layout and support provision.a for interfacing work. E. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Alabama Metal Industries Corp. 2. Dale Industries, Inc. .. 3. Dietrich Industries, Inc, 4. Marino Industries, Inc. 5. Superior Steel Studs, Inc. ' } 6. USG Industries 7. Urinated States Steel {— t3. Wheeling Corrugating Co, 2.00 METAL FRA.MIRIP3 ` A: System Components: Manufacturers' standard load-bearing steel studs and joists of t type, size, shape, and gage as indicated. With each type of inetal framing required, 1 provide manufacturer's standard, steel runners(tracks), blocking, lintels, clip.angles, ht shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessori es for a lacaiio'rrs indicated, pp cited, as needed to provide a complete metal framing system. B. Materials and Finishes: 1. For 16-gage and heavier units, fabricate metal framing components of structural quality steel sheet With a minimum yield point of 40,004 psi; ASTM A 446, A 570, or A 611 s 2. For 18'-'gage and lighter units, fabricate metal framing components of commercial quality r- steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi; ASTM A 446, A 570, or A'61 1. 3. Provide.galvanized finish to metal framing Components complying vdth ASTM(A...525 for - l mrrrurrrum G 60 Coating. Finish.of installation accessories to match.that of mark franting components, unless other wise indicated. F: Fasteners: 'Provide nuts,'bolts,,Wasllefs,'sCrewS; and other fasteners With coirosjon , {} resistant,plated finish. 5. Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Crude acid as recorrina ddb .stud COLD-FORMED MIETAI:FRAMING g.4--2: _ � .w�.r..Derr.w,�a��rw�uw.�yw.Rw.a4nnepA�w�.'�ML1�ro\IIfY 1RafOiY�1t'1{4:d'A�13i9f�I�li�� ylf t i manufacturer. F � 6. Galvanizing Repair: Where galvanized surfams are damaged, prepare surfaces and repair in accordance with procedures specified in ASTM A 780. 101 FABRICATION: ' A. General: Fran components may be prefabricated into assemblies before erection. + Fabricate panels plumb, square, true to line, and braced again, racking with joints welded. Perform lifting of prefabricated uni ts to prEVertt darrtage or distortion. Fabricate units in jig templates to hold members in proper aligrtrnent and position and to assure consistent component placement. ' B. Fastenings: Attach similar components by welding. .Attach dissimilar components by welding, bolting, or screw fasteners, as stmdard with manufacturer. Wire tying of framing components is not pertXtted. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate units to a maximum al lowable tolerance a�riation r' form plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. r" 3.00 INSTALLATION: , A. General: Install metal framing sygerns in accordance with manuf acturers printed or written instructions and recommendations. f ... B. Runner Tracks: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately to layout at base and tops of studs. Secure tracks as recommended by stud menufacturc:r for type of construction involved, except do not exceed 24 inches o.c. spacing fc►r nail or ,.. power-driven fasteners or 16 inches o,c. for other types of attachment. Provide faa-teners t; , at corners and ends of tracks. C. Installation of Wall Studs: Secure studs to top and bottom rummer tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges. O. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for rtonplrrrrtb walls ' or warped surfaces and similar requirements. E. Where stud system abuts structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure. �.. F. Install supplementary framing, blacking, and bracing in metal franting system wherever COLD-FOIRNIE ?MTAL FRAMING s,o 4— l.. a — sI walls or partitions are indicated to support hrtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to.the wall or partition. Where type of supplementary support is not otlaervt7se indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standard in each case; considering weight or loading resulting form item supported. { G. Frame all openings larger than 2 feet square with double stud at each jamb of frame except where more than two are either sho Am or indicated in manufacture's instructions. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall opeir ngs, Anchor tsack:s to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding, and space,,jack skids swne as full-height studs of wall. Secure stud system wall opening frame in manner indicated. I�. Frame both sides of expansion and control joints with.separate studs; do not bridge the joint with components of stud system. �-- I. Install horizontal stiffeners in stud system, spaced (vertical distance)at not more than 64 " inches o.c. 'Weld at each intersection. ; � z { J. Erection Tolerances: Bolt or weld wail panels (at both horizontal and vertical junctures) to produce flush, even; true-to-line joints. j l.. Maximum variation-in plane and true position between Prefabricated assemblies should ( : not exceed 1/16 inch. K. Installation of Joists: Install level, straight, and plumb, complete with bracing and a reinforcing as indicated on drawings. Provide not less than 1T1\2-inch erid bearing. Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle claps, steel stud section„ or as' } otherwise recommended by joist rmanufkcturer. 'Where required, reinforce joists at interior supports with single short length of joist section located directly over interior support, snap-on shoe, 30 percent side-piece lapped , r. reinforcement, or other method recommended by joist manufacturer. Secure joists to,interior support systems to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange: f r Field. Use rrnpaibe Paintin : Touch-u ,dams g ed sho -a pP lied P roe ctve coatid {` primer for prime-coated surfaces; use galvanizing repair systerri for galvanized surfaces.: �4'! END OF SECTION 0. ` COLD-FORMED METAL Fl7ArAWG � .5�.4- ; J' ^ �iosire��� � 11A1 - - fRJl�i7l�HRiR�lti1�II�',17dNPF0\"lNaeu7iwew�nww.e.�.av -- -.�_.�..'Ye'.� ..—. ....�.�.�,�...�. .. _�._,__..,� _..�.......�„vwa..�.�.'waw_..�...�..,r...w,..,v,r.o...wu�.�•r,�-6..,.N.fD1�M1Y..�i'.,, DIVISION S- METALS SECTION 5.5 STIt�l�►f, STE EL 1.00 SCOPE: i A. The Contractor shall fxrnish all labor, materials and equipment necessar=,�to cornplete'die ... installation of all structural steel work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. � f 2.00 EQIJIPIsIENT AND MATERIALS: 5 A. All structural steel materials and installation methods shall be in conformarrco with the re=quirements set forth hereafter and with the following applicable codes: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC). ; t. ' 2. "Specifications for Design, Fabrication &Erection of Strucstural Steel for Buildings", 19530 or latest edition. 3. "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", 1930 or latest edition. 4. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bales", 1930 or latest edition. J i S. All applicable ASTM Specifications, latest date. 6. American Welding Society(AWS) "Structural Welding Code, D1.1-80 , or latest � edition. 2.'01 MATERIALS: A. Structural Steel: All structural .steel, including beads, plates; rods, tubing`and.lintels shall be new and unused steel and shall conform to the latest edition ofASTM A36. � B. Anchor Bolts: All anchor bolts shall,be ASTM A307 unless otherwise rioted on the.j drawings, or specified herein. C. Connection Bolts: All field bolts shall be high strength-steel bolts or high strength direct tension indicating bolts for structural joints and shall conform to ASZ'M A32S. D. Washers: Hardened steel washers shall be proAded as 1 required,in the AISC "Specifications for Structural'Joints using ASM A325'or A490- STRLJCTUPAI, STEEL. 5.5 f�Y i d --_— `�f4�YRif�O �}i'IiB�t�l'YrA:i171i' 7�7•Jtal7nnit��.w���- ��.....�....�.... Bolts". Load indicating washers may be used. When load indicating washers are used, � the RISC requirements for hardened steel washers shall still apply: E. Welding: Welding electrodes for ASTM A36 steel shall conform to E70VA series electrodes. rr• 1. F. faint: See Section 9 -Fainting and Protective Coatings. G. Grout: All grout shall be EMBECO 153 by Master Builders, Cleveland, Ohio or Five Star Grout by U.S. Grout Corporation., or V-3 by W.R. Meadows, Inc., or equal. 3.00 EXECUTION ; . 3.01 ANCHOR BOLTS: �w A. Furnish anchor bolts and setting plans in ample time to prevent delay"to other work. ( B. Before proceeding with the erection and in dine to permit correction of defective setting, the Contractor shall verify the location and elevation of all anchor bolts. He shall report immediately to the Engineer, in uniting, any discrepancies found; otherwise tote ' Contractor-shall pay the entire cost of removing and resetting of any anchor bolts later ► found to be incorrectly placed, mid/or the cost of any necessary changes in steel worts r . . . ( required by reason of the incorrectly placed bolts, ` C. Contractor shall verify any other dimensions and take such measurements as are required for the proper construction of the worts. ! 3.02 CONNECTIONS: i A. Substitutions of sections or modifications of details shall be made only when approved by the Engineer and any additional cost is to be borne by the Contractor. E.,. B. . " Near one end of piece, indicate position of distinguishing marls in a mariner that agrees with shop drawing indications. .C. All welding shall be indicated by using A.WS symbols showing length, size and,spaciYZg. Auxiliary views shall be shown to:clarif3r all welding. I f D..: All connections not specifically shc�i�vzi on the drawings shall be made by°shop welded<< and field bolting. Connections not shown in the,plan details shall.,be designed.in`." accordance with Section 4 in the A1SC Manual, for T}ape 2 framing.using friction-hype � connections; and for the reaction shown on the plans, or if the reaction is not,given in the 4 . capacity of the member when laterally braced. C STRUCTURAL. STEEL 5.5-2 F� .,e:,�o;m�mr.m.,MSarem.wu�aisa� .�,.,,.�..,_• ------ -i,_ ._ I E. All field connections, unless otherwise shown on the drawings,.shall be made using high ' strength bolts in accordance with A1SC, "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". All bolt sizes .are specifically shown in the plans shall be . 3/4" diameter. Installation may be made using direct tension indicators. Either the bolt j or washer type direct,tension indicator mad! be used. F. Th e Contractor shall use direct tension indicators or shall employ the services of an .. independent testing laboratory to perform inspection of all structural steel connections according to the AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts". i 3.04 WELDING: ir: j '- A. All work herein relating to welds, welding and oxygen cutting shall be executed in t'. J accordance with the standard definitions of welding terms and master ch.ml of welding processes of the American melding Society (VA'S); "Structural Welding Code, D 1.1- 90"-or latest edition. All welding shall tie with E70XX Series Electrodes. � B. Welds shall be made only by operators who have previously qualified by tests, as prescribed in the standard qualification on procedure of the American Welding Society, to perform the type of work required, except that this provision need not apply to tack welds not later incorporated into finished welds carrying calculated stress. C. No field welding will be Allowed on the bottom flange of the beams. All field welding at these locations will be reason for extensive ultrasonic testing or radiographic testing to insure the soundness of the member. This testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. f the tests do no prove satisfactory to the Engineer, the member shall.be replaced and all costs associated with replacement paid for by the Contractor. D. No members are to be spliced without prior written approval of the Engineer. Insofar as possible, do all welding in the shop, Do field welding on the ground to the fullest extent possible consistent with erection requirements. Deep erection welding to a j :minimum. Quality of field welding shall at least equal that of shop welding. F. The Contractor will be held responsible for all shrinkage or,distortion,in the welds or parent material, and will be required to remedy or replace.any defective work. Adequat I measures shall be taken to prevent damage to all adjacent rn.terials fbr all rewired. � field welding. t 3:05. . BOLTS: A. All bolted connections shall be made with high strength bolts in friction: STRUCTURAL STEEL 5.5-3 t . ',r. t..�..—� ..._...-._,._. .._ ..tti _......_.- .t..w,...... ,.... {..•-,--..... .; .t^r .� . at: J r.,� t t.. Y ! . T.•++�i't ,,.i t"*�^"..�'`r+--r ���,�"P y`^"i�,�f �FF,. k t B, Direct tension indicators shall be of one type and one manufacturer. , C. if direct tension indicators are used, the Contractor shall supply the Engineer with i brochures from the manufacturer, which shall detail installation procedures of their product. This shall include feeler gaugers for checking load indicating washers. D. In lieu of subsections 3.05B and 3.05C, the Contractor shall employ the servi= of an independent testing laboratory. The laboratory shall submit two copies of their testing report to the Engineer, which shalt not visual testing of welds and torque testing (355 t.- lb.) of all bolts. All bolts found to have insufficient torque shall be retightened by the Contractor and again tested after connection. 3.06 ERECTION- ' A. All work shall be assembled and erected in place as rapidly as the progress of the general construction work will permit. It shall.be the Contractor's responsibility to insure that all members shall he connected temporarily with sufficient bolts to insure the safety of the structure until the permanent cormections are made. B. The Contractor shall use case in storing, handling and erecting all material and shall support same properly at all times to insure that no piece will be bent, twined or �w otherwise injured. Material damaged dace to the carelessness of the Contractor shall be corrected to the approval of the Engineer before being erected at the C",ontractoes expense. C. Temporary bracing and guide lhies shall be provided to adequately protect all persons ! and property and to insure proper alignment. - , l D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate setting and leveling of all bearing w plates or setting plates. Bearing plates or setting plates shall be leveled on shins. 1r. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the correct:fitting of all structural members and for thee evation and alignment of'the finished structure. F. No bolting or welding shall be done until as much of the structure, as will be stiffened bx � the welding or bolting' has been properly aligned. C.: Drift pins shall not be used to en] ge unfair boles ink main material. Holes that must:be L enlarged to admit bolts shall be reamed: ' I )(t. Upon completion of erection and before final acce tones fi { p , he Contractor shalt rem o;ve all I false-work, rubbish and temporary buildings used by him. STRUC'T'URAL S'I'EBL `J�..` ' o se; M�w'�RY�IIIl LI��fE.'adLS!lNIAQYSMIfR�YF¢war.�r-�Y�. �n ...•.. ` :i 1 i 1 ! I, 'Grout under all bearing and leveling plates and all areas noted on the drawings. 1= 3,07 INSPECTION: A. Access to places where materials for this Contract are being fabricated or produced shall be provided to the Engineer forthe purpose of inspection, B. The Engineer shall reject any material which does not conform to all of the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 4.00 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance to the Gencral Conditions. These drawings shall include certified copies of mill reports covering the chemical and physical properties of all steel used in this work. Product data and samples, showing the method of joining, the thickness of metals, plans and profiles shall contain full and corr+plete 1 information. All fabrication of the structural steel prior to slop drawing review shall be } . done at the.Contractor's risk. END OF SECTION is 3 a AIK�t STRUCTURAL STEEL ! , T!. .'! ��;; ��•�eyin:l!'s.`�'+1tt`�±�`atJ�itk�sM:1't}?s=i'+}�,s#44ii:.,h.udt .,,:a?,i 45 ; <n!p Jzr slit t'.. _,x.,s.^:ifr..at ¢.�;.s rc ,,.,;+ t-f. t,i:. (i;�, 1ryt+,+ xt:.:,( fey" '' 'rF 1.41k iv+,:t�c..l,wi,',r±r-e'` �k. 'kit . e�....�+ _ r tit ttr' r fj r 7 , DIVISION 5-METALS SECTION 5.7 I.I HM -GE METAL FI &IqU 1 1.00 SCOPE: A. The Contractor shall furnish all the labor, material, equipment and services necessary to � complete the work under this lightgaue metal fraining section as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. i -� E. All studs,joist and accessories shall be the type, size., gage and spacing specified and " p , shall be supplied from one manufacturing source. ' --� C.' Component Design: Compute structural properties of studs and joists in accordance x with AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel St-uct ti-A Members". Shopping Drawings and Data: Subnrtit shop drawings for special components and ._ installations not fully dimensioned or detailed .in manufacturer's product data. 1'. Include placing drawings for framing members showing size and gage ;. designations, number, type, location and spacing: Indicate supplemental bracing, splices, accessories,and details as required for proper installation. 1 � E. astern Components; V'fitli each type of metal framing required, provide mantfacturer's standard steel runners(tracks), blocking, bracing. lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for application indicated, as need to provide a complete metal framing system. 2.00: MATERIALS A. For 18-gage acid lighter units, fabricate metal fi-aming components of commercial quality ; steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi; ASIWI A 4'46, A 570, or A 611. � 13. . Provide galvanized finish to metal framing components complying with A.STM A 525 for 4 : minimum G 60 coating. t' : Shape Studs: Manufacture's standard load-bearing steel studs of size, shape,,and 20.. r f Y gage with 1.625" flange'.and flange return li p: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: r r Ceco Corp. Dale Industries, Inc.. LIGHTGACE WrALY- ARi NI G s'.7- vA f �}�el✓` '" pr v� 1e Dietrich Industries, Inc. Gold Bond Building Products " { Inryco/Milcor. Marino Industries Corp. Superior Steel Studs, .Inc. , ! U.S. Gypsum Wheeling Corrugating Co. ' D. Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shape sections oI'size, shape, and gage indicated. f 1. Manufactures: One of the following: Y.y s Ceco Corp. . Dale industries, Inc. i Diet-rich Industries,Inc. ; Gold Bond Building]Products Inryco/Milcor. " Marino Industries Corp. s ` Superior Steel Studs, Inc. U.& Gypsum ' Wheeling Corrugating Co: L. Prefabrication: Structural framing components may-be prefabricated into panels prior to erection.. Fabricate panels plumb, square, true to line and braced against racking with t joints welded. .Perform lifting of prefabricated panels to prevent damage or.distortion. i � F. Fastenings: Attach similar components by welding. Attach dissimilar components by welding, bolting, or screw fasteners, as standard with manufacturer. .� 1. Wire typing of framing components is not peirnitted. .� z 3.00 INSTALLATION iL A. Install metal framing systems in accordance with manufacturer's printed or written instructions and recommendations,lidless otherwise indicated: : r 1 Install,continuous tracks sized to match.studs. tSecure.trac ks as ree:oft ifi ded 1✓y fl stud.,manufacturer for,type'of t;onstruction involved; B. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for none plum ,walis ` or warped surfaces and similar,requirements.:�--F C. Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal framing system wherever ' LIG]HTGAGE 1A ETAIa FRAMING t t walls or partitions are indicated to supl ort fiixtures, equipment, siel.Nq icys, casework:, j heavy trim and furnishings, and similar work. D. Secure studs to top and bottam runner'tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges. E. Install horizontal stiffeners in stud • ,� t ;,}��terr►, spates (vertical distance) at not more than� - � -� 6" o.c. 'Weld at each intersection. F. Installation of Joists: Install level and plumb, complete with bracing and reinforcing as indicated. Provide not less than 1,-1/2" end bearing.. ?G. Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle clips, steel studs section, end i -, grain wood block, or as otherwise recommended by joist manufacturer. H. Insulation equal to that specified elsewhere shall be provided in all double jamb studs and ` double headers not accessible to insulation contractor. � I. Diagonally braced stud wads shall be provided at locations designated for wine stability and lateral load resistance. Additional studs, when necessary, shall be Positioned to resist the vertical components. Or J. Splices in axially loaded studs shall not be permitted. END OF.SEC°I'ION � i y� o+7eicttr i r LIGHT GAGE ME'rAL.F1tAilr zGr S 7 3 '. fi'-{q{�y 'Y 5'r�`hyyiS 1 a 1 DMSION 7 -THiG,R]WAL& MOISTURE I'I2OTECrrION i SECTION 7.9 JOINT SEA.I.E 1.00 SLWMARY: A. Extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on dra�visags and schedules. ,) 1.01 SYSTEM PERFORMAJNCES: r,� S A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced, and installed to establish and maintain watertight and air tight continuous seals. i 1.02 SU NETTALS: -, A. Product Data from manufacturers for.each joint sealer product required, including r ' instructions for joint preparation and joint s(-Aer application. I B. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Manufacturer's standard bead samples consis*ang of strips of actual products shoyrng full range of colors available, fur each product !; exposed to view. ' C. Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealer required. Install joint sealer samples in 1/2 inch wide joints formed between two 5 inch long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealers. D. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealers attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. . t E. Product test reports for each type of joint sealers indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has success.ully.completed_within the last 3 years at least 3 joint sealer applications similar in type,and size to that of this Project. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint seder materials from a single manufacturer.for each different product required. r s C. Product Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealer based on JOINT SEALM r ' . < .. .v..:✓.... ....sue• ,.. . .. ^"� J • j J1f1Yi9�111!l1Ll� d'I�If1�7C4mTa1®G�nmmw�o 4 ) 5 1 tests conducted by a qualified independent testing.laboratory on cugYent product formulations within a 24-month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Architect. 1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic:movement (per ASTM C 719), low-temperature'flexibility, modules of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effimts of heat, aging, and effects of s accelerated weathering. E 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, A141)HANDLING: tom, A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unoysenc-4 containers or bundles writh labels informing about manufacturer, product. name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions far multicomponent mat€iizds. 4 B. Store and handle materials in compliance avtth manufacturers'.recommendations to { prevent their deterioration or darnage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: ) 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint scaler manufh��turer or below 40 deg F (4.4.deF C). 'l. When joint substrates are wet clue to rain, frost, condensation,or other causes: , Y, 1 B.t,. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than allowed by joint scaler manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of jair►t sealers until ± k " contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed form joint 4. substrates. Off. .._ ',' ... .. : •, ..: :., .. .. .. rw; 0 2.00 MATERIALS, rxENERAL, A. Con atibili Provide 'aint,soalers in F /• J ,joint fillers and other related materials that are ; compatible with one another and vvith.joint substrates under conditions of send ce and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. JOINT SEALERS 7 .9-2 �" , ` B. Colors: Provide color,of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's.standard colors. ' 2.01 EL ASTOME-RIC JOINT SEALANTS: r' A. Blastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacture.'s standard chernirall curin , ' y s elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 - t requirements, including those referenced fox-Type, Grade, glass, and Uses. B. Products: Subject to coinpliance with requirements, provide:one of tine fbllm4oing: 1. One-Part Mildew-]Resistant Silicone Sealant 'tt toilets;janitors closets, & kitchens: a. "Dow Corning'156";Dow Comhxg Corp. b. "SCS 1702 Sanit " arc ;, General Electric Co. 1 c. "863 #345 Wli to"; Pecora Corp. d "Rhodorsil 6B White'; Rhone-Poulence Inc. e "Proglaze White"; Tremcu Corp. f. "OrmiPlus"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. 2. Multi-Part, Pourable, Urethane Sealant (At paving): a. "Chem-Calk 550"; Bostik Construction Product Div. b. Vulkem 245"; Marneco International, Inc. 'f C. Vuikern 255"; Marneco International, Inc. d: "Pourthane"'`r .R. Meadows, Inc. e. "NIX-200 Urexpart"; P= a Corp. "PRC 280";Products Research& 'Chemical Co g "Sikallex 2c SV; sika Corp. h. "Sonolasfic Pavin4 Joint Sealant"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord C:hernicA Products Inc. j. "1I4C-900"; Tremco Inc. y. 3. Or a-Part Nonsa �Urethane Sealant T• g ( ypical unless noted): a: "Chem-Calk 900"; Bostik Constriction Products Div.: ` ..,; i b. "Chem-Calls 2639"; },9.sastik Construction Products Div.'-, C. "Vulkem 116"• Marn eco Lnterxtataanal;-Inc. . d. „Vulkem 921"; Mameco International, Inc. e. Dynatrol I"; Pecora Corp. JOINT SEALERS 7 .9—'3 V ., t .•1"i, iif S" i. 'i L I !�:.'_ l•.-ins' lti j�•y •'i°, �� :.C' .:a'• ,,•p,'�.�fy' ,ti v - ar•. =YET," �,.. " .ac, '�'"' .•�r� •+M.I +. � f,.t ltr t t f�t•�Nx A.11V t r .. .i'�.� v �' ..,. �:<r ..gin ••c•T./:rr �fti." Y;/« sC° + i � °' ` F,.s' f~ is�. ` ( ,' °a'Y• ` �°Cry` •", _ :�_;w�,� = ° :�•,';°".�'•`• ''..4,�-r, _,»�•.1',.' ;: ;�;'.. �VX-i Al `I- =y;;', �ao.,..4. ; ny Y..;,,i''•.','gam ,,. ✓ :�• �r^'t All.A w.,r.'\,1� •i1r,:`:.t`f!•: ,�• .Li` :r�'.�' +���:..rli��'i:,:.14, '�^ai i / p��'•;� far. � .y..I�:,.�,+� "�'�!x G`v° 3s J � �.`.'� I1I1 't, ,Ir ` '�1..j. 1 �� .,M\ •.I..r-.Mi✓I' '•?V�xl ii V 1f1++`%i. �IAI�,`.y� �t - h 4 r ;1r tests conducted by a qualified independent testing lnborgt ory,021 c � formulations within a 24-month period preceding elate oft;'Contract r`sSubmittal tof test results to Architect. '' 1• Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference + 1 to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per,A,STNf C 719), low-temperature flexibility, modules of elasticiq?at 100 percent strain, effects of heat ,sging, and effects of accelerated weathering. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with label S informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period l for use, pot life, curing tirxre, acrd mixing instructions for r ulticompone t materials, od ,.., . B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturers` recommendations 4 dations to . i prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low t eratures contaminants, or other causes. em p 1.05 PROJECT CONDITION'S; A• Environmental Conditions: DO not proceed with installation of'pint following conditions: J .ea;ets under the .'. 1• When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside;the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturer or below 40 deg T(4.4 deg Q. ` 2• When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or o li firer causes. , Joint 4 B. Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation ofjoint widths are less than all by joint sealer manufacturer for applicatitio indicated u1t ,.., G• Joint Substrate Conditions: Da not.proceed with installatir�ri of contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed form joint until' substrates. .2.00 IyIA'TERIALS, GENERAL: r`, A Connpadbility: Provide joint sealers,joint fillers and other related mate ' " compatible witlt.one another land with joint'substrates under conditions-of.servr�ce; s application; as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field end experience. L, JOW SEALERS 7" 9-2 7 �1�l6}'�.N M�ts�•�e�orsansre�.�•�we�e : i r� i B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or•,`if not otherwise indicated, as b selected . y Architect ect from manufacturer's standard colors. . 1 2.01 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: a A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base pol;mrer indicated which coinplies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Cases. I B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the Following: f 1. One-Part Mldew-Resistant Silicone Sealant (At toilets,janitors closets, & kitchens: { a "Dow Cor6ig 736";Dow Corning Corp. b. "SCS 1702 Sanitary"; General Electric Co. ° C. "863 4345 Pecora Corp. � I :.„ d. "Rhodorsil 6B Wlr te"; Rhone-Poulence Inc. e. "Proglaze White', Tremco,Corp. f "OrnrriPlus"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Cherriical {; Products Inc. � ( ) 2. Multi-Part, Pourable, Urethane Sealant (At pwAng): I' a. "Chem-Calk 550"; Bostik Construction Product Div. b. Vulkem 245"; M.arrreco International, Inc. C. Vulkem 255"; Mameco International, Inc. d. "Pourthane'" W.R. Meadows, Inc. e. "NR-200 Urexpan"; Pecora Corp. f. "PRC 280'; Products Research& Chemical Corp. j, g "Sikaflex 2c SL"; Sika Corp. '! h. "Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealant"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., j '. Rexnord Chemical,Products Inc. 1 I. "THC-9000; Tre-mco Inc. 3. One-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant (Typical unless noted): a: ""Chem-Calk 900""; Bostik Construction Products Div. b. "Chem-Calk 2639"; Bostik Construction Products Div. C. "Vulkem 116"; Mameco International, Inc. 4, d. "Vulkem 921"; Maaneco International, Inc. e. "Dynatrol I"; Pecbra Corp. jOW SEALERS 7 .9-3 e 4 ran ........ �...�_._..._..._.._..____...._.___._._ ._.._ .__._...., r r� f "Permapol RC-I",; Products Research Chemical Corp. g "Sikaflex-I a"; :Sika Corp. y h. "Sikaflex-i 5IA'; Sika Corp. I. "Sonolastic NP 1"; Sonneborn Building Products Div,, Rexrrord.Chemical .� Products Inc. j. "Dymonic"; Tremeo Inc. ; 2.02 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: „ A. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with A.STM C 834, "formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed.applications on interior locations involving joint 'movement of not more than plus or minus -5 percent. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,lstex joint sealants which ;. .' maybe incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: { j = C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: } } I. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: }' a. "Chem-Calk 600";Bostik Construction Products Div. ----` 1. b, "AC-20", P'ecora Corp. C. "Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. ' d. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834"; Treinco Inc. ! . ► 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS JOINT SEALAN IT,S: r A. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturces standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskanning, nonstaining,gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant } . =recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne � 1 sound. ` B. Butyl-Polyisobutylene Tape Sealant: Manufacturer',,standard,:solvent-free, butyl- polyisobutylene tape.sealamt with a solids content of 100 percent; com lying with AAMA'804.1; formulated to be nonstaiting; paintable, and nonniigraiipg'in contact with nonporous surfaces; packaged on rolls with a release paper on one side;with or without :..r reinforcement thread to prevent stretch. 1 E 2.44 FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard Tire-stopping sealant, with accessory r � � F JOINT SEALERS 4 7 . 9 r 3 z i ti {2{ Y WA f � materials, having fire-resistance ratings indicated as established by testing. identical . assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Undenvriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable,to authorities having jurisdiction. t i B. One-fart Fire-Stopping Sviwit: One part elastomeric sealant formulated for use in a y' through-penetration fire-sto systern for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes � and similar penetrations through walls and floors. C. Available Products: Subject-to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not lianited to, the following: r r� ! 1. One-fart Fire-Stopping Sealant: -- a. ".Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Coining Corp. w� b. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25'; Electrical Products Div.13M. I . C. "RT'V 7403"; General Electric Co. d. "Fyre Putty"; Standard Oil Engineered Materials Co. � "9 2.05 JOINT SEALANT BACKING: ;.� A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining, are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for.applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. ! B, Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxang, nonextruding 1 strips of flexible, nongassing plastic foam of material indicated below, nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise t ` contribute to producing optimum sealant Performance. -1 L Either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicate;, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. C. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubin com I S ` P ymg with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to-water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at { temperatures down to -26 deg F (-15 deg C). Provide-products' rovide products ith low compression set and of size and shape pe to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or either plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint Tiller materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. JOINT SEALERS 7.9-5 m�o-erar®iwe Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. ""'` , 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERI ALS: A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from pree6nstruction i joint sealer-substrate'tests and field tests. I E. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not "' '. harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous niaterial3„ and which do not leave oily MCI$ residues or otherwise have a detrimental effiert on sealant adhesion or in-service performance. f . r ` C. Masking Tape: Provide nomaining, nonabaorbent type compatible with joint sealants � ' { and to surfaces adjacent to joisirs. D.. Accesso Materials far Fire-Stopping �^ p rY p}�ing S,.alants: Provide forming,joint fillers, packing ' and other accessory materials required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. 4 - 4mot 1 ;2.07 JOINT FILLERS FOR CONCRETE PAVING: A. General: Provide joint fillers of thickness and vvidths indicated, 1t E. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Preformed strips of composition below, complying with ASTM Ia 1751: •' ' Y I I. Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased between 2 layers of saturated felt or ► glass-fiber felt of width and thickness indicated. } 2:0$ EXAMINATION: ` A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealers, with,lnstaller present, far compliance � 1 With requirements fox compliance with requirei Bents for joint cort, guration,:installation ',tolerarrces and proceed with histnllatiun of joint sealer; until unsatisfactory conditions' have been corrected. 2.09 PREPARATION: A: . :. . Surface Cleaning of Joints: 'Clem ou t joints ixxarriediateIy before installing'joint sealers to comply with recommendations of Joint sealer:manufiictorem..and the,following requirements: , i .. i JOINT SEALERS 7 . 9-6 }.., tll ! 1 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates.which could interfere with adhesion ofjoint sealer,including dust, paints, except for permanen,t, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant -i manufacturer; old joint scalers; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellents; water; f surface dirt; and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tale and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast clearung, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a.clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free �t compressed air. C Remove laitance.and forma release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of cerartaic tile; and other I.,Y •;* nonporous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to ' substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.of joint sealers. ! B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint I3 -r, ont rmng: j ;o. sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturees recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto i adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use mashing tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with —� adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such �.; contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joust seal. t 3.00 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: A. General: Comply with joint seder manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more,stfingent � requirements apply. ,Sy t B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recomarnpndations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants ai:applicable to mz terial.s, applications aiid conditions indicated. C. Latex Sealant Installation Standard:. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. . - t JOI1+I'I" SEALERS 7 .9-7 o L: , f ...: t s, y: �xsum�nwnw„�satuwua��.a:�e�(■,o — ...:..,..�.�-__._�._..._�.�_�.------- D. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: ., 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during ' i application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional, shales and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant ` movement capability. :I a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers, t. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. C. Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wept prior to sf..alant application and replace with dry material. 2., Install bond breaker tape beMeen sealants and joint fillers,. compression seals, oi- V back of joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result , in sealant failure. 3. Install compressible seals serving as sealant bacldngs to comply with requirements .. ' indicated above for joint fillers. Installation,of Sealants: Install sealants by proved techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully vietting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided --� 1 : ; for each joint configuration, and prgviaing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths -' i relative to joint -Mdths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. 'Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant'application and prior to time skinning ' g or curing begins, tool sP.a!ants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration : ` indicted, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTIM C 962,unless . otherwise indicated. i a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces,of recessed tooled joints: ' G. Installation of Fire-Stoppiang ,Realasat: Install sealent,'including form%neg, packing; and other accessory materials to fill opentngs around mechanical and electrical services { `- penetrating floors and walls to provide fire-stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for � floor;or wall assembly in Which p hetrataon occurs. Comply with installation ,? j> requirements established,by te$ling and inspecting agency. JOINT SEALERS 7.9-8 , r t t y.., ..:. .rte t'. '.... t ': ,i• .' . 1 ; t , i r :f 3.01 CLEANING: a. A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as woik pr9gre sses by - + methods and with cleaning"materials ap�roved.6y manufacturers of°joint scstiers and of products in which joints occur. 3.02 PROTECTION: ' A. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contantinating r substances or form damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If; despite such protection, damage or deterioration ocoars, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and installations with repaired areas `= r� indistinguishable from original work. 4 " END OF SECTION I JOINT SEALERS.: 7 � .9 :t $ i r 011i; si �Z✓�A Y�'j.i.. � .. .. .. �S .. it t . ...m..�..so_—..�rwa.�.�..ess..wn...�enc.aw+�aaa.�;asnwmy�r�pye��re.+i>•w�aare'winuwa-�wavra�,�iw�. 1o7�7�LLm! :�.1W�y17{w DIVISION g - DOORS & WINDOWS SECTION 8.2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES ? 1.00 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of standard steel doors and frames is indicated acid scheduled on drawings. B. Finish hardware is specified elsewhere in Division-'8. _..� C. Building n of anchors and g my p �r g ' grouting of frames in masonry construction is s mnfied in Division 4. 1.01 QUAI.,IT'Y ASSURANCE: f ' + A,. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard steel Doors and Frames" (SDIA 00) and as herein specified. �j B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated or ,f required, provide fire-rated door and fume assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 com P t .. "Standard for Fire Doors ajid Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with ASTIR E 152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. ` 1.02 SUBNUTTAIS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at } openings, details of construction, ideation and .installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcennents, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. }4 t..� l. Provide schedule of doors and frames using carne reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. } '•� ••.J.. 2. Indicate coordinate of glazing fi ames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. 4 STJi:IETi.DOOMS ANI D FI`tt�:C MS $ -2-1 {{F t - yr sl .4k1'jft f: _ . iYi�r ........... ............ 1:03 DELIVERY, STORAGE; AND HANDLING, A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory-finished doors. 7 i B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for darnage. Minor damages may be repaired "� I provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on.minimum 4" high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create � humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton 1 immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote lair circulation. 1.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: r, A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturer,-, �a offering stee'l doors and frames which may be incorporated in the work include; but are not limited to., the following: " . 1. Steel Doors and Frames, (General): aa. Allied Steel Products, Inc. b.. a4mweld/Div, American Welding &Mfg. Co. -- C. Ceco Corp. d. Copco Door Co. e. Curries Mfg., Inc. f. Ditteo Products, Inc. .9. Fenestra Corp. sr h. Kewanee Corp: ' I. Mesker Industries, Inc. Pioneer Bhl . Products Corp./Div. CORE Industries, Inc. ` k Steelcraft/Div. Atneiicin Standad Co.. 1. Trussbilt, Lic. M.. Republic.'Builders Products Corp./Subs.Republic Steel. { 2:00 MATERIALS: A Hot-Rolled Steel Shuts and Strip: ,Commercial duality ca6bn�t�;eI,'pickled and oiled, r complying with ASTM.A 569 and ASTNI A 568, I3 Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: .Corhmercial.qual4. carbon steel,.complying with ASTM A i ;t 4 366 and ASTM A 5613. '' STEEL DOORS AND MW ,S 8 . 2=2 1 f A F, Mm(n . I C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of'not less:than 1 g-gage galvanized sheet steel. 7 �! D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-clip galvanize items to be built into exterior walls, complying v rit.h ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. E. Shop Applied Paint: r 1. Primer: Rust-,inhibitive enamel or Plaint, either,air-drying or baking, suitable as a ' base for specified finish paints. s 2.01 FABRICATION, GENERAL: -� A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from t defects,warp or buckle. V4'herever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's l ~' plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory-aswinbled before shipment, to assure proper assembiy at project site. Comply with SDI-100 requirements as follows: 1. Interior'Doors: SDIA00, Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 1, minimum 18-gage faces. 2. Exterior Doors: SDI­100, Grade III, extra heavy--duty, Model 2, minimum 16- j r gage faces. 1 B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold-rolled steel. C. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel (at fabracatees option). D. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and Molts. l I:. Finish Hardware Preparation: Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish laardwat a in accordance vdth t5r..al Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable 4 "? requirements of ANSI A115 series specifications for door azAd frarrae`preparation for i hardware. F. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done;at project site. a G. Locate finish hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated,in _.��,....� S''EEIw DOORS.AND 8.2-3 + ,t accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's,Hardware", published by Door and Hardware Institute:. 1 H. 'Shop Painting: 1. Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. :. . 2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of prunt. �.r. 3. .Apply shop coat of prune paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. 4. Apply finish coat to doors indicated as pfefanished by electrostatically spraying and baking, to produce a paint thickness of 1.25 mils. �j 2.02 STANDARD STEEL DOORS: ' A. - Provide metal doors of types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules. s B. Door Louvers: I. Provide sightproof stationary louvers for interior doors where indicated, constructed of inverted V-shaped or Y-shaped blades formed of 24-gage cold- rolled steel set into 20-gage steel flame. 2.03 STANDARD,STEEL FRAMES: A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimuin 15-gage cold-rolled furniture steel. i 1. Fabricate fracases with rra tered and welded corners. 2: . Form extericsr:fr-annes of hot-dip galvanized:steel; B Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped fracases, drill stops to receive 3,silencers on strike jambs of single-swing frames and 2 silencers on heads of double-swing frames. s r C. Plaster Guards: Provide 26-gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, j at back of finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct G' ' SI EEL DOORS AND FRAMES 8 ' . 2- 4 4 b' l�R ¢. t 1 hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. 3.00 INSTALLATION: r � A. General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final ? shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. E. Placing Frames: Comply with prolusions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection i Instructions For Steel Frames", unless otherwise indicated. 1. Except for frames located: at in-place concrete or masonry and at drywall , ! installations, place.frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, alijpied, and braced securely until z _.7 permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove j temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. I 2. In masonry construcYiurr, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. 3: At hi-place concrete or masonry construction„ set frames and secure to adjacent ? construction with machine screws rind masonry anchorage devices. 4. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with T-4FJPA Std. No. 80. x -- 5. In rneatal stud partitions, Install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at binge and strike levels. In open steel stud partitions, place studs in wail anchor notches and wire tie. In closed steel stud partitions, attach.wall anchors to studs with tapping screws. C. Door Installation., j I { —r 1. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frarrres, within clearances specified in SDI- i �f 100. ; 2. Place fire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80. ` 3.01 ADJUST AND CLEAN: _t A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Janmediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged i ., areas of prime coat acrd apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. �r I3. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel n m� doors and frames undarrraged and in complete and proper.operating condition. 1 STEEL DOORS AND 8.2-5 ..,�.•.�•.w.�.��...•.�..w.+.—:tea .rru.�+a'uanw.wr.+—ra��a—��wr✓aN�ASiY6TSlfT{1lMUIll���1�i� l { DMSION 8 - DOORS & dWIIgDOWS S ;CTION 8.3 ! n HARDWARE . _I 1.00 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: � A. Definition: "Finish hardware" includes items l;novae commercially as finish hardware which are required for swing, sliding and folding doors, except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in the sarne section as the door and door frame. 1 .i E. Extent of finish hardware required is indicated on drawings and in schedules. - C. Silencers included integral with hollow metal frmnes are specified with door frames y} elsewhere in Division S. �R 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 4 A- Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closures, etc.) -� from a single mEmufacturer, although several may be indicted as offering products _ complying with requirements. s� E. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware suppher, with warehousing �''°•� facilities, who lugs been farMshin hardware in the project's %ticirA for period of not S P I � A _ less than 2 years, and who is, or who employs an experenc:ed architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable tirnes dwing the course of the work, for '= consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. C. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fare-rated openings in compliance with NFPA Stanchird No. 80 and local building code requirements. Pro%ride only hardware - which has been.tested and listed by UL or FM fur types and sizes of doors required and _ r complies with requirements of dozer mid doer frame labels. 1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire-rated doors (with ' r r supplementary marking on doors' UL,or FM labels indicating "Fife Door to be Equipped.with Fire Exit Hardware")provide UL car•FM label on exit devices { indicating "Fire Exit,Hardware". 1.02 SLIBNUTTALS: .i , J A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance with Division-I section "Submittals". Include whatever information may be necessary to shove compliance wwith requirements, and include instructions for FD 41SH HARDWARE 8 . 3-1 i installation and for maintenance of operating parts and fitush. B. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. � Coordinate hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand; function and finish of hardware. I. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening, Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. b. Name and mmaufacturer of each item. ; C. Fastet nirngs and other pertinent information. d. Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. {:= e. Explanation of all abbreViations, symbols, codes, etc. contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials, :Y.foc anSation. h. Keying i C. Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where --,, acceptance of hardware schedule must precede&brication of other work (e.g., hollow metal frames) which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish i hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of;,ardware 5, schedule. 1. Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicting clearly how the `j Owner's funal instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. D. Samples: Prior to submittal of the final hardware schedule and prior to final ordering of ' finish hardware, submit one sample of each type of exposed hardware unit, finished as required, and tagged with full description for coordination with�schedule. E. Templates: Furnish.hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and,other work to be factory-prepared for the installation Of hardware. Upon request, check shop , drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for,proper location and installation of hardware. 1.03. PRODUCT IF A1VDLINCa: :: A. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related.to final hardware 1~INISIB HARDWARE 8. 3-2 F schedule, and include basic installation instnzction with each item or package. B. Packaging of hardware, is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers; sort and repackage in containeES clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware w schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container. i C Inventory hardware jointly vFith representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. -.3 D. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site)for installation. s 1✓. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. } Control handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both ! before and after installation. 1.04 SCHEDULED HARDWARE: ,! A. Requirements for design, grade, function; finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware is indicted in the Finish Hardware Data Sheet and Hardware Schedule at the end of this section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following. i r` 1. Manufacturer's Product Designations: One or more manufacturers are listed for each hardware type required. An asterisk(*) after a manufacturees name indicates whose product designation is used in the Hardware Schedule for purposes of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the product designated, or, where more than one manufacturer is listed, the comparable product of one of the T-r other manufacturers wWch comply with requirements including those specified elsewhere in this section. ~ 2.00 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: _J A. General:, B. Hand of door: Drawings shove dirertiop of slide, swing or hand of Bach door leaf. r; Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as i shown. t, C. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturer's products which have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible'location (omit removable FINISH HARD'i TARE 8 .3-3 t , }} nameplates), except in conjunction Nvith required UL labels and as otherwise acceptable I to Architect. 7, 1. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. � D. Base Metals: Produce hardware tynits of basic metal mid forming method indicated, { using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser(conunercialiy recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A 15 6 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI Al56.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or fornung methods for those indicated, except as othetwise specified. ; E. Fasteners: provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as spec ifically indicated. �.., F. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide;Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) t.-. ' screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces or tither work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared f or paint" in surfaces to ""W f receive painted finish. G. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, � except to extent no standard units of type: specified are available vAth concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face ! is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasibly;to adequately ' i reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each tlu u-'bolt or use sex screw v. fasteners. ' i 2.01 HINGES, BUTTS AND PIVOTS: A. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood y, doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. B. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat-head or machine screws for installation of units, except }; furnish Phillips flat-head or wood screws for installation of is into wood. Fini fu sh screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. C. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: . ►v 1. Steel Hinges: Steel pins. a 8 �3� FINISH HARDWARE �4 r �� 11 6A�i�ACS1'81rJiAY IKt��I:t`11�ile.bra0fxrmeere - ni�.�r ---_ .�.__.�_. _-- _ -_...')'• I I 2. Non-ferrous Hinges: Stainless stAyl pins. 3. Exterior Doors: Non-removab le pins. 4. Out-swing Corridor Doors: Non-removable pins. 1 l _ . 5. Interior Doors: loon-rising pins. i ' non and matching plug, finished to match leaves. 6. Tips: Flat b tii f 7. Number of hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges for door leaf for doors 90" or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30" of additional height. i 2.02 LOCI{ CYLINDERS AND KF--I ING: A. General: Supplier will meet with owmer to finalize keying req*.1irements and obtain final instructions in writing. B. Review the keying system with the Owner and provide the type required (master, dmaster), either new or integrated with Owner's existing grandmaster or great-gran system. t;s C. Equip locks with cylinders for interchangeable-wre pin tL,tiler inserts. Furnish only temporary inserts for the construction period, and remove these when directed. Provide final inserts as required by final keying schedule. D. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. r E. Comply with O�vrazr's instructions for piaster key i and, except as otherwise indicated, r provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be'keyed alike . .i: with a group of related locks. F. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. -� G. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock;5 master keys far each master t J system; and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. { 1. Deliver keys tb Owner's representative. H Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tag with self locking key clips, receipt forms,3-way visible card index, ternpo,rary rnarkeirs, pennan'ent markers, and FINISH HARDWARE ' 8.31-5 h ___. .._....0^--r �. standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by systern manufactureir, with capacity fbr a 150% of the number of locks required For the project. 1. Provide multiple-drawer type cabinet. f 2.03 LOCKS, LATCHES AND BUNTS: A. Strikes: Provide manufacturers standard wrought box strike.for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set. 1. Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts, except where special threshold construction provides non-recessed st6ke for bolt. 2. Provide roller type strikes where recommended by manufacturer of the latch and ,..� lock units. B. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8" minirnurn throw of latch and deadbolt used on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. �y. 1. Provide '/z" r_rininium throw on other latch and deadlock bolts. C. Flush Bolt Heads: Mnimum of=/�" diameter.rods of brass, bronze or stainless steel, with minimum 12" long rod for doors up to 7-0" in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 7-0" in height. -^� D. Exit Device Dogging: Except on fire-rated doors, wherever closures are provided on ±� doors equipped with exit devices, equip the units with.keyed dogging device to hold the push bar down and the latch belt in the open position. i E. Rabbeted Doors: Where rabbeted door stiles are indicated, provide special rabbeted front on lock and latch units and bolts. r .; 4 � 2.04 CLOSURES AND DU'd7R CONTROL DEVICES: A. Size of Units: Except as otherwse specifically indicated, comply-Mth the manufacturers recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to weather and anticipat6d f-equency,of rase. 1. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closures, except as otherwise indicated, B. Access-Free Manual Closures: Where manual closures are indicated for doors required j to be accessible to the physimlly handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with 7 ANSI Al 17.1 provisions for door opening force.and delayed action closing. �1 f FMISH HARDWARE 8 . 3-6 E i C. Provide grey resilient parts for exposed bumpers. 2.05 DOOR TRIM UNITS: i A. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units (kick plates, edge trim, viewers, knockers, mail drop and similar units), either machine screws r of self-tapping screw. R. Fabricate protection plates(armor, Ida.ck or mop) not more thm-i 1-1/2" less than door -' width on stop side and not more than V? less than door width on hull side, x the height indicated. 1. Metal Plates: Brass/Bronze, 0,62" (U.S. 16 ga.). 2.06 WEATHER&I'R:IPPRIG: ,~t A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide continuous weathers Aping at each edge:of every exterior door leaf. Provide type, sizes and profiles shown or scheduled. Provide non-cor=rosive fasteners as recommended'by manufacturer for application indicated. f B Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by rn ufacturer. C. Weatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: -' 1. Provide buniper-typpe.resilient insert and metal retainer snips, surface-applied wiless shown as mortised or semi.-mortised, of followings metal, finish and resilient I bumper maternal: - a. Mill finish aluminum For paint finish, 0.075" thick minimum thickness. ! ' b. Closed-cell sponge neoprene insert, conforrrning to NffL R 6130A Type H, i Y Grade 1I, 1/4" x 3/4". C. Flexible bulb or Ioop insert of vinyl, confornung to MIL R 6055, Class II, } (wade 40. 1' U. Weatherstripping at,Door Bottoms: 1. Provide threshold,consisting of contact type resilient insert and metal housing of design and size shown; of following metal, finish, and resilient seal strip: a. Mill finish aluminum, 0.075" minimum thickness. t b. Flexible vinyl wiper or sweep seat strip complying with CS 230-60. j FINISH HARDWARE 8 . 3-7 c(Wi�t.,..a:::n. �ctF...y;.i F,;,tt..i.£ e:v... ..:.......•..- ,. ..,.,,-,.. ee ... ... �'f , Vi.. f . f V I: 2.07 THRESHOLDS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicted provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile as shown or scheduled, B. Exterior Hinged.-Tivoted .Doors: Provide units not less than 4" wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation where indicated, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames, and as follows: 1. For out-swinging doors provide rabbeted type units with replaceable weatherstrip insert in stop. 2.08 HARDWARE FeUSHES: 00, i A. Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, and except as otherwise indicted. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming ; ' process is different for individual urdts of hardware exposed at the same door or - opening. In general, snatch items to the manufacturer's standard ' finish for the latch and loci: set (or push-pull units if'no latch-lock sets) for color and --., f texture. B. Provide finishes which match those established by BHMA or, if none established, match the architect's sample. C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating(if any), composition, hardness and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified for the applicable uruts of hardware by referenced standards. D. Provide protective lacquer coating on all.exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze and aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix "-ICY." is used with standard finish designations to indicate "no lacquer". t L E. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in ANSI A156.1 S "Materials & Finishes Standard", includin coordination with the "traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their'products. d»,. F. The'desigtiations used hi schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the I industry-recognized standard, commercial finishes, eyccept as otherwise noted. �-- 1 3.00 INSTALLATIiri'&: t a FRQSH KkRDW 8 . 3--8 C YARD['1��1dImlMfl M�(�Ga!urct0mroawA�fdfccsaa���r. -�...�.... ___ _ A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Do►ar and Hardware Institute, `j except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and J except as may be otherwise directed by Architect. ' B. Mount Hardware;units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations f or Builders It Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specific-ally indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and ~! except as otherwise directed by Architect. C. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manuf acturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fining is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later, to be paiuited or flushed in another way, coordinate . - removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division-9 sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until ± finishes have been completed on the substrate. D, Set units levea, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment .� substrate as necessary for prope►installation and operation. E. Drill and countersink units which are not factory.-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance wrath industry standards. ---'R F. Set thresholds for exterrior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or ptiiyisobut-ye mastic sealant. g ..r 3.01 ADJUST AND CLEAN: i A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which camtot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardwaree installation. f C. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is;made more than one month prior to acceptance, .occupancy of a space or areas, return to the work during the week prior M; to accetahce or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items _ 3 in such space or area,,. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and ; finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final I` F operation of heating and ventilating equipment. f D. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of heating and ventilating equipment. f FII�TISI'I 14AYt.DWA.RE 8.3-9 i E. Continued Maintenance Service`. Approximately Six months after the acceptance of F hardware in each axea, the Installer, accompanied by the representative oI'the latch and lock manufacturer, shall return to the project and re-adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommend ed additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware M„ . items which have dr:�teriorated or failed clue to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. 3.02 MANUFACTURE WS: A. Dock and Latch Sets 'Yale 5400 L-Series heavy duty Ivey-in-lock lever lock set with 7-pin cylinder, "Pebble Beach" lever Owl' rith 378" cast rose(or equal by Schlage, Kusswin, .. or Best). B. Hinges Lawrence, McKinney or Stanley, '' .. C. Closures LCN 4040 series, Male or Norton D. floor Trim Units Builders-Brass, Ives or. Sargent E. Stops and Bumpers Glynn-Johnson, Sargent or Stanley F. Stripping, Seals and Zero Series 3000 (finish to Thresholds match fraine),Reese or Pemko G. Panic Hardware Exit devices to be American Device 6500 Series � mortise device with keyed dogging. 3.03 FINISHES: , A. Unless-noted otherv�ise provide Stainless Steel Finish. ` T . Y .. do-•. i r END.OF SECTIOhf ; FINti'ISH FIA.RD WARE 8 . 3-10 8 ' F 3 DI`IISION 9 -FINISHES ' t SECTION 9.1 G um ALL 1.00 SUMMARY: A. Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction require is indicated on I! drawings. B. This Section includes the following types of gypsum hoard construction: 1. Steel framing members to receive gypsuny board. --� 2. Gypsum board screw-attached to steel framing and furring members. 4 2.00 DEFINITIONS: A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to AS TIM C 11 and GA 505 for definitions of terms for sum board �:onstruction not otherwise defined in this gyp i section or other referenced standards. 1 2.01 SUBMITTAL: fill r. A. Product data tom manufacturers for each tppe of product specified. j 2:02 QUALITY A:SSURANI CE: ' f : A. Fire Resistance Ratings: 'Where indicated, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance rating has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1: Provide fire resistance rated assemblies identical to those indicated by reference to GA Vile No's. in GA.-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or i ,? '<< to design designations in U.L. "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of � other testing and agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each.type of gypsum board and related joint treatment..materials from a single manufacturer. �--' 2.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND I ANDLING: I,. .. A. Detiv ' materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name . _ GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 . 1-1 44 � I� :�•�'�ktsiA`eiirw'rvi:.=..,,,,.t:,nux... .,..a.. t, : . .. ...,. .. ..,. . .+..r '"7iw+� '.'r'"""*"^.'."..,,,!'""......�......,.:..++'^""'r r 1:, r t �'�� . PSRIF�M�7JHtats s.ee..i®ebaau� I i I 1 J fI i and identification of manufacturer or supplier, r- B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them day and protected against damage frorn weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging.C. Handle , gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim. 2.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Conditions,, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions fir application and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturRr', recomrnendations. B. Minimum Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to , framing;, rnairAWn not less than 40 degree F (4 degree C). For adhesive attachment and fini►hin of g gypsum board Maintain not less than 50 degree F(10 degree C)for ' 48 hours prior to application and continuously thereafter until drying is complete. � 1 C. Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required fir drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from too rapidly, om drynng 2.05 STEEL FRAM NG COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS: A. General: Provide components which comply with ASTM C 754 for nutterials and sizes, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. F34, C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. D. Flat Dangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with r-ist-inhibitive paint. k�z. E. Channels:, Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598 inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 71).6 inch wide flanges, protected with nest-inhibitive paint, and as follows: 1. Carrying channels: 1-112 inch deep, 475 pounds per 1000 feet., unless otherwise indicated. G rPSLTN4 DRYWALL 9 . 1-2 A�= `J ----. .—. -- .-...r---- .���.,.....�y�..q —.�..+n—.,..Irv......ewe...vnaueea�•xa�..gsa'w�®-.ar�wrmwwaae9�w 1 e w 2. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 pounds per 1000 feet., unless otherwise indicated. F. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product designed to _ reduce sound transmission, complying with ASTM C 645 for material, finish and widths of face and fastening flange, tabricated to fora 1/s inch deep channel of the following configuration: 1. Double-Leg,Configuration: Hat-shaped channel, with 1-1/2 inch wide face connected to flanges by double slotted or expanded metal legs (webs). 2.06 STEEL F W.. i 1G FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: A. Steel Studs and Ruimers: ASTM C; 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 l degree and doubled over to form 3/16 inch rrunirrium lip (return) and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches, urdess otherwise indicated. r B. Steel rigid Awring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat-shaped, depth and minimum thick*ess of base (uncoated) metal as follows: 1. Depth: 7/8 inch. 4,i 2. Thickness: 0.0179 inch, unless otherwise indicated. C. Furring Brackets: Senra•?ted-arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion- - resistant steel sheet complying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 6.0329 inch, designed for screw attacluanent to steel studs and steel rigid furring,channels used for furring. D. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product designed to �r reduce sound transmission, complying with ASTM C 645 for base: metal, finish and , widths of face and fastening flanga', fabricated to form '/z inch deep channel of the following configuration: 1. Double-Leg C�:nfiguration: Hat-shaped channel, with 1-1/2 inch wide face IJ connected to flanges by double slotted or expanded metal legs (webs). { E. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of type, material, size', corrosion resistance, holding } GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 . 1-3 , 1bb .. ..«�.....�•--�.�..... mss'-.��.«�..«_.. ._............«w,`............ ..•.,...fl i:w+� 1 power and other properties required to fasten steel franung and barring members securely to substrates involved; complying with'the recommendations of gypsum drywall manufacturers for applications indicated. 2.07 GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Provide gypsum beard of types indicated in maximum lengths available " to minimize end-try-etid joints. 1. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, provide 5/8 inch thicknesses to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. B. Caypsuni Wallboard: ASTM C 36, acid as follows: Type: Regular, unless uthenvist indicated. 2. Type: Type X For fire resistance rated assemblies. 3. Edges: Tapered and featured (rounded or beveled) for prefilling. 4. Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless indicated otherwise. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTIM C 530,.arid as follows: 1. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Type X for fire resistance rated Assemblies. f 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch,unless otherwise indicated. f�• 2,08 TRAM ACCESSORIES: � A. Coimerbead and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Comply with ASTM C 840 and the following: �ftw. 1 Cornerbead formed from zinc..al oyr vrith flanges knurled and perforated or, � of fine-mesh expanded metal 2. Steel Edge.Trim formed from galvanized steel,.types per k Fig. l of ASTM C 840 as follows: t a. "LC" Bead,.unless otheavuise indicated. : GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 :1-4 r b. 'VI Bead where indicated, C. "U`I Bead where indicated. 3. One-Piece Control Joint: Formed with perforated face flanges connected by vee-shaped slot, 1 14 inch wide by _ t approximately 7'16 inch deep and covered with removable tape, fabricated from the following material: a. Roll-formed zinc. 2.09 GYPSUM BOARD JO Wf TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: Provide materials complying with AS TM C 475, ASTM C 840, and - reconunendations of manufacturer of bath gypsum board and joint treatment rt ]] � materials for the application indicated. i --� B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforchig tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use pressure sensitive or staple-att ached open-weave glass fiber reinibrcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by .., ma.nufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged,job-mixed, chemical- hardening povvder products formulated for uses indicated. I. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and topping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bond:strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it: 2.: For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. 3. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by y gyV sum board manufacturer for this purpose. t D: Drying-Type Joint Compounds: Factory-prepackaged vinyl-based products ` corn 1 ' with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. �,. :P�g g q 1: Ready.l ix Formulation: Factory-premixed product. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 . 1-5 Wo .. aMwn.aaRV�11�Y1�1�77g6!s16Igvaflml,iR�'A�.�si�l� 2. 1 'Taping compound formulated for emkedding,tape and for first coat over &sleners and flanges of cbrner beads wid edge trim. y 3. Tapping compound formulated i4r fill (second) and finish(third) coats. 2.10 MISCELIAAM.OUS MATERIALS: A. General: Provide auxilimy materials,for gypsum drywall construction which � cni-nply ixrith referenced standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board. � B. Spot Grout: AS'1"TvI C 475. setting type joint compound of type recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames. C. Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. Jot D. Concealed,AcousticA Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, nonbleeding and gunnable sealant. ' E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral fiber blanket insulation produced by # combining mineral fibers of type described below Aith thermosetting resins to s.. j comply Frith ASTM C 665 for Type I(blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: 1. Mineral fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. 2.11 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates to which drywall construction attaches or abuts, preset hallow metal frames, bast-in-anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements fir installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of drywall construction. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. #� a 2.12 PREPARATION: A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with installation of overhead structural systems to`ensure that enserts and other } structural anchorage provisions Halve.been installed to receive ceiling anchors in a manner.that develop their full strelieh and at spacing required to support ceiling. L, 3.00 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL: { GYPSUM DRYWA.LI. 9 . 1-6: { 1 � ��'i�l1111�if1. iL7� �wv.r MMMP " MGG vAWKWUMMUM now" I J A, Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel fi tuning to comply with ASTM C 754 and with A5"l' �1 C 84U requirements that apply to framing installation. I a...• B. Install supple�mentmy framing„ blocking and bracing at terminations in the work and for support of fixtures, equipment se r%ices, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories. furnishings and similar construction to comply with details indicated and ,%7th recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, or if none available, with ,rjypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. i ' C. Isolate steel framing from building stnacture to prevent transfer of loading nnpos by structural movement; at locations indicated below to comply with details shown on drawings: I 1. 'Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure horizontally at j ce;lin erimeters or penetration of structural elements. gp D. Or, not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel firaming or furring members; independently frame bath sides of joints w7th framing or furring members or as indicated. --� 3.01 .INSTALLATION OF STEEL 1�tv�O FOR SLJSPEN�EI� AND F�LrRREI) CEILINGS: } A. Secure hangers to structural support by c, A. directly to structure where possible, otherwise conriect to cast-in concrete inserts or other anchorage devices 1, or fasteners as indicated. Do not attach hangers to metal deck tabs. i 1 2• Da not att ach hangers to metal roof deck. , B. Do not connect or suspend steel framing. 'om ducts, pipes or conduit. - , C. Keep hangers and braces 2 inches clear of ducts, pipes and conduits. . ;' D. Sway-brace suspemded steel framing with hangers used for support. E. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire I�I,aFigers: 0.1620 inch diameter(8 gige), 4 foot. on center. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 1-1l2 inch, 4 foot. on center. s.. G'YPSUMI DRYWALL, 9 .1-7 i'A• 3. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches on center. �-- F. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing Components for suspended ceilings so that cross furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. ±--' G. Wire.-tie or clip furring member;to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. 3.02 INSTALLATION CF STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other construction. B. Installation Tolerances. Install each steel framing and fuming member so that fastening surface.do not Vary more than 1/8 inch from plane of faces of adjacent rM4 framing. C. Extend partition framing null height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around { ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. ` D. Terminate partition frar�ning 4 inch above suspended ceilings where indicated. a S .�.. E. TnstalI steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by referenced steel framing installation standard. t 1. For single layer construction: 16 inches on center. F. Install steel studs so that Ilarsges point in the same direction and gypsum boards 1 can be installed in the direction opposite to that of the flange. G. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219 and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb.studs. 1, Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to , underside of floor or roof structure above. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 �1 . 1�-8 Y . �7�tl1��11� �oW.1EiYVaew,f yw�wwr...�� . t H. Frarne openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated, or if •- none indicated, in same manner-as required for dour openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. l i _ L Itrstall polyethylene va�,or retarder on interior of framing members of exterior YI insulated walls to comply with the following requirements: --� 1• Extend vapor retarder to extremities of exterior insulated walls and to � nc ra cover miscellaneous voids i➢1 insulated substrates, including those which a f have been stuffed with loose thermal insulation. 2• Seal vertic- 1 joints in vapor retarders over framin g Y lapping not less than b la in � 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end and bottom. ( ? edges, at perimeter of wall openings and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 ` inches on center. t 3: Seal joints in vapor retarder caused by pipes, conduits electrical boxes and (� —� sirni.lai-iterns}penetrating vapor retarders with cloth or aluminized tape which bonds pennanently to vapor retarder. _i � 4. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before coacealment by application of gnsurn board or other construction. 3.03 APPLICATION AND FINISHL 1G OF GYPSM,4 BOARD, GENERAL: � ' A. Gypsum Board application and Finishing ,Standard: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with AS`T M C 840. i B. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board, unless rmidily installed after board has been installed. 1 wl C. Locate; exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 2.4 inches in alternate courses of board. D. Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimize, the number of end-butt joints, and which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 inches. E. Install wall/partition boards in.manner which rrunimizes the number of end-butt I joints or avoids them entirely where possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. F. Install exposed surd board • gYP .with face side out. Do not install imperfect, GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 . 1-9 jdamaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open spate between boards. Do not force into place. G.' Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind " w I end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or fie `.. field-cut ends against mill-cut or field-cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edgers or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. J H. Attach gypsum board to steel studs so that lead4ig edge or end of each board is attached to open (unsupported) edge of stud flange first. i..x I. Attach gypsum board to supplemetitmy framing and blocking provided for r� additional support at openings and cutouts. J. Shot grout hollow inetal door frames for solid core wood doors, hollow metal I doers and doors ovet 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor cli ��. just before inserting board into frame. p ti K. Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space b p between ' edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. i L. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in conceal ed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are braced internally f � . 1. Except whore concealed application `- is indicated or required for sound, fire, air or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than S square feet area, and may be limited to not less than 75 a �~ full coverage, p rcent of 2: Fit gypsum board around ducts, pipes'and conduits. �- ltwl. Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. °1?rovide I/� inch to j/x inch sfaee and trite edge with "U" bead edge trim. Seal joints with acou�tica! sealant. Where sound-rated drywall construction is indicated, seal construction at perimeters, control and expansion,joints, openings and Penetrations with•a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partiti 919 ons. Comply with RS C arad manufacturers res ommendations for 'I'l1�location of edge trim, and close off sound- flankin j paths around or through construction, including sealing of partitions above GYPSITI1jai DRYWALL a {1 rF N\ acoustical ceilings. For double-layer partition systems, construction above acoustical ceilings .r may be installed with base layer only. O. Space fastenmrs in gypsum boards in accordance;with referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.04 METHODS OF GYPSUM BOAPLD APPLICATION: A. Single-layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: i I. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible. 2. O 't' 1 gypsum board vertically(parallel to framin ), tt partitions/walls atop y Y(p g tarless otherwise indicated, and pro-i►ide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. --T B. Wall'file Base: Where drywa:l is base for thin-set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board. r+ I. In "dry" areas install gyp sum bashing board or wallboard with tapered -- edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface. C. At showers, tubs and similar "wet areas" install glass mesh mortar units and treat -� joints to comply with mwiufacturer's recommendations for type of application indicated. D. Double-Layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layer and -- gypsum wallboard for face layer. E. Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum board is indicated to be directly -:� adhered to a substrate (other than studs,joists, fitrring members or base layer of �i gypsunn board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fmten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. �i 3.05 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSOMES: A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required, to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's reconnnendations. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9 .1-11 i` 1 •rte.. ..w.,..........,,�...�..�..—...», ... ._ .. _. .. .....».....__......._...._....._.. ... ... .. '1 E �`E' a � II�(.Rll{II��QS+1 lVl.VA�94mvnsrtn.r-..nn��....—tiwr.w..—..—.. a i, i E. Install corner beads at external corners. f� , C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed, end except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where "U" bead (semi-finishing type) is indicated. r 1. Install "LC" bead where drywall construction is tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. �.. . D. Install control joints at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at spacings and locations required by referenced gypsurn board application and finish standard, and approved by the Architect for visual effect. 3.06 FINISIUNG OF DRYWALL: A, General: Apply joint treatinent at sum board joints ; 13YF ,l (both directions); flanges of �v j corner bead, edge tri-m and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. E. Prefill opi,,n joizats and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting-type joint ` compound. C. .Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. D. Finish interior gypsurn wallboard by applying the following joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: 7: Embedding and First Coat: Rmidy-mix, drying-type, all-purpose or taping . compound.. �,. 2. mill (second) Coat: Ready-mix, drying-type, al l-purpose or topping i compound. 3. Finish L("Third) Coat: Ready-mix, drying-type;all-purpose or topping Compound. , E. Partial Finishin Ornit third,c ` g� oat:and sanding on concealed drywall construction �- which is indicated for drywall Iini,Fung or which requires finishing to achieve fire resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. GYPSUM DRI(WALL 9 . 1�-12 i S 3.07 PROTECTION k Provide"final prcte6tion and maintain conditis�ns;in a manner suitable to Installer, l which ensures gypsurn drywall Gonstructian being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION J! . f ;. .: { . r +( , 1 1 �St: GYPS DRYWALL 9 `1 13'`. 4d .W- 4- t+i�` .�x'2`4�'t{BI•§YkA'� "i§ Gbrf.lr� .s„lx1'f:},. <"z..i r�• 1 1 -*•. t i x .. j '� , T 'h �. Y3'r r.4 �'�w+ teu 1 ; .' t A .l' .. Y �y `�."• r •;1 l v t {r Ysy. "C+,s' a.J x+ < 't o •:r'{�Yr s .�.�L x nY' xyt'^'yv�,,rt'�"r5'li x'Y ''"}"€:'got 3,w «iM^'T J.r 16 „r - � r' _. aL < art Eliz'x4xt"tx_?S. ay )fi St 6:`'i t7 r .: :':r ��•' x �! ) y .� 1r. xt L'al�ur�s'easrs��s!�r��awiA R _._.__/•� .<..i .. �A+ .,f *1r�t gY::S .i, 1`74xSS�A.�. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 9.3 F t''l7 r 1.00 SU 0 ARY: i --, A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting and finishing of exposed interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming and finish coats specified in this � p s sectron are in addition to shop priming, and surface treatment specified under other sections. { B. Paint exposed surfaces whether. or not colors are designated in "schedules," except } _ where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the � - same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, {� " the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. 1 L Painting includes field painting exposed bare avid covered pipes and ducts ? (including color coding), hangers, e,,Tosed steel and iron work and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. C. Painting is riot requirM on prefirrished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts and labels urdess specifically called for. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory-finished E components: } st "? a. Elevator entrance doors and frames. b.. Elevator equipment. s C. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. i { 'd. Light fixtures. ; --1 'e. Switchgear. f. Distribution cabinets, Z Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the -, following generally inaccessible areas: a. Foundation spaces. �.� b. Furr6d areas. C. Utility tunnels. �`. -� PAINTING 9 .3=1 .•Affi'A7ffamee�KrQCOa�. iec�e��w�au. — v�='— _....— ---- -- `'?'' i d. Pipe spices. �1-- e. butt shafts. 3. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless :steel. C. Chromium plate. d. Copper. ", C. Bronze. i f; Brass. f 4 Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following: 'Valve and damper operators. � . { b. Lu*ages. ..: e. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. L.vbels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-requiredd labels ox egi.Aiprnent i4me, identification, performance , rating or nomenclature Slates. 2.00 I)ETIPUTIONS: t ; I A. Taint" includes coating systerns materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, `-- sealers and fillers and other'applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate. or finish coats. 2.01 S1.TL31l11TTALS. r . Product Dada: ufacturees technical.inf,brmAtion, label analysis and application t ; instructions for each material pro used for use'. List each material and crass-reference.the specific coating and finish system Z> K` and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog ,�" number and general classification.', d y I 13 Samples for,initial,color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. b „1: After color selection, the.+architect r�A furnish color chips for surfaces to , be coated. PAIMIN 9 .3-2 ` r j t C. Samples for verification p;!rposes: Provide sarnples of each color and material to be applied, with texture,to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Define each separate coats including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color and texture are achieved. 1. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. 2. Submit samples on the fbHowi:ng substrates for the Architect's review of f color and texture only: f a. Concrete: Provide two 4 inch by 4 inch square samples for each color and finish. b. Concrete Masoiuy: Provide two 4 by 8 inch samples of masonry, with mortar joint in the center, for each finish and color. C. Painted Wood: Provide two 12 by 12 inch samples of each color. i and material on hardboard. d. Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4 by 8 inch samples of natural and stained wood finish on actual wood surfaces. b e. Ferrous Metal: Provide INvo 4 inch � y 4 inch .,quire samples of flat "" ►,, metal and two 8 innch long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. 2.02 QUALITY ASSUR.kNC1✓: A. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide pri m ers and undercoat paint produced by the same mt►.nufacturer as the finish coats. B. Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified. i C. Field Samples On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, - duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full coat finish samples on at least 100 square foot of surlhce until required sheen; color and texture are obtained; simulate finished ligliting conditions for•review of in place work. PAINTING 9 .3-3 . .1 ►�1��II�r;�lY3� W!3'��Ll1OE1�\i) M • .ru—a.a.. sr.- 1r r —__ .... '!'.�a { ; 1 1, Final acceptance of colors will be from job applied samples. �. Dl_ Material nudity: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade of the various coating types s ecified, Pair, q ty ade sale paint material i manufacturer's prod ci iidentification will not be containers not displaying ... be acceptable. 1 Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products named are required or to exclude equal products of other manufacturers. ... 2. Federal Specifications establish a miiiimum quality level for paint materials, except where other product identification is used. Provide written certification from the 1114riufacturer that:materials provided meet or exceed these�:riteda. r- 3• Products that comply with qualitative requirements of applicable Federal L " Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirement may be considered for . use when acceptable to the Architect. Fuii-nish material data and manufacturer's certificate of p3erfo substitutions. rmancQ to Architect for proposed 2.03 D i.i , STORAGE &ND HANDUNG: A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufa.cturees original, unopened ac ' nrid containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and th p p �kages infoml ation. a following 1• Product name or title of material. r 2: Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3• Federal SPecificadon number, ifapplica,ble. ' 4. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. no 5. Contents by volume, for Pigment and vehicle constituents. 6 Thinning i=istruirtinns. 1 Application ins'tnictioris.' 13 Color name and number. t. PANTLhiG ` 9 .3w4 , ��'fi#�ii7ysS19FfJ�Y7mYleICay •.:.dv..'...m..�..�._—"__---------- --- - �t_' '1 i7}f t 13. Store materials not in use in tightly covared containers in a well-ventilated area at a w. rrainimum ambient temperature at 45 degree F (7 degree Q. Maintain containers � used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect fTom freezing. Deep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste: daily. Take necessary me,�asures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire;and health hazards resulting from handling, naWng And application. I 2.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Apply'water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degree F (10 degree C) and 90 degree F(32 degree C), B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of stufaces to be painted � -i and sunDunding air temperatures are br.M een 45 degree F(7 degree C)and 95 _} degree F(3 5 degree Q. C. :painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted ar e enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. -1' 2.05 MANUFAC'TLTP.EP.S: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one E of the following: j 1. .Devoe mid.Ra)molds Co. (Devoe). r 2: The Glidden Company(Glidden). —, 3. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). = i 4. MAB Paints(MAB). 5. PPG Industries, Pittsburgh,Paints(Pittsburgh). Pratt and Lumbert(P &L). 7. The Shexwin-Williams Company(S=W). 2.06, PRIMERS:: _ A. Latex-Based Interior,%Wte Primer: Latek.based:primer coating used on interior gypsum drywall under a flat latex paint or an alkyd semi-gloss enamel. ,A. 1: Devoe: 50841 Wonder-Tones Latex Primer and Sealer. w..e 2. Glidden: 5019 PVA Pi im er. Pi's N T'IN'G 9 .3-5 , S t tY .. i x t +SA •'};LZf��i 4sfy, �f�(�1��475tlNlif�Rl '.i; i I '' 3. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201. ! 4. Pittbur r, f 6-2 Quirk-Iry Latex Primer Sealer. 5. PLZc]L: f Latex Wall Primer Z'30001. 6. S-W: Pro-Mar 200 .Latex Wall Primer B28W200. B: Alkyd-Type Zinc Chromate Primer: Primer used for priming ferrous metals on the exterior under high-gloss alkyd enamels. IDevoe: 41839 Bar-Ox Zinc Chromate Primer. "R 2. Glidden: 5205 Glid-Guard Wank&c Structural Pruner. �.. 3• Pittsburgh: 6••204 Zinc Chromate Primer. t 4. P& L: Tech-Gard Zinc Chromate Primer E 154. S S-W: ; Zinc Chromate Pdrrner B50YI. :I C. C ivanized Meta!}'rime;r: Primer used to prime hiterior and exterior zinc-coated - ($atvaniaed) metal surfaces., �. : 1. DMvoe.. �--: d 32,01 M r rolac GrI3vanized Metal Primer. ; > : ?• Glidden: 5229 Glid_Guard All-Purpose Metal Primer. i 3- Moore: Ironclad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer#155 f i 4• Pittsburgh: 6.215/216 S ' peedinide Galvanized Steel Primer. Galvite B50W3. 2.07 1.1NDERCOA"I'MATERIAY.S: A. Interior Enamel Undercoat: Ready-mixed enamel for use as an undercoat over %�O' od and hardboard under an odorless alkyd semi-glass enamel or frill gloss alkyd enamel: 1. Devoe: 8801 Velour Alkyd Enamel Undercoat. 2• Glidden: 310 Glidden Wood Undercoater. 3. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody#217. 4 PDttsl►urgh: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Undercoater. P&c L: InWricr Trim P b S-w: rimer. . •,, : Pro-Mar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater B49W200, 't°r B Interior Eneel u'.indeicoat: Ready-mixed ena-nel for use as an undercoat over a rrous or z pniner on Ieinc-coated metal tender an interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel t ar�';4irdl- lo .: alkyd anarinel. 6— l D€:yrre: 8801 Velar Alkyd Enamel Undercoat. ' ., Glidden: 4200 Sprat! Ultra Semi-Gloss Enamel. , 3. Moore: Mooire's Alkyd Enamel Underbody,#2I7. PATNTTN.G 9 .3-6 4. Pittsburgh: 6-6 Speedhide Quick-Dry Enamel Underwater. 5. P& L: Interior Trim Primer, 6. S-W: Pro-Mar 200 .Alkyd Enamel Undercoater B49W200. 2.08 :IIN'I'ERIOR FINISH PAJNT MATERIAL: I - A. Interior Senn-glass Odorless Alkyd Enamel: Low-odor, semi-gloss, alkyd enamel for use over a primer and undercoat on concrete, masonry (including concrete masonry block), plaster, wood, and hardboard and both ferrous and zinc-coated (galvanized metal surfaces and over a primer on gypsum drpvall: E 1. Devoe: 2000 Velour.Alkyd Semigloss Enamel. 2. Glidden: 4200 apred Ultra Semigloss Enamel. ! - 3. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235. 4. Pittsburgh: 27 Line Wallhide Semigloss Enamel. } 5. P & L: C;ellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel. j 3 6. S-W: Classic 99 Semigloss Enamel A40 Series. B. Exterior alkyd glass enamel for use over a primer and undercoat on interior plaster . -" .mlrfaces, wood and hardboard and ferrous and zinc-coated metal surfaces. 4 ro, 1. Devoe: 70kY.Mirrolac Interior/Exterior Alkyd Gloss Enamel. --� 2. Glidden: 4500 Ghd-Guard Industrial Enamel. 3. Moore.. Impervo High.-Gloss Enamel #133. l 4. Pit?sburgh: 54 Line Quick-Dry Enamel. 5. P&L: Effecto Enamel. .� 6. S-W: Industrial Enamel B-54 Series. _.1 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS WOOD F'MISIU tG MATERIALS: A. Vanish-Type Surface Sealer: Sealer for open-grain wood for use as a surface sealer over exterior plywood before application of a prime coat: I 1. Glidden: Y-3651 Spread House Paint Prime Coat. <t 2. Pittsburgh: 77-1 Rez Sealer-primer. 1 P& L: Varmor Penetrating Sealer. 4.. S-W: Chek Gard Primer B42W 10. B. OH-Type Interior Wool Stain: Slow-penetx•ating oil-type wood stain for general ;s use Qn interior wood surfaces under varnishes or wood finishes: 4 Devoe: 96XX Wonder Woodstain Alkyd Stain. PAINTING 9 . 3-7 IJ, _.. Y t Ii, 2. Glidden.: . 1600 Woodnaster Oil Stain. 3. Moore 241 Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Penetrating Stain. 4. Pittsburgh: 77.302 Inez Medium Tint Base. 5. P & L: S-Series Tonetic Wood Stain. 6. S.-W: Oil Stain A-48 Series. t C. Cut Shellac: Quick-drying, rosin-free, clear,, general-purpose shellac varnish for use on the interior over stained and natural-finished woodwork for a clear finish: t._ I. Devoe: 4900 Wonder Woodsealer Quick-Dry Sealer. 2. Glidden: 5035 Ultra-Hide Sanding Sealer. 3. Moore: 413 Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer. r- 4. Pittsburgh: 77-30 Quick Drying Sanding Sealer. 5. S-W: Fro-Mar Varnish Sanding Sealer B26V3. D. Paste Wood Filler: Solvent-based, air-drying;, paste-type wood filler for use on apcn-grai:i wood on interior wood surfaces: ` l Devoe: 4800 Wonder Woodstain Interior Paste Wood Filler. 2." Glidden: Glidden Paste Wood Filler. 3. Moore: Benwood Paste Wood Filler.. 4. Pittsburgh:.• (none required) 5. S-W: Sher-Mood Fast-Dry Filler. E. Oil R.ubbin Varnish: Clear, oil-type rubbing varnish for use on interior stained or g tYP 8 natural-finished woodwork: 1. Devoe: 4600 Wonder Wood Satin Alkyd Satin Varnish. 2. Glidden: 82 Woodmaster Satin Sheen Urethane Varnish. 3. Moore: Benwood Satin Finish Varnish #404. 4.. Pittsburgh: 77 7 R.ez Satin Varnish. 5. P & L: 38 Clear Finish Gloss. 6. S-W.: Oil Base Vanrish, Gloss A66V91. 2.10 EXA TNATION: i�►. " Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for ,. ,.... compliance with requirements for application:of paint. Do not begin paint , i application until unsatisfa''story Conditions have been corrected. -- 1. : Start of painting.will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of PAINTLNG 9 .3—S ran++..,...�..... .....�_._...__mow_.__....._._._..._._. ,.._............ ... .. ...... .. .. .. ..._....y..._._ surfaces and conditions within a particular area. 2.11 PREPARATION: A. General Procedures: Remove; hardware and hardware accessories, plate machined surfaces, .lightuig fixtures and similar items in place that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces, Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. 1. Clean sut'laces before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and { grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants froze the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. ti Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as 4 specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in carting of problems anticipated with using the specified � ' finish-coat material with substrates primed by others. C. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster and mineral-fiber-reinforced cement pariel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils and release agents. Roughen as n required to remove glne. Hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. 1. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. 1s 2. Determine alkalinity acid moisture content of surfaces by performing 1 appropriate tests. It"surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before application. Do not { _.. paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. ;. 1: Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching gleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove" acid, neutralize with ammonia and rinse; allow to dry and vacuum before ` ► painting. f PAIN'rI?N'G 9 .3-9' P 7diYiNP.�RTJi�A�7Ai �w►�Il�fwsoic�wn.�nitm�.�cs�srw�taaroeuw�..c.,.�---.-- -— ._._._._—�----- - --'t- s D. Wood: Clean surfaces of'dirt, oil and other foreign substances with scrapers, rriineral spirits and sandpaper, as required, Sand surfaces exposed to view, smooth and dust off. 1. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned, knots and apply a thin coat of white j shellac or other recommended knot Realer before application of primer. j Amer priming,, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or - plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. I 2. Prime, stain or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, fsces, undersides and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases and paneling, 3. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. 4. 13ackprirne paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. 5. Seal tops, bottoms said cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat f of vaarnish or sealer immediately upor, delivery. Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been ---, shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances. Use solvent or nrechanic fl cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. I, Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and in accordance with requirements of SSPC specification SSPC-SP 10. 2. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment a wash coat before prirreing. ; } 3., Touch up bare areas and shop-applied ptirne coats that have been rums ed. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended b the paint aged. p � .-,. .. manufactr:rer, aril touch tip with the same primer as the shop coat. F: Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized,surfaces with non-petroleum-based I solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove ! " pretreatment"from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods.': G. Materials Preparation: Carefull y mix and prepare paint materials in accordance PAINTING 9 . 3-10 .—rrP�wumn��r.a-a�:r.wmrc'�.�v �wR,maaa�ava®ev, yyp�Y with manufacturer's directions. r . 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean m� condition, free of foreign materials mid residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, stir as required during application. Igo not stir surface film into material. Remove film arid, if necessary, strain material before using. t 3. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacture, and only within � recommended limits. H. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat -, when;multiple coats of the some material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of a undercoats to distinguish each separate coal. 3.00 APPLICATION: r A. Apple paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and -�, tec.1fi-riques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B., Do not paint over dirt, rust, scaie, grease, moisture, scuff surfaces or conditions detrimental to forma€ion+; of a durable paint film. { 1. Provide finish.Boats that are compatible with primers used. s Z. The number of coats and films thickness required is the same regardless of � the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturees directions. + 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through , final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give :special attention to ensure.that surfwjes, including edges, corners, crevices, welds and exposed.fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat ' surfaces. J4. The term"exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers fbr finned tube radiation, grilles and similar, components are in place. Extend coatings.in these areas as required to maintain the:system integrity and provide desired protection. 9 .3-11 f . 7777777 5, Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar ' exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or f imitiure with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. y` t. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, { with a flat, rion.speculur- black paint. j 7. faint back sides of access parcels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. { �. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field finished casework to match exterior. 9. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges same as exterior i !races. 10. Sand Egli"y between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. t ( :nit,primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch u rw ! painted, p j C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after ' preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. C .': 1• Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has diied to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. 'i D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as,recommended by the manufacture►. E. Mechanical and Electrical Wurk: p'aintir4 mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mecha„rural equipment rooms"and in occupied spaces. ^ F le�e�chanical items to be painted include but are not limited to any,items exposed to public view.. ,i Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a nme coat of material as } recommended,by the manufacturer to material that is required to be ainted or p ,. PAINTING 9 . 3-12 Vy i tinislhed and has not been rime coated 'I p by others. Recoat primed and sealed k. surfaces where.evidence of suction Spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a frniih coat with no burn'through or other defe r sealing, cts due to insufficient ll3• Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque smo slarface of uniform fiflish, color, alapearance and coverage. tin ag Cloudiness, spotting, r-i holidays, daps, brush marks, runs, ;zags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will i not be acceptable. i. Transparent (Clear)Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide semi-gloss finish for finial coats. f;am leEed Work . Mauch approved 3zmples for color, texture and coverage. ~- ,RPmove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified reguirennents. 3.01 FIELD QUALJTY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke••-• the fallowing test procedure at any time ' ,and as often as the owner deems necessary` ary during the period when paint is being applied: p g 1 The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to sample he paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to he project will be takE `._ r4 identified, sealed and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 'i ?. The testing laboratory will perform appropriate ro ria characteristics a,, required by he Owner; to tests for the following , uanti tive ma t erial s analysi s.a b. Abrasio� esistance. C. Apparent reflectiv., r , • d. Flexibility e. Wash ability. f. Absorhtiora. g. Accelerated weathering, 4 S il, dry opacity. Accelerated yellowness. „ t PA.1NTiNG {r 9.3-13 IV r i .�'�p'p�!rts(.nszM1vWt�Ft7tri!•'„a•.kS«lfl ;. , {, ^J4 It .t'' t z + Y !• .. o .Vx � a t {F J } k. Skinning. /'..-.. , S, Color retention. M. Alkali and mildew resistance. ;b. :,. If tests results show material being used does not coinplY with specified requirtsnients, the Contractor may be directed to stop ! Painting, remove:non-coin 1 p coated with rejected paint and Mmove�reAect d testing, repaint surfaces J paint from previ l°`•° painted surfaces, if upon xepuinting with specified ously paint, the two coatings � ff are noncoatible. . `i 3.02 CLE:�PV>i1�TFv: A. Cleanup: At the end of e:Ich work day, remove empty cans, rags, other discarded paint materials from the site. rubbish and t R UFon r.,orripletion of pain-, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove t } s spattered }paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or dama V adjacent finished surfaces. damage ,. 3.03 PROTECTION: , A. Protest work of other Mdes, whether to be painted painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or placingand r paintn as ~... acceptable to Architect. g E. Provide "Woo aint" si ns to newly painted finishes.nishes. Remove b temporary protw'-ive wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. 1 At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch t~p and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. ,'. 3.04,nv�ERrOP,PArmr,scHEDj LE: �; General: Provide the followin ° g punt �ystenis for the ��arious substrates, as ` indicated.. Y :Gyp � Burn Drywall an Plaster: 1 Lusterless (Mat)Emulsion hiriish l coats. PAINTING 9. 3-14 c 7t a. Primer: Latex-leased Interior White Primer(FS TT-P-650). b. Finish Coat: Latex-Eased Interior Flat Paint (FS TT-P-29). 2. Odorless Semigloss All<�yd Enamel Finish: 3 coats with total 1 dry film thickaaess not less than 2.5mils. a. Primer: Interior Latex.-Based White Primer(FS TT-P-650). { I b. First Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS TT-E-509). C. Second Coat: Interior Semigloss Odorless Alkyd Enamel (FS 1 1IT-E-509). I { ' C. Woodwork&Hardboard: i 1. Full-doss Enamel Finish: 3 coats. i r .. a. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT-E-543). b. First Coat: Alkyd Gloss Enamel (FS TT-E-506). G. Second Coat: AJlryd Glass Enamel (FS TT-E-506). �} ed Woodwork: P. Stair;. I 1. Str!ined-Varnisly Rubbed Finish: 3 finish coats over stain plus filler f °` on open-grain.wood. Wipe filter before applying first varnish coat. a. Stain Coat: Oil-Type Interior Wood Stain(FS TT-S-711). I b. First coat: Cut Shellac (FS TT-S-300). c. Filler Coat: Paste Wood Filler(FS TT-F-336). � -1_ d. Second Coat: Oil Rubbing Varnish (FS TT-V-86). e. Third coat: Oil Rubbing Varnish (FS TT-V-86). E. Ferrous Metal: 1 Full-Gloss Enamel Finish: 2 coats over primer with total dry film thictmess not less than 2.5 mils. i a: Primer: Synthetic Bust-Inhibiting Primer(FS TT-P-664). j b. Undercoat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT-E-543). C. Finish Coat: Exterior Alkyd Gloss Enamel (FS TT-E-506). F. Zinc-Coated Metal: I. Full-Gloss Enamel Finish: 2 coats over primer with total dry film A PAINTING r ,�r»�!,• ,+ r.�i.,A .4.o-r ire ..,.,..rt .t s. .. .. .. y .. ., .?i .. {. ..a"' .� M1� }, `Y .�., .r .a.^ , . . : : ,. . — ,. .._... .: S.,,t ,', r .. =r .:: .. t.. . ;.,i " . .. i � . I I � ,11 I ar `._ ».,...r,.,,.. ..--. 11 .:. _ .."..�.. .:..,...... .. . _....-.._.. .._' ''-­---._...-._.-...,._ -,_._..._°""""- —ft..— s' .. , thicl�nss rot'less lbn 2:S �tivls "` 1 { + .. 'v a. • rimer.: Q,Jvanized Metal Primer'(FS TT-P-641). b. GTncler�:aat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT-E-543). C. Finish Coat: Exterior Alkyd Gloss Enamel (FS TT-E-S06). ^, G. f '.Cotfo'n or Canvas Covering over Insulation: V. . , iz , 1 Flat Latex Emulsion "Size 2 Moats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew-roof . is ,, - 1 . tt' .�,. a. First goat: I.&tex-'Etaspd,IYiterior Flat Paint (FS TT-P-29), 1 r t?. Second Coat: Latex-Based Interior Flat Paint(FS TT-P-29). ` i E1'+k `;sEC'. ION . i t L.. �.. . . �:. „� j sir +_. ;f I z ;r 1: I 1 1.7! .t L }}}+jL` F +� �, a j.;11 * . t j; t a" 4,, 1 :1 �£ A. . tj. j 4 }rp t' r ,�+ I ,Ii + i ..t: U t xr <i: . ' .y i t.r i x r ! t :•n t ` YrN 7, t ' r a 1- Ai g.:•;: p y i i i+ t rl {n � b r !r: 't $1 g, i. (� i I ' "tt I" , i; a r ,r 't t ,t f t� of tY t 3 '`y`' `' �i} ! .j 1 ra .�7 y}. ft ie'. .aA �.t, g ffl--, i i"L ., I n� f fr' . . - Lr ' I .p s I ` f A{y .. �A .. .. i fi'{3 14 >�"z s.: t'.ytE s i z i f + , , ��I. �� r �) tt- A 4? I t { , ll F t't ,F s ..' ;t �' t t' �'FY .v;,t r 1 �i �, # s tia y Y i L;' 1 F!: i 1 t ,f7 1 , t .. ,i i6� .y z' fir".t yJ t +. t P. }g�#t�.i{ t �y. A S z 1 z S` At 'f pC t t. � �, err r > f .t r it,1 I ... ? hs' .� s ,: +t _ 3 ,+ w �. tl'�M inwii�n�rar.r...r��G:�..wr-.oi�.....�.�... 1�:.���...�,..,.,���' r _��.�_ _ .. .i' '., d.R.... DIV'IS'ION 9- FINISHES 'SECTION 9.4 A CaI,iS']Td'AlL `;EII.INGS 1.00 SUWAKY: i A Extent of each type of acoustical ceiling is shown and scheduled on drawings. j ' E. Types of acoustical ceilings specified in this section include the following: 7 I. Acoustical panel ceilings, exposed suspension. � 1.01 SUBN917ALS: f A. Product Bata: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling ~i unit and suspension system required. B. Samples for Initial Selection Purposws: Submit manufacturers' standard size samples of acoustical units, but not less than 6" square, and of exposed ceiling suspension members i •� including wall and special moldings. Provide samples showing full range of colors, j textures and patterns available for each types of component required. A-10WA*A -- Samples for Verification Purposes: Subirm the followin : C. Samp g i. 6. square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern and color. 2. Set of 12" long samples of exposed runners and moldings for each color and system type required. -� D'. Certificates: Submit certificates from manufacturers of acoustical ceiling units and , suspension systems attesting that the products comply with specification requirements. 1.02i QiJAT.,ITY ASSURANCE: A.., Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide`acoustical ceiling'components that are "r identidal to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, according to A��T1I test'method indicatPd, by : or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable � . tc:authirrities havaiigjurisdiction. Identify acoust ical ceiling components with -- auprogiriate marking of applicable teiting and inspection agency. ,Sk : Surface Burning characteristics: As fallbws, tested per ASTM E 84.. t( ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 904'—l. f s f 1 VS# .c.t. ' tz r...J f ,,. .::' ..'.., ., . .. .. "9}�,`,"3,c'sµS"°�i{,: tr;• 3''T' , L Flame Spread: 25 or less..�"'• 2. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. � C. Coordination of Work: C:oo.rdinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceilings, including light fmftire°;s, I-(V.AC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any), and partition system (if any). 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND T ' IDLIlaiG: A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. ' k3. Before installing acousticA ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a 1 . stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefirlly to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. , 1 1.01 PROJECT CONDIIHONS: A. Space Enclosure: Leo not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and _�,•.,' weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is { complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously . i maintained at values near those indicated for-final occupancy. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS: ;f 'A. Dc:liver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below matching ,.'. products installed packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. 1, .A,cotutical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full size units equal to 2.0% of amount installed. 2 Exposed Su' pen,ion.System Components: Furnish quantity of each exposed component equal to 2.0/0 of amount installed. „ ,- 2.00 ACOUSTICAL CEICLING UNITS, GEC.: A . Standard f«r'Acoastical f e'iling Units: Provide manufacturer's standard units of ' ,A.C:OUSTICAL CE11,1140S 9 .4-2 a I I 1 configuration indicated which are prepared for mounting method designated and which cornply with FS SS.S_I lS requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, ! forni, pattern, grads;(NRC or NIC, as applicable), light reflectance coefficient (1..R), edge t detail, and joint detail (if any). 1• Mounting Method for Measwing NRC: No. 7 (mechanically mounted on special # metal support), FS SS-S-118; or Type E400 mounting as per per ASTM.E 795. E. Sound Attenuation Perfotmance: Provide acoustical ceiling units with ratings for ceiling sound transmission class (STQ of range indicated as determined according to AMA 1-II --�, "Ceiling ;found Transmission Test by Two.-Room Method" with ceilings continuous at r partitions and supported by a metal suspension system of e appropriate for ceiling unit of cor&guration indicated (concealed for tile, exposed for panels). C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance pp characteristics ; indicated or, if 110t otherwise indicated, as selected by architect from manufacturer's ► standard colors, surface textures, and patterns available for acoustical ceiling units and . exposed metal suspension system members of quality designated. � 2.01 ACOUS r'1CAL PANELS: t t A. Water-Felted I.7nits, Finely Fissured: NRC 50, LR 1 (0.75), STC 35-39, reveal edge, white 24" x 24"x 5/8 t�. - 1 ' Pr(Aucts_ Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the foll owin : g a. Non-Fire-Resistance-Rated.Panels: { 1• Vimtone Fissured; Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Fissuretone; Celotex Corp. 3. Auratone Fissured; United States Gypsum Co. i Z Edge Treatment: Reveal edge. � I 2.02 1VtETAL SUSPENSION' SYSTEMS, GENERAL: 1 � . . is �. Standard for Fetal Suspension Systems: Provide metal suspension systems of type, structural classification and finish indicated which comply with applicable ASTNI C 635 requirements. B. Finishes and Colors: Provide nianufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of . YAOrn indicated. For exposed suspension members and accessories with painted finish, o , y, provide color indicated or, not otherwise indicated, as selected b ) if by Architect frorn ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 9 .4-3 r C ' r �7k�i�s'.i��ta :^%-wdk-.�Y•�cq: ii.ti.F'%^}t�'nfar..r . ,. .. ' .. ..M.w.Rn �mrnv�r�w¢uywWygymneFt4v , manActurces 11111 range:of'standarrl colors. Ct; A"Achrnent Devices: Sipe for 5 times design !mad indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, ` Di ect lHung. R Harwr%re: Galvanized carbon.steel wire, ASTM A 641, soft temper, prestretched, Class I coatin g, sized so that stress at 3•times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table � 1, Direct Hung), will be less thmi;yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 12 gage. . Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or evruded plastic of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide crMnufticturces Standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension syst em indicated. 1. For lay-in panels with rcl edge details, provide stepped edge molding which forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed Suspension member. 2. For,circular penetsrataon of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter � required to fit penetration exactly. 2.03 EXPOSED MMTAL DIRECT-HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: A. Non-Fite-Resistance-bated Single Web Steel Suspension System: Manufacturers standard system roll-formed from prefir'�ished cold-rolled steel sheet with 15/16" wide exposed faces on flanges of structural members; other characteristics As follows: 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate-Duty System. 2. Finish: Painted, white. i 2.04 I'RF-PAIRXFION: A.. Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, chps,.or other supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings. f 1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in ad�fante of'time needed for coordination of other work. rt Bi .Measure`each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border wrdths at.opposite; edges.of each�ceiling. Avoid use of less-than-half width units at bardbrs, a. d comply jth.re,flected.ceijing plans wherever possible. F 3-W I.NSTtaI,L.A'flaN ` ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS _ E 9 .4-4 , w.r......`.a.r.....u...o«.n.o....r.�++.owru.v.-.w+atav+raraa,R.r�srg+wtzr Pif1.9f>•7�C11@I!1/O\Wl�Rla .�I�gbRRd'ff� 2f)i}tf i� A. General: Install materiMs in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, and to comply mrith governing regulations; firh-resistance rating requirements as indicated, and ! CISCA standards applicable to work, l B. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally-patterned units (if any) in manner ' shown by.reflected ceiling plans. { Install file with pattern running in one direction. � C. Install suspension system~to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported only i from building,structural members. Locate hangers not less than 6" from each end and spare 4'-0" along each carrying channel or direct-hung runner, unless otherwise r indicated, leveling to tolerance of 1/81, in 12'-0". t 1. :secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying, either directly to structures or to F inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for } substrate, and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. � t _J 2. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within {� ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset r resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective means. I D. Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. 1. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more —f than 3" from ends, leveling A th ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8" in IT-O". Miter corners amurately and connect securely. E. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension member's. Scribe and cut panels to fit accuriaely at borders and t at penetrations. 1. Install hold-down trips in areas indicted, and in areas where required by governing f regulations or forfire-resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel -- manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or required. W1 3.01 CLEANING: �! A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension member; comply with manufacturer's instruction for cleaning and touch-up of i ACOUSTICAL CEMINGS 9o4-5 E Y,. r e 1 , .. — r I. .-} . ' . ' ' .. 1. , .. .14hwr-r. :...,....':......, .:...—....,.._...».:.....,..:. ...... .z, . .. . . . .......... ... ,.. .......�........... ] t. ., ;�, . ' .... ....1 .. .. .. .. .r . .. { ..11 . . ty� } .1. �" i I t i l ,. . ,- - -1 I �� I � . ,.� �- , 11 I-,�, �-!F I�qq��. , I I.� . I . . I � 4, � F�. I I I I�Y—��.� `�`,,-, 1,y �` '.': ,:'minor..iie�s :daina$e R mane aced reps ce w rk which cannot lie successfully�clenned ; ". ;.11-1, 4 S� ! , .+l , -, and re�x�r to � s r�en��y eDii nate ev�derice of damage. ` , . `� ? 1: 11 i r` + , „ . . ,oi '11A, � MW f ,4 It .. ` � � t ° I + 4 , - F , . . 1 k�b', t ( ,:. r�. ,. . . .t. i . t ` .t, C .. — 11_, .. .., , :. r We.+ i. :t' .. } , l Y. 11 11 11, .r: iy 9. 4 _rya _ �. y `} �11 1 .' ,' f f a 3 \1 y F 'u,, S j.11 .1 rr vt 1:n 7: ' I F'„t. i,l y t f} i - �,}; 1 It '.1. " ; f -' } j, r ,. it.1 ' 17 1 t:. � !-1111 'Y f'- I 11#.' ;l a i � 4 11} yFj J r �: t , t .t !t .. r .}Yr.:' t lo t q �,,.1.7 11 11 1 .j, { a , } A Cr �� 3 , I I I r ��r. d.ti�� !r }j '•, tY L,, k t7 ,,i� ,#t ' r {it a Y �� ,;6,t t :..(+ f r , + 1 1 i } 1 , }a fl' d F t { 1 !' { 'K. + t r { I4. t .ji. 4 a.rt 1 ( 'r , i 2.'r`'" t.,�;it'Ya \ '11.11,;1V,��" Y.3 t 1 y 1 r 1 t Jt >R ; 'r y°f 1 'rA :f 7 G)�\ t '. 4 tf t Fs { 1 f .4f IF ty'. .x^ 1t 4 5 '? ♦ •�' t 1 r�.... ' .n:st s r:1 r ° oaf .y,, ` t _ :. , Ht x.1$ R� vz r(rtlt yy.. ; 1 ly..'. } ."Stars 11 ,z b' z1 a, +:z., 1 J '�'}".)! t{ }} fit.r t b , / t �r" t } :l 1. is X aF t` r 1 I.Sa ..r� + ,, r ei t aka r rf ),j h : ° i ° 'l '�'� xr} .'dt 7 aT se mF _ `11( a1 pa, y / �t F= 1 i Y �tft S tF t s SkC€l i s ` i .y(} }� t r j 9! .•t J ,11 - . .'�t• 7 " AC(?tJSTiCAL CEILINGS 9 .4 6 1-1 \Jy*� j t.. a tx s., . I t' 'li:p xt 13 r 1. 11 .11�t .7 r". �.x,.I. :1t .. t �� 1. (' . t .ahr.s.,a:t �'.. 11�� �" ±., dr ' : ^" '°�—F 1 1 ` j, .,; ...�..,., n..4..N....r. ., a*"". ..'�'#'t""'"' : xft 11 ��-4 aFl t�h(�J_' 1{#I3 R!�`1JS G➢f - { r r S fI.•.• � --•-� .:r ~�• .t-... rit ��.+........� ,-1 I k t'r �k r t {,tr °z ,fStbF vI i h r F , '� '�';11 fl s?.r P"L:. 'iti.}.,1 } 11 'f.' f 1 1 S 1 ,11 I o b t Y�r �a 1„-r” . t x 4 f S{i. r I r }a i;',''.rk' ��. y{� a f" 5 fr' ;, # 1} ..r '..1 - ,- Tr y sy{ �i, , TZit )). I1 1}S 1 ',� 1f' .t ,I "� �1 F\ t. xVRa .^�'fyif tC'g4Frvty} r+y , .:'�,'.i.Z7 }" '.., .1 t .'1> a{ir Y� r .§. t..'1 .. mis is . itvlsf01Bd1/' - "ate'' .'.�t+.we, t......®�..L.�i�.,�.r.. — ,:n. .•t ,.1. -, t DIVISION 9 FINISHES rSECTION 9.5 `, CARPETLNG . 1 1.00' ST.Ii1/IEl ARY: .t A. Extent;location and details of each type of carpeting are indicted on drawings, carpet data sheets and in schedules. ' r B. Work of this section includes furnishing and installation of carpeting, adhesives and �. accessories. C. Each type of required carpeting is specified by data sheets, included as last pages of this � section. 1. 1.01 DEFIM"xONS: k Commercial Carpet: Carpet intended for use in commercial and public spaces, with , �{ c+on,metion, fire ratings, static control and appearance appropriate for this fuse. 1.02 SUMUT 1'AL.S: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for each type of carpeting material and installation accessory required. Include methods of installation for each type of substrate. 1. Submit%vritten data on physical characteristics, durability,resistance to fading and _l fame resistance characteristics. .y B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing carpet layout and seaming diagrams, clearly indicating carpet direction, and types of edge strips. Indicate columns, doorways, enclosing walls/partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. Show installation details at any special conditions. C� Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Submit manufacturer's standard size samples and color yarns showing full range of colors, textures and patterns available for each type of k �-t required. �> D. SaRnples.for Verification Purposes: Submit the following: 1 ,18" square samples of each type of carpet material required. EOP 12" long samples of each tYP a ex oed edge stripping and accessory item. CARPETING q a j t z N .l atiw..riYM1•M1 .tiV e a a,Y 4':. 1 0 I i i- -4 4 1+•k.�„•'. is% t . y y� xt F - t{ ` 2 6 sgUarre samples of cash tyke.of carpet cushion. E. Prepare samples from same material to be used for the work. .. 1:03 'QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. I lanufacturer Qualifications Firm (material producer) with not less than 3 ears of y �. prpduc.`tion experience, whose published Iiterature clearly indicates general connpliance of products with rtquiremeaits of this section. . B. Installer Qualifications,. r"MI specializing in carpet installation with not less than 2 ears of experience in installation of-carpeting similar to that required for this project. y �J C. San.$le Source Responsibility: Provide material produced by a single manufacturer for each carpet type. t 1.04 TESTING: A. Test Reports:p : Submit certified test reports evidencing compliance v�ith r j.,.� ? - the follatring: eirearients for *W4 . I. Fire performance characteristics. ` „ 2• Physical properties indicated. B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide carpeting that is identical to that tested for the follov�ing fire;performance requirements, according to test method indicated, b L1I, Y or other testing and inspecting agenda acceptable to authorities having jljrisdiction> I Flammability: As follows: ` a.; hating: Passing ethe 4 B namine Pill Test. b. Test Method: ASTM D 2559. ; C. Test Method: ASTM E 34. . 2. Critical Radiant Flux: As follows: a ' Test'Method: ASTm E 648, , 3 Snioke I?6nsity: As follows: r = a. Test Method:.AuS17M E 662. } CARPETING i 9 .5-2 i .'r!F$l�@ Sf�'�7l�YOA liB�6�Illia���7tiuretdtrll'�c�� "rya am,�errnewiwaa� � ay -. _. ,>s ,i :f•' 01 A C. physicsil Properties: Provide carp eting that is identical.to that tested for the following physical propel-ties, according to the test method indicated. D. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certificate stating that materials furnished comply with specified requireme ts. Include supporting certified laboratory testing data E r indicating that material meets specified test requirements. 1.05'DELIVE.R.Yn STORAGE, AND HANDLDIG: A. Deliver materials to project site in original factory wrappings and containers, clearly 19beled with identification of maaaufacturer., brand name, quality or grade, fire hazard t. classification, and lot number. Store materials in original undamaged packages and ` containers, inside well-ventilated area'protected form weather, moisture, soiling, extreme -• temperatures, humidity; laid flat, Mocked off ground to prevent sagging and warping. ;. f Maintain teanperat-:are in storage area above 40 deg F. B. Comply with instructions and recommendations of manufacturer for special delivery, - storage; and handling requirements. t 1.06 SEQ1rJE XING AND SCHEDULING: } _ A. Sequence carpet installation with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period. f 1.07 1AFARRANTY: i t Y A. Special Project Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by the Contractor, } :. Installer and the Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace carpeting which fails in materials or workmanship witiain the specified warranty period. This Warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of ether rights the Owner may have against the ` Contractor under the Contract Documents. 1. 1: Warranty period is 2 years after the date of substantial completion. : . . 1.08, MAI1 nENANCE; A. Maintenande instructions: Summit manufacturer's printed instructions for Maintenance of.installed work, including methods and frequency recommend for maintaining optimum 66ndition'tinder anticipated traffic And use conditions. Include precautions against � "materials and methods'which'may be detrimental to finishes and performance. B. 9,eplacement Materials: After completion of work, deliver not less than 2% of each CARPETING 9 . 5-3 e,dolor, rand aeterr� nf. carpeting,tl'1' p rp g,exclusive of material required to properly complete ,r s installation Furnish accessary components as required. Furnish replacement materials fi-oin same production run as tnateiials installed. Package replacement materials with P rotective covering, identified with appropriate labels. .t 2.00 MATERIALS: A."` General: Detailed carpet construction for each carpet type required specified in carpet s ' date sheet at end of this section. , B. Adhesives: Provide manufa�cturees recommended adhesives, produced expressly for use ���ith selected caW.t cushion on substrate as shown on drawings. Provide materials which are mildew resistant. t .. C. 'Manufacturer: Subject to compliant,with requirements, provide the following: I. KYNLARA, a division of Mannington Commercial ., 2.01` ACCESSORJES: A Comet�;dge CT lard, Non-metallic: Extruded or molded heavy-duty vinyl or rubber csxpes edge gar�cd of side and profile sraditated; minimum 2 wide anchorage flange; colors selected by Architect from standard colors. B. Installation AeUsive: Water-resistant, non-staining as recomurscnded by carpet r?;<< manufacturer, which complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet. C ' Seaming Cement: .lE of-melt seaming adhesive or similar product recommended by Carpet manufacturer; for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure t semis and preventing bile loss at mains. --" rt. t fl A[iscellaneaus Mat enals: As recommended by manufacturers of carpet, cushions, and otn r rasp ing products, selected by Installer to meet project circumstances and :requirements. 2:02 EXAhfINATION: �. Examine substrates for mbisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is Y. rP S _ to.66 installed: Ndiif`y' contriactor,in vA riting,of major conditions detrimental to proper t co pletrota,ofth ,work Do loot proceed until unsatisfactory conditions.have been r dOrreGtedr 1aN CARPETING 9 .5-41 �t 1 IrfFSiRl �nisanmaa '�ew�vsrsa,�wr�r { i I A. Repair minor hobs, cracks, depressions, and rough areas using material recommended Ewa : by carpet or adhesive manufacturer, B. Clear.away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits form surfaces to receive carpeting; vacuum clean immediat6ly before installation. Check concrete:surfaccs to ' . ensure no dusting through installed carpet; apply sealer where required to prevent _f ducting. ~' 3.00 I T:S't'ALLA'TIC1m A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain un:4iryrnait}r of carpet direction and lay of pile. Follow seaming diagram as submitted and approved. At doors, center seams under doors; do not place seams in traffic direction at doorway. i B. Extend carpet tinder open-bottomed obstructions and under removable flanges and { furrdshings, and into alcoves and clarets of each space. T. Provide cut czuts where required, and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. D. Install carpet edge gua..d where edge of cmpet is exposed; anchor guards to substrate. ' E. Expansion Joints: Do not bridge.building exptuision joints with continuous carpeting; provide.for movernen.. �-' F. Glue-Down Installation: 2. Fit.s� `ons of carpet into each space prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butt cuts vAth seaming cement. �r 2. Apply adhesive up fornily to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt carf)et edges tightly together to form seams without gaps. Roll entire carpet area lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. Remove any adhesive promptly form face of carpet by method which will not damage carpet facie. :3.13'1 CLEANING- A. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Vacuum carpet using Comrnercial � ,- rnaehine with face-beater element:: Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove any'protruding fare yarn using sharp scissors. < E CARPETING . .', Yfi�rhxt.�iuHtt 6s.t�tii .I :.Js tF tat:., 15.4 a .ri: r.. ...;., '. .. '!.3 `,i�". .—.r.•+'"""'.-,,.n+.---• S tt I 0 I'ROT y'IQN: 0 r A. , provide protective methods and materials needed to ensure that carpeting will be withbut deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. B. g Return to i-astat'latson after approximately 6 months of occupancy and use; r` restretch carpet in each space, repair fhults in seaming, trim and adjust carpeting at �t t•. edges. VwN t 3.03 CiWEITING SC1MDl.,TL E: , A. Specifications(Typical CUpet/CPJ): 4 . Kymara/a division of Ndannington 7 Commercial . Styr: PART1 iANQN/Broadloom 3. Fiber: 100%DuPont Antron Nylon ' l 4. Yarn Weight: 33 oz. sq. yd er , �• €: P . t . Gauge: 1%10 ►k ! a s r{ 6 PrIF height finished. 0.21$° . P 7. 'Lacking: bJltrabar„ 7 8, Width: 12 feet B. Owner reserves the right'to se1w color within the specified line of carpets at no f additionhl charge. # z _EN'3i OR;SECUON , op 1 ,f J CARPETING }.r.# K. Str� r} F sty FlawasfL.OrefY�w S1CC'Y'ION 9.6 SECTION 09650 'APART 1 CTEl��AL ' 1,1 SECTION v INCLUDES A. Resilient sheet flooring. B, Resilient tile flooring. 1 .. Resilient base. , • I esiliezit stair.accessories. It 1; ltd".FE NCkS A. ASTM,E8 -.Standard Test Method for Suifam Burning . Characteri!rdcs of Building Materials. Al B648- Standard Pest Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Zoveri_gg Systems Using a radiant Heat Energy Source. �-. E1STM E662- Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density l " „ of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials. `D ASTM FI066- Standard Specification,for Vinyl Com position 3 p Flavor Tile. it V E. ASTM h13U3 - Standard Specification fair.Sheet Vinyl Floor COverrn g"Nitl1 Backing. r ' F ASTM F1344 - Standard Specification for Rubber F1 oor Tile. G F3`Lf F 001611 -Floor Covering Translucent'or Transparent vinyl $urfade with Backing. H., t FS Ir F475 Floor'COvering Vinyl; Surface(Tile.and Roll), with' t Backing. ' R'S, EI�T FLOORING 9,6 �f I41tit../ trfleTi��' " �7. ./95'Mh' ' FLI 'Ati. .� 'r'.�Nrt tirL±.�rL.t+'X r�, >pe�'rt'�ri.at Val�T.r.:,:...�' •:erl i., t..&it4:i � .�.v }«e. :I w'„ 4 r` i . I - 1 ilk fidi,4 it ..irlp:f x rSx .� frt 4 / a,#, IJ r fr v v I a. .J a 1, FS SS-T-312B - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, and Vinyl Composition, 'r J. FS RR-T-650 - Treads, Metallic and Nonmetallic, Skid Resistant, K. NFPA 253 - Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of "- Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Beat Energy Source. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.M. Conform to code for fire performance ratings as follows: (1) Critical radiant flux (CRF): Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter, per NFPA 253. (2) Flame spread: Maximum 75, per A.STM E84. FMnY j (3) Smoke developed: Maximum 450, per ASTM E84. A i (4) Smoke density: Maximum 450, per ASTM E662. , ? 1.5 S UBMUTTAI,S t. . ( •, FOR RE, A. Section 01300- Submittals: Procedures for submittals, ; 13. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing h sisal #{ ! performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colds vailabl�d and installation instructions. ' ► C. : Shop Drawing;►: Indicate searning plan. i D.` Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's complete set of color sam les . , ibr Architect,�rngipee?s initial selection. p ' 1 E. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified: 1.6 SUBNUTTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT ' A. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended . j ; � maintenance materials ; and suggested schedule for cleaning; stripping, and re-waxing. i 1'.7 RELIVE.Y 5TC1RAt;iE, AND PROTECTION"`' A. ' Section 016 6 - Material and Equipment: Transport, handle; score; and RESI'L'IENT FLOORING ' 9.6- 2 k �kStJ I rs ' (V"T'a%�Q){ tt•l=. L`�•,I .4 ;fa C = ' .• /. • . '. .' r,..+e s Y protect products. 'f B, Protect roll materials from damage by storing oil end. 1.£1 EN'Vet.�1V1!�I�T��L,1;�+(�IJlltFMENTS � - ; A. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 is degrees F. 1 ' B. Store rnatenials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Therea fter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. r 1. EX.x h4ATERIALS ' A. Provide 40 Sq. Ft. of flooring, 24 lineal feet of base, and 5 percent of -' installed stair materials of each type and color specified. PART 2. FRODUC'TS 2:2 M.A'rERIALS -TrLE FLOORING r _ 'j A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS-T-312B, Type IV: --� (1) Size: 12 x 12 inch: t (2) ThicL ness: 0.125 inch. ; (3) Pattern: Solid color, Marbleized. (4) Manufacturers: (a) Amtico Flooring Division a (b) Armstrong World Ind. ® Tarkett t B. Feature Strips: Of same material as tile'}a.irch.wide. 2.4 MATIE'R.T.AI..S - BASE 1 3� r „ `A. Base: Rubber Typc I; top set co 6d "toeless for carpet. n� r' 1 Height:.4 inch. (2)' Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. (3) Finish: Satin. ' (4) I.erigth: 4 foot (1.2 m) sections. Roll. Acrssories: •Premolded external corners, internal corners, end : r sA:ops. R'ESILIEI�T FLOORING 9 .6 3, 4' wrtt.rci'` 7 t e , —1fV..err,YWr:Y,�--rr.w...r•..r.............r�..r'.rr..-.........�.+._.-......._......-........ .. ........_.... .. .. .... ......... .. ... .. _ .. .. .... ..- _,. ... .. ......._.......... ._....._......._�__•__...............s..�..... JJ ' ManiafactureiIs: ^ (R)" Flexco (b) John son Rubber x Roppe a 15 AC CES U LIES A Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. " : B• Primers and Adhesives: Waterproof, types recommended by , flooring manufacturer. r ; C• Moldings and Edge Strips: Same material as flooring. Filler fnr Cored Base: Plastic. F: Smiler and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. j 19 T 1, EXECUTION 3 l EXAP✓ INATIOId ; r i A. Verify that concrete floors are dry to a maximum moisture content i r, s of 7 peicent, and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, and dusting: B. „"Verify floor and lower.wall surfaces are free of substances that mar r impair adhesion of new adhesive and finish materials. ' 3 PREPARATION t ' A Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spats, cracks, � joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler,to achieve i L, i.. t , i s�oot 11slat, head surface. ; f7 B I'ial�ibit traffic until filler is cured. { • f Clean substrate,. J ripply,primer as required to p revent "b I' -thru" os'interferWnce with:adhesion by substances that cannot ire removed. �J E �7 RESIL U N .I✓ "fi1.a(30I�rIG . S: s. t t r bye, i',i>�t I, Ci 1� �A�t =y �F1111►CN�l�ilmsnYal.�rrlir�car��Ai.�>mr�.oar.aea....w..�.r.a��r�..�.La....,�..Me:::__:.r....: ,.. ... .„. . , : .. .: .. .a ,.. .. r 4. 33 TN'STALIATION STM1�' 'FLOORING A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. C, Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain flail adhesion. D. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to longer room 4 ` dimensions, to produce minimum number of seams. Lay out sPAM to avoid widths less than 1/3 of roll width; match patterns carefully at seani3: l v : E. Double cut sheet; provide heat welded seams. �- F. Where floor finishes are different on opposite sides of door, ten-ninate flooring under centerline of door. °- G., Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring ` terminates, and where indicated. Secure resilient strips by adhesive. �. Caved Base: Install as detailed on drawings, using coved base filler as backing at floor to wall junction. Extend sheet flooring vertically to height indicated [and cover top edge with metal cap . gip] I. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other f. appurtenances to produce tight joints. Install flooring in recessed floor access covers. Maintain floor pattern. At movable partitions, install flooring under partitions without f interrupting floor pattern. ' Install feature strips [and floor markings] where indicated: l~it L.., .'dints l ughtIy; r 3.4, INSTALLA.IIGN - TILE I1,00RIIN4;'r c.. A►, Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. RESIIaIEIVT FLOORING 9 :6-5 �--- .�«zr++'l#"'`§+� 'i+r",,,+.xrvSi',i:?aw �a��:•.. ? .era-n� 4' ..: :i.,ta r c �1t!z s i' r, s ,,,,,,,...w . Y;{.. '"}•. E,11f+.s'c !t _ s ate' F C r ?"�. t. . t -- --- s � r t t ,t l YID.wJfMr w�:�r�.��.....:,....�r..... ..................,......-...«......,.._.............._.__...'.. .._ .,.. ..:. ..... ......... ........., .. .... ... .. ,. .. ._ ....... .. ........ _..... ._...........__._......._.Y.........._ ....n..-�+-... tt ' B. Immix the from container to ensure shade variations are consistent ' when tae is placed. t f--- t " C '' Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of f before: initial set. materials ►m D. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. +w Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to Produce symmetrical the pattern. . Scribe floo6zg to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other «..e , er F appurtenances to produce tight joints. G 'Where floor finishes are different on opposite sides of door, termnate flooring under centerline of door. ' Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where floorin �pirunate:;, and where indicated. [Secure metal strips g p' [before] r [after] installation of flooring with stainless steel screws.] i' Install flooring in recessed floor access covers. Maintain fl pattern. oor --•, At movable partitions, install flooring under partitions without interrupting floor pattern. .. ' ' , In.5tall feature strips [and floor marlangs] where indicated: Fit ' joints till:Yl}+, t ►�.. r. , TALLATTION BASE A: c , Fit Joints tightly and make vertical'.. Maintain minimum dianension 1 8: inches between joints. Oki Miter internal corners. ,At external corners, [use premoldedl,units] ���< [N'cut ak of base strip to 2/3'of its thickness and fold. At used 6n exp ds, use premolded units: { In Ms. f ase on"solid bac :sufacs. king. Bond tightly to wan n4 floor. k ;. SO artd fit to door.frames and other interruptions. , t«'{: r R ES ILIENT FLOORING 5.6-6 p V 1 1 .. V 2 y � t + i . 3,47 CIEANING , A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. 71 B• Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without � damage, C.: glean, seal, and wax resilient flooring products in accordance with i manufacturer's instructions. ? 3.8 PROTECTION OF FB%HSBED WORK t, ► A. .section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Protecting installed work. � B., Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. qq { t END OF SECTION j J t ESJ�LIENT FLOORING 9 6 7 j { ! ,. iz f s ,1 �'�rs. 1����ik�i��A' (��``rk'�'�•�,e�?a�'�}.1�+�1�-'��+s�; k;k �;t,e °+r,;r�a";t,'iy.rr�;>�:� �e-'.i, S:X4?..i r?��>;y.i,i ti :. 1 ;t ,F ry M .s: I''V-t "'l`"" i YYlarrr�i ii,st <�{'a�'. r4,�t{I + ✓;�rr]�', t� aB r f fiS v �S.� + � ,�� � i. ��;�"l�t� ���#:^•,it�i-i?����<.5.t�n�.?ri 'rre#n iYr>?w v.�. ,.' � : :..[ :+ ' � �.. c ' � .;+a Ia�il��tyrc�rio��a +.c.,...+mr.:�.�.' �.�. — ._:...._L'._ I..:.;: r ..t.t .. 7, °..t.➢X �n.uw F IJMSJON 13- PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDINGS SIEC"PION 13120 PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDINGS . PART 1 Rl✓L T>✓la DC►_ 1tNT .DravnYtgg and general provisions of the Contract, including r. - -- General and Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specifications sections apply to work specified in this.section.. SLff,rit' AR,X:: ExIen ,of pre•.engineered buildings work is shown on drawings. 4 FRF-1✓I+ICiIIdFERI-D STRUCTURES `,tII,iYI.'3ACKE-D FEAT T INSULATION AS REt ITT AC1'IJRF.R METAL BUILDING S'T'RUCTURAL FRAMING �- STANDING SEAM ROOF SYSTEM, 20 YEAR WALL PANELS r CUSTOM EAv TP..IM, CUSTOM COLOR LATER IOR'PKEHNISI METAL LINER PANEL L GUTTER DOWNSPOUT Buil in : The pre-engineered building shown is a single span, rigid-frame type metal building:of the nominal length, width, eave height and roof pitch indicated.]Exterior walls are covered with metal wall panels and other materials. Refer to drawings. Fast and North endwalls of building are expandable. J Manufacturet's standard components may be used, providing components, accessories, and corriplete structure conform to design appearance shown and to , ` specified requirements: ' Concrete,floor and foundations and installation of anchor bolts are specified in other sections. FF 4t S I MITTAL ' PrQuG 'Submit maru4'a6turer's product information, specifications and i n s �s ii i y t qr r irisi; 666ns,forbuilding cornj�orienns and accessories; vin-915. '..Submit,complete erection drawings showing anchor.bolts settings, sidewall; ridwtdl, and roof'fraGrrting, transverse cross sections, covering'and trim details, s i , f PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING r,`, Y 's t:" §r 'Gt 1-iGa' S y .. ,i• .s ' ; te?.t';wY ya`^y� +' ° �;�� 1wsf��'R1'C!a'`� Fujrn c+ itl .+�..Ni+.�:1j` '.Yt'u'.-1f,k ».Aa f:,•,f.w 1`C grt rh}'S,e,r 2iey�.. «. ,,s,. •F. - , � !++�.sr.,.,,e::,,,,:° 'r12'..rrl �is rf r d 4f{RtYiil�Y.��.�/YR�'L7!'�TYlhPL7�1�91{>•'Urii-- ----fb r�®c®rr e...,u. ,,Jn w.. .. -.- .....•. •. a . : ;l i and ;accessory installation details to clearly indicate proper assembly of building componcnts. r"~ e , &Mlgs: Submit samples of the folloyving items" Architect's review will be for color and r- , , texture onl y• Compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. ` 12" long by actual width of roofing and sin panels, with required finishes. '. Sg ri i n: Submit structural calculations and drawings prepared, sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer, registered to practice in the State where building is to be erected, verifying that building design meets indicated loading requirements and codes of authorities having having jurisdiction. tiructural Reactions: Submit wiOAn 30 days from award of contract the maximum and n-inimum structural reactions imposed on the foundation. Submittal shall clearly identify location, magnitude, direction and load case far each reaction and be sealed by the designing professional engineer. � QMAL]IT—YA 13 D Ri –Criteria .. . :t . Structural rrmrr►iR"�f2esigr prirr►ary and secondary structural members and exterior l covering materials for applicable loads and combinations of loads in accordance ~` : with the Meta; Building Manufacturers Association's (MB vM) "Design Practices Manual." Structural S _For design of structural steel members,comply with requirements' --- .: ` of the Arnericut Institute or Steel Construction's(AISC) "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" for design requirements and allowable stresses. ` L_ight,Gave S- ell 'For design.of light gage steel members, comply with requirements of the American Iron and Steel Institute's(AISI) "Specification for the.Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members" and "Design of Light Gage Steel.Diaphragms" for design requirements and allowable stresses. � Wd connecti n_s Comply with ,requirements of the American Weldrng r t Society (AWS) "'Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building " ,' " Construction" for welding procedures. . y J, 1fJes► n Lands Basic design loads, as well as auxiliary and collateral loads, are indicated on drawings. Basic Design loa,k include live load, wind load and seismic load, in addition to the PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING 13 .1-2 k 6 F� i t / i — JIL3{SRI MRS'dA'111Ff�l�l Oi�Affinefa�rnetem�ww:ner�� rimy��imoi►»�. .m.a...�...:...: — —— —_ _�_. '�wr�ww.ww+�'a�wavey�arr�rwsmes+ goalie dead"load:' �1,uxilils l include dynamic live loads such as those generated by cranes and 1 materials handling equipiiient. Qgnl e* tads include additional dead leads over and above the weight of the metal building system such as mechanical systems. Design each member to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads j that produce the maximum allowable stresses in that member as prescribed in NOMA,'s "Desigtw Practices Manual". f ✓-t .. .. S • i Design for 259 snow load ort all roof systems. Resign for 70 mph wind load, exposure "C", for roof and wall panels. ``_� l`atiildin A'.cress ri s criteria: t { A luminum Windgws: `comply with requirements of AAMA/ANSI 10185 "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors" for window type desigciatior!s and pWrformance requirements. f f QiMs: Refer to Section 98800 for type of glaEing. f t Manufacturer's uglification;: Prov�d+s pre-engineered metal buildings as produced b a ` p l 8 P y s. manufacturer with not less than 5 years successful experience in the fabrication of pre-enginee metal buildings of the type and quality required. Erector's Qu ificati nsj_Pre-engineered building shall be erected by a firm that has not less ` than 5 years successful experience is the erection of pre-engineered buildings similar to these required for this project, acrd that has been licensed by the manufacturer of the - building system. j DELIVERY _STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver and store prefabricated components, Sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so they will not be damaged or,: deffi med. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathercight ventilated covering. Store metal sheets or panels so,that water accumulations will slain freely: Do'not store sheets or panels in contact with other mAterials,,whici ini,ght cause staining: MAILV L N Lr1E- Furnish at least 5% excess over required amount of nuts, bolts, < -screws washers, and other required fasteners for building. Pack in cartons and store on site where directed.. AA3T2 =PR !Luc 3 PRE-ENGINTEERED BUILDING 13. 1-3 01,oil LA �+w+r�wta�>tas�a�uet� z , Al l'tffA T ER Subject to compliance with specified requirements, provide the pre-engineer e-4 building systems provided by one of the following: Behlan ivl!anOn¢turing Co. or Star Manufacturing.Co. R�A'Y" �pIAI�S. s Hjo -Ralled. c u 5h es; Comply with requirements of ASTM A36 or Tubi__q car pi , Comply with requirements of ASTM A500, Grade 33, ASTM A501, or A53. I ! �f tit M mb�rs Fa dPate-fro-in PI aYe r Bar Stock: Provide 42,000 psi minimum yield streng`K Comply with.requirements of ASTM A529, A570, or A512. �^ Members Fgbriccated by fold l~ormin Comply with requirements of,ASTM A607, Grade 50. � 4. Com 1 with the requirements of AST`i'a�i 446 with G90 i CRIv aiize' , teal fix: ply q coating.."Class" to suit building manufacturer's standards. 5 ' 13olt for Structural >~a° ^� : Comply with requirements of ASI Vi A3Q37 or ow A325 as nnessary for design loads and connection details. Bearina Studs: Comply with ASTM requirements for , strurai grade shot steel applicable to manufacturers product. All light gage {� 1 studs and accessories shall be pruned. This contractor shall size, furnish and install Iliad bearing,studs(Key# 5.20) r, C�lanr,�GlazinsM R, fer to Section 08300 for glazing t)►pe. Glass shall be h glazing on office area tinted to mate. ; ' 1'hen9a1 art uiation: Provide glass fiber blanket insulation, of not less than 0.5 lb. per cu.'' , . density, t�nclness as indicated, with tn,flamespread classification Of 25 or less, and 2" -_ . j Wide continuous vapor,tight'ed a tabs: n - V""R c, MR Minimum off batt,insulation: _,V ►r B 'Vinyl film. rr Ret 'ner ti Provide 26,=ga. formed galvanized steel retainer clips colored to , t } PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING 13 . 1-4 . . *' match the.insulation facing, ' ' r, s shall be fabricated from hot-rolled structural steel. Provide built-up I-Beam' shape or open web type rigid fi anmes consisting of either tapered or parallel flange beams T_ painted. Furnish frames and straight, columns. Provide frames factory welded and Shop p ' w pl�tp with attachment plates, bearing plates and splice members. Fat, drill frames for bolted field assembly. Proanae length of:span and spacing of frames as indicated. Slight vaz;ations in length of span and frame spacing may be acceptable if necessary to meet manufacturer's stande d. � Provide I'actQry wrelded, shop painted endwall collimns per End'tNF,11 C oiu�ruci�: ,manufacturer.require ments. } �►li�d 13racirt�: 'Provide.adjustable wind bracing using not less than ��f�►S"i`M A35 threaded steel rods; or wind columns or frames, comply wtt requirements or AS Grade D. i. Secondan 'Framitz wide not less than I6- a. shop painted rolled formed sections far the following . Fro ` secondary framing me nbers: _.� Purlins. { Eave struts. z £ndwall beams. Flange bracing. 4 Sag bracing. `de not less than t 4-ga. cold-formed galvanized steel sections for the - Prom following secondary framing members: 3. ,{ Ease channels. . Sill angles. 'r11 Fndwall structural members (except columns and beams). 1G'uriin.spacers. e! 111 . Provide shop painted bolts,,except when structural framing components are m .. ... s.direce contact with,roofing and siding panels. Provide zinc-plated or cadmium-plated bolts 1} t nent;� are in direct contact with roofing and siding panels. s, r wlien structural framing compQ -ho. i tin G6ean surfaces t1? be primed of loose mill scale, rust, dirt, Qil, grease,and. v ; -i' �t P RE-ENGINEERED BUILDING 13. l=5 , � '^ s4c°+tS.i2z�t='7';'ddtisti�#,.+rs'r,'n'i+M aw;,aN.'<^Ya 'n..at'nf:r a. t 9! ?n '} , ..- ... .. .:... ..,,. •� � kvta il•.JMVa�,'w. _.�..�.a.�. r».__. r._..._... _4 ' t •+ fit, t +. J.L�s. r3 71 M WIMP a` `.: other Matter precluding paint bond. Follow procedures of SSPC-SP3 for power tool �- cleaning, SSPC-SP! for brush-off blast cleaning, and SSPC-SP I for solvent cleaning. Prime 5 r c, sir Y,primary and secondary framing members with manufacturer's ~" standard'rust-inhibitive primer. t` R Q1-1N_(i /�NI� SII91t3a_1'ANF ; _eneral; Provide roofing ar,4 siding sheets formed to the general profile or configuration indicated. Jeel . heets: Provide either structural quality hot-dip galvanized steel sheets complying with requirements of ASTM A446, Grade C, with G90 coating or drawing quality alununum coated steel sheets, complying with requirements of ASTM A463, with T 1.40 coating. Met LI_thipkness not less than 24 ga.. Standing Seam1 iggf P els: Provide manufacturer's standard factory-foi ed standing seam roof panel system designed for mechanical attachment of panels to roof purlins using a concealed clip. Form panels of 24-ga. galvanized steel sheets complying with requirements of ASTM A 446, Grade C, with G90 coating. (Option- Galvalume), lei l.: Provide not less 16-ga. panel clips. � '. IeaE;: Provide factory caulked, mechanically seamed cleats formed from 24 ga. ghlvanized steal complying with ASTM A 446, Grade C with C,90 coating. Panel shall be so designed as to allow easy replacement of any single panel without fiww4 damage to adjacent panels. y; Fasteners: Provide self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets, self- locking bolts, �rw ehd-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners as standard with the manufacturer designed r. i to withstand design leads. Rc�•essooie : Provide the following sheet metal accessories factory formed.of the same material`and finish as the roofing and siding. ay ' f Flashings. Closers. t. f, t .•,i Fillers ��•> ,i, `z Pidge covers: �« ' °f Fisciais: 1 6 Se Tina Taae. Provide pressure sensitive 100 percent solids grey polyisobutylene: ` �4 NNW .. PRE-ENGINEERED. BUILDING 13 . 1-6 i Aivi At. ...i ✓ .. ., .,. : ...,....•,..._. --•"�• : I i compound sealing tape with release paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, non-sag, non toxic, non staining tape not less than 1" wide and 3/32" thick. Ultraviolet light, ozone resistant. ' provide one-part elastomeric polyurethane or silicone rubber sealant as i recturimended by the building manufacturer. s Fi r s_ leer Finish: Provide shop-applied fluoropolymer finish to galvanized steel roofing and siding panels, and related trim and accessory elements. t: Colors as indicated or as selected by Architect from the manufacturer's standards. i S HEET METAi- ACCESSORIES: { (agapsgi: Provide coated steel sheet metal accessories with coated steel roofing and d siding panels. QMUerS: form gutters in sections not less than 8 feet in length, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes and other special pieces as may be required. Join sections vrith riveted and --� suldered or sealed joints. Provide expansion-type slip joint at center of runs. Fattish gutter supports spaced at 36" o.c., constructed of same metal as gutters. Provide bronze, copper, or aluminum vAre ball strainers at each outlet. Finish to match roof fascia and rake. -, Downspouts: Form downspouts in sections approximately 10 feet long, complete with elbows and offsets. Join sections with not less than 1- 1/2" telescoping joints. Provide T` fasteners, designed to securely hold downspouts not less than V away from walls; locate. --z fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 5 feet on center in between. Finish to match wall panels. V i , Ir General: Design prefabrication components and necessary field connections required for " erection to permit easy assembly and disassembly. Fabricate components in such a manner -; that once assembled, they may be disassembled, repackaged and reassembled with a minimum amount of labor. t k;`r Clearly and legibly mar each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with . ,y # previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams and instruction manuals. StrMu ral Framinia: Shoff fabricate-structural framing components to the indicated size F f , and:section complete with base plates, bearing plates, and other plates required for srection, welded in place.PTOVide all required holes for anchoring or connections either r shop drilled,or punched to template dimensions. ,r PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING 13 . 1-7 i 1casa Provide power riveted, bolted, or welded shop connections. -• a s2 : Provide bolted field connections. P, EA.E 'T N { w.. r. l �, lira are : Erect structural f raniing true to line, level and plumb, rigid and secure. Level base plates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double-nutted anchor bolts. Use a non-shrinking grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base line elevation. Moist cure grout for not less than 7 days after } placement. � . ;_ PxtinIl�., Provide raake o►gable purlins with tight fitting closure channels and fascias. Locate and space wall girds to suit door and window arrangements and heights. , Secure purlins and girls to structural framing and hold rigidly to a straight line by sag rods, BE pA•in Provide diagonal red of angle bracing in both roof and sidewa41s as required,: �, f IMovement resisting fi-ames may be used in lieu of.sidewali rod bracing, to suit 1 : manufacturers Standards. a { VNhere diaphragyn strength of roof or wall covering is adequate to resist wind `1 farces,rod or other forms of bracing will not be required. Fram k tnir�g : Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce opening and to ` carry loads and vibrations imposed,including equipment furnished under mechanical or � electrical work. Securely attach to building structural frame. f ; fI) 1{Q�kIN � f 1 . QPnesal: Apply:panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "pajici..creep" or application no trace to line. Protect factory finishes froim�dame. Roof }, and,siding panels shall be in one.piece. �b Trovide weatherseal under-ridge cap; flash and seal roof panels at cave and rake oar with rubber, neoprene,,or other.closures to exclude weather. { fgf' Ch Provide sealant take st lapped joints of ribbed or fluted roof sheets, and f bet eeri"'rauf sheeting and proti ng'equipment, vents, and accessories ' App ly con ti nuous r'siabQn of sealant tape to clean, dry surface of weather:side of. n end la sand on side laps of corrugated or nesting type, ribbed or � . fasteiungs o p P fluted panels and elsewhere as necessary to make weatherproof to driving rains. PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING t , C t 13.15 SEAM ROOF SYSTEM, 20 YEAR lt&,uJLnu-.Se—arn!Lqa-f.P—kn—e-l-bs—tqm: Fasten roof panels to purlins with concealed clip in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. In3tall clips at each support using self-drilling fasteners. Install factory-caulked cleats at standing seam joints. Machine seam cleats to the panels to pro%ide a weathertight joint. Roof system shall be as manufactured by Behlen Manufacturing Co. or approved equal, (24" Width) 13.20 SM-00THINALL PANELS t�: Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concreteand elsewhere as necessary for waterproofing, Handle and apply sealaut and back-up in accordance with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Align bottoms of wall panels and fasten panels with blind rivets bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings, trim around openings, and similar elements with self-tapping screws. Fasten window and door firames with machine screws or bolts, When building height requires two rows of panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels over wall panels at eave height. Install screw fasteners with power tool having controlled torque adjusted to compress neoprene washer Lightly without darnage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. Wal; sheets shg1I be "ADP-2 Panel" as manufactured by Behlen Manufacturing Co. or approved equal. Sh sorip. __et�t-Metal Acces_j: Ins-tall gutters, downspouts and other sheet metal accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for positive anchorage to building and weatherfight mounting. Adjust operating mechanism tor precise operation. W* 3: Anchor windows securely in place. Seal entire perimeter of each unit with sealk ed elast e Prn ric nt us for panels. Clean surfaces of window units. Thermal Insulation: Install insulation concurrently with installation of roof panels in ac�ordance with manufacturer's published directions. Install blankets straight and true in one-pieft lengft with both''sets,of tabs sealed to provide a complete vapor barrier. Locate insulation on the underside of roof sheets, extending across the top flange of purlin Members and held taut and snug to roofing panels with retainer clips. Install retainer strips PRE ENGINEERED � BUILDING 13. 1-9 Jq, ZX 0 tI�1�.15 .1.; S' .. .; .. , ;., . .�y,_ 4: . it ilt, _11 1 a st t:,. i, ,, x at each longitudina]joint, str4ight and taut, nesting with roof rib to hold insulation in ..� I 11.11 1.t �la�:er' ' . 1. P . >',r t , t ` ` ENb OF SECTION 13120 1: r �' . a, t ' t t 4 .. i, At . 1 �; ,: a 7 �. 11 L' ;s r 17' .. . 1 Y . . �' 1 ,, T ,f% .*y r. I ..,, r. . . _ ... ,,.3t f t I ;.t r° t t' f ( ' t .J 7 !. 11 P t 1 { � , V,1 i 1. 4 Y }r f, Jt }�--W 11 k t < f.;J J t. ; j i,'.I. t 4r 4 3 7 I t 7 5' .. .. .. i'f : Fd j( f# �.✓ , 1': .47 1 t t Y; Y [ .. t t l( t . .ff o ,, �� , � I : , i� : ... iu t, t r t Ft ( t' �`�.r 7 i , 1, �i t.. c+ 1. '. t a f :.1. t.d#�+. 11*u{ �- tti 7 i 7 r ,. f tirl kt� 3ir.J.. ,ti ..� (t o t r " �� S, S Sy,`.V. t Y r t x�.' , ,,: t t p. e i ' .t y,. 3. t t ,il J'i'�..c;,3„ {c S r t t`}9 1 rf 4 t ,;:x j {j i; ` i` 1,' .tt� 3 �i 'r, d ,•� t,x,yj,ti, ° rrc+t f ,{tlt{t , �. "` 7 F > t t i t.V ` t, 1 t ., � � I- a r 31 3. i�, t t 7r t .,4 t{� a ..:7 sr , „$ .,� rsI .4 ( r' %w'. ,,, Sit t ...s; .�t f ,r Yt r t ? t + _ c t{ 1 tt t (% t t� t t�t t .. t f it I 'n z'..�la+'• .r }t t r t ' Y�$1 a i'�, t r J r.11 a T { ? 7 } I f . ,j( '4 (11`0 ,I .1 t .,, t d ` EKE-ENGINEERED.: BUILDING` �"'1.0, 7 13 :1 10,11 r ,�7 l t -t `��(( Y Iw. (i e 7 s ;' xtt7 yi���x"y`tt4 �PrY#S �ttis'ktri t„a: N a ��� ` Lt S " , t ice..� .�.�.-�. l w.�+r- . ��y Opt , t 1't:It'7 ah r `_� Yi� � t 4 �3 �2 °s �!v / t tr �� ��1. �'°i 4T t t�u`�S 1' !, , ti t s. R .�, iti•, ,} + } ' J y t ;t ,11 I 4 tfis�t *, n r.l}i �S, J s +ktC i. t r ,r , ` j 7 xi ,� 7�r . t:r yas r t �, + t i , ) t"; :,k >.{ t r t o-1 i n '. t d ,,t lr t F {,11 s M.a }} .1i ,1 < c'Ya�K'Y'+��1 fi' t�`f�t��w I t ,' ,,t k., - . k,iv' 64� t} t�.�l"�"���`r,* Aitl�.tii f i,ip �t., '' t 15.. Yea^aYu'z+. .wy:'�x' ?+5.'F;d' './!',ui 37y a.:. ,t '.; .. r' ..'J ff(( r `�"'., 11 Fes_ — ��•JJd]fie�fA(bo�' - I z�t�•. _ .�r> ... ..41n .. ,:'1�-t :fit_)..YO i..l'lT:ic i DrWSION 15- 11�IECHANICAL l SECTION 15.1. F PLUMBING 11� Fixiures: A. Floor drains - Rooms 104,106,112,1136,107,108,109: Zurn Z-453-2 (Type-B) B. Shower DrairJ.3ase t { Room 112 -Florestone Model 23-2HR 52" x 46" (T) i Shower receptor. Drain per Manufactures Specifications. " Room 113 -Florestone Model 23-2HR 52"x 46" (3) and Florestone Model 200-30 1106" (T)with —} brain per Manufactures Specifications. # C. Water cooler to be Elkay FDFP-210-C. ADA Approved. . ;.. D. Lavatories (4)-American Standard - Saturn (I8")with Moen 8475 faucet. (Room 121) -American Standard-Lucerne (244.0)with Moen 8420 faucet. E. Stools (3)- American Standard-Water saver Afwall 2477.01 with `7 Sloan Royal 110-3 Valve and Church 5321.112 seat (18" A.F.F.) Jo At F. Utinal (3)- American Standard- Washbrook with Sloan Royal 5600.011 valve G. Soap Dispenser(3)- A.S.I. #0326 H. Feminine Napkin Disposal (1)- (Room 112 only) - A.S.I. #0473 r I. Tissue Dispenser(2) - A.S.I. #0031 • ' J. 'Towel Dispenser(2) - A.S.I. #0439 rt c K. Towel Disposal (2) - A.S.I. #0828 is+JY � L. Grab Bars (2) -Bradley- 8172-00136 and 8172-00142 M. • 1Vlirr0 r(2) - A.S.I. -24" x 36" #0600TA-Handicapped Tilt Mirror F N: Sink (Room 106) Dayton #D23322 with strainer and plug with P Moen 8722 (12") with hose spray. " PLUMBING 7 t : '`?-dPSP•"`ib�ri��IVI' £`dt(�f�yr i.',5!#.r 3>« RIY +.r 4+,a 'dfh5 �':r ;"- } ai.pt., J. ..-- i ....'y,},� " ✓ . t t. 1 ` .f t ' t "c , ss a a } Y...?btT r `,J•.5'k"+� t,t 4 rtJx t i: x� �. 1 3nkx trlii t r r° 4;§�t �k •Utl'',J r ' > 1' 0. 'Disposal (Room 106) - I.S,E. Model SH672 r P. Lockers- Room 112 - 3 Ea. - (15" x 21") x 72" Room 113 - 15 Ea. - (12" x 21") x 72" Art Metal Products - Single Tier +�. 1anitor Sink - E.L.M. Durabase 64P (24 x 24)with 463,600A service faucet, #65.700 - 48" long hose and bracket, #65.600 3 spring mop i ' hanger and #63.401 bumper guard. y R. Water heater(Mezzanine) -Dayton"Fuel Trimmer" - Gasfired -40 Gal. Tank l with 33.4 6Ph. Recovery. - I/2" NPT natural Gas, 33,000 BUTH input. ' S. R mge (Roorn 106)- 30" Free-standing/self cleaning Hot Point Range RB757WT- � 208V I f electric. Hood #H520300 Range Air 200 ctm.. including lite and fan - Exhaust to north wall with Cap. Cools top to have 2 large and 2 s small elements. Front mounted controls. V �r ' T ' Emergency Shower (Room 121)- Bradley Brand 51912 (1 1/4" supply)with x S 1922 eyewash fountain (1/2" supply) U. Shower valves(3) ••'Moentrol value (8352) with#12894 chrome sdhower head,': --•4 ;t V. Shower accessories - • r , Soa p.Dish (3) -Bobrick#B-680 ' Towel gin (3) - Bobrick#B-677 . Shower curtain read (3) -Bobrick#204-2 with#204-1 curtain hooks. W. REFRIGERATOR-"'Hotpoint "' CTx21D1Z - 21 C.F., frostfree with ice maker. 4 X. Nose bibs - Exterior-Woodford Model B65 Series. .3 (Anti-siphon) Interior-N BCO 46 Series - 3/4" with vacuum,breaker. ' PLUMBING 15. 1 r •t t}i ;.t st 1 r; . ria' I i D YVYSION 15. MECHANICAL SECTION 15100 - VALVES Pl T 1 - GENERAL- PART .. i 'RELATED DOCUMENTS . A. Drawings general provisions of the Contract, including General and r { g Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Sepecfication Sections, apply 20 this S�'�C?IC9Y3.. 1.2 SUMMA-P y ^� A. This Section includes general duty valves common to several mechanical piping systems. B. Belated Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: :. .. _, x ` E i. Specirl purpose valves are specified in Division 15 piping system$echo . 7 Valve tags and charts a+re specified in Division 15 Section"P�echanical identifacalion." 3 1.3 SbjBN4IT'L'r'1LS � A. General: Submit each Item in this Article according to the Conditions o£the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. j B. Product Data for each valve type. Include body material, valve design, pressure i , 4 and teir�perature classification, end connection details, seating materials,trim 4 material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation � instructions. Include list indicating valve and its application. ' { f C. Maintenance data for valves to include in the operation and maintenance manual ;;pacified in Division 1. Include detailed manufacturer's instructions on adjusting, f, servicing, disassembling, and repairing. i { 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11t S - tS tY��;; w P><. Single�Source:RespoiWbility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division 1 F vi 4 ` erection"Materials and EquipIInent,» under"Source Y✓unitations" Paragraph. !: g , ►51� Cpmpliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and y° ASW B31'.i for power piping. 1VFSS,Corypliancr: Comply with the various HISS Standard Practice documents � -`: refercriced. 100- f Valves' d r r' '�k��'}'£fYd�'*�!H+f4+vl'Jbtiat in d i.,'n?..J Wy a`e e z`r�:i"r,u y n t^? a t.v ) x.:'t.t.l . ... y i,':•a . . _. -r`:.t _ w: f,,.�4t �.wr�'K �e Liii '' '��r,a.r.�.., .d..�._s•...._.�.._�_ ..___/____.��_.— _. .... ,. .. .. ,. ... .. ..., .., .,... ...wi F`a;✓: i Y.5 DELIVI✓RY,,S'IiDItAOE, ]IA:NDLING �--' t' A. Preparre valves for shipping as follows: I. protect intenial parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set globe and gate valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set hall and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional sut aces. is S. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. / 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. x - . B. Use the;following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store indoors and maintain valve temperature higher than ambient dew- ? i point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessa►y, store valves o4I`ihe ! ground in watertight enclosures. r C. ' Use a sling to handle large valves. Rig to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not i' use handwheels and stems as lifting or rigging points. Pt= 2-PRODUCTS MANUFACIrURERS f 'k tv ufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirem6nts, provide products by one ; of the following: .. r 1• ' Gate Valves: ---^ crane Company;Valves and Fitting Division. ti b. Hammond Valve Corporation: ,t C. KILL Corporation of America. d:: Lunkenheiamer/Cincinnati Valve Co. �. it E ' :• � e. : i'.vY.ilwm&e .Valve Company, Inc. f N1BCOInc. Powell: Wrn. Powell Company (The). ' h. Red-White Valve Corporation. i,, I. Stockham Valves&Fittings, Inc: ` 2. Ball Valves: } r a. L;onbraca industaies,'Inc.; Apollo Division: _ J, Hmnond.Valve Corporation. •IvliiilwaAee Valve Company, Inc. (/M` t �1' .i. • t J}.4. .Y. NIBCO Inc•' J� Stocicharn Valves&Fittings, inc. watts. �y�qp 0� ..t. �alr�be'.Valves• i a. Crane Cornpany; Valves and Fitting Division. b. Haraamond Val ve.Corporation. '°{ ' r � r 8 15 . 10 �rs3 1., gT .r. 4 '�IPBrIr� srrxJ�n:. a � r 77) c. Katz"Corporation of America. j ri d: I;unkenheim-er/Cincinnati Valve Co. e. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc. NEBCO Inc. g: P' ell: Wm. Powell Company ('The). h. Red-Mhite Valve Corporation. I. Stockham Valves& Fittings, Inc.. 4. Butte rfly alves: y a.' Center Line, Mark Controls Corporation. b. General Signal;DeZurik Unit. F, cr Grinnell Corp. ll msxiond Valve.Corporation. r: , e. Milwaukee Valve,Company, Inc. I: Iv'jMCO Inc. i g:.' "Kaystone Valve USA, Inc.. t:. h. .Red=`+Nhite Valve Corporation. I. Stockham Valves&Fittings, Inc. Saving Check Valves: a. Clan-Vat Co. Harnmond Valve Corporation c. Kitt Corporation of America. d., un.Fenheirner/Cincinnati Valve Co. {`Y.1311,) Milwaukee Iwvauke°Valve Company, Inc.` , , CO Inc. ell: Vrn. Powell Company(The).Pow ?n. White Red- Valve Corporation. I. Stockham Valves& Fittings, Inc. 2Z'` �BASIC, Cd;33VII 014)r ATL7ItES A: Design.,Fising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems, except as specified � below. 1. ,1 Nonrising steno valves may be used only where headromm prevents full t, imte:ngion of rising stuns. B. Fre.4stu-e and Temperature Ratings: his indicated in the Application Schedule" +~if } i1 PaitI cifthis.8ection and as'i-equired to suit system pressures and temperatures. " WO 4 h Sairileisize a.R upstream pipe,, unless.otherwise indicated. , E 7 Opera trs: €Jse specified operators and and h a except provide the fallowing 'speMsl ( -ratortfeatures. Hanclwheels:.For valves other than quarter turn. ' , LMle. 'Handles: For,quarter-turn valves 6 inches(DIoil'S0)and'smaller, , except or plug valves, which shall have square heads: Furnish dwne.with: s , 1 wure ey 10:plug valves. { ".'r t ruded Stems:;.Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended valves 15.100 3 ��`y rte r;,p, I 'S��N(VIA+P�v'7^'`+>Y.'`."+�I+M ��•'b`�S,+.as Y+rGlx3w:z''F'.nW'rFxH'Y:txr , t�r�. a a ,.;'.1 Yk� air:,M;, ..:.M a .. .. :h., 'ass .. ` r, j ::�rN/ t z ' 3 ;,„1 '•.t S(-.. ... .. � i'` tf S'u.. ,. p r 1r x 4 1 1 r ie� i -"�set�■�f�'Anart�ar.—Ili�i�[n,o'n11� IT SV,�4garxs7NCfarll issreeeili�eatl�lfow�m�ilmiw�+�cr.�a.e.um.�o..�:� ._,., ���. —"=1-'.= l it r stems arranged to receive insulation. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain } t J C ,.; connections. 'G, Threads: ASNE B 1.20.1. } H. Flanges: ASME B 16.1 for cast iron, ASME B 16.5 for steel, and ASSME B 16.24 I t. for bronze valves. 2.3 GATE VALE S F . A Gate Valves, M -1I2 Inches(DN65)and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, 200-psi ,s (1380-kPa) cold working pressure(CWP), or class 150, 300-psi (2070-kPa) CWP; t ASTM B 62 coast-bronze body and bonnet, solid-bronze wedge, copper-silicon boy rishig stem, teflon-impregnated packing with bronze packing nut, threaded or l soldered end connections; and with aluminum or malleable-iron handwheel. r fS. Gate Valves, 3 Inches (DN80) and Larger: MSS SP-70, Class 125, 200-psi } 1380-kPa C4 � ( j ( AyaF), ASTM B 125 cast-iron body and bonnet, solid-iron wedge, brass-alloy stem, outside screw and yoke, teflon-impregnated packing with 2-piece packing gland assembly, flanged end connections; and with cast-iron handwheel. i , 1 •:: .',:2.4 ..BALL VALVES A. :Ba1l `Talves, 2 Inches(DN100) and Smaller: MSS SP-110; Class 150, 600-psl, (4140-kPa) (CWP), ASTM B 584 bronze body and bonnet, 2-piece construction; 4i X chrome-plated brass ball, Ball port for 3/4-inch (DN15)valves and smaller and { conventional port for 1 inch(DN20)valves and larger, blowout proof, bronze oa• ► brass stein; teflon seats and seals;threaded End connections. -- t 1. Operator: Vint-covered steel lever handle. i 2: Stem Extension: For valves installed in insulated piping. 3: Memory Stop: For operator handles. :GLOBE VALVES - ' '.;, Globe Valves 2-1f2 Inches . :.. (DN65) and.Smaller: MSS SP 80; Class I25, 200-psi # (I 380-kPa) (4;W. P),.or class 150, 300•-psi (2070-kPa) CWP; ASTM B. 62 cast- . bronze- bronze and screwed bonnet, rubber, bronze, or teflon disc, silicon bronze- ` allo step teflon-im re Y, �, u grated packing with bronze nut, threaded or soldered end `conneGtioi ;'aind with aluminum or malleable-iron handwheel. B C16 Valves,, 3:1riches (DN80)and Larger: MSS SP-85,Class 125,.200-psi 1380-1dPa (+Gwp), ASTU A 126 cast-iron body:and,bolted'bonnet with bronnze ` fitting' s,:renewabl6 bronze seat and disc, brass-alloy ste outside screw and oke y m, y Ft tef�tara-imprgted packing with cast-iron follower,flanged end;connections; �.. an w- i#i cast-iron handwheel. Nbi t ,116, V.`DALES ' h A. Bti'ttorllp Valves,; MSS SP-67; 20�-psi (1380-kPa) (CWP), 150-psi(1035-kPa) r , IMMMM pressure differential, ASTM A 126.cast-iron body and bonnet, extended : � `4 Valves 15 100-4 f r i ex tt,t1 - it s 1 ' '' M�'ld�fAgCRItI�N�R'91iY1Yll�lf � - - -'- _.� __ '.•, .. .•• •. _ z neck, sthinless-steel stem, field replaceable EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals lug style: i L Disc type: Nickel-plated ductile iron. 2. Operator for Sizes 2 Inches (DN50)to 6 inches (DN150): Level handle with latch lock. E 2.7 CI-MCK'VALVES _ A. Sawing Check Valves: 2-1/2 Inches (DN65) and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, � 200-psi (1380-kPa) CWP, or class 150, 300-psi (2070-kpa) C'WP; horizontal swing, Y-pattern, ASTM B 62 cast-bronze body and cap, rotating bronze disc (' with rubber seat or composition seat, threaded or soldered end connections. B. Swing Check Valves: 3 Inches (DN80) and Larger: MSS SP-71, Class 125, 200- psi (1380-kPa) CWP, ASTM A 126 cast-iron body and bolted cap, horizontal- j - swing bronze.disc, flanged or grooved end connections. ., PART 3 -EXECUTION 1: 3.1 EXA1l1INATIO�i j A. Examine piping systern for compliance with,requirement for installation tolerances -� rind other conditions affecting performance of valve = g p s. D o not proceed with -- installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Exatr�ine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom form foreign matter, and corrosion. $. Remove special paclang materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement ► -J� during;shipping and handling. ;J C. Operate valves from fully open to fully closed positions. Examine guide and seats s y� ina&aemsible by such operation. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for from and cleanliness. E. Exam ine mating flange faces fbr conditions that inn t cause leakage.e. Check 8 ' bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper <f size, material composition suitable for service] and freddom from defects and r't } ;dama 17e. ., F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. E14STALLAIION r A. Install valves as indicated, according to.manufacturer's written instructions. B. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. C: install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow t' trcf Y Hr servicing, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. ,s s D. Locate valves for ea ,access and provide separate support where necessary. t E.: Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the center of the pipe. F: Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. 4. Valves 15. 100•-5 4f Z t. i i t i C Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as fo114ws: L. Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge pin level. > 3.3 Tk°MADED CONNECTIONS A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends and proximity of valve internal - 1 selst or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. B. Align threads at point of assembly. .. i C• Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads, ea:cept 1 i when:dry seal threading is specified. r' D. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. 3.4 ' R�ANGED'CONNECTIONS ; A. Align flange surfaces parallel. . Assernrble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make ialitial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. t. C. ' For dead-end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and �.: downstream for proper shutoff and retention. 3.5 VALVE END SELECTION A. Select varies with the following nds or g types of pipe/tube connections:. I• Cooper Tube Size, 2-1/2 Inches(DN65)and Smaller: Threaded ends. 2. Steel Pipe Sizes, 2-1/2 Inches (UN65) €nd Smaller: Threaded or grooved end. :3. Steel Pipe Sizes, 3 Inches (DNSO) and Smaller: Grooved end or flanged. # 3.6 APPLICATION SCBEDULE { A. Generaal Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for.shutoff duty: glebe, r ! ball, and butterfly valves for shutoff duty: globe, ball, and butterfly for throttling. duty. Refer to piping system Specification Sections for specific valve applications and arrangements. .. B. Dom " Water Systems: Use the following valve types: 1... ' 1. .Fall Valves: Class 150, 600-psi 4140- � ( , P ( kPa) CWI, writh stem extension. << 2• Buttei*Valves: Nickel-plated ductile iron, aluminum bronze, or ' elastumer-coated ductile iron disc;EPI)M or tuna IN sleeve and stem seals. ' r 3 Bronze Swing Check:-Class 125, with rubber seat. 1� 4 Check Va]ue: Class 125, swing fifpe as indicated. C Heating Water sy • Use the follc� stem. wnig valve types: i.• °` 1 ; Crate Valves: lass 150, bronze or cast-iron body to suit piping system. ( 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi (4I44-kP'a) CW.P, with stem extension and ` Valves p .15.100-6 Al WI t r •t �iRil 1�°••••��_� t�erv�err�c�rsroa.ramr�a�.i�.ane.o. �. �-'-- -- -- .. t'.. _ .:i'Y 1x memory stop.. 1 3. Globe Valves: Class 150, bronze or cast-iron body to suit piping system and bronze disc. 4. Butterfly Valves: Nickel-plated ductile iron, aluminum bronze, or epoxy- coated ductile iron disc; EPDM or Buna N sleeve and stem seals. i 5. Bronze Swing Check: Class '150, with composition seat. 6, Check Valves: Iron swing as indicated. Swing check shall be Class 150 with bronze seat ring. D. Low-pressure Steam and Condensate Return System: Use the following valve types: f 1. Gate Valves: Class 150, bronze body; or Class 125, cast-iron body. -' 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi (4140-kPa) CWP, with stem extension. 3. Globe Valves: Class 150, bronze body with te£l.on disc; or Class 125, cast- iron body 4. Check Valves: Class 150, bronze body swing check with composition seat; Class 150, cast-iron, body swing check with bronze seat ring; or Class 125, } cast-iron body wafer check. j ---i E. Chilled-waiter System: Use the followin valve yes: i 1. Gate Valves: Class 150, bronze body; or Class 125, cast-iron body. 2. Ball Valves: Class 150, 600-psi (4140-kPa) CWP, with stern extension and � f memory stop. t ..� 3. Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze body with bronze or teflon disc; or Class is 125, cast-iron body j -- 4. Butterfly valves: nickel-plated ductile iron, aluminum bronze, or elastomer- coasted ductile iron disc; EPDM sleeve and stem seals. 5. Check Valves: Class 125 bronze body swing check with rubber seat; :: . Y g Class 125, cast-iron, body swing check; Class 125, cast-iron body wafer -` check; or Class 125, cast-iron body lift. check. 3.7 ADJUSTIT TG { A. Adjust or replace packing after,piping systems have been tested and put into, s } -service, but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if leak persists. ENJ OF SECTIQN i VALVES 15 . 100-7 1 , j w_l } t 1 owar'P DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL E SECTION 15410- PLUMBING PIPING 'PART I- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUIwl[ENUS DravAngs and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specifications Sections, apply to this Section. } 1.2 SUrAW.AItY ! -, A- TWs Section includes phunbing piping systems to a paint 5 feet outside the builduig. ' Systems include the following: � Potable water distribution, including cold- and hot-water supply said hot-water T k' circulation . . 2. Drainage and vent systems, including sanitary and saorm. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials,joint consrruction, and installation requirements not specified in this ! Section. { Nc 2. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gage's, and ! fittings. 3. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for plumbing system components. j 13 SYSTEIA PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS t ' A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the f : following minimum working pressure ratings, except where indicated otherwise: s L, Water Distribution Systems,Above Ground: 125 psi g. P g Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: I 0-foot head of water. r 3. Storm Drainage Systems: I 0-foot head of water. '. . 14 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification." :.. Sections. B. Water_sarnples, test results, and reports specified in "Field Quality Control" and "Cleaning" Articles. PLUMBING PIPING 15.4"1 vFY f a; I!r ' 1 7 iY . .. w—wv+cow.i..�s.�.arrl��a�r {yy�o �wifRiL74LINR7RY,��a®i •c j f ,t LS QUALITY ASSURANCE °= A. Comply wide the provisions of ASN E 1331.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. B. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. 1 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MA3qJFA.CTLjREp A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufac 2.2 PIPES AND 'I'L113ES A, General: The application of the following pipe, tube, and fi±tin�, matr�rials and joining " � . methods required for plumbing piping systems are indicate l in Part 3 Article "Pipe and { Fittings Applications. B. Hard Copper Tube; AST M D 88, Types L water tube, drawn temper. -. C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Plastic, D`WV Pipe, ASTM D2665, Sch 40, plain ends. 2:3.PIPE FITTINGS AND TUBE FITTIN(aS. A. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.22. M- # 'B. Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Plastic, Schedule 40, Socket-Type Pipe FittingsASTM D 2'466. 2.4 JORgING MATERIALS i ,. Solder, brazing, and welding filler metals are speci&d in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical materials and Methods." .1-5 VALVE'S 1 . rj I ' 4A A. Refer,to Division 15 Section "Valves" for ate t� f g , globe, ball, butterfly, and check valves: 13 ` Refer to Divisions 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for spe it-duty valves. 'k 1RR.r 3 E3MCUTIt1N .- ,3.1 EXCAVATION . s 'f PLUMBING PIPING 1.5.4-2 1, ' TAY i} .- A, Excavation,trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork. " r ? 3:2 PREPARATION OF-FOUNDATION FOR BURIED PIPING - A. t',rade trench bottom to provide smooth, firm, stable, and rock-free foundation throughout length of piping. 1 B. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at surface on which piping is to be laid and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated level. I ' C. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of piping. Fill unevenness with tamped-sand bacicfill. Dig bell holes at each pipe joint to relieve bells of loads and to ensure continuous bearing ? of pipe barrel on foundation. !` 3.3 PIPE AhD FT7"TINGS APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, tube, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. Water,Distribution Piping Above Ground: Use the fallowing: ! 1. 34/2 Inches and Smaller: Hard copper, tube, Type L;wrought-copper or cast- � capper-alloy pressure fittings; copper unions; bronze flanges; and solder joints with . r : Alloy Sn95 lead free solder. C. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping Above said Below Ground: Use the following: y , Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic schedule 40 pipe;PVC socket-type Schedule 40 fittin gs and Solvent cemented joints D. Storm Drainage Piping Below Ground: Use the following: 1. Polyvinyl chloride(PVC)plastic Schedule 40 pipe;PVC socket-type Schedule 40 ' fittings and solvent-cemented joints. 3:4 VA,L,VE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types,are not indicated, the following requirements apply: pLLT L RING PIPING 15.4-3 Shutoff Duty: Use ball, or butteif valves: • 5.PIPIN G]t1�TS' AI.,LATION, GENERAL ]Basic piping installation requirements are specified,in Division 15 Section "Basic Y ; PLUMBING PIPING 15.4­3 Mechanical Materials and Methods." 3.6 WATER DLSTRIBUTION PIPING INSTALLATION �~ A. Install piping with 1/32-inch-per-foot (1/4 percent) slope downward toward drain. 3.7 DRAINAGE,kND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION A. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate Y branches, Y branches with 1/8 bends, and long-sweep 1/4, 115, 1/6, 1/8, and 1/16 bends. Sanitary tees � and short-sweep quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn double-Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings where 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side and have a w com non drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Make no change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees. 'Were different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are connected, use proper size statbdard increasers and reducers. Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. B. Lay buried building drains beginning at low point of each system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub or bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturers recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. lVlaimtain swab or { drag in piping and pull past each joint as completed. C. Install drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, except where another / slope is indicated: 1. Sanitary Building Drain: 1/4 inch per foot (2 percent) for piping 3 inches and smaller, 1/8 inch per foot (I percent) for piping 4 inches and larger. <<; 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 1/4 inch per foot (2 percent). f 3. Storm Building Drain: 1/8 inch per foot(I percent). Horizontal Storm Drainage Piping: 1/4 inch per foot (2 percent). 1 4. Vent Piping: 1/8 inch per foot (I percent). ' D. Install underground plastic drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321 .3:8 JODIT CONSTRUCTION �- � J A. Basic piping joint construction is specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical a � Materials.and Methods 1 B. PVC Pipe: Join PVC drainage pipe and fittings according ASTM D 2665. j :C. Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners: Comply with procedures in ASTM F 402 for safe handling during joining of plastic pipe and fittings with solvent cements. -- f PLUMBING PIPING `~ i 15 .4-4 1. t { .- 3.9 UF vALVES ' 1 A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves close to main on each branch and riser serving 2 " or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections and where indicated. Use ball valves for sectional valves 2 inches and smaller. Use butterfly valves for sectional valves 2-1/2 inches azid larger. B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on inlet to each plumbing equipment item, on each supply to each plumbing fixture not having stops on supplies, and elsewhere as indicated. S For shutoff valves 2 inches and smaller, use ball valves; for shutoff valves 2-1/2 inches and larger, use butterfly valves. C. Drain Valves: Install drain valves specified in Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" can each plumbing equipment item located to drain equipment for service and repair. Install drain valve at base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and where required to 3 i drain water distribution piping system. { 1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. i 2. Install stop and waste drain valves where indicated. 3.10 4A,NG.F.RS AND SUPPORTS INSTALLATION -,-- : A. Hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Supports and Anchors." E•. Install hangers for horizontal piping with following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: Nom. Pipe Size Steil Pipe Mm Span Cooper Tube Max. Span Min. Rod Diameter (Inches) (1"cet) (Feeet) (Inches) 1 Up to 3/4 7 5 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 ' 1-1/4 7 7 3/8 +` 1-1/2 9 8 3/8 �s 2 10 8 3/8 `l 2-1/2. 11 9 '/2 3-1/2 13 11 '/2 4 14 12 518,1/2 for cooper 5 16 13 5/8,1/2 for cooper ' wJ 6 17 14 3/4,518 for cooper ' '. 8 19 16 7/8,3!4 for cooper, L ;3 Casing: Provide manufactures standard casing construction, corrosion protection coating, and exterior finish. Provide removable panels and/or access doors for inspection and access to internal parts: Insulate wing with 1/2" thick minimum thermal insulation, and compressor compartment with acoustical insulation. Provide knockouts for electrical and piping connections. PLUMBING PIPING . 15.4-5 . ti3k'e'r. t`zti�i'ix4. �..;.'t>: zr '. .asM :.;:a,. ,1,:•:,...:.. t _..• .. _. .. .. ... t i i Provide integral supply and return air rifles in drop face of ' pp y B p ceiling-mounted unit. r C• Re. fi igeration Circuit: Provide refrigerant thermal expansion valve for refrigerant cont Provide access valves in suction and Iiyuid lines. Provide dual refrigeration circuits for dual -- cornDrassor units. D. Compressors: Provide welded shell, hermetic comp ressors� 3 f00 hermetic compressors, 1750 rpm. Provide crankcase heaters. rpm; or serviceable 1 E.' Evaporator Coil: Construct of copper tubing and aluminum fins, pressure and leak tested at " 1.5 times working pressure. t .. F. Fans: Provide centrifugal fan with adjustable belt drive. Provide permanently lubricated fan and motor bearings, and thermal overloads in motor. r.. ` G, Filters: Provide I " thick throwaway f filters. tI. Filters: Provide 211 thick throwaway filters. 1 1. lF?tegraI Air-Cooled Condensers: Provide condenser coil constructed of copper tubes an aluainum tons. Facto leaf;- pp d 1y leak.-test at 1.5 tini�s working pressure,'dehydrate anti provide fill •-- phargc of refigerant. Provide subcooler and accumulator. .t Condenser Fan:Provide double-width, double-inlet forward- �. with adjustable belt drive. d curved centrifugal f . ,. 2• Low Ambient Control: Provide head pressure control, designed to o erate at 1 p r.- temperatures down to 0 degree F(-18 degrees Q. 3. Reheat Coil: Manufacturees Standard heating coil. ' a. Electric law waft density type with thermal overload protection and all power and control wiring factory installed. 4' b. Capacity as shown on drawings. j Controls: Provide factory-installed and wired controls, with terminal Provide stri p: � connections for remote thermostat. i 1 Provide each motor with individual overload protection: 2. Provide high and low refrigerant cutouts. 3 Provide fari-auto and heat-off.-cool switches. � r ORRT 3 E7XECU'TION: i '6 PLUMBING PIPING �-- ;F 15 .4-6 gg t ' i + law INSPECTION, f 1+41 A. Gmerul:Examine areas and conditions under which packaged heating and cooling units are -� o be installed.Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. " 3.� Ih1STAIaLATIOPd OF PACKED IDEATING AND COOLING UNIT: A. General: Install packaged heating and cooling units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, j and maintain mmlufacturees recommended clearances. ^ B. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices,furnisher)by manufacturer but not specified to be ! ' factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical installer. ' 1 Very that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacfiirees submittal and installation requirements of, Division- 16 sections. Do not proceed with i equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. { -- C. Ductwork: Refer to Division-1S section "Ductwork". ✓f,.,�� 1. Connect condenser supply and exhaust ducts to unit with flexible connections. _.: D. Drain Piping: Connect unit dram to nearest indirect waste connection. Provide trap at drain pan; construct at least 1 " deeper than fan pressure in inches of water. - 3.3 FIELD (QUALITY CONTROL: f - A. General: Start-up packaged heating and cooling units, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up ` rnstrurtions. T e st co ntrols and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or ,. malffinctioning controls and equipment. { .3.4 CLOSEOt PROCEDURES: { A. Training: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 1 -half day to instruct 1 Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of packaged heating and cooling units. 1 Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day,notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. 3.5 SPARE PARTS: ' A. , General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each packaged heating and .�?> +.•_,� cooling unit. PLUhMING PIPING 15.4-7 t � <asNt�I�i� •. 1 • ' r i "3 Il MSION 15 -MECI3ANICAL SECTION IS.S- PLUMBING SPECIALTIES --1 1 i PART I - GENE AL tt I.1 RELATED DOCUi`J ENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i a 1. 2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plumbing specialties for water distribution systems; soil, waste, and vent systems; and storm drainage systems. R. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section. 1. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for M i in oinin Pp gl 8 I materials,joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying j r!. requirements. 2. Division 15 Section "Valves" for gate, ball, butterfly, globe, and check valves. 3. Division 15 :section "Plumbing piping" for piping and connections, 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS i A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum J working pressure ratings, except where otherwise indicated: 1• Water Distribution Systems, Above Ground: 125 psi. 2. Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: I W: 0-foot bead of water. 3. Storm Drainage Systems: I 0-foot head of water. j 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Cameral: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. Subrnit product data including rated capacities of selected models and wei hts shi in installation, and operation). Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and } methods of assembly of components; and piping and-wiring connections for the followin g plumbing specialty products: ; � L Backflow preventers. j, ' PLUMBING SPECIALTIES r �11+utT'14"Y' 4 p 4 ..Y,.WIw iH Aq..1. •:C.is. „ , + ,n i _.� .�_.._.�..._.......a.....�... ,..�. r.-- 2: Hose bibbs, wall hydrants, and post and sanitary hydrants. ,,.. 3, Cleanouts, cover plates, and access panels. 4. Floor drains and roof drains. ' C. 'Maintenance data#ar inclusion in Operating. and Maintenance manuals as specified in Division I F Section "Project Closeout" for the following: 1. Backflow prev enters. 7c:S QUALITY ASSURANCE �. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. B. Listing, and Labeling: Provide equipment that is listed and labeled, } C. Design Concept: The Drawings indicate capacities, sizes, and dimensio nal requirements of system components. Components having equal performance characteristics that deviate from the indicated size and dimensions may be considered, provided deviations do not change the design concept or intended performance. The burden of proof for equ ality of products is on the �- Contractor. Refer to Division I Section Product Substitutions. 1.6 EXTRA MATERLkLS, .�. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below. Package them with protective covering for storage and identify vith labels clearly describing contents. B. Operating Keys(handles): Furnish I extra key for each key-operated hose bibb and ;. PART 2-PRODE.JCTS y t' 2.1.i'IA]N'UFACTURERS ' r A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the � following: ; t I Backfiow Preventers: a. Fabgo. b. Watts Regular Co. 2: . Wall hydrants (Non freezelencased): L, 1 1 , PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15 .5-2 Vi } k , , I .:. a. Smith by Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co, Div., Smith Industries, Inc. b. Wade Div., Tyler Pipe. C. Woodford Manufacturing Co. Div,, WCM Industries, Inc. � d. Zurn by Hydromechanics Div., ?um Industries, Inc. 2.2 BACK11,0W PREVENTERS A. General: A�SSE Standard, backflow preveenters, of size indicated for maximum flow rate indicated and maximum pressure loss indicated. 1. Worlring Pressure: 150 psi minimum except where indicated otherwise. 2. 2. Inches and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. a. Interior Lining: FDA-approved epoxy coating, for backflow preventers having case-iron or steel body. , 3. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. 4. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate when used in chrome-plated pining system. 5. Strainer on inlet, where strainer is indicated. t B. )close Connection Vacuum Breakers: APSE 1011, nickel plated, with nonremovable and manual drain features, and ASME B 1. 20.7 garden-hose threads on outlet. Units attached to rough- :_:.... bronze-rush hose connections may be rough bronze. C. Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backt1ow Preventers: APSE 10 12, consisting of inlet screen and _ 2 independent check valves with intermediate atmospheric vent for continuous pressure application. D. Deduced-Pressure-Principle Backtlow Preventer: APSE 1013, consisting of(OS&')gate valves on inlet and outlet and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks and pressure-differential relief valve having ASME Al 12.1.2 air-gap fitting located between 2positive-seating check valves for continuous pressure application. 1. Pressure Loss: 12 psi maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES � .�. Piphig'specialties such as escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals are specified in S Division 15 Section Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. B. Strainers: `Y'pattern, except where otherwise indicated, full size of connecting piping: tf Include Type 304 stainless-steel screens with 3/64-inch perforations except where other screens } are indicated. f' PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15 .5-3 r., f�V1RwPIY yri . 1. Pressure Rating: 125psig minimum steam working pressureexceptxwheree otherwise indicated, 2. airs 2 Inches and Smaller: Bronze body, with female threaded ends. E 31 Y-Type Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown. a. Drain: Pipe plug. ! _ C. Hose Bibbs: Bronze body, with renewable composition disc,'422- or 3/4-inch threaded orsolder- r- joiritt inlet. Provide ASNIF B 1.20.7 garden-hose threads on outlet and integral or field-installed, nonremovable, drtinable, hose-connection vacuum breaker. �- i I. Finish: Bough brass. 'm i 2. Operation: Operating.key(handle). Provide 1 opeirating key. ;�. Wall Hydrants: A.SM[E Al 12.21.3M, projecting, automatic-draining;antibackflow type, key j . operation. Provide I operating key. ,..: I: Inlet: 3/4- or I-inch threaded orsolder jointt. 2. Outlet: ASNI[E B 1. 20.7 garden-hose threads. ; i 3. Finish: Nickel bronze. i E Stack Flashing Fittings: Countertllashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for termination... of roofing membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extecision'of vent pipe. 1 2A 4 CLEANOUTS A. , General: Size cleanouts as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated, same size as connected drainage piping B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in each Plumbing Specialties Product Data Sheet at end of this Section. 2:5 FLOOZZ DRADIS L: , A General: size cutlets as indicated on Product Data Sheet or drawings. B' Dee Seal.Tra s Cast iron with,inlet and outlet matching connected a in cleanout where. p. p g p�P� 1 „a indicated, and trap seal primer valve connection where indicated, i A :1 2,inch`Size: 4-inch-minimum water seal. 2� ;) -. 4 snd Larger: 5- mini inch- mum water seal. C Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in each Plu" bing-specialties Product Data Shea at end of this Section. `PART 3..EYECUTPiOI^I PLUNIBING SPECIALTIES 15.5-4 � t 44 '. : 1mY®a1n�RSi.�w�er�iv�MV�•. 1 -�i 3.I PIPING SPECIALTY INSTALLLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated, at each water supply connection -; to mechanical equipment and systems, and to other equipment and systems as indicated. Comply with plumbing code and authority having jurisdiction. Locate in same room as equipment being connected. Install air-gap fitting on units having atmospheric vent connection and pipe relief outlet drain to nearest floor drain. Igo not install bypass around backflow preventer. B. InstaLt strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure-regulating valve, and solenoid �! valve, and where indicated. _ C. Install hose bibbs with integral or field-installed vacuum breaker. D. Install wall hydrants with integral or field-installed vacuum breaker. E. Install cleanouts in above-ground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and where not indicated, according to the following; 1. Size same as drainage piping u to 6-inch size. Use 6-inch size for...., � � P g P o larger drainage piping except where larger size cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4 inches and smaller and.100 feet for larger piping. '{ 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil or waste stack. fF. Install cleanout deck plates (covers), of types indicated, with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors. G. Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed piping. H. Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof Secure over stack flashing according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 FLOOR DRAIN INSTALLATION A.' Install floor drains according to manufacturer's written instructions, in locations indicated. B. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained, or as indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. a J C. Trap drains connected to sanitary building drain. D. Position drains for easy accessibility and maintenance. 3.4 COMIECTIONS PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15 .5 -5 R A. Supply Runouts to Fixtures: Install hot- and cold-water supply piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 13. " 'I3rair,�age Runcuts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and r- rj drains, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. C. Locate drainage piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. 3.5 COM ISSIG'NINC. A. Preparation: Perform the following checks before start-up: w 1. Systems tests are complete. 2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or repaired. 3. There is clear span For servicing of specialties. 33.- Before operating systems, preform these steps. Close drain.valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. t 2. Opera valves to full open position. 3. Rerhove and clean strainers. 4. Verify drainage and vent piping are clean of obstructions. Flush"with water until clear. 3.£ADJUSTING ` Adjust operation and correct deficiencies discovered during commissioning. i 7 3.7 DEMONSTRATION �= A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures related to startup and servicing of j interceptors. '3.s PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to!prevent damage from traffic and construction work. ' Ez::I ,Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of,day or when work stops E ' 3.9 PLUNI.13ING SYSTEM PRODUCTS A;' Cleanout Plugs: Cast bronze or brass, threads complying with ANSI 132.:1; countersunk type. R. Floor Cleanouts: Cast iron body and frame; cleanout,plug; adjustable nickel-bronze top, flush type, sttuldard non-slip scored or abrasive finish similar to Wade W-8130-AF or as manufactured ' lay American Foundry, Josam, JR. Smith or Zu.rn. PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15.5-6 C. Wall.Cleasiouts: Cast iron body adaptable to pipe with cast bronze or brass cleanout plug; ,t stainless steel cover including screw simi lar to Wade W-8480-R cover plate 1/4-20 screw to a concealed plug in a Wade W-8560-E cast iron cleanout tee with full size o pening. t D. Cl eanouts that terminate at grade, i n driveways, parking areas, etc. shall be Wade W-703 0-2 cast iron cleanout with adjustable housing, cut-off ferrule internal threaded brass plug, and round i a iron loose scoriated tractor type vandal proof screwed down cover. Center cleanouts at grade wiYl•An a 18",x 18" x 6" thick concrete pad. Set top of Dad flush with finished grade. i E. Sanitary soil and waste system: Install cleanouts to floor in all underground piping where shown ` on the drawings and in the vertical riser at the base of the stack a minimum of three(3) feet above s " t the floor. F. Storm drainage system: Install cleanouts to floor in all underground piping where shown on the ., drawings and in the vertical riser at the base of the riser a minimum of three(3)feet above the ' floor. ` . G. Cleanouts on concealed piping shall be extended through and terminate flush with the finished w dl or floor. i n l FM OF SECTION: I - i.. t t, l t Y ' PLUMBING SPECIALTIES [��+�2•Vir'ba'A�+lt+a>uttv r.w+tr m .." t K'vxr Y.�: :. ..,.._ � {{ 1 N.� DIVISION 15-N EECHANICAL ECTION 15.6 AIR-HAND1fA G UNITS . 1 00 GENERAL - 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS I A DrAwings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary I _ Conditions and Division I Specification Sections,apply to this section. ' Requirements of the following Division 15 Sections apply to this section: !, 1. "Basic.Mechanical Requirements." 2. "Basic Materials and Methods." 3. "Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment." ` 7 1.02 SUMMARY: Y: � A. This Section includes floor mounted HVAC units. 1 _l B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this y secdon: t� 1. Division 15 Section'i'+ilemhanical Insulation" for fseld�apphed equipment in 2. Division 15 Section"Testing Adjusting and Balancing" 3. Division 16 Section"Circuit and Motor Disconnects"for field-installed dis switches. I 1.03 REFERaICES: -s A. ART 430-Standard for Central Station Air Hanelling Units. B. NFPA 90A-Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. C. ANSIAFBN I 9-Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. }` D. SMACNA- HVAC Duct Construction Standards. E. ANSDM 900-'Pest Performance of Air Filter Units. j •'F. AMAC301 -Method for Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving g Devices. k ,1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division l' ' Specification Sections: B­' Pro.duct data for each air-handling unit indicated,including the following: 1 Certified fan performance curves with .;. • perf system operating conditions indicated. " 2. Certified fan sound power ratings. 3. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories. " AIR HANDLING UNITS 15.6-�1 t!1 lat '��+y'�.,.a�i'risY'si +yi Yn.s.a,:r*«a of ,.1 .::.!•r .,re: • , ., ., !f r.. ( t' f�+ X11 T• ( .. ' ' ft'. i i ...f 4., Materials gages and finishes, " - 3. Filters with performance characteristics. 6; Dampers, including housings,linkages,operators and leakage performance. ,i Shop drawings form manufacture detailing dimensions,required clearances,components,and location each field connection. and size of 4 D. Coordination drawings for air-handling units in accordance with Division 15 Section E. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and controls and differentiating between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring. ' F. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of air-handlin units certifying + Products comply with specified requirements, gg that their G. Field quality control test reports specified in Part 30 this Section. II. Maintenance data for air-handling units for inclusion in Operating turd Maintenance Manual specified in Division I and Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements. " J _ 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. NFFA Compliance: -Air-hsndling emits and components shall be dW and installed in compliance with NFPA Standard 90A "Standard for the histalla onn of Air conditioning and Ventilating Systems." Nationally Recognize Testing Laboratory and ItiTEMA Compliance p (NRTL):The complete air- handling unit shall be listed and labeled by a NRTL. The term"NRTL"shali be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. I 1.06 AIR CERTIFICATION: A. Air Handling Units: Certify capacity,static pressure fan speed,brake horsepower and selection Procedures in accordance with ARI 430-59. t B.` Air Coils: Certify capacities;pressure drops and selection procedures in accordance with ART-410 '-• 87. 1.07 DELIVER.y,STORAGE,AND HANDLING: , i A Lift tu5`d support units with the man uifacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. j Disassemble and reassemble units as required for movement into the final location ( ) following manufaeheree&written instructions. 'n C. Deliver air-haa dlu9 units as a factor-assembled tunit to the extent allowable by shipping ` liibittions,with protective crating and co vering. t Is`0!3 RQUE111CING AND SCHEDULING: ;``, 1 AIR HANDLING UNITS ?5 �.. : : 6-2 ti f Jr ,t ' A.: Coordinate the size and location of structural support members.. { : 1.09:Iw':s"1'F,A MATERIALS: A. Furnish one additional complete set of filters for each air-handling unit. l 2.00 PRODUCTS: . _3 2.4I MANUFACTURERS: l Mr-nufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of tk following: I 1 , Rudd Company; s pY� 2. McQuay;Model: 3. Carrier,Model: J t w r 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: 2.03 GsFXERAL: exceptions to the specifications must be clearly defined.The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional expenses that may occur due to any exception made. ,� l3 Fabricate draw-thm type air handling units suitable for the scheduled air pressure operation. C. Fabricate units with fan section,coil section(s),mixing box,filter section(s),and face and bypass damper section. D Factory fabricate and test air handling units of sizes,qu�ntities and configurations as t indicted and specified. Units shall be fully assembled up to practical shipping limitations.' t On units not shipped fully assembled,manufacturer shall tag each section to indicate Iccation in direction airflow to facilitate assembly at the job site. 2.04 CAnINET: i ` A Materials: Construct unit casing exterior panels of minimum,1 g gauge galvanized steel. y Unit shall be designed and constructed such that all exterior panels are nan-load bearing. Removal of all exterior panels shall not affect the structural integrity of the unit:Units vntli,welds on exterior surface or welds that have burned through from interior:welds Yr shall receive'a final shop coat of zinc`rich protective'paint in'manufacturer's standard +, color. Insulation: Insulate all sections handling conditioned air with u thick 3/4 lb.per cubic dchsity matt faced fiberglass',Install insulation with adhesive:If edges of fiberglass u�sulWon are exposed, g g ' the contractor shall be responsible for sealing exposed edges with mastic:sealer to prevait,erosion into the airstream.,Insulation,adhesive,and mastic sWer(if required)shall conformId NFPA 90 A. AIR HANDLING .UNITS r I :15,673 A +-1�lKr,�t�pyryf7p.'NOdfdtM"Y1+t�.W 1MAbl5N1aT*fq:VKt�wMH:V�4 3.1J;1! r, ` ...... . r � , C. Access Panels and Doors: As required for routine service access,unit shall be supplied with full height,galvanized,double wall,hinged,removable access doors, Access door shiAl have a full perimeter automotive type gasket to prevent air leakage,and ventlock style handle that can be opened from unit interior, Units shall have internal motor and drives and shall be provided with a fiill size removable service door on the drive side of the fan(s).Doors shall be constructed per Section 2.03 C. If provided with external motor,unit shall include a t totally enclosed belt guard over drive components to prevent possible injury. Belt guard shall be provided with tachometer hales to facilitate RPM readings of the fan. On units provided with cooling coils,the drain pan shall extend under the complete fan and coil section. All drain pares shall be,of sealed double wall galvanized construction with the manufacturer's standard insulation sandwiched between the pan layers. 2.05 FANS SECTID'1: t A. Testing Requirements:The following factory tests are required: 1. General: Sound power level ratings shall comply with AMX.4 Standard 301. "Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Bata"and shall be the result of tests made in accordance with AMCA Standard 300"Test code for Sound Rating."Fans shall be � < } licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Sound Ratings Seal. 2: Unit's fans performance ratings for flow rate,pressure,power,air density,speed of n rotation,and efficiency shall be factory tested and ratings established in accordance with AINICA Standard 210/ASFERAE Standard 51 -Laboratory Methods of jTesting Fans for Rating. A. Fans and Shafts:Provide supply fan section(s)with FC double width,double inlet centrifiagal fan designed suitable for class of service indicated in the unit schedule. Fan shaft to be properly sized and protectively coated with lubricating oil. Fan shafts shall be solid and properly designed so that fan shaft does not pass through first critical speed as unit comes up to rated RPM.Fans shall be statically and dynamically tested as an j assembly at the required RPM to meet design specifications.Fan wheel shall be properly secured to shaft to prevent slippage. Fan(s)shall be internally isolated with 1" spring.isolators. �-- t }: C ShrA Bearings: Provide self-aligning,grease lubricated pillow-block ball bearing with lubrication fittings.Provide extended grease lines to drive side of unit casing,for all fan �- bearings,rigidly attached for easy service access. If extended grease lines are not ; rowel pp p eel;unit shall include an o osite drive side access door and service room must be allowed on the opposite side of the unit to perform regular maintenance.All bearings { shall perform to L-50100,000 hour average life. hilet'Vanes:Inlet vanes for FC fans shall be operated by an aluminum center rotating i ball bearing hub located out of an inlet. Vanes shall be 14-gauge steel,welded to the vane rods and shall be plated to prevent corrosion. They shall be formed to fit the circumference of the inlet orifice of the fait housing.Vane blades that are welded to :;,,,� vans rods will not be acceptable. Inlet van rods shall be offset for rotation out of the fan ' AIR HANDLING UNITS 15.6-4 �... r , p t' a•RHarwti.r.—.r..�.r«r..W.n._...........r.r.r......_.'. .. .. ... .... ....... ...... ... .. ... .__. ..._... ... .........,..._...-..--. *f• 5 i housing inlet when open. 106 MOTORS AND DRIVES: t t A.. Fan motors to be mounted and isolated on the same integral base as the fan. j .4 Fan Motors shall be heavy duty,open drip-proof V-Belt Drive shall be variable pitch rated at 1.2 times the motor nameplate. -• 2.07 DAMPERS: A. Provide internally mounted outside air and return air dampers. Dampers to be Ruskin CD60 or f Equivalent.Dampers shall be of airfoil design and galvanized construction;they shall be either parallel or opposed blade type with metal compressible jamb seals and extruded vinyl blade edge seals on all blades. Blades shall rotate on stainless steel sleeve bearings.Leakage rate shall not exceed 8 cfi-n/square foot at one inch Wg and 12 cfm/square foot at 4 inches AT& i B. Face and Bypass Damp„`rs:Provide face and bypass dampers of airfoil design and x galvanized construction opposed blade type.Dampers shall have metal compressible jamb seals and extruded vnyl blade ridge seals. Both dampers shall be end driven on face damper,vMh.both dampers mechanically linked together. bypass damper face area shall be at least 18 percent of entire face and bypass damper area to assure sufficient air ' mixing and low pressure drops.Leakage rat.shall not exceed 8 cfm per square foot at cne inch Wg. 2.08 FILTERS SECTION: Provide factory fabricated filter section of the same construction and finish as unit casing with filter guides and hinged,removable double wall access doors with automotive style gasket for minimum leakage for filter removal. Filter boxes shall be fabricated to flange to other unit components. Blockof9fs shall be provided by the unit manufacturer as required to prevent air bypass around filters.' B. Provide 1 "filter section with throw-away filters in the pre-filter position. Filters shall be removable from the filter section. C. Air filters shall be 1 " - ' ( ),medium efficiency,pleated,disposable type. Each filter shall. consist of a non-woven cotton and synthetic fabric media,media support grid and ' enclosing frame.The filter shall be listed by Underwriters'Laboratories as Class 2. ' D. Filter media shall be of the non-woven cotton fabric type. The filter media shall have an average efficiency of 25-30%on ASHRAE Test Standard 52-76. It shall have are average arrestance of 90- ,H 92°/a in 'accordance with thaftest standard.Truitial resistance at 500 fpm approach velocity shall not ' =666d:28"W.g; r } E The media support shall be a welded wire grid with and effective open area of not less than 96%. F. The welded wire grid shall be bonded to the•filter media to eliminate the possibility of ..: f � .,.. media oscillation and media pull away. (}( AIR: HANDLING UNITS 15.65 {S,�l 'yl� �i°�aNtifY. V+.}y�L},✓:4'�1' G,.,�e+ ..qry;N .... 'JC� Y G The media support grid shall be formed in such a manner that it effects a radial pleat ' design, allowing total use of tiller media, H, The enclosing frame shall be constructed of a rigid,heavy-duty,high wet-strength board,beverage E j g ard,with diagonal support members bonded to the air entering and air exit - 1 side of each pleats,to ensure pleat stability. The inside periphery of the enclosing fame shall be bonded tot lie filter pack,thus,eliminating the possibility of air bypass. 3.41 EkA.MIN>A rm: A. Examine areas and conditions,with Installer present,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances,housekeeping pads,and other conditions affecting . ' ht�indling units. rformance of air- Examine rough-in .. ? gh-in for hydronic,condensate drainage piping and electrical to verify actual locations of connections prior to installation. C. . Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Y ' t 3.02)NSTALLATION,GENERAL: ' .t A. Install oar-handling units level and plumb,in accordance with manufacturces written i instructions. 1. Support floor-mounted units on equipment bases using neaoprene pads. Secure units to cglupment base. ' ( 2. Suspended Units: Suspend units from structural support fmme using threadad steelrods and ?' v'b 1711 tion isolation springs. l .. B. Arrange,installation of innits to provide access.space around air-harulling units,for service r and maintenance. 3.03,EQUIPMENT CURBS: � r 3.04 CO1v1MISSIONING: � r A. " Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations checks before start-up: Remove shipping,bloc142irng,and bracing. 2.. Verify unit is secure on mountings supporting t ' & pporting devices and that connections for Piping,ductwork;and electrical are complete. Verify proper thermal overload A- llii ' protection is installed in motors ,starters,and disconnects. r 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. It 4: Disconnect fan drive from motor and verify proper motor rotation direction and # ,. ,:. verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearings operations.Reconnect fan "'y f � , 1 AIR 1;3ANDLING UNITS 15. 6-6 r 1 is • 11 I drive system,align belts,and install belt guards. Ll , # 5. Lubricate bearings,pulleys,belts,and other moving parts with factory- recommended lubricants. j[y 6., Set zone dampers,to full open for each zone. t , 7: Set face-and-bypass dampers to frill face flow. # ;r f 8. Set outside-air and return-air mixing dampers to minimum outside-air setting. i t 9. Install clean filters. ! } 10. Verify manual and automatic volume control,and smoke dampers in connected , ductwork systems are in the full-open.position. ( 11. Disable automatic temperature control operators. !. B. Starting procedures for central-station air handling unitsM I; t. _ 1. Energize motor,verify proper operation of motor,drive [ fy P Pte` Pte' system,and fan wheel:Adjust fan to � t� indicated RPM. r , a. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. {: 2. Measure and word motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. C. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators. to '. 's D. Refer to Division 15 Section"Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing"for procedures fog air handling- system testing,adjusting,and balancing: r 3.05 DEMONSTRATION: }. A. Demonstration Services:Arrange and pay for a factory-authorized service i� representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following: j 1. Procedures and schedules related to start-up and shut down,troubleshooting,servicing, preventative maintenance,and how to obtain replacement parts. 2: Familiarization with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in ' Division I Section"Project Closeout"and Division 15 Section"Basic Mechanical Requirements. " qqcc Schedule training with at least 7 days advance notice. $YY ski + , : * t rzT : END.DF'SEC'I'ION r , of T j 4'y l: s r 1 AIR •HANDLING UNITS rt �1 tx,� i�ih% Ht�'Sr�k'}�W%a,.•naa't. :... . .,,; �. .....,, r V �. •P i DIVISION 15 SEC'T'ION 15.7- PACKAGED HEATING AND COOLING UNITS a P�T 1 - Ca�"I�fc.RAI. r I:1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: - , I A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. Division-15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods sections apply to work of this section. -� 1.2 DESCRIPTION Or WORK,: JV Extent of packaged heating and cooling units work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section.. j I3. Types of packaged heating and cooling units specified in this section include the following: E a [[ 1. Indoor packaged units, 154ons and smaller. .. C. EIW.Tical Fork: Refer to Division-1 5 section "Electrical Provisions of Mechanical Work" for requirements. ; c 1. Provide control wiring between unit-mounted control panel and thermostats, ' remote control panels, and any other control device furnished as work of this + section. .. j ! t -� D. Refer to Division-1 6 sections for other electrical work including motor starters, r disconnects, wirestcables, raceways, and other required electrical devices; not work of this section. . 1. rQU,ALIVI ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: b `J ,, .. 1 ARI Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for packaged heating and coolie units t l in accordance with ARI Standard 360.Air-Conditioning Equipment",. "Standard for >+ Commercial and Industrial Unitary. A' s 2.: ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigeration system of packaged heating and cooling units in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration " x � �r PACKAGE HEATING & COOLING 15.7 1- tti f j .l . .. n s.r..' 7 +t 'w. !•3ft cX z'C� 1ayk yj+Ty, i t L k M Compliance: Provide packaged heating and cooling units which are UI,-listed and labeled. �- 1A SUBN4ITTALS: t , �'�.. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical roduct data,a, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and POW installation and start-up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dirilensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly f jcomponents. y C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements q ents for power supply wiring ► to packaged heating and cooling units. Submit manufacturers ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring required for final installation of packaged heating and coaling units and controls. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installer) and portions to be field-installed. t D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each packaged heating and cooling unit, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting �. g maintenance guide. ( Include this data and product data in maintenance manual; in accordance with frequirements of Division 1. l..5 DEL1VERY, STORAGE, ARID HANDLING: ( A. Handle packaged heating and cooling units and components careful] to revent breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install amaged packaged heat p ing and cooling units f t or components; replace with ne g w,. B. Store packaged heating and cooling units and components in clean dry place. Protect from. �x weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage. C. Comply with Mlanufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading packaged. f heating and cooling units, and moving units to final location for installation. PART 2 ..PRODUCTS.� 2 l: INDOO R PACkAGED UNITS, 15 TONS AND SMALLER: { A. General: Provide facto ry-assembled and tested packaged units as indicated, consisting of casing, compressor, evaporator, fans, filters, and unit controls. Provide capacities and electrica[characteristics as scheduled. B: Casing: Provide manufacturers standard casing construction, corrosion protection coating PACKAGE HEATING & COOLING F 15 . 7-2 3 a. IIiYKL�..iLtwamdfo.�sut,t .� - r _ j �4 ...� and exterior finish. Provide removable panels and/or access doors for inspection and 3 access to internal parts. Insulate casing with V2" thick minimum thermal insulation, and compressor compartment with acoustical insulation. Provide knockouts for electrical and - piping connections. 1. Provide integral supply and return air grilles in drop face of ceiling-mounted unit. C. Refrigeration Circuit: Provide refrigerant thermal expansion valve for refrigerant control. a Provide access valves in suction and liquid lines. Provide dual refrigeration circuits for dual compressor units. A. Compressors: Provide welded shell, hermetic compressors, 3,600 rpm; or serviceable J hermetic compressors, 1750 rpm. Provide crankcase heaters. ( � i -f E. Evaporator Coil: Construct of copper tubing and aluminum fins, pressure and leak tested _ at 1.5 times working pressure. j F. Fans: Provide centrifugal fan with adjustable belt drive. Provide permanently lubricated fan i and motor bearings, and thermal overloads in motor. G. Filters: Provide 1 " thick throwaway filters. �k H. Filters: Provide 2"thick throwaway filters. I. Integral Air-Cooled Condensers: Provide condenser coil constructed of copper tubes an ! pp d aluminum fins. Factory leak-test at 1.5 times working pressure, dehydrate and provide full charge of refrigerant. Provide sit6rooler and accumulator. {{ 1. Condenser Fan: Provide double-width, double-inlet, forward- curved centrifugal fan with adjustable belt drive. = 2. Low Ambient Control: Provide head pressure control, designed tooperate at P temperatures down to 0 degree F (-18 degrees Q. 3. Reheat Coil: Manufacturer's Standard heating coil. a. Electric low waft density type with thermal overload protection and all wiring power and control P g facto ry installed. . b, Capacity as shown on drawings. J. Controls:'Provide factory-installed and wired controls, with terminal strip. Provide . connections for remote thermostat. stet. 1. Provide each motor with individual overload protection. 2. Provide high and low refrigerant cutouts. 3. Provide fan-auto and heat-off-cool switches. i } PACKAGE HEATING & COOLING 15 . 7=3 . �i. 4k'�'1}'`�tX*,i�`4rirrtn.<:.}:a1 ilY"�'•«V i 47.:.Yt k '.v; yx' s " PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 11+sPE-CT:ION: 1 A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which packaged heating and cooling units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. f""°• 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED HEATING AND COOLING UNITS: A, General: Install packaged heating and cooling units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturers recommended clearances. B. Electrical'Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical installer. I Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturers submittal and installation requirements of Division- 16 sections. DQ not proceed ` with equipment start-up,until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. { C'.. Ductwork: Refer to Division-15 section "Ductwork". I. Connect condenser supply and exhaust ducts to unit with flexible connections. D. Drain.Piping: Connect unit drain to nearest indirect waste connection. Provide trap at drain pan; construct at least 1 " deeper than fan pressure in inches of water. QUALITY CONTROL: r-- A. General:,.Start-up packaged heating and cooling units, in accordance with manufacturees i start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3 4 ;CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A Training: Provide services of manufacturer's.technical representative for 1 -half day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of packaged heating and cooling, units., �<, ' 1. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and f t� �. Engineer of training date. 3.5 SPARE PARTS: ! PACKAGE HEATING & COOLING V]1 u f +.i J; ,: „ a .. . 1 . I t.• . .. . .. . .: - ,.. .xbW+Y+M+11 -'...�..♦....:�..� .,..:w.,..::• _, .... . ..... ... .m-.. ..e._. r....___. ._w... ,_.`-..a..-_ .. yJ.+•..... j, .,, I �11 t . . �4 YS17 f�:" r..'. ii ',t.,y o. 7m il... .... .. ,. " , � � I , , . I I. � � . - -1, '' : :,_ I -, I I I �, I 1-1, I I ' 111.1 - , 1, I I I_. 1 � I . ,:' : �I� . I �:,�,- , , � "� .I I I.I . - �1. . I I � � I : � 1( ..`, I I . � .�.T :�� I I 6 i(w R 1 A. General: Futnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each packaged ''. A.`' heating and cooling unit. 1I r , 1 S,V/;. -5..., ,fir ' �.... .t ��', r, Y 1.' One set of matched fan belts for each belt driven fan. r;�i 2. One set filters for each unit.-]i}R i ... , i ND Or, SECTION . >,. .. . ,�. .`il, . i4 . (( , . t !!! .1 1 ' } i { .. ` .. . 4. Y'^ } :. . . 1 .. 1. Britt d :A± /f A 1 t ,-t 1� "1 t c 4( i aF F .. a _ �! Y Y • _ I .. '..i �;,*��;,,;:l 1�.; 0__ I � . 1 I I I I I I 11 . I . I . .� . 1. I � ­ I .1 � � ,� �(e ,.r ! ' 1 i i ., ' hT , , is it ,-: ,�`�' ` a ir'' . ;p i -1. 3.,�*� I I I � �nsrr4 t {txt i } .)'. �. i i 1. 4 71 .,0 r ' E I "a - ir'I e ky�Fs, j a Y}{tali J�F. + ,! �`�. v1'� lai + .. j 1. t. { �X. e. + It 3 a 1. I „ i } sx 3 i i.. '+ i y, {'( .f i. i �,`, .. If 1. 17, �a Fr i, 2f :i I r. f i t -, ..4 .. t sr �} 1? h.I ii,i ft 1. i {_` ,. .. .. d t ,1{;, Tar ' : : ...,.. .. e*. + '. .�:11)- PACKAGE 'HEATING & COOLING 15.7-5 ; 11 i. 1. 11 . 11 k 3(I I lj.:,q�' +,"�:,�-�,�i�t!��:: I 11 I ­ . I � ' 'i � . I . I I I I I .: . �1, � , ".i;,, , �3 YRC tp ,..J�, ,. .. .. . i ilk ',11�� it"1 }' 1 . / �'� 1i �3 ( ) 1 3 is ,+._ /5.�;� .' MYII'l l..;l' """`"i ti r« ,_, <t":a" w,, „3F,.i.iasv,(b S-, +.— ., r .,a, .F`''�•F.,'r l��i!°r-1 P si'`C 3 '�.. .t h "t." i �,'4P,^,' xc l t�{.�.'y'�('r a I?i .__„}s� { ,1,.%i?�tS.-','.-Z. ''1 ;sY,.,.` .: .. fit r i h4,} t r*^Fr+�,,,let Ya ,Z�Yfy�-• i 1—^r.:..,..-...- -•-.. .�.......r..--.�,.--..•....•-,.,._. .:t`hhs' ,4l F., x�} �Y�ro '.f f nx. ­ I a<:1L:-11-1 C '+, ] t t ✓ r,I I"'?,�:q YEA;'.J'. f i:� Y{ t �I x�.l IIj {t i , . . i 1 +:,"tKr�+ih"t'}`}lam'1p''P �J �`l� .,ir' .":(4 }. jt �ii�' E 'f5' J f1J . . J 1.i °c'ra.fEt sr•Y't Fx�it.ti p,. r p t�.^,. :: .. . ' j( :x$.1�Ili Y 1( flar°r,..�..a. ��Mlol�m�lr� � rsiAU 1 _ _ - .air ..t ..z .., r.�.>t�uf t r DIVISION 15- MECHANICAL � - SECTION 15.8- METAL DUCTWORK :.f PART 1 GENERAL 1.l RELATED DOCUMENTS General, A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract including Gl and Supplementary ..r pp men tary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. s B. Requirements of the following Division 15 Sections apply to this section: 1. ."Basic Mechanical Requirements." ; " 2. "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 1.,2 SUi1IM ArRY ' i + A. This Section includes rectangular,gu!ar r Quad, and flat-oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2 inches �. to plus 10 inches water gage. Related Sections: The fallowing sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: l 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for fire-resistant sealants for use around duct penetrations and fire damper installations in fire rated floors, partitions, and walls. 2. Division 8 Section "Access Panels and Doors" for wall-and ceiling-mounted access panels and doors for access to concealed ducts. 3. .Division 10 Section "Louvers and dents" for intake and relief louvers and vents connected to duct systems and installed in exterior walls. 4 Division 15 Section "Mechanical Insulation" for exterior duct and plenum �-, insulation. 5. Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for flexible duct materials, dampers, duct- `4 mounted access panels and doors, and turning vanes. 6. Division 15 Section''Saurid-Attenuatrirs" for air system sound control devices. 7. Division 15 Section "Diflcusers, Registers, and Grilles." " 8. Division 15.Section "Air Terminals," for constant-volume control boxes, variable-: air-volume control boxes, and reheat boxes. F 9: Division 15 Section "Pneumatic Control Systems" for automatic volume control dampers and operators. ' 10. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing." • / . 1.3 , DEFINITIONS ti METAL DUCTWORK 15 . 8-t ,t t.., 4ci 4{ t ,MSa ,, .. .. aaRau�np�ca .. r�aernww ll�i1�f87dPf� A. Sealing Requirements Definitions: For the purposes of duct systems sealing,requirement specified in this Section, the following definitions apply: ` I Seams: A seam is defined as joining of two Ion tudinall �• 91 y(in the direction of airflow) oriented edges of duct surface material occurring between two joints. All other duct surface connections made on the perimeter are deemed to be joints. r_: i 2• Joints: Joints include girth joints; branch and subbranch intersections; so-called :, duct collar tap-ins; fitting subsections; louver and air terminal connections to ducts; access door and access panel frames and jambs; duct, plenum, and -casin abutments to building structures, g 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORCE REQUIREMENTS A. The duct system design, gn as indicated, has been used to select and size air moving and distribution equipment acid other components of the air system. Changes or alterations to the layout or configuration of the duct system must be specifically approved inwritin i �. . . Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that the p ro o layout will provide the original design results without increasing the system total p sureres . I.5 SUBNGTTALS A. General: Su bmit the following in accordwice with Condition s of C • Specification Sections. and Division 1 B Product data including details of construction relative to ,materials, dimension individual components, profiles, and finishes for the following Items: s of w. I. Sealing Materials. t-- 2. Fire-Sto m ' PPS.g Materials. C. Shop drawings from duct fabrication shop, drawn to a scale not smaller than 1/4 inch equals I foot, on drawing.5heets same size as the Contract Drawings, detailing: I• Fabrication, assembly,,aand installation details, including plans, elevations details of components, and attachments sections, M is to other work. 2 Duct layout, indicating pressure classifications and sizes in plan view• For exhaust ducts systems, indicate the classification ofthe materials handled as defined in this ' , 3. Fittings.. tom; 4. Reinforcing t, orcing details and spacing. 5• Seam and joint construction details. t` ' 6. Penetrations throw fire-rated �- i ! and other partitions. .t b 7• Terminal unit, coil, and humidifier installations. 8. I-Iangers and supports, including methods for building`attachment, vibration r j` isolation, and duct attachment: r E METAL DUCTWORK �... 15.8-2 inn.-..r:...--- ....�...-.�......... ...��—........,... ...--...._..........,�._.......y... ._ ...... ..,.... .»...... .. r. t 7, D.- Coordination drawings for ductwork installation in accordance with Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements." In addition to the requirements specified in "Basic q q P , i Mechanical Requirements" show the following: 1. Coordination with ceiling suspension members. 2. Spatial coordination with other systems installed in the same space with the duct ". systems. 3. Coordination of ceiling- and wall-mounted access doors and g panels required to t provide access to dampers and other operating P $devices. 4. Coordination with ceiling-mounted lighting fixtures and air outlets and inlets. E. Welding certificates including welding procedures specifications, welding procedures qualifications test records, and welders' qualifications test records complying with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance" below. F.,: Record drawings including duct systems routing, fittings details,*,reinforcing, support, l r. and installed accessories and devices, in accordance with Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" and Division 1. G. Maintenance data for volume control devices, fire dampers, and smoke dampers, in !.1 accordance with Division 15 Section "Basic:Mechanical Requirements" and Division 1. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE J `Y A. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS Dl.t "Structural Welding Code- Steel" for hangers and supports and AWS D9.1 "Sheet Metal Welding Code." B. Qualify each welder in accordance with AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved. Certify that their qualification is current. ` C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA Standards: S " Y 1 1. NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating E Systems,' except as indicated otherwise. F i 1 1 7 :DELIVERY; STORAGE, AND DANDLING ` A. Deliver sealant and fire-stopping materials to site in i � PP� g original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer roduct name and designation,gnation, color; expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for.multi.' component mated als. z I3.. Store and handle sealant fire-stopping materials in compliance with manufacturers' ; recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low METAL DUCTWORK 15.8-3 r W. temperatures, contaminants,or other causes. .- r- C. Deliver and store stainless steel sheets with mill-applied adhesive protective paper, j ! maintained through fabrication and installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS i'... r A. Sheet Metal, General: Provide sheet metal in thicknesses indicated, packaged and marked as specified in ASTM A 700. �. B, Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality, ASTM A 527, Coating Designation G 90. Provide mill phosphatized finish for exposed surfaces of ducts exposed to view. C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480 Type 316 sheet form, with No. 4 finish on exposed surface �. ' for ducts exposed to view; Type 304, sheet form, with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts.. D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates; Unless otherwise indicated, provide galvanized steel �. reinforcing where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. For stainless steel ducts provide reinforcing of compatible materials. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch , minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. ,y 2,2 SEALING MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term sealant used here is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature, but also includes tapes and combinations of open weave fabric strips and mastics. B. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonseg, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant complying with FS TT-S-001657, Type 1; formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. t C.. Flan Joint Mastics: One- l geed pact, acid-curing, silicone ei!astomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade-NS, Class 25, Use 0. 2 3 r-M-STOPPING. µ I A;, Refer to Division 7 Section."Joint Sealers" for fire-stopping. 2 4 'HAsNGERS AND SUPPORTS ,,,, A: . Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder actuated fasteners, or structural steel + '` fasteners appropriate for building materials. Do not use powder actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. � 1 � 1 < METAL DUCTWORK 15. 8-4 Y t ;f t B. Hangers: Galvanized sheet steel, or round, uncoated steel, threaded rod. '. 1. Straps and Rod Sizes: Conform with Table 4-1 in SMACNA. HVAC Duct s WIT Construction Standards, 1985 Edition., for sheet steel width and gage and steel rod diameters. " Duct.Attaclunents: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; 1 compatible with duct materials. t. D, Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes conforming AP p to ASTM A 36. i } 1. Where galvanized steel ducts are installed, provide hot-dipped-galvanized steel i shapes acid plates. .+M 2.5 RECTANGULAI?DUCT FA,BRICAT'ION A. Gtneral: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate rectangular ducts with galvanized sheet -- ' steel, in acrx►rdance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," 'Tables 1-3 through 1 -19, including their associated details. Conform to the requirements in the referenced standard for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod 1 applications, and joint tykes and intervals. l . 1. Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity , class required for pressure classification. 2. Provide materials ` rials that are free from visual imperfections such as pitting-, seam t .: marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. I w� B. Static Pressure Classifications: Except where otherwise indicated, construct duct systems to the following pressure classifications: 1. Supply Ducts: 3 inches water gage. 2. Return Ducts: 2 inches water gage, negative pressure. .t 4 3. Exhaust Ducts: 2 inches water gage, negative pressure. 4 --� C. Crossbreaking or Cross Beading: Crossbreak or bead duct sides that are 19 inches and larger and are 20 gage or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area, as indicated in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard," Figure..14, unless they are ' fined,or are externally insulated. E a 2 6 RECTANGULAR DUCT.FITTINGS }, A. ' Fabricate elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other duct construction in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Metal Duct Construction Standard," 1985 Edition, Figures 2-1 through 2-10. 2.7 ROUND DUCT FABRICATION rr � METAL DUCTWORK Y 1 i {CY.l J as t r. :t 1 f y t 1 i A. General: Basic Round Diameter" as used in this article is the diameter of the size of round �. duct. Except where interrupted by fittings, provide round ducts in lengths not less than 12 .. 1 feet. 's B. Round Ducts: Fabricate round supply.ducts with spiral locksearn construction, except k„~ where diameters exceed 72 inches. Fabricate ducts having diameters greater than 72 inches with longitudinal buff-welded seams. Comply with SMACNA 'TIV"AC Duct Construction r- Standards,” Table 3-2 for galvanized steel gages. 2.8 ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTINGS FABRICATION �- A. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to conform to SMACNA ".HVAC Duct Construction Standards," 1985 Edition, Figures 3-4 and 3-5 and with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct. k : B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess ' { material projecting from the body onto branch tap entrance. •, j C. Elbows:Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate the bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows 1.5 times the elbow`diameter. -' Unless elbow construction type is indicated, provide elbows meeting the following ,„.. requirements: 1. Mitered Elbows: Fabricate mitered el ' bows with welded construction in gages �. specified below. i ,ter a. Mitered Elbows Radius and Number of Pieces: Unless otherwise indicated, construct elbow to comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Table 3-1. i b. Round Mitered Elbows: Solid welded and with metal thickness listed below '-- for pressure classes from minus 2 inches to plus 2 inches: i,. 1) 3 to 26 inches: 24 gage. 2)127,to 36 inches: 22 gage. 3) 37 to 50 inches: 20 gage. 4)'52 to 60 inches: 18 gage. a- 5} 62 to 84 inches, 16 gage. ,. C. Round Mitered Elbows: Solid'welded and with-metal thickness listed.below !r for pressure classes from 2 inches to 10 inches: .t 1)3 to 14 inches: 24 gage. 2) 15 to 26 inches: 22 gage. * 3)27 to 50 inches: 20 gage. ' 4) 52 to 60 inches: 18 gage. ' ' METAL DUCTWORK 15.8—& Y i f f 1 `�i } -- 5) 62 to 84 inches: 16 gage. d. 90-Degree, 2-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or V"Y exhaust systems for material handling classes A and B; and only where .: space restrictions do not permit the use of 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with a single-thickness turning vanes. f 2. Round Elbows - 8 Inches and Smaller: Die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configurations or Va-inch-diameter(e.g. 3-1/2- and 4-1/2 ' inch) elbows with gored construction. 3. Round Elbows - 9 Through 14 Inches: Gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees, except where space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate x nonstandard bend angle configurations or 1/2-inch-diameter(e.g. 9-I/2- and 10-1/2- inch) elbows Aith gored construction. 4. Round Elbows-Larger Than 14 Inches and All Rat Oval Elbows: Gored elbows, i except where space restrictions require a mitered elbow. { - 5. Die-Farmed Elbows for Sizes Through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 20 gage with 2-. s piece welded construction. 6. Round Gored Elbows Gages: Same as for nonelbow fittings specified above. PART 3 -EXECUTIOTT 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION, GENERAL -T A. Duct System Pressure Class: Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated. :y T . B. Install ducts with the fewest possible joints. ' C. Use fabricated fittings for all changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connecti?ns. D ' Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with projections into duct at connections kept to a minimum. K Locate ducts, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines;,avoid diagonal runs: Install duct systems in shortest route that does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and Its ' equipment. F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns,and other structural and METAL DUCTWORK 15.8-7 T z�a�nimv�oe�.� r ( 1 { permanent enclosure elements of building. G. Provide clearance of 1 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, plus allowance for insulation thickness, if any. H. Install insulated ducts with 1-inch clearance outside of insulation. 1. Conceal ducts ftom view in finished and occupied spaces by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. w J. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. r-- K. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults ;. .. and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. L. Mon-Fire-hated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. �~ 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. General: Seal duct seams and joints as follows: B. Pressure Classifications Greater Than 3 Inches Water Gage: All transverse joints,. longitudinal seams, and duct penetrations. . (• C. Pressure Classification 2 and 3 Inches Water Gage: All transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 1. Pressure Classification Less than 2 Inches Water Gage: Transverse joints -1 D. Seal externally insulated ducts prior to insulation installation. �..: 3.3 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A Install rigid and round rectangular metal duct with support systems indicated:in SRyiACNA }, ? 'IHVAC Duct Construction Standards," Tables 4-1 through 4-3 and Figures 4-1 through 4-8. B. Support horizontal ducts within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch t j z $ interswtion. C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. r' D. Upper attachments to structures shall have an allowable load not exceeding 1/4 of the METAL DUCTWORK 15.8-8 r , 7• r t a r , , T failure(proof test) load but are not limited to the specific methods indicated. t E. Install concrete insert prior to placing concrete. 3.4 CONNECTIONS t. A. Equipment Connections: Connect equipment with flexible connectors in accordance with Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." B. Branch Connections: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Figures 2-7 and 2-8. I t C. Outlet and Inlet Connections: Comply with SMACNA"H VAC Duct Construction Standards," .Figures 2-16 through 2-18. I i D.D Terminal Units Connections: Comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction } t t Standards," Figure 2-19. 3 5 FIF.%D QUALITY CONiROL A. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of the systems as required to accommodate leakage testing, and as required for compliance with test requirements. ., f B. Conduct tests, in the presence of the Architect, at static pressures equal to the maximum .. design pressure of the system or the section being tested. If pressure classifications are not indicated, test entire system at the mwdmum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above the maximum design operating pressure. Give 7 days' advanced notice for ' E testing. C. Determine leakage from entire system or section of the system by relating leakage to the i surface area of the test section. D. Maximuni-Allowable Leakage: As described in ASHRAE 1989 Handbook, of Volume, Chapter 32, Table 6 and Figure 10.' Comply with requia�ements � � . for leakage classification 3 for round and flat oval ducts, leakage classification i2 for i rectangular duct in pressure classifications less than and equal to 2 inches water gage (both positive and negative pressures), and leakage classification 6 for pressure + ' classifications greater than 2 inches water gage and less than and equal to 10 inches water gage' E. Remake leaking joints;as required and apply sealants to achieve "specified maximum allowable leakage. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust volume control devices as required by the testing and balancing procedures to METAL 15.. .8--9 DUCTWORK .. .. „ '� �, i+Ft�i�14`&-d}Yf,+E'h,` +�4 '.1:., i s,...ta c .t`.,,t ,i;,. ..: 'r :t "..,-•,-- s ..'...ri...� .. .�..,,, �ke� r i 1 achieve required air flow. Refer to Division 15 Section "TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING" for requirements and procedures for adjusting and balancing air systems. 1?t: Vacuum ducts systems prior to final acceptance to remove dust and debris. ;— END OF SECTION DIVISION la-MECHANICAL L SECTION 15.9-AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART I GENERAI, RELA.TED.DOCUIvIE"NTS: A Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary ... Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. { t I3ESCRE?TION OF WO.-M: A. Extent of air outlets and inlets work is indicated by drawings wid schedules, and by � requirements ofthis section. E. Types of outlets and inlets required for project include the following: I. Ceiling air diffusers. . ' 2. Wall registers and grilles. 4 1i Louvers. t C. Refer to other Division-15 sections for ductwork and duct accessories required in conjunction with air outlets and inlets; not work of this section. ` D Refer to other Division-IS sec for balancing of air outlets and inlets; not work of this r section. '13'' ' QUALITY ASSURANCE: i ,1 A ' svianufacturers Qualifications: Firms,regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets:aaid r•. i niets of types end capacities required, whose products.have.been in satisfactory use in :s unilar service for not less than 5 years. n , t E. Codes and Standards: t s ,. tart- V7 ,. .. .. � e• AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15.9-1 } _7 w 1. ARI Compliance:Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ARI 650 "Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets". { i � 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test fuid rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ASHRAE 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Row Performance of Outlets and Inlets" 3. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories under requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification, Rating and Test Manual". 4, ADC Seal: Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating Seal. .,' 5. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". ` 1.4 SUBMI'T'TALS: -- A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air outlets and inlets including the following: ` 1. Schedule of air outlets and inlets indicating rawin desi ation, room location, g g t . number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 2. Data sheet for each type o£air outlet and inlet, and accessory(unshed; indicating. YP �' construction, finish, and mounting details. 3. Performance data for each type of air outlet and inlet furnished, including { fi . aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses; throw and drop; and noise criteria ratings.. Indicate selections on data. ff -. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufactures assembly-type shop drawing for each type of air outlet and inlet, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including,cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance _:•j manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.5' : PRODUCT DELIVT.Y, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory-fabricated fiber-board type containers. -� • Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid y„ crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in' devices. g B Store air outlets and:inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction Work traffic. Where possible,store indoors; when necessary.to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. �t PARY -PRODUCTS S 1: n , 2.1`.; CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15.9-2 a. h i t i 1 r ' ;t A. General: Except as otherwise indicated provide manufactures standard ceiling air diffusers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufactures current data. r C. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with �l adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module ' with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and ` specifications for types of ceiling systems which will contain each type of ceiling air difi"user. F D. Types: Provide ceiling diffusers of qpe, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as listed on difi'user schedule. » { t +ua ; E. anu4`acturer: Subject to compli ance with requirements,provide diffusers of one of the following: 1• Anemoslat Products Div.;Dymanics Corp. of America. 4 2.1 Carnes Co.; Div. of Wehr Corp. t 3. Krueger Prig. Co. 4. Titus Products Div.; Philips Industries, Inc. zt 2.2 WALL REGISTERS AND CRILLFS: A General:Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard wall registers and grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials i and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. ' F B. Performance: Provide wall registers and grilles that have as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device and listed in manufacturer's current data. z,, Wall Compatibility: Provide registers and grilles with border styles that are compatible � with adjacent wall systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into wall Constru ction with acCUl'ate fit and ad ! fi UAte support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for typ hi i es of wall construction which will contain each f of ; yl� . t si wall register and grille. D: : Types: Provide wall registers and grilles of t type, capacity, and with accessories and C i ,• _! r finishes as listed on register and grille schedule. Manufacturer Subject to compliance with requirements, provide registers and ills of AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15.9-3 �f 1 ' t one of the following: 1, Anemostat Products Div.; Dynamics Corp, of America. 4 2. Carnes Co.; Div, of Wehr Corp: 3. Titus Products Div.; Philips Industries, Inc. 2.3 LOUVERS: } A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturees standard louvers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated, constructed of material's and r components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide louvers that have minimum free area, and maximum pressure drop of each type as listed in manufactures current data, complying with louver schedule. C. Substrate Compatibility: Provide louvers with frame and sill styles that are compatible with adjacent substrate, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support, for weatherproof installation. Refer to 71 general construction drawings and specifications for types of substrate which will contain each type of louver. --+ D. Materials: Construct of alurmnum extrusions, ASTMS 221, Alloy 6063-T52. Weld units or use stainless steel fasteners. ✓'" "' Lr. Louver Screens: On inside face of exterior louvers, provide Y2" square mesh anodized aluminum wire bird screens mounted in removable extruded aluminum um frames. Ir. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide louvers of one of the' following: 1. Airline.Products Co. 2. Airolite Co. 3. American Warming& Ventilating Inc. 4. Arrow United Industries, Inc. , i 5. Construction Speciaities, Inc. 6. Dowoo Corp. r 7. Industrial Louvers, Inc. 8. Louvers tai Dampers, Inc. 9. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. 10. Ruskin Mfg. Co. 11. Safe-Air Inc. �� 1y ireIf 12. Snyder (E.G.)Co,, Inc 13. Vent Products Co., Inc. y ftt k PAT T 3 =E3MCUTTOIV 41. AMOU'TLETS AND.TNLETS r `iitttr�€�,�CPryS''ai I,fa�t�'s'{hux y.,t ..0"r,.;.4c .• �;.:ct.(S t,c...> . .. ; =f { i r t .f t 'awrvr�r►irri�ia. — - ,�..r...��.-, r --'_'--- - ,. _.tin ... f !r a2i. . . ; . . . . k:. a.�� . � I _ I .._..� ._ ._ . _ __._ _:_ ..:.. .. _ :. w_.. ....____'_k___11 . . . A .. .. .. .. f i' of I• ,. I .. : .1.t, Is S s. 3, _ ', 3 1 INSPECTION: �+{.,ri . .ti ''.,, n �� "'A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets are to be installed. Do no: 1 proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ` Y'%° r .'(:. r � .. . . }i� t r'�t t.;, k. j i f' 3 2 INSTALLATION: ` + f '� {%. `, -"• A. General: install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufactures written instructions ' and in accordance with recognized industry practices.to insure that products serve S i intended function. i. t 1. ! ,_: , it , B: Coordicaate with other irvork, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to i. i. t t :' �: i. F , interface installatiots o 'air outlets acid inlets��rith other work. ; �: : . ( _: �t , r C. Locate ceiling air diEusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction } '� i "Deflected Ceiling Flans". Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of ascoustical `� - ' ''11 I li °k i ' t 1. Ytt'tb.OF:SEC'I`ION ,+, s . r . L,., . i . I.-• .. ,i 't ,� i +} �t t' t t ... , f v r Sri. ../.. t _ . . . I .. i i sir r+ ltd f 1 }j} 1 t it - .' . V-1 Ct} ' t t l It .. i `157` 'r . . 11 11 11 y- b r f t 1 1.w 3 4 z - i .a f Lr (�y ✓+ ��"t�r i fail ..� , + is •t �s 11,tt "".' t 1 .�t;. 3f i r t i.It 1'i i 6 } to.� .i' ' I V. t{f a .a f s. .::; : +� �' v -t ' 'f ': `i rf ' a :'t i 5 y s x f it t .. " «at l 2C' i .11 y 4t 14} } Q�J # - t R•t`tk F s ti t tt tt t ry' L/ 7, t ��,t s4i x 4'11�l r 3f( l jxtr' f (� �.t} .. .. C\� r .t.1 I '{ t f 4 {41�w'" t t t . �y� £ AIIt,OUTLETS, �INLETS 15, y,"5 i� 11 111 � , t .: I '! •: t'. fyP`� F!' '1E jj4yi�` X it i "i7r�Y �i'. 3 f k' 'i^ , I It ell"t..:r 4 t .o- �. .; ��}1''r?]�.3j",�r�yj, t.. 1141 ti iC ltil ,k f '. t4C Y.`/"Y��"n+daA S r"x4 ' +" S 'Yr 4 , . e. r' ey t ' Ltic} tit '� t i r j y � ,k-, y tiE+`.F t ., t t i ` c . t Fp-rst '74t9�e k. t �i s� ,rt.. br �, t�li�e�a1-,t',hF�� ' 3. t�7f': t r .F;: rti,. :: i i e Ii6Rxiwnuv�rw�wiae.`sie�a�.'r. n.rs� < SIGN 15 - M CHANICAL DIVI SECTION IS.9 - RADIANT g HEATER F lll{ PART,1 -G E� , SYSTEM cols PLE Y'E: A. System Complete with: t < 1. Burner(s) l 2 Vacuum Exhauster(s) 3. Tubular infrared emitters, shields, hangers, &fittings i. 4. Burner control modules 5, System Controls B. System shall be minimum of 75% American made components. ! II kk - 1 l 1 2✓ T RCATION. I ,, j A: The entire heating system shall be: '" American iC&%Association Certified"Vented Infra-red Radiant Heater" Conforming to AigSI'Standard X83.6(current standard). ^-� 2. Bears the seal of the American Cos Association { i.3 B ' A Shalt be supplied-with the following: -• r ro ane gas, '105,000 1. Capable of firing at 75,000 B'i'CJ/ly natural o p P or 1"L0,000 ` BTU/hr natural or propane gas, 130,000 BTaJ/hr natural g BT1J1hr propane gas. ,/ r natural aS and 10.0" W.0. far 2. Reg�nlator to be factory set at 3.5 V.C. fo 8 {{ propane gas. 3, A 4" diameter combustion air inlet as standard. " 4.1 ed air metering orifice to insure optimum combustion efficiency and • Afix i { eliminate field adjustments of burner. >; Jpressure switch at each burner to prove Adequate 5. Differential air p combustion air is present before burner fires. ( 6 Prewired safety controls at each burner. 7. Slid state electronic controls with 100%flame failure in event of low fire }x or main flame failure. interlocked: g Burner(s):and exhauster electrically fire ignition(min l Q air changes) 9 30 Section prenuFge-before dow p ch.will 10. Burner body to be finished with baked one oxy coating will !} 5 S E + Y r' withstand.1500 Hr. Salt Spray Test(S.S.T.). - l�` r�iA Flow On, and Burner On: 3 im lights to indicate, Pow••er On, electrode and flame rod to be made on P1'iClvome �3, 24 Nolt, 22 VA, 6o Hz AC power requirements. ; y 14. Each burner to be fitted.with a fuse. . , e 93-1 . s' GAS RADMW HEATERS s ' r 7a r 1,�i� lye+a.:>± ,�:.at,pu 4.a•.r.,!ps Eaaw+xY e d§t+:ai S ......., i 'Y .'. i r M 4 >:ti ' f(.�.°' .rr-. .-?:.,. "tx � ���`"Yta +y - i x M n�..u i.,<<»,.0.9):,+.; s .,Vic; ;., ' 'tF v A -i,• 'F a x."@ 't y"� �i 4s p �'1Ftrs.. .rxt :f 9 �17lARI�WY1-rwr�ie►�. ._....�� _. . r.+...;:n......,..W,..._.-......__._...__.._.............. ._,._.__.._...M..___,.._._....._._......... .. .. ... .. ....._., .. ........ . ....___._..._.....,.__.h._._ } 15. ON/OFF service switch mounted on the burner, 16" Patented nozzle mix combustion system. 17. Industrial grade inspection window for visual inspection of spark and 1 flame. r f ' C 1.4' VACLW EXHAUSTER A. Shall be supplied with the following: ,:.; 1. Dynamically balanced forward inclined fan wheel constructed on stainless steel with a cast iron hub. 2. Direct Drive. 3. Inlet cone and venturl plate engineered for maximum efficiency. 4. 16 gauge aluminized steel housing. , 5. Housing and mounting bracket to be coated with 1500 Hr. S.S.T. baked on epoxy. 6. Motor to be one(1)HP dual voltage(115/230 V 12/6 amps, 60 hz), 'h HP dual voltage(115/230 V, 6.2/3.1 amps, 60 hz) 1/4 HP (115 V,4.6 amps, k 60 hz) or 1/6 HP (11,5 V, 3.0 amp, 60 hz) 3450 RPM capacitor start internally protected, class B insulation. Sealed ball bearings front and rear. 7. Vibration isolating rubber mounts. A. Stainless steel bird screen on side wall venting. rr- 9. 3.5" Stainless steel, insulated flexible vibration isolation connector. 1 5 SYSTEM CONTROLS: A Shall be supplied with the following: 1. Burners.supplied with prewired controls, 24V, 22VA 60hz power supply ,f , t for.each bimer. .� 2. Solid state flame rea:tification ignition system with 100% flame lockout ' with 30 second pipe purge. 3. Modular design. 4. Thermostat provided by equipment manufacturer, 115V 16 amp rating. r 5. Optional: Control panel with additional 30 second per purge and 30 second post purge. `Additional pre and post purge can be achieved with the use of a 5500 series eontrol panel. 16 HEAT EXCIFIANG1NG TUBING NETWORK;: Shall be suppliediwith the following: �,.. tx, r 1_ C,minbustion tube shall be 10" long 16 gauge aluminized steel 1:5" OD swaged one end. 2 Balance of emitter tubing shall be constructed of spirally ground 22 gauge aluminized steel, 6 OD. y 3. Elbows and tube couplers to be made on'16 gauge aluminized steel, f' swaged both ends'so as to fit into 3.5" spiral tube. f Reflectors to be made'of 22 gauge"A" finish aluminised steel. GAS RADIANT HEATERS 15 .53-2 4 S A .n �i IRBG�,iY'B.�CNL`1.fifl�%a®.wYC.so:sw. rz .F>rt 5, Tubing and reflector hangers to be made of 0,25" dia. Zinc plated CRS. 6. All joints to be sealed and mechanically fastened w/self drilling and tapping screws in accordance with ANSI Standard Z83.6b (current standard), paragraph 1.7, Item 1.7.3. l•7 COMBUSTION AIR: s A. Outside combustion air is to be provided without the use of supplementary supply ] blowers or fans. B. Outside combustion air ducting to be a minimum of 4" OD (S&D PVC, galvanized ! 1 stove pipe, etc. s PP , ) 1.8 INSTALLATION: 2. A. Shall be supplied with the following: F 1. In accordance with the installation manual supplied by manufacturer and: a. Local codes and local gas authorities. b. National Electrical Code. C. National.Fuel Gas Code. d. Applicable ANSI and NFPA codes. }} �„ .].3 'SYSTEM PERFORMANCE: A. System shall attain a net exhaust temperature of not Iess than 200 deg. F in a 15 r, min. run cycle and shall not wxceed a maximum temperature of 325 deg. F. B. System STEADY STATE EFFICIENCY shall be a minimum of 83%, maximum 87%. The system cyclic efficiency shall be a minimum of 87%, maximum 91°fo 1 (this is based on a 15 roan. run time). C. System shall be a non condensing tube �. $dry system, i.e. - After a minimum run time of 8 thin. all condensation wall cease and all acidic moisture(condensation)will exit the system in a vapor state. 1.10 BASE BID MANUFACTURER: A. Reflect-O-Ray as manufactured by: Combustion Research,Corp. . i Rochester Hills N ichigan GUARANTEE: A. Provide a one year limited warranty on burner(s), vacuum exhauster, controls, and reflectors. y J s B: Aluminized steel tubing shall have a factory ten (10).year warrant}:which covers' p, tube replacement in the event of rust through corrosion caused by internally created.'' corrosion(see warranty statement for details). F* i,�F .: ► ENDI OF SECTION.. s —3 GAS RADIANT HEATERS F � :15, '93-3 i r tPX+'T'.}+K�4c',V�S.}SkVRSWJWJ} Yvx 4-?.YFh{4 rx.;tAW ..:C..:... r r...�]k ✓.. ..:�5 '. � Y Jt �! II ... .::L •rK ,! `s`kr ��t .a�. .:�.:�� z .� o�fi� �ri' �Svx'�vY�F'- 4�i: a ,�y;� i 1' r ifs L :i•. . .. .. fcs {1G ay t °£}lv, Jrt s .. �a DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL � d, Y SECTION 16.1 I PANELBOARDS ' 1.00 GENERAL: 1 -- 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: 1. "Basic Electrical Requirements." x ' t 2. "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods:" 1 -1.02 SUMMARY: ? A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 60 V or less. 1 , B,' Related Sections: The followuig Division 16 Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. "®vercurrent.Protective Devices" for circuit breakers, and other devices used in - panelboards. 1.03 DEFMI'I®NS: Load Center: A panelboard with thwmW magnetic circuit-breaker branches, primarily of the plug- ,; y_ zn'type;,designed for residential and light commercial projects, operating at 208V and below, { : 1 available in'three phase version, and equipped with combination flush/surface mounting trim. tipi r I , B Overcurrent Protective Device(DCPD): A device operative on excessive current that causes and ti maintains the interruption of power in the CicGLiit it protects. r, ."SUBMITTALS: , A. ,General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. B: Product data for each type panelboard, accessor y item, and component specified 3 ,a, ELECTRICAL ].6 .1�-] AI !i 4i v i ' 1 h7kb yJYdC=C" 1+x`24 ipyf r� ' C. Shop drawings from manufacturers of panelboards including dimensioned plans, sections, and ' elevations. Shove tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. Include thel'_- tl,, following: t L Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1, u •t . 2. Bus configuration and current ratings. �- : 4: i. . 3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard. 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual rotective devices and ` ' auxiliary components. P i D. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wising, and differentiating between manufacture-installed and field-installed wiring. VT t E. Panel schedules for installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing. 1 F. Maintenance data for parcelboard components, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance ` Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 section "Basic Electrical Requirements,",Include.. instructions for testing circuit breakers. �. t r 1.05 QUALM ASSURANCE: , "Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this section that are listed and labeled. 1. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National Electrical ; r, Code, Article 100. lv 2. Listing and labeliing'agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized testing Laboratory: , j (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7: B, Fiel&Testing Organization Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, the testing organization i must demonstrate, based on evaluation oforganization-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E` "7 ;{ 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the.testing indicated. CDectrical Component, Standard: Components and installation shall comply,with NFPA70,„ °'National Electrical !Code." NEMA Standard: Cam `1 P Y with 14 E 1VSA,PB1, °!Panelboards.' cz E UL Standards: Comply with UL 61 T� , { P Y anelboards and UL SO Cabinets and Boxes.'° t '06 'EXTRA MATERIALS: t' Keys: Furnish six spares of each type for panelboard cabinet locks. _,,t ,S 1 ELECTRICAL t f, ( " 16 r -2 : �..� B. Touch-up Paint for suifice-mounted panelboards: One half-pint container. 2.00 PRODUCTS: r , t 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: "~ A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: I. ABB Power Distribution, Inc. F ~' 2. Chantlenger Electrical Equipment Corp. "f 3. Crouse-Hinds Distribution Equipment. 4. General Electric Co. S. GTE Sylvaraa Lighting c 6. Square D Co. 7. Westinghouse Electric Corp. 2.02 PANELBOARDS, CENERAL REQUIREMENTS: l: 'A. Overcurrent Protective Devices(OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. Comply with Division 16 Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices," with OCPDs adapted to J panelboard installation. Tandem Circuit breakers shall not be used. 'Multiple breakers shall have 1 common trip. A. Enclosures: Cabinets; flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1 enclosure. C. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door. D. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. „Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors. , Bonded to box. `2 F. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, but connections, and necessary ` t. appurt enances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices. . W G:. Special Features: Provide the fallowing features for panelboards as indicated: Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground' y, ; conductors; insWated from box: x +'` ! 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box with,standard door'within hinged trim cover. ° 3: 1:Skirt For Surface-Mounted Panels: Same'gage and finish as-panel front with tlang�s for. Jt�� 4� attachment to panel, wall, and floor. � f k,, ELECTRICAL RICAL Z6. 1-3 2f/ � y *7Y'F".fki> ` 7!"f4Y1+24 T"N rwahw (,x6F Y Tw:� b1'. ..,k r91 y .,3� �1t153 .,,I.ys,,7'+q y.k:/. } !o',;',yTr,",..�X1'>.•. sF;k'`�'Y s .f..r r 4 t tt1 Yf ) A e;i 4: Extra Mutter Space:' Dimensions and arrangement as indicated. ' 5. S b u feed: OCPD or lug provision as indicated. 6. Lighting Arrestors: Provide on 480 VAC panelboard. H. Peed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated, ^� 2.03 LOAD CENTERS: A. Provide load-center-type panelboards only where specifically indicated. 1. General: Conform to above article "Panelboards, General Requirements" except as follows: B. OCPDs: Plug-in fill module (nominal 1-inch width)circuit breaker. C. Circuit Breakers for Switching Lights at Panelboards: Indicated type SWD. D Interioas: Provide physical means to prevent installation of more OCPDs than the quantity for wliich the enclosure was listed. yr 1 E. Main,.Neutral,.and Ground Lugs and Buses: Have mechanical connectors for conductors. 2.04 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: .;f. A. Doors: In panel front, omit single panelboard door n cabinet front for fusible switch panelboards " except as indicated. Secure with vault-type with tumbler lock, all keyed alike. : ,�B. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where.00PDs'are indicated to be circuit breakers use bolt-on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and greater may be plug-in type where individual, =- positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. E 2.05' IMITIFICATION: A. General: `Refer to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labeling materials. ;. B. Panelboard Nameplates Engraved laminated plastic oi,metal nameplate,for each panelboard ., j "mounted with epoxy or industrial cement or industrial adhesive. is�, ' 3.01 INSTALLATION: A General.,` Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance With NEMA BA.1, "General,,: Instructaans of Proper'Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts'or ' Liss" and manufacturers'written installation instructions. d ELECTRICAL 16 .'1-4 t , , 1!MtAlftf►DE� w��w��tiRi�aerAeirr��.�.�� ':' �___„_, <ti t B. Ground Fault Protection: Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289 "Application Guide for Ground Fault Circuit 8u Pp s. Interrupters." C. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6-2" above finished floor, except as indicated. f ' D. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with i J, wall finish. E. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel loads. i Obtain approval before installing. F. Install filler plated in unused spaces, j _..F G. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub for 1 inch empty conduits for panel into accessible ceiling space or space designed to be ceiling space in future. ii " H. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups,bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.02)Mffr? TIFICA'nON: a i �;. A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in accordance with G Division'16 Section "Electrical Identification." .` l ::3:03 GROUNDING: A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. B. Provide,ground centinuity to main electrical ground bus indicated. j 7 3:04 CONNECTIONS: f A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with e 1 ' manufacturer's published.torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque.values are not indicated, use those specified in U l 486A. � 3.:05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: k Testing Organization: Arrange and pay for the services of an independent electrical testing yorganization in to perform tests on low-voltage paver parielboards and accessories. . B.' Pretesting: Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following.preparations for. .~ independent tests: 1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and connecting supply, ' A ELECTRICAL -5 ,416+a�—'—...+-...r .t __ ___.-_..._a ah ......._.__ ; ......., !: r .,;..•35 ,. .a..:.y: 1�1 .1. �A ., k..'7r5{` w a x r , . win: Irv..— -__...�.�. __....__.__.._...:_.__.....__ _._............ ... _ . . . ._. .. ..._.. .._,__.......,..._......i.___ r- feeder, and control circuits. t - , 2. Make continuity tests of circuits. 4' 3. Provide set of Contract Document's to test organization. Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they supplement or differ from those indicated..' in original Contract Documents. C. Quality Control Program: Conform to the following: m 1. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for satisfactory ' operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. 2. Schedule tests with at least one week in advance notification. 3. Reports by Vesting Organization: Report written reports of tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include record§or repairs and adjustments made. �^ 3 4. Labeling, Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to tested'? l c,.. .. far• : i 1 .i components indicating results of tests and inspections, responsible organization and j ., . person, and date. i ' D. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work: F 1. Pro dde ground connection from lightning arrestors to local ground rod. Provide ground i rod. - "2. Inspea for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with ' requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules. J 3. Exercise and performance of operational tests of all mechanical components and other «. operable devices in.accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. 4: Check panelboard mounting, area clearance, and alignment and fit of components. Y 5: Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values: ' } `6: Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for avercurrent protective u devices as specified in Division, Section"Overcurrent Protective-Devices ... . Electrical Vests: Include the following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's 9 : ice uhstruction: `. re•. ` 1sulation resistance test of buses and onions of control wiring that disconnected from ...•' r P B t . ELECTRICAL . 16 .1--6 11r �•"I'"'. t «_-r-.__.__...,....__ .. :.:.— „' kc"«^'a"»spa = fi r Ci Isla �%r.(t6t ) 1�. •' : ... .. , ,, ..�� r - §.+1fY�V., 'f : qi , solid-state devices. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. PdM 0 2: Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections, �. 3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance with Section F f; "Clvercurrent Protective Devices." t. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified b tests and observations and provide retesting of Y P 8 panelboards by testing orgartizatiun. 11 rifjy by the system tests that the total assembly meets -a ` specified requirements. f 3.06 CLEANING: # k: Upon completion of installatio A inspect interior and exterior,of panelboards. Remove paint . splatters and other spots,, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to^match original j 4 END OF SECTION t )f >" {r T1 L 1 t 1• ,i tr e k tr t t f (Mhr �' .ELECTRIC.AL :.z16..1=7 ;. r ���k f }a�fwdz,�.wH�tr..,.w..r. v..r�.s.,.ur�,,,,.,,.s.e .,:e: A ...� Sa..wa�ri ua,.iv.`a dt n.;u.P n..P<r,.ax ' r.,., .�.,„.u' pv:>. �ra�'�-�'.�+tm;'t.�: ja ?."' �2^3•�E� q' ���n��ll �Y'r r � Si ie j c: t ,,s vSt`?. �n,5,�f7k,.,1... i 1.�^!A 4l', y P. :• ar:i� .s .skin!v.w.:..u..:.:,...:�.�..�....�..�.�...�.._�-�._.�..._.._..._._....._..__..,.,.....__....__._.._._.._....__._:..._. ...... ... ..... _ .._... .. .. ... _ .: .. _._._ ....._.. ._..,. .. .._ ... ._..._......_.»__.......__..._..._....—,.�'.__.� } DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL 54 ' SECTION 16.2 y s TE12 QR LIGHTING FTKTtJRES I 1.00 UENFMAIL: 1.01 RELATED D0CU1\1EIVTS: J, A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Su lernent Conditions PP ary and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. Division-16 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods sections apply to work specified in this section. 1.02 SUNPY: f . t: A. Eactent, location, and details of interior lighting fixture work are indicated on drawings and in ,5 schedules. 1' , I3 Types of interior] ighting-fixtures in this section include the following:' , z 1. .Fluorescent. :2• Incandescent. t,, 3. Metal Halide Quartz l.03 .SUBNUTTA S . s A: P�oduet Data: Submit manufac6irees product data and installation instructions on each tyP y,F interior building lighting fixture and component. ! `` B - Shop Drawings: Uub* layout drawings of interior lighting'fixtures.where:hidden wiring.is to be } qc achieved and show their spatial relationship to each other. In addition;submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with,separate sheet for each fixture assembled iIn"laminar type 4. alphabetical or:numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each t.r sheet., 1 t; F 1 j C Samples: Submit one coat fete operating unit for each t f , P P S type of interior light fixture specifi®ti if ' deviation from the fixture schedule'is made. w f ft f D Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each interior1ighti ng fixture and accessory, RTrE ,I LI OR GHTING F�'IX0'IRE U ��^. . St lr, t . ._ '. , s.r•nwe. i {".N:,i. :t 2i,f. . af}` . �x „x„> 't ate. - is US SAS�P��{4p?+41 J1 tY'� 1 .S �{ .. r •, �4 . z , f t including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include that data,.product data, and requirements of Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: _ A. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on '. projects with interior lighting fixture work similar to that required for this project. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local code requirements of the f authority having jurisdiction and NEC Articles 220, 410, and 510 as applicable to installation, and constniction of interior building lighting fixtures. 2.' NEWLA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds Pub/No.s LE t ' rrr. i.'i 1 and LE 2 pertaining to fighting g equipment. 3• I]ES Compliance: Comply with Ies RP-1 pertaining to office lighting practicts and RP-15 regarding sele,:tion of iff urnnnance values for interior office fighting. ? r ' 4: UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, includin g UL 486A pertaining to interior' 6f # lighting fixtures. Provide interior lighting fixtures and components which are UL-fisted 7r and labeled. - .. ,led. 5. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast ~-- Manufacturers Association Standards and carry the CBM label. 1.05 DEI..R FAy, STORAGE, AND :sr HANDLING: .. a A. Deliver interior lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly ,protect fixtures from damage. B. Store interior lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area p rotected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures; humidity, laid flat and blocked off ground. t K f F,1 C Handle interior lighting fxtunis carefully to prevent damage, breaking, scorin .of fini � g shes. Do not install damaged dr.components; replaGe'with new. S 6 1:06::SE QUENCIl'o1G AND SCHEDULING: ..� ULING: `< �= 'Ceordanate with other work including wires/cahles,:electrical boxes and fittin and'racewa Ss, ys, to ,. properly interface installation of interior lighting f xtures with other work. Coordinate with finish, ^s .. carpentry. B. Sequence interior lighting installation with other work to minimize possibility of damage'and. ' ► INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE 4 16 .2_2 . f , r .. :. E. t , i soiling during remainder of construction. 2.00 PRODUCTS: i } a 2.01 MANUFACTURES: A Manufacturers" Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products"of one of the , Following as they pertain to the fixture schedule(for each type of interior lighting fixture); 1. Alkco-Lights 2. Benjamin Div; Thomas Industries Inc. 3. Columbia Lighting, Inc. 4. Day-Bete Lighting Div;Emerson Electric Co. �.E 5. Dual-Lite Mfg. � Eagle w 7. General Electric Co. £S: Halo Lighting Div;McGraw-Edison Co. 9. Kenall 10. Lightolier Inc. ' 11. Lithonia Lighting Div; National Service Industries Inc. i ! 12: Lumark Moldcast ! s 14. Ornega Lighting Div;`Emerson.Electric C'o: 15. Perscolite Div;U.S. Industries Inc. 16. Prudential 17. Stonco 5 1 18: Swivelier 19. Tivoli 20. Wide-Light Corp. i' 21. H.E. W11iauns ' rr 22. woodform 2 02.FIXTURES: xTt k General: Provide lighting fixtures, of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete with, but not limited to, housings, energy-efficient lamps, lamp holders, reflectors;energy'Adept, energy tip;4} saving ballasts,.starters, and wiring. Ship fixtures factory-assembled, with those components r. required for a complete,installation'. Design fixtures with concealed hinges and catches,'with as c etd, ommon unit, and so constructed as to dampen ballast m al parts grounded generated noise. p B 1�liring:'.Provide electrical wiring within fixture,suitable for connecting to branch circuitinngs 4 ,. follows: vii 3'f 1. NJEC Type'AF for 120 volt, minimum No.:12 AVVG. ., 2. NEC Type SF-2 for 208 volt, minimum No."12 AWG. 5 rit If C INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE 1 6 .2=3 i e,t Y rP ci' are .u4 c k fl f Ln { Y t WA Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: Provide tow-energy fluorescent lamp ballasts, capable of operating t [amp types indicated;with high power factor, rapid-start, and low-noise ftures; Type 1; Class P;, ---- ; sound-rated A. r D. Lamps: _. a 1. Provide fluorescent lamps of energy saving, cool 'white, types as indicated. 1 r}r' E. Interior Lighting Fixture Types: General: Various fixture types required are indicated in the fixture schedule. Fixtures must comply with minimum requirements as stated by the selected manufacturer. Review architectural draw•ings and specifications to verify ceiling types, modules, suspension systems appropriate to installation. 2.. Submit fixture shop drawings with mounting accessories noted. Architect will select w ; colors and finishes during shop drawing review. Bid price shall'allow for the selection of �-- any color offered by manufacturer. 3.00 EXA1t INNNON- �... i A. Examine areas said conditions under which lighting fixtures are to be installed, and substrate for supporting lighting fixtures. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been , corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES: f l i' A. Installation shall be an junction boxes where required. Wiring shall be concealed. Close �tt coordination with Finish Carpentry work is required. t E. Install,interior lighting fractures at locations and heights as indicted, in accordance wide fixture , manufacture's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC,NECA"a"Standard of ° Lmd1atior.,"NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements. Provide fixtures and/or fixture outlet braces v�i#h&,angers to properly support fib weight. "~ 4. rst� Sub" desiga ofhangers, method of£astening,'`ather than indicated or siieaed herein,-for review . t•� �l`' +by�irchitect: .. Yi t5 Install flush mounted fixtures properly to eliminate light leakage between fixture frame and t t finished"'surface. 1: � air E, Provide plaster frames fcr,recessed fixtures installed in other than suspended grid,type xcousti ceding systems. Brace fraanes temporarily to prevent distortion during handling..' r - INTERIOR LIGHTING FD(TURE 16 Tls1t�t A t }{ , 1 c :3;QIt.r tilt ih v'p 5 t. y i L } a t I I I F, Fasten fixtures secerrely to indicated structural supports; and ensure that pendant fixtures are plumb and level. Provide individually mounted fixtures longer than 2 feet with twin stem hangers. { Provide stem hanger with ball aligners and provisions for fixtures in the row. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment 1F j manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,tighten connectors and terminals to ' comply with tightening torques speed in UL Std 486A and the National Electrical Code. ' ' H. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box fixtures stud. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: 1 A. At Date of Substantial Completion, replace lamps in interior lighting fixtures which are observed E to be noticeably dimmed after Contrau-toes use an d testing, as judged by Architect. '. Refer to Division-1 sections for the replacement/restoration of lamps in interior lighting , fixtures, where used for temporary o fighting prior to Data of Substantial Completion. i B, Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 15%, but not less than 4 lamps in each case, of / t stock as directed to each type and size lamp used in each type fixture. Deliver replacement z; Ownees storage space. y 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean interior lighting fixtures of dirt and construction debris upon completion of installation. I Clean fingerprints and smudges from lenses. B. Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period. 3.04 GROUNDING: E 4 A. Provide equipment grounding connections for interior fighting fixtures as indicated. Tight�,n. connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and i effective grounds. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION: '< A: Upon completion of installation of interior fighting fixtures, and,after building circuitry has been energized apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site,then retest to demonstrate compliance; utherwis , remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. 1 kL A F {C END OF SECTION 16,2-5 INTERIOR;.. < ERIOR LIGHTING FDCI'URE . a .. 5 E14 7: DIVISION'16 ELECTRICAL SECTION 16.3 C NCY LIGIIrM9 t EIVXER E k ; 1.00. GENERAL: 1::01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: f •,, j i A. Drawings.and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions ! -+ and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. .,' B Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section: 1. "Basic Electrical Requirements." 1 2. "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." y 1:02 SUMMARY: --j A. This Section include emergency light sets, exit fixtures with integral emergency battery backap, and emergency fluorescent fixture power supplies with integral battery backup. Related Sections: 'he following Section contain requirements that relate�to this Section: 1. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting Fixturts" for regular fixtures that may be connected to emergency circuits to provide emergency lighting. 1.03 SUBMITTALS. � A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specificdion.Sections. Product data for each type of emergency lighting unit specified. Assemble in booklet form with saepal'ate sheet for each fixture, arranged in unit "types" alphabetical, or numerical order,With . x proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet: C. illation instructions written by manufacturers for all specified products., �t 1.04 .QUALITY ASSURANCE: r5 v } , A. Electrical Conponept Stendsrd: Components sod installations shall`comply with NFPA?0 "TT tioiial Electrical Code." R. 'UL Compliance: Emergency fixtures shall be UL Lsted and Daboleti t k EMERGENCY IMITIN „ 16:3 k .� :v )trg�y�ilt�td�f'i.r twv""w U +uts,Y dv fL•,>. r� �,, L ti ' .. •a t 4i 4f Y' ;r, �`} t Mr ..r��t .+t t ' .n; r x �- Cl�.5rpt1C>�F.."ri P1 X41 1i11flRP}�G�wNelMftl�Rll�4aT�®s" ,-e�.�..,,�.��.. _ �., s C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 99, "Health Care Facilities" s ] and NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code." r5 D. Local Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local codes,and regulations for emergency s lighting and exit signage including, but not limited to, colors and letter heights for exit signs,. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: ''A. Deliver products in factory containers. Store in clean, dry space in original container. Protect products from fumes and construction traffic. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS: Y is A. Furnish stock of replacement lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one lamp in each case)of each type and size lamp used in each type unit. 2.00 PROD CTS: ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Wnufaeturers:':Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following: s . . , . ay # L Dual-Lite, Inc: < , Lithonia Lighting 3. Prescolite 2.02 EMERGENCY LIGHT SETS, DECORATIVE: -- A: General: The following features apply to decorative emergency light sets: B. Surface-Mounted Type With Lamp Heads;Re cessW Coming mounted, with two lamp heads,and the following features: SeliF,contained emergency lighting.0 it shall.be designedto provide automatic.eme�gency L - { ` ligb#ng for a minimum of 90 minutes upon failure of normal electrical poweer. ..The front t cover will be constructed of in eoai-molded thesmo lagtic with the back housin bein P S K (. i constructed ofrrretal. Enaergea y power source shall be 6 car 12 volt rechargeable '- n ainteneace-free(pure lead)battery. Electronics shall be fully automatic in design. charger shall be the"three-stage type with consUM current, equalise and float voltage h rat modes. CireWtry will include"15 minute time delay('IDIt)30 low"voltage battery.discprirnect (IND)and brownout protection. A two-color, fight-emitting diode will be provided,to indicate charger,mode. ,Custom-designed integrated circuitry shall be,self;diagnostic irz J ' design..andconstantly monitor char$er..performance and,battarg►..voitage,:.hC. chip, ycling ,. eveiy 28 days to exercise the unit's ba wy and check,emergency operation: Any, malfunction of the unit's battery charger, transfer circuit or emergency.lamps that.may µ K r' occur dorm normal o eration or dischar a wrill be detected,b Io 'c circu i A: B P B cYcluag': Y: 8'1 try:: . r� EhIERGENCY LIGHTING 16.3-2 , t 1 a s }?i Y ; ` ,.f tst12" R it zb t': '01 77iiYbtNit 7mLral RfdLe�ri lea.z�ieri.�e.era.n�rr" ...��.�.� — _t _ ...t. I 1 visual indication of any such failure will be displayed by light-emitting diodes on the unit's panel face and shall precisely indicate the area and type of malfunction.• A manual test switch shall be provided to allow five minute diagnostic/discharge testing at any tune. A universal#ransfoMier shall allow operation from 120 or 277 V.A..C, 60 Hz source. Lamps shall be two sealed beam type glare-free lamps with lamp housing constructed of E injection-molded thermoplastic to match front cover. Lamp heads may be top or side ' s mounted as required. i 3.00 EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: wr:, _ A. Conceal wiring. B. Setting and Securing: Set units square, and level with ceiling and walls and secure in,accordance with'manufactur es written instructions of NFPA 70. Mounting heights specified or indicated are to bottom of fixture for suspended or ceiling-mounted ; fixtures and to center of fixture for wall-mounted'fixtures. f ( D. Support: Recessed and semirecessed fixtures may be supported from suspended ceiling support , system if the ceiling system support rods"ar wires are installed at a mWmurn of four rods or wires per fixture and located not more than 6 inches from fixture corners. For fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid, install a minimum of four rods or wires per fixture and locate at corner of the ceiling grid'in which the fixture is located. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. Where � t he acoustical anc support fixtures smaller than the ceiling gore are indicated to be centered uz t p 1, pp ; !! fixtures independently with at least tow 3/4-inch metal channels spanning and secured to the ceilin tees. Rods or wires for fighting fixture supports shall conform to the r dnenfs of g g PP Section "Acoustical Treatment." Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to i. ceiling grid traembers, at or near each,fixture corner. E: Lam ping and Connection: Lamp units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. lVdake { extend wiring connections required for proper functioning. J �N F. Coordinate whh;othe'r electrical installations as appropriate for proper installation of emergency s 5 fighting fixtures. Finish carpentry must be coordinated with wall or beam mounted faxttues. ;tY< �.3 02 ADWS1 NG AND CLEANING: Clean emergency units light set upon completion of installation. B:. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide light intensities in egress paths. p kY h} 3 03 GROUNDING 'l A. 'Ground non-currents arts of equipment. Where the copper ound' conductor is::. •�ng P �1 �P Fp �' F.N,MOENCY LIGHTING 16.3 ,3 t iy,tv-*�—^ r :! ."rv'r nt a ;,wriu.5rt!ihw+,(x sa,rw.:K: -{.,^ a'. 5.,,•z t..r.;t .. F i t 'xti . ,t:v �y Aw 'L"?isyat p. Irl bi�� connected to a metal other than copper, provide specially treated or linen connectors suitable for x = this purpose. r lB. Tighten grounding connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486k 3.041 FIEM QUALMr CONTROL: A- Tests: Alter emergency lighting units have been installed and bull „ ding circuits have been energized with normal power source, apply and interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units and proceed with retesting. Give the Architect advance notice of dates and times for all field tests. Provide instruments as f required to make positive observation of test results. Include the following in tests: 1. Duration of supply. 2. Low battery voltage shutdown. 3. 1 Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer.�o normal: �-- 4. Low supply voltage transfer. i r; 'B' Insulation Resistance Tesi: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and tables"both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment. , r i C l leatrical Continuity Tests: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." # D Lamp Replacement: Prior to tests, install new lamps in emergency lighting units. After testing, replace malfunctioning lamps. Provide 15% spare lamps to Owner. ' . ...........,.:, END OF SECTION I • S f4�p +l>lif 1 "1N: f 7( + ` EMERGENCY LIGHTING + < �; .16 .3 -4 t _j�igFbt 1 SF' 1 .l C f. rs.@:,tit, �t:rt`1 ,Y+ _.•,. t<:.0 + ,: :" v7. •6. ELECTRICAL DIVISION 5 , SECTION 116.5 ; f BASIC MATIERYAM A MOHMS � f 1.00 GENERAL.- 2.00 WORK INCLUAES: A Base Bid: F 1. Electrical Contractor a. Conduit,boxes, control devices and control wiring for control of heating and ventilating equipment. 2. a. Provide a complete and functioning electrical system as herein speciS;d: or shown on the Electrical Drawivgs. t. b. Provide power to HVAC.motors as shown on the Electrical Drawings, all conduit, boxes control d ' evices iLiid wire for control wiring is by the Heating Contractor. R `f C. Provide power to plumbing pumps and control panels as shown on the Electrical j . . Da a .. fir d Provide power to all security related equipment said controls as shown on the x di awings. 2.01.: RELATED WORK: A.. Specified elsewhere: s • I. special Conditions f + (J, 2 02 „ SYSM-1 DESCRIPTION: r See individual.section' s. } R. Basic MaterWs shall include: 'Raceways 2.: Conduit and Fittings Sealixig {{ r, i Wire and Cable(600V and below) Wire Connections.(600y:and below) BOXeS., 7. Supporting Equipment , 8: . Electrical Identificatian 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: pp rii ELECTRIC AL �� •�. ''1 r r .t<�; a it �tlt' �1111 S" x 4t r't ,.,{., ,,"'7, "K+'"xT^^:...,� i4 •t t fi:' — _ ..,i t V` - '� t •�,.F t' .14—,F" Js'�r�', 4(f'rfr' w;iG� �b � A�r GGGG {Cfi ft 1{ � i C i ' ,t A. Installer Qualifications: Installer of at least 10 projects of similar size and complexity to tkhis project. at iE 2. Hnimum fire years experience. r i 3. Workmen: Experienced-skilled craft6men. _ lB. Materials�- General: J t i T. All materials and equipment furnished under these specifications shall be new and to the extent possible standard products of the various manufacft;uW except whore jai { construction or performance features are called for. Where more than one of an s' item is required, all shall be of the same type and manufacture. y lc i 2• AD +electrical equipment or materials shall have a label symbol nionally recog�1iz testing laboratory, inspection or, identifying mark of a �p agency, o other organization ' conned with product evaluation that maintains p iodic iASpection of production of pled equipment or materials and by whose labeling is indicated compliance with nationall y recognized standards or test,t® determine"table usage in a specific manner:' The product of specified approved manufacturers shall be acceptable only when that 5 eruct complies vrits`t or is rnodif ed as necessary to comply with all require ments ', x Li the ` Contract Documents. L, 2.0 4 Ria TAENCE$: �' --- k portions or all of chin recognized ludo ofindustry association standards referred t6 herein"as being a { i requirement of these specifications shall be considered as binding as though reproduced in full ► w he em. Urlcss otherwise stated, the reference standard shall be the standard which is current as of � the:date of issuance of Contract Documents. t :> Referenced codes and standards constitute minimum .- 4 > requirements and strict cornpliancse is required therewith unless supplemented and/or modified b rt more stringent requirements in these specifications. Reference may y by full aurrxte or by letter deal y by nmde to standards : ` ; r gnation as follows: AEIC Association of Edison:Illuminating Companies 2. ANSI. American National Standards T� Institute, lslc ST .' Y Amr riraYr Society for.Testing&Materials. Illuminatin EIl B gineenng Society ISA In Udment Society of America r, ht 6• 11C Institute of Electrical a Electronics Engineers , r 4t r 7. ILEA: Inflated Cable Engineers Association C National Electrical Cods of NFF,A �.' rA National Electrical 11 nufacturei s Association i NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association {Y U ELECTRICAL . 16.5-2 S r. t 1 SY1P�/t M I w3 f, gg t:h .�i-,r;n f`4• ram^,.. 1' St ..ik: ., -, it h OSHA Occupation Safety&Health Act 13. UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. I REQUMENiENTS OF REGULATOR AGENCIES: A. Building Codes: BOCA �. � 2. NEC J 3. NFPA B. Eloctrical installation shall comply with all applicable laws and ordinances in effect, with . applicable regulations of the NEC and with regulations of the utility companies furnishing power. jfJt 2.06 SUBAdmALS. tI A. See Special Conditions ! I B. For the following list of equipment, submit fist showing: it ' g em, manufacturer's naive, brand name and catalog number. In addition, maintenance data and operating instructi ons shall be included in the maintenance manual. The foflowixig is the equipment fist: , 1 tf, Conduit and Fittings F z. •Wires&Cables(600V and below) 3• Wire Connections(600V and below) u 4. Pull&Junction Boxes 5. Outlet Boxes _> o. Fire Sealant ► t t C. Electrical Identification: i t 1. Submit schedule of tags and labels. 2.07 PRODUCT DEUM Y. STORAGE AND HANDLING: z { ! See individual sections. ' B IVltij:jial shall be stored in'h dry lotioai, and other locations Wlee a offwalkway ma y octw1 . ��yv , C Wird and cable shall be stored an reels (cables6 and larger).in a location.'.dry on.. Cable ends shall t ve a protective wrap do them at all times t o prevent moisture Aamage. `Feels over 300 lbs.;alra!J '. . ON f be unlaaded with fork of other reel handling machinery, care shall'betaken'so as not to damage heels 2.08 PROJECT CQNDTONS: { ELECT°UCAL a.6.5 3 I�y tiH1 W ,tb.,J'G6Ki�{J1UAtl+rW.+z,w'iY"n l:r iJ of ti.t. Y' ... "ns_n.b ruw J 1ra:::S }'...:;1 •.r,Y :' , �` y .' ter.. aY;.+. N��� � ..r' . .. •S .�. f t.+ t Sk i, : .,. , �.. ;i`r.•+t'y'c.n_. s z a..,,t(! 4+ qM ' k k t 3 + ! i s 4.; A. Existing Conditions: 1. Electrical Contractor shall verify in the field all dimensions and�clearances affecting the installation of his work in relation to established datum,L tum, to building openings and clearance'` = and to work of other trades. f' 2. If existing conditions prohibit proper installation or installation as shown on the drawings, -- y Electrical Contractor shaU contact the Engineer to authorize any chang-es before proceeding with he work. B. Protection: i 1• Elcal Contractor shall protect all electrical items scheduled to remain and shalll replace ;t� ' iWM5 which are damaged during construction. 7. Damaged materials will not be accepted for use. ; r� � + C. Sequencing, Scheduling: 1.' Installation of electrical equipment shall be c:oordinatecl with other contractors. . 2.09 �V��'1"Y: t r' Electrical Contractor's warrant in accordance with General Conditions. ,z. 1. Time period 1 year; unless otherw►iset Hated. ' B. Mmufacturer's Warranty: .t Time period 1 year,unless otherwise noted. 2.11 RACEWAY'S: }� A. Wweways:` t.. 2. 1. Construction: e: Sba111 be metal and constrcictad of a minimum of 16 gauge steel. , Shall have bin ged cotiers,which can be used sa huge.or scree►coder: Provona ' >b ' rf shall be included,in'the construction to allow ifor se�°uripag bfthe hingcd.cover. NEMAx ing:shall'be NEMA l unless'otherwise noted on the"drawings. fi 2 onnMors, a.' Suitable for "lay-in" conductors. Cover's shall.be;;peanendy attached so that removal of parts is,not necessary for the i istall or removal of conductors. F I k 3 •Fwsh: , �} f ELECTRICAL � :16 .5. 4 Yi 1 LL i with u rust inhibiting hos hatized coating a. beet metal tang shall be provided U and S BP p g P p ,a. backed enamel finish. t 4. �"ueways shall be furnished with(or without) knockouts. Knockouts shall be located on ' bottom and both sides of straight lengths. Knockouts patterns shall be maximum of 6 111 inches on center. � r r ' 5. Wuvway shall consist of manufacturer standard lengths, elbows, tees, panel adapters, closing plates, wire retainers and supports as required for complete installation. ? _ 6. Comply with Article 362 of IREC and UL 870. ` 2.12 CONDUIT: 1 u A- Abbreviations: t 1. RMC=Rigid Metal Conduit S 2. 11MC=Intermediate Steel Conduit ' 3. EMT=Electrical Metallic Tubing Q: • RNC=Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit i 5.:1 :FLEX=Flexible Steel Conduit 1 '6:' L'SIC=I.iquidtight Metal Flexible Conduit 7. INC=Liquidtight Non-Metallic Flexible Conduit 13. RMC: 1 1. Construction: a. Steel .;; 1) Galvanized zinc coated rigid steel and threaded. 4 2) Galvanizing: smooth and free of welds, seams,and burrs, ,} . 3) Comply with Article 346 of NEC. UL-6 and ANSI C80.1. f y 1. Construction: a�tdt a'. 1 �, a. Galvanized zinc coated rigid steel. IJ! b. smooth and free of welds, seams and burrs. Caizaag: c. Comply with ASNI C80.i. ZJI.-6 and Article 345 of NEC. t r t; Construction: s a Cold rolled, strip steel tubing of standard sizes end weights, liave electrical selded . 7 seanasy and=0 coated: ry x } - b Interior:'smooth and be free of pitting burrs. + Coniply with ANSI C80.3,UL 797 and Article 348 of NEC: ELECTRICAL 16:5 5 N' 3VW ors , }'{ Ji�J r t •• tt=`f d.:.,.iS�'..w.Y k:..d. a.er.�__-___. rry lr"Y^p;TYt'YjyF tKr f !lye day x r '^+�" i.fdi: Y3 .•ir. r '... .: ..�, p L ..ta:. i - 'HSI�IFa�'!ffiS�AIY111�3 11Ye11Q01'r'Iti���ntisrn y' r� .I,+: ..t.a. 1 E,. RNC: { j ,t I. Construction: p w a. Schedule:4fl PVC of otherwise noted on drawings. Y ,_ 1. " b. UL listed for application. c. Corrosion roof, sunlight resistant chemical resi. �w P � start,flame retardant and impact resistavnt. _ � �i, d. Free of seams and burrs. f @: Comply with NEMA TCT2,PVC requirements. UL 65l arzd Article 347 ofNEC: �M F. FLEX: I. Construction: a. Flexible steel, zinc coated, threadless type formed from a continuous length' gtlr spirally- . wound. b. Comply with UL-1. r- r, G. L C: Fr f, 1. Construction. a. Constructed of a flexible gaNw&,ed steel core spirally wound and interlocked: =5; b. Mve extruded PVC coven. °„ tt c. comply with UL-1.and Article 351 of NEC. Fc,i H.- LNC ti . 1. Construction: t a. Smooth rimer surface vdth integral reinforcement within conduit wall. i b. cored gated integral and external surface without integral reinforcement within the �. r gated wall. , c. Smooth seamless inner core and corer bonded together. a d. Comply with Article 351 of NEC. , FI'f'I'II`l�S: 2:13.' r A�. General Requirements: +s, s I CrsuapYy:with UL 5148, ANSI FB1; TCT4 seed Article370 of NEC. 2 Lo�knuts: Steel or malleable iron for rigid steel, aluminum for rigid aju�inurn:' {� 3 Bushings. 'Insulating or insulated throat type. "` fy } A Caup. ings: Threaded type. Set screw or indenter type not acceptable: r 5. End.bell,fitting: Fort e7rxnir ttiarg conduit in concrete or masonry wall, shall be metal, ELECTRICAL 16.3-6 b fy�} t . nAFt {„ S ...._ ._ter-.--:,..-:..:_...� _ �`�.rt{• threaded type with provision for mounting to form. Conduit expansion fitting shall consist of a sleeve with fittings to provid'for telescoping ' A bonding 'um per with ground clamps shall connect each conduit of conduit into sleeve. g J P run. rti C. IMC Fittings: !.: Comply with ANSI C80.4: 2. Lockmuts: Steel or malleable iron. 3. , Bushings: Insulating or insulated throatrpe. 4. Couplings: Threaded or gland compression malleable iron type. Set screws or indenter t( type not acceptable. i 5. End Bell Pitting: for terminating conduit in concrete or masonry wall shall be metal, threaded type with provision for mounting to form. 6. Conduit anion fitting: Shall consist of a sleeve with fittings to pro��ide far telescoping ` of conduit into sleeve. A bonding jumper with ground clamps shall connect each conduit run. EMT Fittings: Sliall be all steel comprmsion type designated and manufactured for their specific application. Set screw or indented type not acceptable. . S 2. Expansion fittings shall consist of a sleeve with fittings to provide for the telescoping of #j a. a the conduit into the sleeve or a flexible neoprene fitting. A bonding Jumper with groan , t 3 clamps shall connect each conduit run. r, E. ... RNCILNC Fittings: t { 1. PVC, chemical solvent: sealing type. t , ° 2. tJL,`listed terminal fittings identified far its specific use t Flex fittings: ' 'Threadless sslueeze clamp type with galvanized zinc coated f r G. LMC Fittings: 1\ �5 F jr ELECTRICAL S6 , qkl , 3r, 1r , Shall have insulated throat and integral grounding lug. 2: A neoprene O ring assembly shall be used on each fittang. 2.14 SEAL.IL1'Q i43 A. Fire Seal: i . 1, ale Products: ' a. Dow-Fire Stop. b. Nelson-Flameseal. c. T -P'lamesafe. i d. 3M-Fire Barrier. 'Stna6ce and fire stop fittings may be used instead of above sealant. t ' B. Thennal Seal: 1. Insulate exterior of raceway with fiberglass or other material compatible to equipment or. room and approve by Engineer. Seal 'anterior of raceway with duct sealing compound.at ; entry to eq unpment or room. Water.Seal:' _ 1. Use rnatefids compatible with wall or ra lner construction and approved by Engineer. t " 2' ;' cne cations of roof shall be sealed with flashing' compatible with roof design and approved byltoofir g System'Manufacturer and Engineer. �--' 15 WIRE AND CABLE: a t Zr F A. Definitions: L :4, 1: Low.Voltage Cable Cable for use below 50 volts. 2 75 degree C listed, wiretcable r r th t3fit ermop D Semce (USE) t�C IW " } >; ,a. and heat a heat rels�dlt xesatranlre . lasrFy listed whWcable. syr 3j 4�v t, E F orytests on wire and cable shWl,be conducted after manufacture aricl shall com l with P Y ``"` I1F'CLA s0eeificahons for type of wire or cable: { C. Conductors: i. . 16.5--8 L ; �t L ys'k > aea tet. s , t ., fti� iA Y4 ?!2� & ayY ^ J �a� - •lL��lllWr�t11l�na�d.. `�s��ws.—rs� ':d, •'f:;i.%i J ' Uncoated, annealed copper wire, in accordance with ASTM Standards. 2 Number 9 and larger shall be concentric stranded and conform to ASTM Standards, umer g ! , t 3.,. Minimum of#12 AWG for copper unless otherwise noted in these specifications or on the ! drawings. 4. The direct-current resistance shall not exceed by more than 2% of the values given in IPCEA Standards. i - ' D. Conductor Insulation and Jacket Material: I 1 1. UL Listing for plenum or duct if used in environmental air. E. 600 Volt General Use Cable, 75 degree C: 1. UL Listed for general use at a maximum of 600 volts. UL listed temperature of 75 degree C in wet locations and be constructed in accordance with UL Standard Publications 83. tj 2. Insulation shall be a PVC in compliance with UL 7 ANSI Stand,ards. , 1 F. 600 Volt.General Use Cable, 90 degree C: UL Listed for general use at a maximum of 600 volts. UL fisted temperature of90 degrees C in dry locations and be constructed in accordance with UL Standard Publication 83. 3 J 2: Insulation shall be cross-linked polymer or PVC in compliance with UL an d ANSI i Standards. Low Voltage Cable: �j 1. UL Listed for purpose specified or noted on drawings. 1 I-i: LJndergrotuzd`,Warning T ape: lc V L Made of acid and alkali resistant .0035 inch thick polyethylene film, be of 6 incheswnde, f with a tensile strength of 1750 PSI,lengthwise; 1500 PSI.crosswise and'an elongation of s y 350, be bright yellow and read "CAUTIOl'd'EtJIt13✓If'ELEC'TRIC LINE" over e9ltire tfrx length, black printing shall be overcoated to prevent fading. IFtq -1 3�irc ' is A 216 WIRE CoNNECTIONS: A. Compression Connectors and Lugs: � k W 4 1. One piece seamless construction with integral solid center barrier, be copper for copper to ELECTRICAL 16 .5=9 IT b . �iLs�Sd,�Net..uk,n>rlYal.r ry w. ..,., .w:.:•..:w .. ,<ro ..i;. .... , , .......%"'"�„" >R'6 w., 1. .. :., w .. r.s; ..r„;..:.>+*<.»» ,rt*[L�'R/ • •`�^^+w+egew t , "�4 l u . copper connections. r 2. UL Listed, meet or exceed UL.486B secureness and pullout requirements. { 3. Voltage and current rated for application utilized. } 4: Solid pin connectors are not an approved device. Wire Connectors: .. 1. UL Listed as a re-type%ire cone t ` e p Yp connector, be rated 600 volts maximum, and 1000 volts maximum in fixture and signs. ' 77 1 2. Meet or exceed UL 486B Standards. } UL Listed for use with Copper(CU/CU}. 4. . Color coated as to size. Have a,temperature rating of 106 degree C. 6 Have a square-edgo, live-action metal, corrosion resistance,spring. `C Crimp.Connectors: w { ' "'Zinc-plated steel sleeves;be used only on stranded wire. r y ( '... n UL Listed as pressure-type wire connector for general use in branch.circuit and fixture f t wiring. 3. Covered with a insulated cap, UL Listed for use with crimp connector. i r 2.17 BOXES:;k a. 'A. boxes hangers aliall,be of such material to prevent chemical reaction betvw n itself and afiy ; ,1 attached d uit,,device, fitting or support. S A B oxes to ha'zardous.locations shall be UL Listed and comply with NEC requirements for:Class, Diinspon.and Gioup-for area in which utilized:!' :# 4X Boxes shall comply with applicable requirements specified,herein and comply X Enclosure Standards. tA Stamped Steel'Boxes: - 4 F } 4t 1:., Ane iiece,'0.0625 inch thick minimum,.hot rolled, protected from rust and corrosion by�/,ti ELECTRICAL 16.5-10 a ( : t4 j .. j4a,,,.r£ t 4 µq. `•.'f`tb/t7•wxrv:'n=,,.,t .w'.,a .,. .t b F T ✓'l' fia,.,�57i [ ,t , �Ec t "'.� zinc-galvanizing, be non-gangable and be complete with knockouts. r )' 1 Boxes with 100 cubic inch wiring capacity or greater shall be constructed of#16 MSG , °I —; mmimum hot rolled sheet metal and protected from rust and corrosion both inside and outside with enameling, galvanizing, plating or other means. a E. Cast'Boxes: If ' ) 1. One piece, seamless, moisture proof, 1/8 inch minimum thickness cast metal, threaded hubs and a hard protective finish. E } F. Outlet Boxes: 1. Shall have a minimum of 18 cubic inch wiring capacity for each device to be installed, size -, shall be increased to comply with NEC for the number of devices and wires to be installed. 2. When used in masonry walls, boxes shall be designed for that purpose. r 711 k E 3. NENIA rating shall comply with area in which utilized. 4. Comply with UL514A(Metallic Outlet Boxes). UL514C (Non-Metallic Outlet Boxes) ` t . and Article 370 or NEC. G. 'Junction/Pull Boxes: ' 1. Junction Boxes 4-11/16 inch square maximum: ' a. Shall have a minimum af20 cubic i nch whin$capacity. b. Covers shall be of same material and thickness as body and be manufactured for use f ` with box being used. .. larger: 2. full Junction Boxes 5 inch square and .. q . a. Shall have a minimum of 100 cubic inch wiring capacity. { b. Covers shall be of same material and thickness as body and be manufactured for use with box being used. � :. 2:lII SUPPORTING EQUIPNI.ENT: A.`„ Suspended condws less than 1'inch nominal size: L. For exposed construction, provide strap type hangers supported frommbeam clamps or, threaded rods. 2. For conduits susPended above ceilings, anchor to building structural steel. When span exceeds NEC limits, provide strut channel steel between framing members. Tie wiring or; support of conduit to air ducts, or other piping not permitted. Plumber's perforated strap not permitted. "7,t ELECTRICAL 16 .5—11 .'�kAq!k+klY+tva'Swt.F4•I+hd Uqa,Aa "-' y ....,.,2' .. ... I .. 1 _ ... }.._ o I�l� .t B; Suspended Conduit,f inch or larger nozx►inal size: ,.. l..' Provide threaded rod with "U" type hangers,for single conduit. 2 Anchor threaded rod to inserts in concrete or beam clamp on steel structure. 3. Provide trapeze hanger assemblies and threaded rod for two or more conduits. Acceptable products: " a. Husky b. Unistrut ;ct C. B-Line d. Appleton e. Condux i f Superstrut g. Crouse-Minds ,r , Surface'Mounted Conduit: . } y L . Provide one-hole galvanized steel strap s for conduits 1 inuh;or less. 2. Provide clampbacks on exterior walls below grace or in wet areas. 3. For conduit larger than 1 inch use malleable iron pipe straps. 4. For multiple conduits, provide channel anchored to wall with conduit attached to channel' f-- with split pipe clamps: it D., Anchoring: , t Hollow Masonry: Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors. t; � t 2: Solid Masonry: Lead expansion anchors or preset anchors. , s '=S 3. Concrete: Self-drilling anchor or power driven studs. 4. Metal: Machine screws,bolts or welded studs. A, Food screvls.' r ELECTRICAL IDENTI)nCATION: . A t Equipment Labels: t s} 1. Laminated engraved (not embossed) plastic identification labels. L A f � ELECTRICAL 16.3-1,2 , 4 , J i ................. . 2. Black lettering on a white background, attached with screws or rivets. 3, ` Include complete identification of equipment including area served, identifying numbers _ tt . f I, and names used on drawings. f t B. Conduit and Mire Labels: i 1. Vinyl printed cloth markers with adhesive back. ; 3.00 EXECUTION: F A. Coordinate work with other contractors regarding location and size of pipes, raceways, ducts, j openings, switches, outlets, reflected ceilings/grids, enclosures and building structure so there is � 1 no interference between installation. B. Install all equipment with ample space as required by NEC and to allow for removal, repair, or 1 changes to equipment. Provide ready accessibility as required by NEC to removable parts of is equipment and to all wiring without moving equipment installed or already in place. Provide r 1 i access panels for all devices installed.above non-accessible ceilings or within walls or partitions. � C. Puncturing.of duct work or hanging equipment such as light'fixtures, ceiling hangers, and 4 conduits from duct work is prohibited, unless specifically noted otherwise. `} f -. D. A%= cutting is required to facilitate construction, patch and repair cut items to original state. _ 1 t E: Fire seal shall provide an effective barrier against spread of fire, smoke and gases to maintain f integrity of rating of wall, floor and ceiling. Seal penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or } ceiling for compliance vrith NEC 300-21. Pack fire seal material tight and completely fill } = clearances between raceways and openings. F. Seal penetrations of perimeter walls, floors below grade and roots to prevent entry to water. ` 3.01 CONDUIT: r x A. Conduit Installation: 1. Nlini'mum Conduit Size: 1/2 in. unless otherwise specified. (( Joints shalt be cut square, reamed smooth and drawn up wrench tight. Bends.or offsets : . shall be made with standard conduit ells, field.bends made with a bender or hickey,.or hulk- F M1t^� 1r type conduit fittings. Plumber of bends per run shall conform to NEC limitations. Bends ik t :.: sfiall conform to NEC radius requirements and shall not have kinks or flat spots.` Larger: radius,bends shall be utilized when called for..on drawings. t 3. . Concealed conduit shall be run in a direct line with long swee bends offsets. E p Exposed �--=! conduits shall berun parallel to and at right angles to building lines:: 1� ELECTRIC AL n �' l�,R¢ri��Aa7f 'A+rMbWYF{•+;3q R..tFs.aia tdS'."wllu SV,,.a-^>n ' M.-ar f:^'.. < .}r,[4: ,. ,y . , i` 1 r i Conduits shall be concealed unless otherwise noted or shown on the drawings. i 4. Continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlets to cabinets, unless otherwise noted or shown on the drawings. ,.. 5. Conduit ternunals at cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly secured with locknuts and bushings as required by NEC. On all conduit 1.25 trade size and larger, insulated bushbigs shall be installed. .. 6. Sealing, locknuts shall be used on boxes and cabinets which are other than NEMA 1 r construction. .,. 7. Provide sleeves for all electrical conduits passing through walls, partitions, ceilings and floors. Provide sleeves of sufficient length to extend through full thickness of wall ;.,.. construction with ends flush. Extend floor sleeves one inch above finished floor. i i r 8. Installed complete before conductors are pulled in. 9. Securely support rigid, lMC, EMT, ENT conduits within 2 Foot of every box, cabinet, Vin, f ' termination or coupling and each side of offsets or bends. Securel y support ort flexible : J. conduit within 12 inches of every box, cabinet or termination. 10. Securely support vertical runs of conduits at each fl j herein. oor level and at intervals specified Securely fasten conduit in place and.support From ceilings, walls or building structure at spacings complying with NEC and ' ,l not exceeding: ' 114 eri Max. S a in Qf supports r� l a. 1/2" through 1" Trade Size Conduit 6' I } b. 1" through 1-1/4 Trade Size Conduit 8' s C. 2" through 4" Trade Size Conduit 10' d. Flexible Conduit 4-1/2 12. Support conduits by one hole heavy duty malleable iron straps, clarrip backs, gall brackets, hangers,,ceiling.trapeze or other devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields ► {F (where needed)or beam clamps for mounting to building structure.of special brackets. f : Do not weld conduits o'r. straps to steel structures unless specifically indicated. 13.. Where two or more conduits run parallel, trapeze hangers may be cross member of every ' other trapeze hanger with one hole straps or clamp backs with proper size bolts, washers and nuts. If adjustable trapeze hangers are used install U-bolt t�'pe clamps at end of conduit runs, at each elbow and each third intermediate hanger to fasten each conduit. 14. In suspended ceiling construction, spring steel fasteners to ceiling supports may be used�.�, ELECTRICAL •:,. 16 .5-14 t _ y I1`r{1 3 t txb , /IYY.w,irrYrr.r�rw..�.._.��..r.w,�...........r_....a.._...�................ ,..._......_.._...._.. _ .... .. .... .. .. .... ... .. .. .. .. ....._._..... _......__...._....._..-....__......v for the support of conduits serving light fixtures. No other conduits may be supported , °`•� frorn ceiling suspension system. -- `µ 15. Conduit systems containing conductors over 600V shall be labeled every 50 feet (minimum) in each room with red label reading: "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE"- 16. Provide pull wire in spare conduit. 17. Conduct installed in ducts or plenums that transport environmental air shall comply with Section 300-22 of NEC. R.MC: a. R1t+iC - Steel } 1) Running threads will not be permitted. , 2) Conduit ends shall have bushings installed. } v; IMC: 19. { 9< y, a. Bunning threads will not be permitted. I k, ds shall have bushings installed. b. Conduit en t 7 20: RNC: a. 3cints sltidl be properly sealed to make them watertight and installed as � recommended by manufacturer, b. Where used for other than buried,conduits system shall have exisransion rinks between boxes and on each run over 30 foot. 1 B. Underground Conduits Installation: `! 1. Ground shall be excavated in open trenches, the width, depth and direction necessary for the proper installation of the underground work: 2. multiple runs shall have manufactured spacers installed on a minimum of one per ten foot I r ,a of run. s 4 3. Multiple runs shall have joints staggered, one foot apart minimum• ::. .4. . Conduits shall be installed a minimum of of 36.inches below finished grade. ' 5. Minimum spacing be conduits for multiple runs shall be in accordance:with Article 310. Figure 310-1 of NEC. b Conduit shaII be bedded firmly and continuously on sand or.pea gravel and provide:a : j f rninirnum of 6 inches of covering of sand or pea gravel on all sides of conduct. 7• Conduits shall be encased in concrete. Electrical duct banks.shall be in accordance wa4h ,. Article 310;Yigure 310-1 of NEC. J ELECTRICAL 16 .5 15 Y' Mj4g t 3t 2 _ ..�..___ _._-_���_ �._•I Zip t Maintain all trenches and excavation free of standing water. Baclatill all trenches with compacted, clean and washed granular backfill, compacted to nt�,.,n :,less than 100% of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. 10. Provide adequate barricades, signs, lights, etc. where excavations are open. 1.1. Provide warning tape at 12 inch depth. - 12, Seal all underground joints and make watertight. C. Conduit Application: 1. RMC: a. Steel: 1) Used for service entrances. 4m' 2) Used in hazardous area classifications. t { Have seal offs as required by:NEC. 3) Used in concrete, direct contact with earth or in areas subject to,corrosive ;. environment when protected for the specific condition. environment 4) May be used for all raceways except where other type is specified to be used or is required by codes. a. Used in concrete, t ' direct contact with earth or in areas subject to environment when protected for the specific Condition. b. May be used for all raceways except where other type is specified to be used or is require by codes. a , c. Used in hazardous area classifications. Have'sealoffs as required by NEC. + EMT: F a.. May be used anywhere permitted by NEC, except where these specification..,require other type to be used. 4 ENT: a. : May be used where not subject to physical damage and:where permitted by NEC: F ' b In locations subject to severe corrosion influences and wet locations. " 5 RNC. ' (F ( a, May be used.where not subject to physical damage and where permitted by NEC: b In locations subject to severe corrosion influences.and wet locations. �- z 5. Flex: a. A six foot length shall be used for final connection of recessed light fixtures. b. May be used where permitted by NEC when other type is not practical. �✓ �'. l' ELECTRICAL 16 5 16 s: i 4 �2Y+W'}*.+'�fe�7 FAL."r^I�i.n+•n4'!'N.., N" J »��' ,t .' FF < 1 Z r C. Used for final connection to portable or vibrating equipment where liquid tight flexible conduit is not required. t% 7. LMC: ; •;r: ' °" a. Used for final connection of transformers, motors and kitchen equipment and where �.. 7 -, called for on the drawings or required by NEC. 8. LNC: a. Used when called for on the drawings or required by NEC. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE: A. Conductors shall be installed in conduit, a raceway, box or other enclosure, unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. See individual sections for types. When stripping wire re I f insulation, care shall be taken not to nick the wire. All damaged wire shall be replaced. conductors or cables shall be installed in conduits, ducts or raceways until the raceway or conduit system has been completed. When installing conductors, the Electrical Contractor shall exercise care, due to preventt damage to conductors or insulation and replace all damaged eable. Where conductor or cable size specified is too large for lugs on breakers, coppe r i tails shall be ' installed hi a pullbox(splices are not to be made in panels). Size of pig tail shall be the lar h est size which can be installed on the breaker. Where B { ere conductors are run in parallel, they shall be grouped (A, B, C phase and neutral) and all conductors shall be the same length. On vertical 1 runs, wire shall be supported with cable grips, per table 300-19a of the NEC. B. Do not pull any cable or wire in conduit until system is complete. Strain on cables shall not exceed manaifacture' recommendations during pulling. Use pulling lubricant, compatible with insulation and jacket that will not cause deterioration of insulation or jacket covers of y conductors. Use pulling lubricant recommended by wire manufacturer, gables or { C. Cables in panels, switchboards, wireways and other large enclosures shall be bundled and tied f with cable ties. :.i D. Do no exceed conduit fill as required b NEC for Y number of conductors installed in a raceway. E. Upon completion of cable and wire installation, but before termination to equipment or device, --1 test each wire for grounds and short circuits. Replace or correct defective wiring. S F. Higher rated ampacity of insulated conductors at NEC listed temperatures (75 degree F or 90 i degree F) shall not be utilized unless terminals at which the conductors terminate have comparable 1 G. Color coding; f „r. Ph se A Phase B Phase Neutral -- - _I .,.`�... 208Y/120 Black Red Blue White ELECTRICAL 16 . 7 (1 t ..........__...._.,.,_........ ._.._. ._ ..,..,._...._..�.._.--.-.. ... f �E�`�i.i.` 5.,(t:;'.t'1..; •.kfriy f . 7. Ground-Bare copper or,Green 3 Way&4 Way switch travelers-Pink 2. Colors shall be integral pigmentation color coding for#10 and smaller wires. For#8 and larger, tape shall be applied to the wire except a#6 or smaller grounded circuit conductor ::. must be colored white or gray along its entire length. Tape shall be applied in a spiral half { lap manner over exposed conductor portions in manholes, boxes, panels, switchboards and other enclosures. 1 3.03' WIRE CONNECTIONS A. Compression Connectors and Lugs: 1. Installed as recommended by manufacturer and as specified herein.. r: 2. Connecters shall be used for the following: t r All cable splices for wire#6 AWG and larger and all buried splices.,, : ,t t 3. Connectors and lugs shall be covered with a watertight heat=shrink tubing or prestretched tubing splice kit or taping to insulated conductor. , } 4. Splices shall be made only in a junction box unless it is direct burial cable and underground. Splices shall not be made in panelbeards. t 5. Devices shall be filled with a anti-oxidant compound prior to insertion of wires. 6. Splices shall be electrically and mechanically secure. B., Wire Comiectors: I. UT ed.on wire#8 and smaller.. '4 2: Installed as recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with C. 3 Slices shall be electrical) aril rnechanicall soured. f ; C Crimp Terminals: $ r, F s t 1 May be'used for:control wiring on stranded wire only, terminals shall be of the same volts a and ampere ratin " the wire. . g P 8. l: Installed as.recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Splices shalfbe electrically and mechanically secure. ^ ELECTRICAL , [ •, > PPt h t t t i i i D, Taped Splices 1: Used for aboveground 600 volt (rated 105C inaximum)mul below splices only. 2. Insulated with a minimum of two half-lapped layers of general use tape.to being the taped area thickness to the same thickness and electrical rating as cable insulation. 4 3. Irregular surfaces shall be padded with a buildup'tape(electrical putty)to provide mmoth tapered surfaces, void of air spaces then final topping of a minimum of two frets of tape. 3.04 BO)MS: ` A. General: 1. Protect all outlet boxes from entry of foreign materials. 2. All boxes shall be independently supported as specified herein and in accordance with NEC Article 370. No parts of the weight or stress thereof shall be borne by conduits ; . terminating therein. Boxes shall be fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted ' ? unless surface does not provide adequate support in which box shall be supported by metal tE .. , or wood brace from a structural member of the building: 3. Plug all unused openings. Use threaded plugs for cast boxes and snap in metal plugs for + sheet steel boxes. } t 4. Boxes shall be sufficient size to provide free space for all conductors enclosed in the box and as required in Article 370. Table 370-6 (a.b) of NEC. ! S. Boxes used at lighting fixture outlets shall be listed for that purpose. f f <r Boxes shall be readily accessible. 1. 6. 0 5 7: Boxes supported from cord or cable shall have'a strain relief connector threaded into box with a hub. 8: When installation is complete, each box shall have cover, faceplate or fixture canopy ,F B Outlet Boxes. f 4 r y 1 Location of outlet boxes shown on the drawings is diagrammatic.only. `Coordinate`exact Location of boxes with en 'neerural details`equipment connection a uiremen s and other J 1?7 q t contractors prior,to'rough-in. ` f 2: Coordinate height of outlet boxes with drawings, equipment installation drawings and other contractors acid properly locate height of outlet boxes. The following shall be'used ELECTRICAL 16 5-19 eN t 55FF, 3f {' Fj F J 1 r .. t r as a.guide when no other criteria apply: ;�- rf VA; lfi?Sk A-b"v Fini h # Dwkq flor to D4.I.1.4Lm Box "a. Rtacl�es Office and Corridors 18 in. "'` b. Switches 44 in. C. Clock Outlets 88 in. d. Telephone Outlet 18 in. r e. Fire Alarm Manual Stations 44 in. d r' f. Fire Alarm Signals 96 in. 3. Recessed unless otherwise noted on the drawings, face of box{or extension rings shall be flush with wall finish, be plumb. Installed per NEC requirements for area in which it is being installed. } !T ' }, .. ". `rte• Jt S:. Tluu wall boxes shall not be perrnitied. t 6. Surface mounted boxes 10 feet above floor or less shall be cast typ e. 7. In masonry, use masonry type. C.: Junction Foxes: 1. Junction boxes 4-11/16 inch square maximum. } r a. Shall be used for splices and be completely accessible with a minimum clearance of 30 inches on working side. Boxes shall be held firmly in place with hangers, screws '` 1: Y ti, or,anchors. Conduit shall not be used to support box. } 2. Pull& Junction boxes 5 inch square and larger: a.. : Junction boxes shall be used for splices, shall be firmly attached to structure and be � completely accessible with a minimum of 30 inches clearance from cover side. de. b. Ijull boxes shall conforny:to all requirements of NEC for pullboxes, shall be t f '�t suspended from or firml y attached to the structure and be completely accessible vdi7h 30 inches minimtiin clearance from cover side. ' a a c Pull boxes shall be used in conduit runs, one for each 100 feet.minimum or where f t egwvalent of four 90 degree bends have been used. 3. Cast boxes shall be used for boxes 10 feet above floor or less. t NEMA,4X , boxes. i. a. Used where NEMIA 4X is called for on drawings. t, ELECTRICAL r 16 5-20 i a sx � r ,i t y 3.05 SUPPORT AND HANCEIIg: ` A. The load applied to fasteners or hangers shall not exceed one-third the proof test load of the fasteners or hangers. e metal strapping and other Non-UL Listed equipment for support or hanging B. The use of the wire, pp g I a is prohibited. f � M I C. For fasteners attached to concrete, use vibration and shock resistant type. D. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws. j E. Anchors: - 1. Electrical equipment shall be firmly attached to the structure using anchors, screws and ' hangers. UL Listed for the use intended. Anchors used,in structural steel shall have location and type approved with the Engineer prior to installation. (To prevent structural damage from occurring). j 3.06 EQUII"NffiNT IDEN11F1CATION: A. Equipment Labels: 1. Install at each major item of equipment and on control devices. 2. Furnish labels on equipment iuicluding motor starters, manual motor starters, relays, --' disconnect switches, remote pushbuttons, distribution pancls, pilot lights, selector switches i and transformers. 3. Labels on panelboards shall be as required by N.E.C. Regulations. j! B. )A ire and Cable: r 1. Each cable or conductor in panels, pull boxes,,troughs or:outlet boxes.shall be labeled ' �= _, : with wire labels with suitable numbers(circuit number) and panel designation letter for i each identification. ` C. Special Use Wiring Devices: -77 1. Cover plates shall be engraved.to clearly indicate their use. t F. i D. C)vercurrent Devices: ' F ! what the feed. This may be b means of typewritten panel.schedule 1. Clearly uidicate y Y Y mounted inside the front cover doors or b en aved Y gr laminated labels. ELECTRICAL 16.fi-21 M 'j;,.,{riot •,rf sh' S•.#= � s rrII !. i. i1s �1�srf.Mr�i �°•�a l ..t 'i ' .Ili i 2I tr P t _ - ,t .. � . 1 ' '1. ,. E .. � . . a.. .. .. ,1. .. . :.,.�_...._,........_.......d_.......�_..__;.1.._...."..._.._.._v.._.__..._..-._..,.-_....._,.... "- .`,__,__,....._... 7_ ... . . *i i'. . . r.— j t� t. f .. V ' ' . t � � U7,: ADJUST AND CLEAN; � �11��,fi ;I 'll t5 t � A. See Special Conditions asad indi�ridual sections. �+ ; +, , . � yyy_ .. B. Protection of completedrorlc: ��11 z ,: �,11 4` l.' Electrical contractor'shall protect completed work and repair or replace damage tliat +�' ' u occurs. is A 2 .. . ` 2. Equipment installed prior to painting of room shall be protected against paint damage. r� f' I •i:" . C. Finishers marred, scratched and/or dented during shipping, handling or installation shall be rep�ircd , I 11 , and touched up to snatch the original finish. r` . ': " ' , , 4'. D. Electrical'material shall be clean, inside and out, prior to acceptance of work b Owner.11 Y . N" a.11 i. r.1. I. , ENd3.QF SECTION �,, :,. .. S1 r . Ll it �fi f `�.I 'll 1('". i. Sa.,: 4 Lr; tiS z �s . .!, s rJ• " ' . J Y 4: '7 (: _ I j t ao .,I 11 j ,,., . .. . .i f:: 't t .. ... t .. . . . . nr f ? .. .- 11 1 E1 fl,# s.11 ,s y ,'1. fF ? ;sk ��y-,•. 11�x� 'Y1 1 f f > - t n' - {'S t ut i 5 1. Xt Y r s e r t..Y ",c Iv, (j .i` .�. f�?n �' , f 1 s �. r + -< sc 4� .. I . ;Ftes' �..:'.a lt,.. f..''. /I...j.. tl .. _. ,. I, c t Est rt 'e„"n►�"w k '!2 ...,i 11 Y. Y X, f ' }i, raa{. i ,E ,f p ... , �R !Y f ELECTRICAL 1�6 .5—2 2 11, .f n 11", use%f 1. .. ,. slit I 1, a'! S 1 1w �N r 1 1 f ry a+�e...'."o'^oi' - ! F ,," I Wi.'.'I- 4,1. t �r.�.. } .(t$�1qq{{,�aa' A �,t_,�r 2 ..' `. .,.____._3_..a.,.,, `ate "!' .J I r ..#1621 hS ' t((d 4. ..fie -. 41. >✓ 3 �y �'r ,5.11 VcY4, t, ' v ": 4li ..1 .'t s .. i. lfirL t S �� a , fl ,: ay" r siat 7 }t 1�n x t a5ti,..� t ?4,+. t r tii F - ' ,z ADDENDUM NUM)kullt ONE t PROXEC'T NO. 31012 J. C. Utility l.Viainlenance Building `-� July 21, 1998 }` TO; All Interested Bidders and Others � {� The fallowing information hereby becomes a part of the specifications for the above referenced bid: BID OPENING HAS BEEN CHANGED TO AUGUST 7, 1998. � Bid Time remains the same. (1:30 PM) r, 2. instructions to Bidders: TB-24 CS7�T���� E }' The contract time shall be Igo(one hundred eighty) working days. 3. The bidder will acknowlcdgarcoeipt of this Addendum and has acr,,eptance of its conditions by Addendum and inrJudin it Nrith his bid. s�gn�ng this Add g _J t rr BIDDER: l TITLE: ,�5�72 t � J r' S. & Y. Camrulz'ants,!nom 1 P,O. Box ISa Jefferson City,Missouri 65102 573-634-3551 } 'Fax: 573-634-3424 T} I ,r l I r'r. ti �7 t - y t &•;}#`h�,t7717 tn� ,:p•' .�! X: �& ( Ja ! n`5 a 7 p r j 1 ADDENDUNNI NUMBER TWO 4` PROJECT NO. 31012 `+ J.C. Utility Maintenance Building " July 31, 1998 . , TO: All Interested Bidders and Others The following information hereby becomes a part of the specifications for the above referenced bid: t ` f F. GENERAL: .. Items P S & W listed on Sheet P. to be provided and installed by General Contractor., i.) to P hook-up and rough-in by Electrical and Plumbing Contractor. 2.) Division 8: Panic Hardware is required for extennr doors for Rooms - ;( 103 (2 ea.), 118, 107, 107, 111, 105, 102 (2 ea.), 100, 120 (3 ea.), 123, 121. See Spec. 8.3 -10 - 'G'. Exterior walls with brick veneer to have 6" Batt Insulation between studs. Install 5/8 i exterior- waterproof sheetrock on exterior of metal studs were brick is used. 4.) Overhead Doors See Sheet A.1 of 10 for specification or Equal. 'r'�`+a 5.) Sheet A.1 -10 - Door Schedule Delete Reference to Insulated Metal Frames. 6.) Division 8: f Door - Room 120 - 122 Change to 'B' label Metal Door. Sheet A.1 of 10 Door Specialties Schedule -� Change 'H' designation to 'G' defined on Spec. Sheet 8.3 - 10. 8.) Spec. 8.3 - 10- Item 'D': Kick Plates - 12" High. °s t 9.) Door Schedule - Sheet A.1 of 10: r Standard Hardware for Doors Ltr- 'D' - 9 ea. A,B,C,D,IE,F,G. rr Ltr - "Et, - 2 ea. At Bt Ct Dt Et Ft G. . 4 Sy r r�y'y.r.„� ._ . .. i ..n-.-.^!.C- .. �.- +•.+ s"e.....-,t.r�5 fk �id i'X4 i�../ Y} ,.., ,�g s2::ra'i,;a rtLxy`7.#te'.rt r..u,� ..: - '....;"�.�. ...”' •---..-.,...'-•-s�"""'�'" ? 'V E , r1%' 31, 1995 Add, °2 _ ' Provide 2" drain for Mop Sinks in Room 109. --t 2.) Spec. Sheet 15.1 - 2 Item 'U' - Shower valves to be scald-proof, 120° F Max., ASSE1016 Code. i All equipment, piping, fittings, assemblies to meet 1997 International Plumbing Code (BOCA). 1 ELECTRICAL: 1. I f; 1.) Sheet 4.3 of 3 } " Panel P-1" - Delete"Future" on 16-18 Circuit. � l � l y 2.) Provide 30A.-120V - I f Circuit to Panel P-4 for Infrared Heaters in Rooms 120-123. " 1 a 3.} Provide 3 OA-120V-I� Circuit to Panel P-2 for Infrared Heaters in Room 102. Install conduit (3/4") to Room 100 at S.E. corner for future heaters. Terminate in pull box on ?` East wall. 4.) Provide electrical circuit from Panel P-2 to Monorail in Room 102 '/z H_P. - 208V - 3+ - 60 cycle along with 24 volt controls for operator. 5.) Provide electrical circuit from Panel P-2 to Jib Hoist at Column N-6, Room 120. 1 '/a H.P. - 208V - 34 - 60 cycle, along with 24 volt controls for operator. 1 i BIDDER: , k � � � l/dlC.11'���J �cV,S�• (�� � BY: TITLE: 4 S. A V. Consultants, Inc. P.O. Box 154 Jefferson City, Missouri 65102 573-634-3551 - .., Fax; 573-634-3424 4 it r t YY•wdsi r?°*.�vi14 s.ir+iw..Jisy.,..'.a a'.«.,...y .,t _ '. , � s ,.;t .:,i.- ' .:, tr NS* ,'Y i,a �.a+s-li4a"+��„$1 5✓J t ��""�1N�E4N94311�� ¢anfA�e7w�lees:ae�ut��cwrraaF�a���rrnaear. .._._—�_ _.. �`; : • I Aug 4, 1998 Add. 03 i ..• ADDENDUM NUMBER THREE PROJECT NO, 31012 ,1.C. Utility Mainteataltce Building August 4, 1998 TO: All Interested Bidders and Others following information hereby becomes a art of the specifications for the above referenced The foli i s y p bid: I a, Sheet A-1 - 14 j Room finish schedule, Note(5). i Change"Fire Rated" Gypsum to read"Water Proof' Gypsum. B. All interior building walls to have 3 518" metal studs in lieu of 4" as shown. j" 2.) smitications, A. Acoustic Ceiling Tile: (Section 9.4) See Specification Book 9.4-3 for the quality. I. B. Carpeting(Section 9.5) Equal for carpet specifiettion: Shave Commercial Stratus Broadloom } — Style# - 50351 Desc. -Patterned Graphic loop. Fiber Content- 100% Soluda Ultron V.I.P. 13 CF Nylon RUDDER: i r BY: t TITLE: - _ �l✓tS��`a.�? S.A V:Consuftaatx Ina 'P.O.136x*151 1 lerrerson City,hUssouri 66107 It, Fax:573-634-3424 , i 11 ! tt a ��1111N.1YS���ei��rie[rmr�Mi*w...s�cr. .,s�.�o.-�... - - •� '1,-•- - _—_ ., .. .. .. .. ;'�+ .. .�..._ ....w.�o-- .�.. ��.�� ��...r�.�.a.+.vsw.�•.-.�vav.vr..annan�[�i�.cra�a.aa�waodwi. Aug. s.1998 Add.94 \� 1 � ADIDENIMM NUMBER FOU1t ,. PRWECT NO.31012 tt : II r t q - .1<.C.1(Itility l�AltltenS ice Building Augkst 5, 1998 . ' TO: All Interested Bidders and Others i The follo�aring information hereby becomes a part of the specifications for the above referenecd bill: 7, 131D OPENING HAS BEEN CHANGED TO AUGUST 21, 1998. Mid Time remains the same, (1:30 PM). The,site preparation will be included in the bid proposal• (Further tcs available.) n wiDl be forwarded to plan holders and plan rooms as soon as it Dec. , BIDDER: TITLF V, t }� s S V,Consrdtants,Inc- a, ,Y , P.O.Box ISM =-' Jefferson City,Missouri 65102 -` 5 It .573-634-3551 pax:573.634-3424 r ,.t �• ��' ,�'�iat43t�r+'4�,`.T}^ta'a'+5�'K L'4;'t.�e�.?.s:w�rb.r��r.c'„k:.n d:,. :h .t�� � rS !.,` r �xx ., 1 ,1,; �' t '.. '>: z.,�'!ti t a�l"•?�F.c�',.ip�A.3�4� } "�'�r ''�'k p t I ' I� t �RgiJyliXLl{RS07 I II 1 ADDENDUM NUMBER FM PROJECT NO. 31012 J.C. Utility Maintenance Building € August 18, 1998 nterested Bidders and Others owing information hereby becomes a pan of the specifications for the above referenced _. Sheet S.1 of 8: j .) Grate for Oil Grit Separator (24" x 48" I.D.) i Grate size - (28" x 50" O.D.) H-20 loading. Type C I OC - 2" x 3/8" (Bearing Bar @ 1 3/8" O-C) w/3/4" x 1/4" Cross 1 Bars @4" O - C 2.) Trench Drain Grate - (Trench I.D. - 12") °.. ? Grate: L 1 OA Type w/ 2" x 1/4" bearing bars @ 2 3/8" O-C and 3/4" x 3/16" cross j bars @ 4" O-C. (H-20 Loading). Span length - 16" - Max width 4'-0", i 1 Trench drain min, depth - 6" Clear below grating. See Enclosed Detail. Sheet A.1 of 10: 1.) Overhead Door Notes: a.) Add - tracks for overhead doors to be high - lift style (All). ` b.) Specification intended as "Or Equal requirements. j c.) Overheads (All) will have glazing per notes. �j d.) Overheads No. 11 - 18 to be typical of Type 'A' overhead door. ? (See door schedule plan this addendum.) "These entrances were originally openings only." 2.) 'B' Label doors to be 1 '/: hour fire-rated in all fire walls. i " Sheet A.3 of 10: 1.) The south wall of Room 100 to have Liner Panel Full Height with necessary trim 1 ' _. and closures with 3" Insulation per specification. 2:) See enclosed detail for liner panel and exterior wall anel profile. "Equals" ar e accepted. Add #5. 8/18/98(Page l) r 5, f1$5L9 lbr .. �• -,�.•a.0u.�•—••w•-. .. ,-.•.-.��.. n�a�...o.vonucvortw '�eor/weq Aug. 18, 1998 Add. #5 O. Pull Plate Hager 122L S.S. (2 ea.) ' ELECTR.ICAL: Section 16 Provide electrical circuits/breakers and all necessary controls for Overhead Door motors and operators as follows from Panel P-2: 1 - • Room 100 - 2 circuits (20A) 120V -1 + East and West. Room 102 - I circuits (20A) 120V -1 $ West side. Room 120 - 2 circuits (30A) 120V -1 $ North and South. Room 123 - I circuits (20A) 120V -I + South side. GENERAL 1.) Plans. (Addendum Number Three Corrections) 3 A. Interior building walls to have 3 5/8" - 16 ga, metal studs in lieu of 4" as shown "EXCEPT FIRE WALL" which will be 6" - I6 ga. as shown. ? 2.). Side walk finish - Light Broom. ± _ 3.) Drive/Entrance/Parking - medium Broom Finish. j 4.) Change swing of Door 437 out from Room 125. 5.) Revised Site Referenced Plan. ;t -, 6.) "New" - Site Plan Elevations - (Exterior Improvements)' 1 T )7. "`New" - Interior"Drainage Channel Section" �. BIDDER: 1 ��rofzl BY: f 11 n v au 1 S. & V Consultants, Ina > i P.O. Box 154 " Jefferson City,Missouri 65102 573-634-3551 Fax: 573-634-3424 Add.#5 8/18/98 4 t i t :,. .t .:k. - ,r1,�. ,•` 4.I" .k' +S'S. 1 'Y `.. e, , �r ti ,t y\ iw. y, ' 'L ;1� rr i' V ri tt'yyYY '-��'g+¢ T the, iT'` 1 ..j ;rtxi.• r{ s{ `,C S ......(.;'. a?t n LA � �§ y x r: aym w j i :r°, x 1 h L^ ' y rv: ;t'•r,r •tt .v .f' 9 Y 'v,.: I I i! 1 .54 J,""S'� `'rt ;+i j f 'n;,'Ar�J� 'F'c 1 Y /' r r t a.` y-r 2 ar1r�. �.�t�t 6zly A i>rt�,f�M t`r,k}Ft;ti t��.L,a�"y'tt k'`£r,e,i''{3 i'' 4ll a. �; {r •. {, ,. i.r.A.r r ` ri`'L1�4r ,s t" C.{ 1. L�a�o.a. t'V,: :• :,'js zrYYA�L` �'-2;+,11'!s't";h d! • � i .�' :r•, i 1. +h� + °a.,: \ 'c;- YY'G'�' '` .}+ 'Ya:t,t f-.r, :, r 3.,:„'td,zra <.�1�: 3 r A r c i., ` t sJX�; A , i ,.. S)• �i a iy i�t' k' + i I '.i., ,, t 1' °§• i /,A .a",t t ':.b.Y+*aii'" }.�E',.3J. r.t ,r J "'' S4t7':a:•tt a. S;' r:,f,v fi+'+t{.iLY ;: s '• .;r ;X v e't..�'J� .r'.3` L :ra,`i t `i,+}2t :1:. I .w \.:L` .!„ .f�> ty.1.' 'i NN• 'A`. .a• +tA r',,,L,e{: t. ti•r>, +r^ ;i.. y' y+.1. v "t•,! r +`.+•.l,''r''' '4!',' d- ,.; ,L ,�*,r1Y�r r.”:.i �''S ,Tr''a.q...$-41A'•..•.f S"; ..i.t,X �s.r t h: -s 1 f r ?,�tt 0i ;i, y�t:1r t J.::.,1{�,c .,t <'t„ �'..- :�9!, Ar+.,.,. c.t x i'lt 7+,•�r's"i?'; ,t's:Y X+,.r .,r,�d,J 1;'Cyi f Y ..y;. „'.r.A,1w ,.:3u•.t'+:� •r1fL+1, �f..' t. ,7 J i../:y, ,'r 0. , 't,<3,o,- .,:5'a,SY'.¢v! r,'�.G./+e.:Y t./r{���+.9fv 1, -1,"t. ,A,�V,y.J;.,,j• €!' flls,.Tt "wt .T: rt_1-? •t-Al'» .t; ,LrY-.t .a«I..L<i,,�•s„La°r�,"»�.rn {r•K-1t4 *a ,; ..,. .,f' F>ti 5 .' r, k:F,4,? ^, .�:' ,i7Ct..p et r�'.s,- :1?', .1s.:,�.}t g{ .*} lSltva`•,i” r. 4 .51. .:l': ' il�At. �,h' ..W /tt..,.,wz".SAlir,'YU r \:'1: .•r r ur.;t, r \,,?Y n!.,,,'v.tk�"' -t•t a',`7''i. •2 •t•'• :},trt,•},: Y"Gzt,S11'.i'nsi•cz..r u. a,.ir'. x,?.i,:, .r,K,:.EIL;4:, .s'"i •c- i,'.>r'" 7' t i " , ) .{.,. ,j,Y .b''r3- j�+:,et.,ot� ' y g¢;,, t' `;V6-7 i l' ,t... cc a tE ..�i !< I. ti t,,l.. ,., f' 'f'....SY:K:< iii:g``j�"}' '!', it.;l.f•t�_ •f ti�':1 i7. ':t. :ail' :J ?t.1!(24 :r,'•Y. ?11i"i '5,`Y:' :4Q4-?, !'." ,,•, ! `r .t>�r V , ,",;°t -, !i.:j 1 1 b. ,t .`i s•..,r72. y-,.Y,';�,.y...,a a/R! .^igx3t+a,i .." ='),vit..l±s;" ` /^,GS ,.t;Jf9it;. ,x:r? , .tjJ 1.. �,S .t,er' ::zi?:�4.\•`:tl:. r :'i+` .L':�r:1:�,, /tr M'tJ�r,. +.j \;i� I. .t- '*'Sl :t,.. ..„}t"�:,°''{ f3 - ,✓„. f.-}r a<;t,. .....,{y a t .:+;;C, ��ti++cJ t„ .s :.i •t.-'.`.'�4_ ',.,.�: 1 tr y.!, ':`P �: ::1`�rn tT n, .i t y,, ty'1 tr.`t r7 1• SL't'• �'i fr 7'�t 1 `'a,t t� ". u, k.4 'yJ.. a '.J.y 'a''•x'j.fie:-1 ,,. I�i.r ,,vaJ {'t,•`..�• 1 .,:s .v..,5, (`.J .3. 1'4'` ...,rr* 1:.7y,,,,"{'� -it.r �+,x ,t�},�!'i',�,tcl r,;.4 t�,,U',.Si'Et�.�J+;�t rSa^n, �'t'1�'�.ts ri � ''}:i M �r�ti,..{�..,.�i b`•-,{i,,lt , .1',, ..7, !, :t., t .r tU.,a'ifl .:.pi,I,i,u .�.,\, •i. .4 }�,`,1.:.�+y ':.":fir 'Yr f.\.-, 'f•t4;;i�s�3gtr'c xr•`,',V..s'! t' \::. sr 9,y,� .t:Pr F.nkr ,h/i�'%�tt...., tt� a,...-r-. it It if l•rtfl - ,'. .'A -a " -i'o,T i., + .,•`-. ,t;4':ri,'„s,1„ .-tom '{1'?rt Rt:(•�.,. .!k '.2 • :, ,f"JS:t;t..".+tf, ' r�� 't;. 7L:*;+r. ,�..t t �`L:..� i F'ti r�"rl' j:•,:,. }',�•._,, hl,rl, •�s?: ,,ii-C,it d t L t,,:,�i,i$?'. iA, .d .: q'+M!'.y,L.t ,i�', '.A.i. `Y. „Jy,ti,1 »"a�.74 r; ,.,%;Ik.;.�U.,-:"i:rt;,. .'.S,l`•;'t,. ,r3 .t.,5r .!. r, �.,.ry t..a a7: 1 t:.' `:.il, i..Y (,C., .$i, ( :";t?va.i 'W 'it•t. j" 4 .f.' aF, q:6' .,{i i+y� +� r�s• xfSY.-.r`` .r3 .z:r :, C.; 3,,. rXt Y' t'. I ,•-•. 1 d- ;1 S!'.F+, .t'-'�;, 'jYni<tr f bz.=j A'` ;a te. 'Si t'7 t b. �:,iis y ,t�c'.�1.1.,r; ). •!: r ,Y:%1;..;:;;, ,r: ti,.�, ..J-: t. .t: , ., rA, .i ? :Y; '}-.-:E,••f J t yx"'l y.:J .r�,,r'•,•+t'?rr{r,,,-j2,x ,.;1{:��,-,r•`, q' +:Y'��$'{'i.,,?p',t, gal '<: a`?�t:�s:).t, r,r' s.r.:.ui: -1'4,.: 1. rtr, :', r. 1 `S.r-`,j'tir:• ':jt.•L, tel: :!!'+Dial:i.';''t{ .F':,,'}l r!, /,r s VtltW�"�•G`,,' , ,y t ..,( {3'."`7,,r'Mr.• r'1,-{r.i 3,K11-.0.r! t' ?Y:: ' •!• ('i t^” xr,� .7„ .:.k �r':..: •e,- •7A A% ,trA .,`Y; r{ x':f pr r`s•tr- +4i''% ! , ,.},t ixr`r+'e,i x 5""x 2`7":,:,`S, { h': „t!•}:: .4;r t, ,/ .J�t. :", i't t } ..k,sr.':